Catalog PEL 2010

archival
sourcebook
2009/10
TERMS & CONDITIONS WELCOME TO OUR 2009/10 SOURCEBOOK
SUITABILITY FOR USE

Every care is taken to maintain the highest
In 2007 we extended our warehouse, which allows us to
standard of quality. Preservation Equipment Ltd
wish to make it clearly understood that it is the
stock the most comprehensive range of conservation and
users responsibility to ensure that the goods
purchased are suitable for the intended purpose.
archival supplies anywhere in the world.
No guarantee is given or implied that any product
we supply is fit for any particular purpose. Our
liability is strictly limited to the invoice value of
the items concerned.
Our thanks as always go to University Products Inc and
PRODUCT CODING SYSTEM Lineco Inc along with other suppliers with whom we have
A coding reference number exists for all products.
To avoid delay in order processing the product exclusive arrangements.
code number must be supplied.
CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS
We will allow credit to most archives, museums,
libraries, colleges, universities, and other public
You will see a number of products now under the PEL
institutions. Private institutions and business firms
are also invited to open accounts with appropriate
brand, this ensures true archival quality products that
credit references. professional conservators expect from us.
PRICES
Prices are subject to revision without notice and
are exclusive of V.A.T. Our sales office will confirm
all current prices upon request. We continue to develop new products with the guidance,
PAYMENTS
Cash with order, except for recognised institutions
advice and research from the many institutions with whom
and approved accounts. Payment must be in
£Sterling with all bank charges paid. We do accept
we work closely. The “Just In Case Case” a kit for disaster
credit cards. Overseas payments to be made in £
Sterling with all bank charges paid, via direct mail
preparations is just one of them.
transfer to:
HSBC Bank, Howardsgate, Welwyn Garden City,
Hertfordshire, AL8 6BH, England. The PEL website www.preservationequipment.com and
Preservation Equipment Ltd. www.pel.eu offers online purchasing and keeps you
Account Number: 81285165.
Sort Code: 40-46-08. up-to-date with the latest products.
IBAN: GB03MIDL40460881285165.
VAT is chargeable to E.C. customers unless your
VAT number is supplied. No VAT is chargeable on
exports outside of the European Community. Finally, thank you for your loyal custom, we look forward
PEL VAT No. GB 491 0421 69.
to continuing to serve you.
CREDIT CARDS
We accept Visa, MasterCard and Switch.
SHIPMENT CLAIMS
Claims for damage caused in transit and incorrect
Cliff Gothorp
deliveries must be in writing within 3 days of
delivery to facilitate co-ordination with freight
Managing Director
companies.
RETURNED GOODS
No goods will be accepted for return without prior
authorisation. When goods have been incorrectly
ordered and if returned a 15% handling charge
will be made. No returned goods will be credited
unless in perfect condition.
WARRANTY
We supply products made by various manufacturers.
The warranty of the product will be as the
guarantee policy of the manufacturer.
ORDERING PROCEDURES
By post, telephone, fax or email to:
Preservation Equipment Ltd, Vinces Rd,
Diss, Norfolk. IP22 4HQ.
Tel: 01379 647400/Overseas: +44 1379 647400.
Fax: 01379 650582/Overseas: +44 1379 650582. Sole EU Importer of
sales@preservationequipment.com University Products Inc.
and Lineco Inc.
CARRIAGE & HANDLING CHARGES
Minimum charge on all orders for one parcel UK
Mainland £9.00, each extra parcel £5.00.
Large Heavy shipments & exports at cost.
www.preservationequipment.com
3
Storage Document Cases
A word about paper conservation
A Few Simple Steps

The deterioration of paper is caused by many factors, perhaps the most significant of which are the kinds of materials and
chemicals used in the paper making process. Wood pulp papers usually contain lignin and alum-rosin sizing which form
damaging acids over a period of time. Under prolonged exposure to ultraviolet light and oxygen, paper fibres break down,
causing discolouration and embrittlement. Additional damage may be caused by dust, dirt, mould, insects and rodents. You can
institute sound basic conservation techniques by using some simple environmental controls and safe storage materials.
Keep Away From Extremes

Avoid excessive or fluctuating heat and humidity conditions. A cool, dark and dry storage area is ideal. A relative humidity
of approximately 50% (see index for humidity measuring devices) with a temperature of 68˚ F (+/- 2.5 ) is desirable for
most general collections. Normally, this would exclude most basements and attics. The area should be clean and free of insects
and rodents. If natural light or fluorescent light is necessary, an ultraviolet filtering material should be used, (see these and our
UV filtering fluorescent lamps in our Tools & Equipment section).
Choose the Right Enclosures

Choose proper storage containers for your documents, papers, books, maps, etc. A wide selection is available depending upon
the type of material to be stored and how often the material is used or accessed. Read through our catalogue to acquaint
yourself with the many options available. All storage boxes, folders, etc. should be acid-free with an 8.5 pH where possible and
have a 3% calcium carbonate buffer added. In addition, all materials should be free of groundwood and lignin when possible.
The storage container must be designed to provide physical support and stability while protecting your materials from adverse
chemical reactions. Boxes and folders should be comfortably filled, never stuffed. Each item must be supported, and metal
staples and paper clips removed. Store only “like-sized” documents and papers together, and only in archival quality file folders,
envelopes or archivally safe “see through” enclosures like Mylar® “D” or Melinex. These can then be stored in document cases
or archival quality cartons. Avoid placing more than a dozen sheets together in one enclosure, and then use interleaving sheets
between each item. These interleaving sheets reduce the risk of the acids from one individual document affecting
the adjacent ones. In fact, the 3% calcium carbonate buffered sheets will resist acid absorption from adjacent material. Maps,
newspapers, books, pamphlets and other oversized materials should be interleaved and stored flat in appropriate containers.
Benefits of Metal Edge Boxes

The metal corners remove the need for adhesives which may dry out or off gas. Boxes can be stacked even when empty due to
the strength of the metal edge. Archives have been using them for over thirty years and are now seen as the best type of box
for archival storage and handling.
Box sizes are internal measurements.
Removes the stress in creasing and the frustration

in trying to assemble die cut boxes that pop open
DATE
NAME
ION OR
, SU BDIVIS
BY NUMBER
TAKEN
DATE
File-Out Cards Document Case Spacer Board

Archivally safe “File-Out” cards to mark your files when A corrugated spacer board designed by the National Archives to keep file folders standing up straight when a document case
removing items for reference, exhibits or refiling to other is not full. This strong, lightweight corrugated blue-gray board is acid-free, lignin-free, and buffered with a 3%
locations. Made of 450gsm acid-free, lignin-free folder stock calcium carbonate buffer. Each board is 8" high x 21-1/4" wide with 5 score lines at each end of the board at one inch
and pre-printed in green with “File-Out” information spaces. intervals to allow the board to be folded to fit either letter or legal size boxes.
Price per package of 25. Price per package of 5 boards.
Product Code size (mm) wt Price Product Code size (mm) wt Price
727-9511 Letter 298 x 248 0.68kg £19.95 613-0821 203 x 540 0.41kg £10.85
727-1485 Legal 375 x 248 0.82kg £24.85 note: 5 score lines 25mm
4 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Document Cases Storage
Standard Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price

Blue-Grey
Reinforced Document Cases Exterior,
735-2210
735-2510
12.25” x 10.25” x 2.5”
12.25” x 10.25” x 5”
(311 x 260 x 64mm)
(311 x 260 x 127mm)
364g
455g
£4.75
£4.90
PEL offers a choice of either our standard Document Case white interior
735-5210 15.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” (387 x 260 x 64mm) 455g £4.95
(blue-grey outside, white inside) or our lignin-free solid tan
735-5510 15.25” x 10.25” x 5” (387 x 260 x 127mm) 500g £5.15
board which is made completely of lignin-free cellulose fibres
735-5512 15.50” x 12.50” x 5” (394 x 318 x 127mm) 955g £7.20
for both purity and strength. Both boards are acid-free with a
pH of approximately 8.5 and are buffered with approximately
3% calcium carbonate to retard the effects of migrant acidity. Lignin-free Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price
Tan Document 801-2210 12.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” (311 x 260 x 64mm) 364g £7.40
The combination of our strong, durable 1.5mm thickness Cases
board and metal-edged construction make these boxes your 801-2510 12.25” x 10.25” x 5” (311 x 260 x 127mm) 500g £6.50
best choice for lasting protection. Pull strings are included on 801-5210 15.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” (387 x 260 x 64mm) 455g £7.45
the 5" deep boxes in both letter and legal size. Box sizes are 801-5510 15.25” x 10.25” x 5” (387 x 260 x 127mm) 909g £7.45
inside dimensions. Price each. 801-5512 15.50” x 12.50” x 5” (394 x 318 x 127mm) 955g £10.30
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 5

Boxes Archival
Drop Front Print Storage Boxes

PEL offers you a choice in Drop Front Storage Boxes. Great
for prints, photos, music, pamphlets, and letters, these
boxes will also accommodate our Perma/Dur® Envelopes.
Our standard box is made of sturdy Perma/Dur® board with
a blue-grey exterior and a white interior. We also offer a tan
lignin-free box. This board is made of bleached fibres, with
Lignen-Free Tan
light-fast non-bleeding dyes. The absence of lignin in the
board and the presence of calcium carbonate as a buffer
produce a superior box. It is estimated that under proper
storage conditions the lignin-free board remains durable
and usable in excess of 500 years. Stackable for easy
storage. Both boards are 1.5mm thick and metal-edged for
stacking strength. Drop Front is on the long dimension of
each box. Price each.
Standard Blue-Grey Exterior, White Interior

Product Code Size (W x L x H) Wt Price
733-8103 10.5” x 8.5” x 3” (267 x 216 x 76mm) 0.36kg £4.70
733-9123 12.5” x 9.5” x 3” (318 x 241 x 76mm) 0.41kg £4.95
733-1215 12” x 15.5” x 3” (305 x 394 x 76mm) 0.55kg £5.55 Lignin-Free Tan Unbuffered 40pt (1000gsm)
733-1015 15” x 10.5” x 3” (381 x 267 x 76mm) 0.55kg £6.60 Product Code Size (W x L x H) Wt Price
733-1153 15” x 11.5” x 3” (381 x 292 x 76mm) 0.55kg £6.20 800-8103 10.5” x 8.5” x 3” (267 x 216 x 76mm) 0.36kg £6.20
733-1418 14.5” x 18.5” x 3” (368 x 470 x 76mm) 0.73kg £9.20 800-1153 15” x 11.5” x 3” (381 x 292 x 76mm) 0.55kg £7.15
733-0211 20.5” x 16.5” x 1.5” (521 x 419 x 38mm) 0.82kg £9.65 800-1418 14.5” x 18.5” x 3” (368 x 470 x 76mm) 0.73kg £9.85
733-1623 20.5” x 16.5” x 3” (521 x 419 x 76mm) 0.86kg £9.95 800-1623 20.5” x 16.5” x 3” (521 x 419 x 76mm) 0.82kg £11.65
733-0221 24.5” x 20.5” x 1.5” (622 x 521 x 38mm) 0.95kg £10.30
733-2024 24.5” x 20.5” x 3” (622 x 521 x 76mm) 1.09kg £11.55 Note: Unbuffered lignen-free tan boxes can be found on page 16
Newspaper Storage Boxes

These large boxes store maps, prints, newspapers or any large size item which should be
Newspaper Polyester L-Velopes stored flat. Manufactured of acid-free, blue/grey, Perma/Dur® archival quality buffered board
PEL offers polyester pockets to fit each newspaper storage box. The pockets are sealed on two in 1.5mm thickness and lined with heavy, white, lignin-free bond for extra protection of
adjacent sides (known as L/Velopes) this allows easy access and removal of the newspaper for contents. Metal-reinforced edges for greater strength. Completely telescoping top gives the
research. The 75 micron archival quality polyester contains no adhesives, is glass clear, acid- stacking strength of two thicknesses. Boxes are available from stock in six standard sizes;
free, providing the best protection for newspapers. however, special sizes for particular requirements can be made in minimum of 200 boxes
Inquire for details.
L-Velopes are ideal for items that are handled frequently, two adjacent sides open for ease of Price each.
use. Price for package of 25 L-Velopes. See pages 42/43 for other sizes of polyester enclosures.
Product Code Size (W x L x H) Wt Price
Product Code Size Fits Box Wt Price 732-1522 15” x 22” x 2” (381 x 559 x 51mm) 0.82kg £8.20
565-1522 370 x 550mm 732-1522 1.08kg £37.50 732-1503 15” x 22” x 3.5” (559 x 381 x 89mm) 1.00kg £10.25
565-1813 450 x 320mm 732-1813 0.75kg £29.70 732-1813 18” x 13” x 3” (457 x 330 x 76mm) 0.86kg £8.15
565-1925 470 x 625mm 732-1925 1.55kg £49.50 732-1925 19” x 25” x 2.5” (483 x 635 x 64mm) 1.09kg £10.15
565-2243 514 x 616mm 732-2243 1.64kg £55.00 732-2243 20.5” x 24.5” x 3” (521 x 622 x 76mm) 1.23kg £11.50
565-2331 575 x 775mm 732-2331 2.35kg £72.00 732-2331 23” x 31” x 3” (584 x 787 x 76mm) 1.41kg £16.85

Archival Boxes
Sturdy & easy to assemble

shipped flat to reduce shipping
& storage costs.
Ready to Assemble Document Cases (Blue/Grey Corrugated Design Cases)

Provide safe, long term protection for your documents, family records, books etc. These file boxes are constructed of our heavy-duty 600gsm corrugated board to protect your papers against dust, dirt,
and damaging UV light. Double thick front and bottom panels provide additional strength. The acid-free, lignin-free material is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve, protecting the
stored materials from migrant acidity and atmospheric pollutants. Because these easy-to-assemble boxes are sent to you flat, you save money on expensive shipping.
Simply place your papers in one of our archival file folders from page 37 (prevent crushing by placing no more than 12 items in each folder); mark the folder with indexing information, and place
in the box. You can use our new Document Spacer Boards from page 4 to keep the folders upright until the box is full. Available in letter and legal sizes and packaged 5 boxes per carton.
Product Code Type size (L x W x H) wt Price

613-1251 Letter 12.25” x 5” x 10.5” (311 x 127 x 260mm) 2.64kg £59.40
613-1551 Legal 15.25” x 5” x 10.5” (387 x 127 x 260mm) 3.14kg £66.25
Clamshell Storage Box

Protect your magazines and pamphlets from damage. Store them flat in
these clamshell storage boxes. One piece box with hinged lid design
affords easy access. Metal edges give these boxes extra stacking
strength and our 1.5mm blue/grey boxboard is lined with white lignin-
free paper and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline
reserve to protect the paper against migrant acidity and atmospheric
sulphur. Price each.
Product Code size (W x L x H) wt Price

735-0806 8.63” x 6.25” x 3” 0.19kg £3.70
(219 x 159 x 76mm)
735-0906 9.25” x 6.5” x 2.5” 0.20kg £4.95
(235 x 165 x 64mm)
735-1293 12.25” x 9” x 3” 0.27kg £4.40
(311 x 229 x 76mm)
735-5103 15.25” x 10.25” x 3” 0.50kg £4.90
(387 x 260 x 76mm)
735-1713 17.25” x 11.5” x 3.25” 0.45kg £6.85
(438 x 292 x 83mm)

Boxes Archival
Archival Storage Cartons

An acid-free corrugated storage box that is excellent for
transfer storage or long term storage of archival materials.
The 600gsm corrugated board assures durability as well as
performance. Double thick bottom panels provide exceptional
strength These tan kraft 12"W x 15"L x 10"H and 6"W x 15"L
x 10"H cartons are designed to accommodate either letter or
legal size folders. The cartons are shipped flat ready to
assemble. Price each.
Product Code size (mm) wt Price

540-0771 305 x 381 x 254 0.91kg £4.55
540-1561 152 x 381 x 254 0.36kg £4.55
Archival Clamshell Boxes

These acid-free boxes are of a high conservation standard with a clean attractive
appearance. The boxes are shipped flat taking up the minimum of storage space. Once ready
to assemble, they have easy to use self-locking tabs with a high quality finish. Made from
100% cellulose, contains no wood particles. The pH is between 8 and 9.5. A neutral
adhesive is used, 4% calcium carbonate buffer is added for further protection. The qualities
are in line with the technical standards of DIN ISO 9706, ANSI/MISO Z3948-1992, ONORM
A1119, and are therefore guaranteed to be age resistant according to current knowledge.
Clamshell one piece archival box with hinged lid to allow easy access to the contents
735-3021 302mm x 215mm x 75mm £4.25 each
735-3826 382mm x 266mm x 94mm £6.40 each
735-4433 440mm x 330mm x 70mm £6.40 each
See page 50 & 51

for more flat
storage boxes and
storage solutions

Archival Cartons
Corrugated Polypropylene Archival Box

PEL is pleased to provide you with the latest innovation in archival quality storage
- Corrugated Plastic. Corrugated Plastic is a rigid heat resistant, chemically stable copoly-
mer of polypropylene and polyethylene.
The storage boxes are shipped flat, and snap together using no adhesives. They
can also be easily disassembled and stored flat, a property that creates a reusable
container that is both economical and environmentally friendly. Because the
material is water repellent, Corrugated Boxes boxes are washable, allowing
you to keep them clean, attractive, and free of damaging dirt and dust. The
ability to repel water makes Corrugated Plastic boxes ideal containers for
storage and transportation of objects during inclement conditions. The
sturdiness of the boxes is unmatched. Tests have shown that corru-
gated plastic has significantly higher burst, puncture edge and flat
crush properties than B flute fibreboard. Corrugated plastic will not
burst on the Mullen Tester.
Boxes are available in white with built-in carrying handles and/or pull
tabs and a unique design that helps to keep out dirt and dust. The storage
carton is designed to fit our storage rack on pages 202-203. Corrugated
plastic is available in both white and translucent sheets on page 80.
Price each.
Product Code Description Dimensions wt Price Locking

225-0771 Storage Carton 15” x 12” x 10” 545g £7.25 Tab
(381 x 305 x 244mm)
See page 50
Archival Bulk Storage Boxes for more flat storage boxes
Our Perma/Dur® bulk storage boxes provide the very
best protection available when storing albums, boxes,
and photographs in envelopes, folders, etc. Available in Flat Storage Boxes
our standard 15"L x 12"W x 10"H, and a compact 15"L Heavy duty flat storage boxes can serve a variety of storage needs. Manufactured from either economical acid-free,
x 6"W x 10"H model for smaller storage requirements. tan corrugated board or our highest quality acid-free, lignin-free, blue/gray corrugated board with a 3% calcium
Both are made of acid-free and lignin-free, virgin carbonate buffer added. Both provide convenient, acid-free storage for manuscripts, scrapbooks, files, periodicals or
bleached fibres which have been buffered to protect any items requiring a strong, durable box. Shipped flat, these boxes will snap together in seconds without tools, tape
against atmospheric pollutants and neutralise migrant or adhesives. Three convenient sizes.
acidity. Constructed with double side walls and bottoms Price each.
to provide extra stacking strength in pleasing smooth, soil
resistant Blue/Grey colour. Ship flat; assemble easily. Acid-free Tan corrugated boxes
Price each. Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price
540-0034 12” x 10.25” x 5” (305 x 260 x 127mm) 409g £5.65
Standard Size 540-0036 17.25” x 11” x 5” (438 x 279 x 127mm) 591g £6.65
540-0038 20” x 16” x 5” (508 x 406 x 127mm) 773g £8.90
613-0771 381 x 305 x 254 909g £10.00
Acid-free, lignen free, Blue/Grey corrugated boxes with 3% calcium carbonate buffer added
Product Code size (W x L x H) wt Price
Compact Size 613-3400 12” x 10.25” x 5” (305 x 260 x 127mm) 409g £11.85
Product Code size (mm) wt Price 613-3600 17.25” x 11” x 5” (438 x 279 x 127mm) 591g £12.40
613-1561 381 x 152 x 254 364g £7.50 613-3800 20” x 16” x 5” (508 x 406 x 127mm) 773g £15.40

Textiles Storage
Archival Hat Box

The difficult task of finding suitable archival storage boxes
for vintage hat collections is solved. Our hat boxes are made
from 1300gsm, blue/gray unbuffered board with rust proof
metal edges for superior support. Each box is 343mm square
x 318mm deep with a telescoping cover which extends
64mm down.
Price each.

736-5000 343 x 318 x 343 0.9kg £14.28
Unbuffered Large Textile Storage Boxes

Sturdy, durable storage containers are excellent for textiles, costumes, and other materials. Unbuffered, blue/gray exterior
See page 174 for and white lignin-free bond interior for complete protection. Reinforced metal edges combine with 1300gsm. boxboard to create
Desiccants to Help Control a quality stackable box.
Moisture and Humidity Price each.
Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price

736-0775 30” x 18” x 6” (762 x 457 x 152mm) 1.64kg £16.95
Labelling Tape 736-3024 30” x 24” x 5” (762 x 610 x 127mm) 2.41kg £17.65
Record the catalogue numbers 736-4018 40” x 18” x 6” (1016 x 457 x 152mm) 2.77kg £20.65
of your textile collection with 736-6018 60” x 18” x 5” (1524 x 457 x 127mm) 3.36kg £25.85
permanent, washable ink on
this 100% cotton tape and then
stitch inside your artifact. Tape Unbuffered Costume/Fabric Box (not shown)
accepts ink well and is perfect Protect and preserve precious or priceless fabrics and costumes with our Unbuffered Costume/Fabric Storage Boxes. Each is
for use with our Pigma Pens manufactured from our highest grade acid-free, 1300gsm boxboard and features metal edge construction. A white, acid-free,
(see page 36). White woven twill fabric is 1" wide and comes lignin-free, Perma/Dur® bond interior provides additional protection. Shipped fully assembled. Size 41"L x 18"W x 10"H.
on a 72 yard roll. Price each.
Price per roll.
Product Code size wt Price Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price
586-0172 25mm x 66m 0.5kg £15.48 735-4118B 41” x 18” x 10” (1041 x 457 x 254mm) 4.27kg £27.80
Corrugated Textile Storage Boxes

Manufactured from sturdy, acid-free, lignin-free blue/gray
corrugated board, these new Textile Storage Boxes contain
a 3% calcium carbonate buffer for additional protection of
costumes, period clothing, and other fabric items created
from cellulosic materials. If storing proteinaceous fabrics, you
should first wrap with an unbuffered interleaving tissue (page
85). Each of the two available sizes has a self locking design,
half lid, and ships flat to save space and reduce shipping
costs. The generous 6" height allows you to keep fabrics
loosely folded.
Price per carton of 5 boxes.
Ship flat for

reduced shipping
& storage costs.

613-3018 30” x 18” x 6” (762 x 457 x 152mm) 7.27kg £112.24
613-4018 40” x 18” x 6” (1016 x 457 x 152mm) 9.55kg £126.87
10 Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Boxes Archival
Perma/Dur® Pamphlet Files

Our exclusive Perma/Dur® Pamphlet Files are set up and ready to use with no folding or
bending. Made of 1300gsm Blue-Gray Perma/Dur® board, they are assembled with durable
metal edges to withstand heavy use. For A4 size we recommend 735-1210.
Price each.
Product Code size (H x L x W) size (mm) wt Price

735-9630 9” x 6” x 3” 229 x 152 x 76 136g £3.78
735-9830 9” x 8” x 3” 229 x 204 x 76 136g £3.80
735-1103 11” x 10” x 3.5” 279 x 254 x 89 182g £3.30
735-1210 12” x 10” x 3.5” 304 x 254 x 89 190g £3.75
Hinged Lid Pamphlet Box

Store your pamphlets and magazines in these sturdy pamphlet boxes to protect them
from damaging dust and light. Made of heavy 1.5mm buffered blue-grey board with
metal reinforced edges for added strength. Price each.

735-5710 5” x 7” x 10” (127 x 178 x 254mm) 0.41kg £5.10
Economical Acid-Free Shelf Files

Our economically priced shelf files are made of extra strong, acid-free 600gsm test corrugated
board. These long lasting kraft coloured files provide an inexpensive method of storing and
organising magazines, pamphlets, manuals, etc. Large pressure sensitive labels are supplied
with each package. Price per package of 12.
540-0863 size: 8"H x 3"W x 6"D, for storing digest magazines,
small pamphlets, photos and booklets.
540-0950 size: 9-1/2"H x 4"W x 9"D, for storing digests, pamphlets,
small manuals,brochures, etc.
Perma/Dur® Telescoping Storage Boxes 540-1275 size: 12-3/4"H x 4"W x 10-3/4"D, for storing popular size magazines,
These acid-free Perma/Dur® telescoping boxes offer excellent storage for a wide range letter size files and papers, folders, large pamphlets, and envelopes.
of small objects. Reinforced edges and basic strength permits boxes to be stacked. 1524 540-1411 size: 14"H x 3" W x 11"D, for storing larger magazines, legal size
micron Perma/Dur® board buffered for an alkaline reserve with blue-grey exterior and white file folders and envelopes.
lignin-free bond interior. Price each.
Product Code size (H x W x L) wt Price 540-0863 204 x 76 x 152 (8” x 3” x 6”) 1.05kg £20.95
736-1253 3.125” x 5.125” x 12” (79 x 130 x 305mm) 0.32kg £4.95 540-0950 241 x 102 x 229 (9.5” x 4” x 9”) 1.82kg £21.85
736-1264 4.125” x 6.125” x 12” (105 x 156 x 305mm) 0.41kg £5.50 540-1275 324 x 102 x 273 (12.75” x 4” x 10.75”) 2.45kg £25.45
736-1285 5.125” x 8.125” x 12” (130 x 206 x 305mm) 0.50kg £5.90 540-1411 356 x 76 x 279 (14” x 3” x 11”) 2.45kg £19.61

Roll Storage
Heavy Duty Roll Storage Tubes

Acid-free and lignin-free tubes made of our strong, bleached,
non-bleeding tan fibre stock. This represents an improved
product over tubes with inner cores of kraft and other soft or
weak fibres. Large Diameter Tubes have a 6" inside diameter
for special storage requirements. You can either wrap larger
items around a single tube for storage or wind smaller items
onto our 3" diameter tubes and nest these inside the 6" tube.
Inside diameter 3”. Price per carton of 10 tubes

Product Code wall thickness inside diameter length wt Price
017-3161 5mm 76mm (3ft) 0.92m 9.55kg £151.70
017-3162 5mm 76mm (4ft) 1.22m 12.73kg £187.70
017-3163 5mm 76mm (6ft) 1.83m 20.00kg £259.95
Inside diameter 6”. Price per carton of 2 tubes

Product Code wall thickness inside diameter length wt Price Tube plugs. Price per package.
017-6003 10mm 152mm (3ft) 0.92m 4.10kg £69.30 Product Code Description wt Price
017-6004 10mm 152mm (4ft) 1.22m 5.00kg £84.40 777-1000 (3”) 76mm 20 caps per package 182g £9.85
017-6006 10mm 152mm (6ft) 1.83m 6.82kg £123.50 777-1001 (6”) 152mm 2 caps per package 91g £4.04
A. Corrugated Roll Storage Boxes B. Perma/Dur® Roll Storage Boxes C. Expandable Tube Storage System
The design of these new Roll Storage Boxes allows you to Roll Storage Boxes for acid-free storage of rolled items. Durable, lightweight, grey polypropylene tubing safeguards
place maps, blue prints, charts, textiles, and other large Excellent for blueprints and maps. Made of 60-point grey maps, prints, charts, and textiles. Three part construction,
format items in roll form easily inside without the risk of buffered Perma/Dur® board, with white lignin-free bond end cap, base tube and middle section (spacer). The tube can
damage that end-opening boxes can cause. These acid-free, interior. Fastened with metal edges for stacking strength and be lengthened with additional 12” spacers to the required
sturdy, blue corrugated boxes are buffered with 3% calcium vermin resistance. The box is 4" square by 30" long. Sold in length simply adding a middle section spacer and screw on
carbonate and open on long top dimension to allow ease of multiples of 6. the end cap. The tubes provide a tight, water resistant, ultra
placement and removal of items. The generous 6" x 6" x Weight: 410g. Price per pack of 6. violet light proof and dust free protection. Tubes come with
43" length can accommodate a large variety of products. end cap 26.625” (676mm) in length, middle section/spacer
Available in single units or in cartons of six. Product Code size Price are 12” (305mm) long.
Wt. per box: 682g 777-4430 102 x 102 x 762mm £95.76 Price each. See page 8 & 12 for other roll storage boxes.
Product Code Disc size (mm) Price Product Code size wt Price
613-66431 single 152 x 152 x 1092 £24.75 428-2012 89mm x 676mm 364g £9.40
613-66436 pk of 6 152 x 152 x 1092 £92.15 Base tube & end cap
428-0812 89mm x 305mm 364g £3.95
Middle section/spacer
A.
C.
B.

Roll Boxes
A.
A. Roll Storage Box

These acid-free boxes are of a high conservation standard with a clean attractive appearance. The boxes are shipped flat and
take up the minimum of storage space. Once ready to assemble they have easy to use self-locking tabs with a high quality
professional finish. The material is identical to the clamshell boxes shown on page 8 and match the same design. The full depth
two piece separate lid gives strong dust free storage for various rolled items. In the picture we have shown tape being used, this
is to enable heavy rolls to be lifted out of the box without damage (see page 111 for suitable archival cotton tapes).
Product Code Size Price

735-1059 1059 x 102 x 102mm (41.7” x 4” x 4”) £9.95
735-7620 762 x 102 x 102mm (30” x 4” x 4”) £7.95
B. Tyvek Map & Banner Sleeves

Tyvek is already used in a number of conservation storage
methods especially textiles and paper. This protective mater-
ial has high tensile/tear strength in all directions because its
C. constituent fibres are spun-bonded. The relatively slick
surface is a further barrier and prevents fragile maps
snagging. Most professional conservators are well aware of
the benefits of Tyvek. This is the reason why we have
introduced these map and banner sleeves. Available in two
widths in 25 metre rolls, simply cut the sleeve to the length
you require. The open ends can be sealed in our Crossweld
sealing machine, stitched or tied with our cotton tape.
Product Code Size Diameter Price

D. 428-1200 120mm x 25m 76mm (3”) £31.75
428-2400 240mm x 25m 152mm (6”) £44.50
C. Triangular Roll Storage
Moisture resistant coated B-Flute corrugated storage boxes
are new to our roll storage range of boxes. The boxes are
manufactured from acid-free, lignin-free corrugated board
D. Map & Banner Bags that is buffered for a pH of approximately 8.5. These boxes
A range of protective stitched calico bags with cotton tape ship and store flat so you can save money on space. Their
pull strings. These soft breathable bags are used to protect triangular shape prevents them from rolling off the shelf.
rolled tithe maps, plans and banners. Can be washed but Price each.
should not be tumble dried.
Width: 9.5” (241mm). Diameter approx 155mm. Product Code Size (L x W X H mm) Wt Price
156-5245 127 x 127 x 619 500g £8.54
Product Code size Price 156-6386 152 x 152 x 965 600g £10.77
428-0036 36” (914mm) £4.70 156-6496 127 x 127 x 1244 770g £13.64
428-0042 42” (1067mm) £4.95
428-0048 48” (1219mm) £5.10
428-0062 62” (1575mm) £5.40
428-0072 72” (1829mm) £5.70 B.
428-0084 84” (2134mm) £6.25
428-0096 96” (2438mm) £7.95

Boxes Binders & Folders
Drop Front Storage Boxes - With Matt Black Exterior

Our acid-free, drop front, storage boxes have an elegant, matt black exterior preferred by artists
and photographers. The interior is white and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for additional
protection from airborne pollutants. These boxes are manufactured with heavyweight board
and feature black, metal edge corners to provide sturdiness. A full telescoping lid provides
protection while the drop front allows easy access. Price each.
Product Code holds actual size Price

733-2008 8” x 10” 266 x 216 x 76mm £4.95
733-2009 9” x 12” 317 x 241 x 76mm £5.50
733-2011 11” x 14” 292 x 381 x 76mm £6.50
733-2014 14” x 18” 368 x 467 x 76mm £8.90
733-2015 14.75” x 10” 380 x 266 x 76mm £8.95
733-2016 16” x 20” 419 x 520 x 76mm £11.50
733-2022 22” x 30” 584 x 787 x 76mm £16.95
Drop front on one (long) side.
White Interior is buffered for added

protection from airborne pollutants
Perma/Dur® Sheet Music Folders Binder/Folders

These generous 11-3/4” x 15- Use these acid-free binder folders for protective covering and
1/4” Perma/Dur® Sheet Music housing of textbooks with detached or damaged covers,
Folders are ideal for the and to isolate covers with severe red rot. Manufactured
protection and support of sheet from 1000gsm. acid-free and lignin-free board and scored
music and small scores. Each to accommodate several spine widths up to 32mm. An
folder is manufactured from economical alternative to phase boxes. Secure with white
225gsm. acid-free folder stock cotton tying tape (page 37). A variety of sizes are offered to
that is buffered with 3% calci- accommodate various size books. Scores are parallel to the
um carbonate for additional protection against air short dimension.
born pollutants. Folders fit nicely in our drop front storage Price per package of 10.
box 733-1215 found on page 6.
Price per package of 25 folders.
Product Code size (opened flat) Price
801-9512 241 x 311mm £12.53
Product Code size (mm) wt Price 801-1015 267 x 400mm £18.41
701-1115 298 x 387 1.10kg £17.57 801-1119 298 x 502mm £20.24

Archival Photo & Print Boxes
Lipped Clamshell Boxes

These attractive black book cloth covered boxes are specially manufactured for PEL. The book
cloth is durable, washable and entirely suited to this product.
The boxes are ideal for special collections and are archival quality. Available in two standard
sizes both 60mm deep to store mounted or unmounted prints.
Lipped clamshell boxes have a book like luxurious appearance and are competitively priced for
such quality, making them affordable for most collections.
Product Code size (holds) wt Price

614-0013 13” x 11.4” x 2.36” (330 x 290 x 60mm) 1kg £35.95
614-0020 20” x 16.14” x 2.36” (510 x 410 x 60mm) 2.2kg £55.95
Special size are available in minimums of 10 boxes
See page 31 for 4 hole

boxbinder polyester pages
PEL® 4 Ring BoxBinder

This archival quality, BoxBinder is manufactured using heavy duty, acid-free Board. The outer
layer is covered with an elegant, yet durable, high grade bookcloth to help repel dust, dirt
and fingerprints. The interior is lined with black, acid-free, paper. Four 38mm D Rings are
incorporated to secure the special 4-hole polyester pocket pages below. the standard 4 rings
can be used for most 4 ring album pages. Inside dimensions: 330mmH x 287mmW x 60mmD.
Product Code size Price Each

507-PBP1 330mm x 287mm x 60mm £35.65

Photo Files Storage Boxes
Drop Front Print Storage Boxes

Museum quality boxes provide safe archival storage of photographs and prints. These durable
boxes protect your valuable items from atmospheric contaminants, pollution, dust, and dirt, and
help moderate changes in humidity and temperature. Ideal storage for prints, music sheets,
pamphlets and more. Available in solid tan 1000gsm. acid-free and lignin-free unbuffered
board. The boxes have a fully telescoping lid, a drop front for easy access and a reinforced
metal edge for added strength and stackability. An excellent choice when storing prints on a
shelf. Note: we suggest unmounted photos and prints be placed in envelopes or interleaved
with unbuffered tissue before placement in the box. Price each.
Lignin-Free Unbuffered Tan 40pt (1000gsm)

Product Code size (W x D x H) wt (kg) Price
799-1081 10.5” x 8.5” x 1.5” (267 x 216 x 38mm) 0.273 £6.55
799-1511 15.5” x 11.5” x 1.5” (394 x 292 x 38mm) 0.455 £8.95
799-1841 18.5” x 14.5” x 1.5” (470 x 368 x 38mm) 0.364 £9.30
See page 6 for additional sizes.
Infinity Archival Photo Files™

Our best acid-free and lignin-free Infinity Archival Photo Files™ meet museum standards
for safe photographic storage. Files contain calcium carbonate to absorb migrant acidity from
the atmosphere or from handling. Also included are 25 acid-free envelopes, an index,
Negative Storage Kit
polypropylene negative sleeves and a label. Manufactured from a 1300gsm. thick tan archival Each kit contains enough fine archival quality materials to help you organise and store hundreds
board, Infinity Archival Photo Files™ are covered with attractive faux leather and reinforced of 35mm negatives in 6-frame strips. Clear sleeves of 3-mil polypropylene protect your negatives
with stylish metal edges for superior stacking strength. Generous size holds up to 1,000 from dust, dirt and fingerprints while paper sleeves provide extra protection and a means to record
3.5 x 5, 4 x 6, or 5 x 7 photos and negatives. There is no better long term storage at any price. indexing information. Kit includes: Unbuffered, 1000gsm. lignin-free, hinged lid file box; 50 clear
polypropylene negative strips that open wide for easy insertion of negative strips and then seal
Please add -56 (Ruby), -57 (Royal Blue), -58 (Ivy), -09 (Chestnut), or -33 (Black) to cat number with a fold-over top; 50 paper sleeves of 225gsm. unbuffered paper and a foil-backed label for
listed in chart. Colours may be assorted for best quantity price. Price each. identifying contents of box. Box dimensions: 264 x 149 x 114mm H, (inside dimensions.)
Product Code size Price Product Code Description wt Price

462-5059 7.87” x 10.87” (200 x 276mm) £25.37 799-1056 Negative storage kit 773g £33.85
Extra envelopes - Package of 25 487-1490 Extra package of 50 polypropylene strips 90g £13.45
Product Code size Price 313-1043 Extra package of 50 paper sleeves 364g £15.95
670-4757 4” x 6” (102 x 152mm) £3.95 799-5610 Box only 180g £4.45
16 Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Print & Negatives Storage II
II A. Clear Polyester Photo/Negative Envelopes

Crystal clear, polyester photo or negative envelopes provide excellent protection during handling and storage. The transparent
polyester material makes viewing possible without removing the item from the envelope. This prevents scratching, oily
A. fingerprints and physical damage to old or brittle prints. The film itself will not interact with the print and will help prevent
adjacent items from chemically interacting with the photo or negative image. Envelopes are sealed on three sides with our
“thermo-weld” process for lasting protection. All envelopes are open on the first dimension listed. Envelopes may be marked with
our film marking pen (page 63) or our foil back labels (pg 64). Price per pack of 10. See page 43 for many other sizes.
Product Code fits up to actual size wt Price

565-2726 4” x 5” (107 x 132mm) 0.05kg £3.50
565-4060 4” x 6” (108 x 159mm) 0.14kg £3.75
565-2728 5” x 7” (132 x 183mm) 0.14kg £3.95
565-2732 8” x 10” (203 x 254mm) 0.32kg £5.75
565-1114 11” x 14” (285 x 360mm) 0.41kg £8.50
II B. Polyethylene Negative & Print Envelopes

High density, transparent, matte 50 micron polyethylene negative and print envelopes have a thumb cut for easy access.
Although these envelopes do not have the clarity or rigidity of our highest quality archival polyester sleeves and envelopes, they
do provide an inexpensive solution to large collection storage. Envelopes may be written on with our film-marking pens (pg 17).
Envelopes are sealed on three sides.
B.
Product Code Negative/Print Format Envelope size wt pkg Price
889-00635 60mm x 70mm 2.75” x 3.125” (70 x 79mm) 0.05kg 100 £8.92
889-00640 2.25” x 3.25” 2.75” x 3.625” (70 x 92mm) 0.05kg 100 £9.20
889-00650 3.25” x 4.25” 3.625” x 4.75” (92 x 121mm) 0.18kg 100 £9.66
889-00660 4” x 5” 4.25” x 5.25” (108 x 131mm) 0.23kg 100 £10.65
889-00670 5” x 7” 5.25” x 7.375” (133 x 187mm) 0.32kg 100 £13.27
889-00680 8” x 10” 8.25” x 10.375” (210 x 264mm) 0.27kg 50 £14.34
*889-00740 11” x 14” 11.25” x 14.25” (286 x 362mm) 0.23kg 20 £12.39
*889-00750 16” x 20” 16.5” x 20.5” (419 x 521mm) 0.45kg 20 £20.36
*889-00760 20” x 24” 20.5” x 24.5” (521 x 622mm) 0.68kg 20 £31.23
* Open on long side
II Unbuffered Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes

Sturdy Perma/Dur® Unbuffered Negative Envelopes are ideal for storage of negatives
and photographs. On the recommendation of several photographic archivists, we have
changed the seam design and added a new style without a thumb cut. The new side
seam construction allows even stacking and filing, and prevents marring of the negative
or photo within due to too much weight or pressure. Manufactured from a lignin-free ivory stock
with a pH of approximately 7.0 and a high alpha cellulose content. Seams are fastened with a
neutral pH adhesive. Passes P.A.T. Price per 100 envelopes.
Thumb Cut No Thumb Cut size (mm) (inches) Price

800-4558 800-4558NC 111 x 137 4.375 x 5.375 £21.95
800-4363 800-4363NC 111 x 162 4.375 x6.375 £24.70
800-5378 800-5378NC 137 x 187 5.375 x 7.375 £28.30
– 800-8060 222 x 172 8.75 x 6.75 £28.35
– 800-6050 172 x 127 6.75 x 5 £21.95
800-8210 800-8210NC 216 x 267 8.5 x 10.5 £42.00
Price per pack of 50
800-4388 800-4388NC 292 x 368 11.5 x 14.5 £43.95
II Print/Negative Storage Kits (right)

These kits are designed to provide an inexpensive archivally safe method to store, index and
preserve your negatives and prints. Protects them from dust, dirt and handling while providing an
acid-free, lignin-free professional environment. Storage Kit includes: 100 (50 micron) Mylar®
sleeve protectors; 100 Perma/Dur® thumb cut envelopes; 100 (25 x 50mm) foil back acid-free
white labels to index envelopes and one 127mm deep tan, acid-free, lignin-free storage box made
of sturdy, unbuffered 100gsm board with reinforced metal edges. Price each.
Product Code neg/print size wt Price

778-2000 102 x 127mm 1.00kg £45.43
778-3000 127 x 178mm 1.86kg £59.47
778-4000 203 x 254mm 7.5kg £90.22

II Storage Negatives & Envelopes
II A. Negative Boxes
These fully telescoping, drop-front boxes have been designed specifically to house negatives in
our four-flap enclosures. Constructed of acid-free, lignin-free 1000gsm unbuffered tan board
with metal reinforced edges for extra strength and stackability. The boxes are correctly sized to
fit our four-flap negative enclosures for a firm fit and added protection for film or glass plate
negatives. The drop-front design assures easy accessibility. Price each.

799-7251 7.25” x 5.25” x 2.06” (184 x 133 x 52mm) 1.00kg £3.15
A.
II B. Four Flap Negative Enclosures

These unbuffered enclosures are an excellent choice for the storage of either standard
negative film or glass plate negatives. These enclosures are made of our exclusive Perma/Dur®
paper which is a lignin-free paper of high alpha cellulose content with excellent folding
properties. The design of the enclosure allows the negative to be encased on all four sides,
assuring the uniform pressure which is so important with glass negatives. Multiple scores easily
accommodate glass plate negatives. These enclosures can be supplied on special order with
calcium carbonate buffered Perma/Dur® ledger or in special sizes for large plate glass or film
negatives. Please call our customer service department for pricing. Price per package of 50.
Product Code size wt Price

727-3046 3.06” x 4.06” x 0.06” (78 x 103 x 1.58mm) 0.409kg £19.70
727-4050 4.06” x 5.06” (103 x 129mm) 0.636kg £20.59
727-4056 4.06” x 5.06” x 0.06” (103 x 129 x 1.58mm) 0.636kg £20.59
B. 727-4058 4.06” x 5.06” x 0.125” (103 x 129 x 3.18mm) 0.636kg £20.59
727-4066 4.06” x 6.06” (103 x 154mm) 0.636kg £24.50
727-5070 5.06” x 7.06” (129 x 179mm) 1.00kg £31.37
727-5076 5.06” x 7.06” x 0.06” (129 x 179 x 1.58mm) 1.36kg £31.37
727-5078 5.06” x 7.06” x 0.125” (129 x 179 x 3.18mm) 1.36kg £31.37
C. 727-6080 6.06” x 8.56” x 0.125” (154 x 217 x 3.18mm) 1.36kg £37.37
727-6989 6.56” x 8.56” x 0.06” (167 x 217 x 1.58mm) 1.36kg £37.37
727-8010 8.06” x 10.06” (205 x 256mm) 1.36kg £42.97
727-8016 8.06” x 10.06” x 0.06” (205 x 256 x 1.58mm) 2.45kg £42.97
727-8018 8.06” x 10.06” x 0.125” (205 x 256 x 3.18mm) 1.36kg £42.97
C. Four Flap Lanternslide Envelopes Pack 100
727-33316 3.31” x 3.31” x 0.18” (84 x 84 x 4.75mm) 0.455kg £19.36
II Mylar® Lantern Slide Envelopes

Now there is a protective polyester enclosure specially sized for
your lantern slides. Heavy archival quality 75 micron archival
polyester construction provides protection from handling
and atmospheric pollutants while allowing you to see the image.
Each envelope is sealed on 3 sides, with our thermo-weld
process. Sized to hold American-style 83 x 102 x 4.76mm
lantern slides. Price per package of 10.
Product Code size Price

565-33316 4.5” x 3.625” (114 x 92mm) £2.97
Feel free to browse our website at:

II Lantern Slide Box Four Flap Negative Enclosures

This short lid box is designed to store lantern glass slides (can Proper storage of your glass plates and plastic supported film in our Four-Flap Enclosures and Archival Storage Boxes will not only provide added
also be used for glass negatives). Constructed from acid-free physical protection but will appreciably enhance the lifespan of the image itself. We recommend the following simple guidelines when using the
and lignin free unbuffered tan board of an exceptional high quality Four-Flap Enclosures:
to ensure the best archival storage for rare valuable collections. • Plastic supported film should be placed in our single creased four flap enclosures.
• Gelatin glass plates should be placed in our double creased 1/16" four flap enclosures.
Product Code size Price • Collodion glass plates should be placed in our double creased 1/8" four flap enclosures.
799-0403 4.5” x 3.75” x 5”H £4.95 note: Glass plate and plastic supported artifacts should be placed in the enclosure emulsion side down. Store paper and metal artifacts with
(114mm x 95mm x 127mmH) emulsion side up with a sheet of interleaving tissue, cut to size, placed over them prior to closing the enclosure. (See “B”).

Print & Negative Storage II
II A. “Drop Side” Negative/Print Storage Boxes

Negative/print storage boxes designed with a “drop-side” allowing easy
access to negatives or prints which are stored flat. Each box is large enough
to accommodate negatives or prints in a variety of envelopes as shown
on page 38 and 45. If you are storing prints without an envelope, we
recommend interleaving with our unbuffered photographic interleaving A. Sides fold down
sheets shown on page 87. These boxes are made of our 1000gsm. unbuffered
tan lignin-free and acid-free board with metal reinforced edges for extra for easy access
strength and stackability. Boxes present an excellent method for storing your
negatives and prints on standard size shelving. Price each.

799-5745 7.75” x 5.75” x 4.5” (197 x 146 x 114mm) 0.27kg £6.15
799-8104 10.75” x 8.75” x 4.5” (273 x 222 x 114mm) 0.41kg £8.55
II B. “Clamshell Lid” Negative/Print Storage Boxes

Store negatives and prints in a minimal amount of space in drawers or on shelves, with
these sturdy museum quality clamshell boxes. They will help protect your negative and print
collection from the atmospheric contaminants of pollution, dust, and dirt and also help
moderate changes in temperature and humidity. Boxes are made of our solid 1000gsm. tan B. Upright
lignin-free and acid-free unbuffered board and have metal reinforced edges for added strength. clamshell
We recommend placing your negatives or prints into an acid free envelope before placing in
the box. This provides protection from handling and prevents chemical reactions between
unprotected items. Pre-made kits are available, see page 45.
Price each.

799-0455 5.75” x 5” x 4.75” (146 x 127 x 121mm) 0.09kg £6.45
799-6343 6.75” x 5” x 4.75” (172 x 127 x 121mm) 0.09kg £3.65
799-0575 7.75” x 5” x 5.75” (197 x 127 x 146mm) 0.14kg £4.97
799-0815 10.75” x 5” x 8.75” (273 x 127 x 222mm) 0.18kg £7.25 C. Short Lid
II C. “Short Lid” Negative/Print Envelope Boxes

Short lid archivally safe boxes made specifically for the bulk storage of negatives and prints.
Manufactured of the same museum quality lignin-free and acid-free unbuffered 1000gsm. tan
board as our clamshell negative/print boxes. These boxes are 305mm long and have a 38mm
high “short” lid for quick and easy access. All boxes are metal edge reinforced for added
strength and stackability and are ideal for storing negatives and prints on shelves. As always,
we recommend that negatives and prints be placed in envelopes prior to placement in the box.
This provides protection from handling and helps prevent possible chemical reaction between
unprotected items.
Price each.
Product Code holds size (L x W x H) wt Price

799-0405 4” x 5” 12” x 5.75” x 4.5” (305 x 146 x 114) 0.18kg £7.65
799-6412 4” x 6” 12” x 6.75” x 4.75” (305 x 172 x 121) 0.23kg £5.75
799-0507 5” x 7” 12” x 7.75” x 5.5” (305 x 197 x 140) 0.27kg £6.80
799-8010 8” x 10” 12” x 10.625” x 8.625” (305 x 270 x 220) 0.41kg £8.30
II Oversize Photo Storage Boxes

When you love to take pictures but can’t seem to find the time to organise and store
them properly, these sturdy acid-free storagecontainers provide a quick, convenient
method of assuring your photographs are kept in safe conditions while they await
your special attention. Each box has four internal sections and is available with or
without 50 archival photo organiser envelopes to protect your photos and negatives.
Metal edge reinforced corners on attractive burgundy board provide plenty of
stacking strength. Designed to hold 1700 photos up to 4" x 6" and their negatives.
Size is 395mm w x 305mm d x 127mm h.
Product Code Description Price

613-1512 BUR Photo Storage Box w/o envelopes £21.95
613-1512 EBUR Photo Storage Box w50 envelopes £30.56
670-4757 Extra Envelopes Pack 25 £3.95

II Storage Microfilm
A.
II Micro Film Viewer

A convenient handy viewer for reading aperture
card, microfiche and X-ray film. Magnification 8x
with a 24mm field of view. B.
C.
Product Code Wt Price
886-2026 92g £71.50
Helpful Hint… Photo Activity Test

In addition to the testing performed in our own
plant, University Products also relies on the Image
Permanence Institute to conduct the Photo
Activity Test (P.A.T.) on all relative paper products.
The P.A.T. was developed by the ANSI to evaluate
the safety of paper intended to come in contact
with photographic materials. This testing assures
you that our materials are the highest quality
available. For more information on the Photo
Activity Test, see our free literature section.
II A. Microfiche Storage Boxes II B. Large Capacity Microfiche Box

Constructed of our acid-free and lignin-free unbuffered tan An easy-access, large capacity “shoe-box” style box for the safe storage of your microfiche files. Each box is made of our 40
board, these boxes have passed the “Photographic Activity point, unbuffered, tan, acid-free, lignin-free board with metal-reinforced edges for added strength and stackability. The board
Test,” assuring you that this box is safe for long-term archival used in the manufacture of this box has passed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that these boxes are safe for
storage of microfiche. Inside box dimensions are 100mmH x long-term archival storage. Boxes are high enough to allow a storage and retrieval system using our divider indexing guides
156mmW x 111mmL. One piece construction and metal-rein- (Cat. No. 228-5400 or 228-5500) and designed to fit any standard size microfiche envelope.
forced edges for strength and durability. Price each. Price per box.
Product Code wt Price Product Code size (H x W x L) wt Price

799-6443 136g £3.70 799-5612 127 x 159 x 305mm 500g £6.25
II C. Microfiche Indexing Storage Box

A microfiche storage box high enough to allow a storage and retrieval system using our divider indexing guides. This unbuffered,
acid-free, lignin-free, tan box is made of one piece construction with metal-reinforced edges. The board used in this box has
passed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that these boxes are safe for long-term archival storage. Fits any standard
acid-free microfiche envelope and our acid-free microfiche divider guides (Cat. No. #228-5400 or #228-5500). Each box holds
approximately 225 fiche in envelopes and twelve guides. Size: 127H x 159W x 127mmL. Price each.
Product Code wt Price

799-0565 136g £4.95
II Microfiche Divider Guides

Full cut or half cut guides for easy division of microfiche. Overall size is 121mmH
x 152mmW (4.75” x 6”). Light Tan acid-free stock. Price per package of 50.
Product Code description wt Price

228-5400 half-cut 364g £15.26
228-5500 full-cut 409g £12.56
II Acid-Free Microfiche Envelopes

Acid-free microfiche envelopes protect fiche from potential damage which may occur from
acidic paper. Fiche envelopes have high throat and closed end. Overall size: 82 x 156mm.
(3.25”H x 6.125” W).
Microfilm Storage Cabinets Product Code wt Price Price per box of 500.
are available on page 196 570-8700 1.68kg £15.76

Microfilm Storage II
D.
E.
II D. Microfilm Cases II E. Archival Microfilm Storage Boxes for 35mm & 16mm
This sturdy metal reinforced edged box, made of our tan lignin-free boxboard, was designed to Made of our sturdy tan acid-free and lignin-free board, these boxes will stand up under
hold both 16mm and 35mm boxes shown at right. Hinged lid and drop front provide easy rigorous use and are metal-edged for long life. This unbuffered box board is made from
access to individual boxes so unit is ideal for shelf storage of microfilm. The unbuffered board highly purified fibres which will not tarnish. The board used in the manufacture of these
used in the manufacture of these boxes has passed the “Photographic Activity Test” assuring boxes has passed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that these boxes are safe for
you that these boxes are safe for long term archival storage. long-term archival storage.
Price each. Price per 100.
Holds 6 35mm boxes 10 .625”L x 4.125”W x 4.125”H (270 x 105 x 105mm) 35mm 3.75”L x 3.75”W x 1.5”H (95 x 95 x 40mm)
Product Code wt Price Product Code wt Price
799-1044 273g £4.95 799-3310 5.73kg £149.90
Holds 7 35mm boxes 13”L x 4.125”W x 4.125”H (329 x 105 x 105mm) 16mm 3.75”L x 3.75”W x 0.75”H (95 x 95 x 19mm)
Product Code wt Price Product Code wt Price
799-1244 273g £7.15 799-3312 5.73kg £151.95
II Mylar Covers for Microscope Slides

These sturdy 175 micron polyester sleeves have a captive
flap to hold in 1" x 3" (80 x 32mm) glass slides. Being glass
clear, the slides can be viewed, protecting from dirt, dust and
fingerprints. Developed by Paul Brown, Curator of Entomology
at The Natural History Museum in London, who kindly allowed
us to use the picture.
Price per 1000.
217-8032 Price £115.85
II Microfilm Reel Identification Tags

These Button & String Reel I.D. tags are a safe and effective means of preventing the
II Infinity™ Microfilm Reel Storage Boxes unraveling of your valuable microfilm. Acid-free Perma/Dur tags help prevent damaging dust
and light from reaching your film while providing you with space for numbering or recording
To assure the quality of the Microfilm Storage boxes we provide, University Products is offering specific information about each particular reel. Available for both 16mm and 35mm microfilm.
its own line of boxes for microfilm storage. Both the 16mm and 35mm size boxes are Price per package of 100 tags.
constructed of a high quality, acid-free (pH 8.5 +/- .5) and lignin-free board that is buffered
with 3% calcium carbonate to help prevent microblemishes (also known as measles). The Product Code film type wt Price
boxes fold flat for shipping and storing then pop together easily when you are ready to use. 721-1137 35mm 1.375” x 12.5” (35 x 318mm) 273g £35.70
There is no better box of its kind on the market. Imprinting available, please call for quotation. 721-1138 16mm 0.625” x 12.5” (16 x 318mm) 182g £31.45
Price per package of 100.
Product Code film box size Price

507-2221 35mm 4” x 1.75” x 4” (100 x 45 x 104mm) £62.33
507-2224 16mm 4” x 1.125” x 4” (100 x 29 x 104mm) £45.43

II Storage CD
II Polypropylene CD Cases
Dust, grime and environmental pollution are often the greatest threat to your audio/visual
collections. Protect your CDs by storing them in these long-lasting polypropylene cases.
Polypropylene is an inert, non-reactive plastic suitable for long-term, dust-free storage of media
of all types. Original polystyrene “jewel boxes” often crack or break at the hinge after only one
or two openings, but the hinges on these cases are flexible and will withstand hundreds of
openings. Translucent cases allow a visual check of the contents without having to open them. II Archivalware® Jewel Case Inserts
Size (W x H x D): 59/16" x 47/8" x 7/16". Price each. An easy-to-use, pressure sensitive disc of Corrosion Intercept® polyethylene film can be placed
easily and permanently into existing jewel cases or envelopes. Featuring Corrosion Intercept
Product Code size wt Price Technology, each 4-1/2” circle of active protection is able to absorb organic gases and acts as
549-6424 141mm x 124mm x 11mm 22g £2.45 a barrier for your music CD’s, computer software or games, photo discs, etc., inside the closed
container. Simply adhere Archivalware® Inserts to the side of the jewel case or envelope that
faces the readable (shiny side without label) side of the CD. Helps preserve all types of compact
discs from atmospheric gases, mold and mildew, as well as outgassing by the media itself.
Inert, acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive holds them in place. Price per package.
A. Product Code quantity/package wt Price
416-1959 10 136g £4.60
416-1960 100 1.36kg £35.50
C.
B.
II CD Storage Boxes
Make the most of your shelf space while at the same time, protecting your CDs from dust, dirt and
environmental pollutants. Both of these boxes store up to 30 CDs and accompanying literature in
either the original jewel cases or our polypropylene replacement cases (see above). Constructed of
60 pt. lignin-free tan board that has a smooth, low-dust surface. Lids are 2" (50mm) deep. Choose
the portrait version that allows you to read titles on standard CDs, or the landscape version that
leaves room for divider guides (sold separately). Divider guides allow you to identify and divide your
collections within the box. Please note: Divider guides are not compatible with 800-5512.

A. 800-5512 12” x 5.125” x 5.625” (portrait) 273g £6.95
A. 800-1255 12” x 5.875” x 5.5” (landscape) 273g £6.62 II Compact Disc Identification Labels
B. 800-1255DIV 5.5” x 5.875” x 5.625” (10 pack) 273g £6.80 CD Labels feature high tack, acid-free permanent acrylic adhesive. The white, smudge proof labels
have a foil backing to protect from bleed through of the adhesive. Note: If you are holding CDs for
II C. CD Spacer Boards permanent retention, the circle labels for the CD may not be advised. Fan-folded, 200 labels per
Spacer boards will keep the CDs upright in their box. Each board is made of lignin-free, buffered package. Price per package.
corrugated board. Boards are 5-1/2" high and 19-3/4" long with scores at each end. 5 pack.
Product Code description Price
Product Code wt Price 387-0730 Circles label 1.5” diameter (38mm) £4.95
613-5519 273g £7.95 387-1730 Jewel box spine 0.25” x 4.625” (6.35mm x 118mm) £6.61

Audio & Visual Storage II
II A. Dividers for Angle Flap Pockets A.

Dividers for Angle Flap CD Pockets are the same size as the
pockets for easy browsing. They may be hand-lettered or you
can use printable Perma/Seal® Labels shown above. Dividers
are made of heavy acid-free cardstock for long life.
Price for pack of 10 & 100.
Product Code Price

800-0505 £4.35
800-0505/100 £37.10
II B. Perma/Seal® Labels for Angle B.

Flap Pockets and Dividers
Laser or Inkjet printable, these standard 8.5’’ x 11’’ sheets fit
nearly all printers. Labels are 0.5’’ high by 4’’ wide and are
acid-free with our exclusive foil back and permanent non-yel-
lowing acrylic adhesive. 40 labels per page. 5 pages per pack.
Product Code Price

387-1735 £6.95
II Storage Box for Angle Flap Pockets
II C. Style “P” Angle Flap C. This convenient CD Storage Box offers easy access with good
visibity. It is 10'' deep and holds over 150 CDs with pockets.
Standard Pockets In addition, 10 handy dividers are included. Boxes are black
The pockets are Manufactured from smooth clear archival outside and white inside with sturdy metal edges and elegant
4.5 mil polypropylene. The flap is scored for easy tucking metal label holder.
inside. Accommodates CDs, DVDs or booklets up to 5.375’’ x
5’’. Overall size is 5.625’’ wide x 5.375’’ high. Flap is 1’’ high. Product Code Price
Sold in packages of 10 & 100. 800-5510 £15.25

416-5585 142mm W x 136mm H £2.10
416-5585/100 142mm W x 136mm H £13.65
D.
II D. Archivalware® Pockets
Featuring Corrosion Intercept® Technology. One side made
of smooth Corrosion Intercept® material and the other side is
clear 4.5 mil polyethylene. The flap is scored for easy tucking
inside. It can accommodate CDs, DVDs, ZIP Discs or booklets
up to 5.375” x 5”. Overall size is 5.5” wide x 5.25” high. Flap is
1” high. Sold in packages of 10 & 100.

416-5555
416-5555/100
140mm W x 133mm H
140mm W x 133mm H
£3.10
£21.98
II Compact Disc Envelopes
Acid-free archival quality compact disc storage envelopes
with protective flap. For long term archival care of compact
discs. Can be used in our CD storage cabinets (see page
196) or archival storage box. Designed to house one single
CD with a snug fit to prevent movement inside the envelope.
These sturdy, inexpensive storage envelopes help protect all

types of compact discs from atmospheric pollutants that
can corrode a CD’s important metallic layer. Each acid-free
envelope is buffered with calcium carbonate to neutralize
acids. The 4.75” x 4.75” enclosure has a 1” flap to keep out
dirt and dust. Ideal for all types of CD’s including music,
photo, games and software. A great replacement for bulky,
fragile jewel cases.
Price per pack of 100.
See CD Storage Box opposite which completes the system

providing a suitable storage for the envelopes, alternatively
see our Multi-Media Archival Cabinets on page 196 for easy
access of bulk storage of compact discs.

381-0124 124 x 124 & 25mm flap £12.50

II Disc Storage
II Introducing archivalware®
Preservers with Corrosion
Intercept® Technology
Extend life of your CDs 40+ years!
PEL is pleased to announce that new testing of
Lucent Bell Labs’ Corrosion Intercept®
Technology indicates substantial increases in
CD longevity by storing them in archivalware®
enclosures. Recent studies have shown CD life to
be extended from 40 to 120 years. Ozone and
reactive oxygen cause the aluminum layer on the
CD/DVD to break down. When aluminum in a
thin film oxidizes it becomes clear and unable to
reflect the laser pulse attempting to read the disc.
archivalware® Corrosion Intercept® protects
against this failure. The permanent neutralization of
corrosive gasses also prevents fungus and bacterial
growth. The unique design of the archivalware® CD
Preservers allow full visibility of the face of the CD/DVD
while protecting the data side of the disc. The clear film
which is UV protected will not lift images from the face
of laser or inkjet produced labels. This unique and conve-
nient storage system assures you the maximum protection
current technology offers.
Product Code description colour Price II 8-CD Page Storage System

416-8001 Album, slipcase & 5 pages black £24.15 Our new archivalware® Storage System is comprised of a sturdy 3-Ring Album and a
416-8002 Album, slipcase & 5 pages grey £24.15 matching Slipcase for easy stacking and light/dust protection. Album has 38mm D-Ring
system and contains five 8-CD archivalware® Pages. Maximum capacity is 15 pages (120
CDs) per album. Overall size is 11-1/4" high x 11-7/8" wide (286 x 302mm).
II Perma/Dur® CD/DVD Albums

Available in 2 sizes to accommodate either 4-CD or 8-CD pages, Perma/Dur® Albums are archival and made with sturdy
acid-free binder board which is covered with Black F Grade library Buckram bookcloth. 1" (25mm) slanted D-rings will
accommodate 10 pages. Albums will fit our archivalware® Pages or Standard.
Binder Pages shown on opposite page. The 4-CD album is 11-5/8" high x 7-1/2" wide (295 x 190mm), 8-CD album measures
11-5/8" high and 13” wide (295 x 330mm). Price Each
Product Code style size Price Browse our website at

463-D4BK 4 page 305 x 190mm £12.80
463-D8BK 8 page 305 x 330mm £13.20

Disc Storage II
II A. Black/Clear Pages for CDs

Manufactured from clear archival polypropylene on the outside A. Black/Clear Pages for CDs
and black, non-woven polypropylene on the interior which
helps prevent scratching. These pages provide an economi-
cal and safe way to store your compact disc collections
including CDs, DVDs and Photo Discs. Won’t stick to discs
like vinyl pages. Unique “steerhead” design holds discs
firmly in place. Choose either the 4-disc page (two on each
side) or 8-disc page (four on each side).
Price per package of 10 pages.

416-0204 4 disc (146 x 257mm) £3.90
416-0408 8 disc (273 x 257mm) £4.38
II B. archivalware® Pages for CDs II 8-Disc White/Clear

Featuring Corrosion Intercept® Technology Binder Pages (above)
Created specifically to protect the delicate metal layer of
compact discs from degradation, these pages actively protect Fit our Perma/Dur® CD/DVD Albums as well as
the digital images and information stored on CDs from oxidation the Archival-Ware® Albums shown on opposite
caused by damaging gasses in the atmosphere. Choose either page. Sold in packages of 10.
the 4-disc page (two on each side) measuring 5-3/4" x 10-1/8"
Product Code Price
or 8-disc page (four on each side) measuring 10-3/4" x
10-1/8". Corresponding albums are sold separately. 416-0402 £4.95
(273mm x 257mm)

416-8004 4 disc (146 x 257mm) £3.95 B. archivalware® Pages for CDs
416-8008 8 disc (273 x 257mm) £4.95
II C. DVD Storage Page with Literature Pocket

Featuring Corrosion Intercept® Technology. Ensure the longevity of your movie library with
archivalware® DVD Storage pages. The copper colored Corrosion Intercept® inner layer helps
neutralize gasses that can adversely affect the metallic layer of your disc, causing a loss of data
that renders the disc unplayable. Unlike standard DVD cases and pages, the archivalware® pages
actively protect the disc’s delicate surface. Each 9-1/4" x 11-3/8" page holds two discs (one on
each side) and the accompanying literature. The pages fit any standard three-ring binder or album,
and allow you to quickly flip through and locate your movie of choice. A 7-1/2" x 5-1/8" upper
pocket holds standard DVD literature while the 5-1/4" x 5-1/8" houses the corresponding disc. An
inert clear outer layer allows you to easily view titles. Price per package of 5 pages.
C. DVD Storage Page
Product Code weight size Price with Literature Pocket
416-1458 136g 235mm x 289mm £5.15

II Storage Cabinets
II Multi-Media Archival Cabinets

Glass Negatives, Photographs, VHS Cartridges, Music & Video Cassettes, Floppy Disks, Compact Discs
A highly versatile lockable cabinet with simple drawer fittings which can be easily adjusted to suit a variety of formats as listed above. Archives
and Libraries can store more than one form of media, allocating a drawer, or part of a drawer.
The unique feature of the PEL cabinets is the drawers can be opened fully to the back of the drawer, making it so easy to remove the last item
at the back. The easy-action drawers have a safety interlock which permits only one drawer to be opened at a time. Six different size cabinets
available. We have endeavoured to offer a guide to cabinet capacity because of various thicknesses of material, or if stored with protective cov-
ers, sleeves or case, these figures can only be approximate.
Drawer size:155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm Front to back. Colour: Two-tone coffee/cream.
Cabinet Drawers Size Glass Negs Photos VHS Videos Floppy Discs CDs Price
501-4000 4 785mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 3000 7000 168 430 3000 600 £616.00
501-5000 5 955mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 3750 8750 210 530 3750 750 £708.00
501-6000 6 1125mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 4500 10,500 250 640 4500 900 £778.00
501-7007 7 1295mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 5250 12,250 290 750 5250 1050 £853.00
501-8008 8 1465mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 6000 14,000 330 850 6000 1200 £975.00
501-9009 9 1635mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 6750 15,750 370 960 6750 1350 £1097.00
II Audio Cassette Storage Box II Archival Video Box

Keep audio cassettes neat and orderly in these Audio Cassette Storage Boxes. Each box Store 12 video cassettes in their original cases or in our polypropylene video cases (below) in
holds 36 individual cassettes in their original cases. These buffered acid-free boxes feature this archival quality box. Constructed of 60 pt. blue/gray boxboard, this box has a 2-1/2" deep
metal edges for stacking strength, and a 1-1/2" telescoping lid to prevent dust and light from lid so it stays securely on, protecting the contents from dust and rapid changes in the outside
reaching your cassettes. Dimensions: 12-1/2" x 9" x 3". Price each. environment. Use our foil-backed box labels. Price each.
Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price

732-9125 318 x 229 x 76mm 364g £4.95 735-1555 394 x 216 x 127mm 364g £5.75
II Polypropylene Media Cases II Foil-Backed Perma/Seal®

Dust, grime and environmental pollution are Audio Cassette Labels
often the greatest threat to your audio/visual
Superior label stock with foil-backed smudge proof
collections. Protect your videos and audio
paper and an aggressive high-tack adhesive. Labels are
cassettes by storing them in these long-
pin-feed, 1-across. Label size: 3-1/2"W x 1-9/16"H.
lasting polypropylene cases. Polypropylene
is an inert, non-reactive plastic suitable for Price per package of 500.
long-term, dust-free storage of media of all Product Code size Price
types. Polystyrene “boxes” often crack or break at the
387-1064 89mm x 40mm £24.53
hinge after only one or two openings, but the hinges on these cases are
flexible and will withstand hundreds of openings. Translucent cases allow a visual check of the
contents without having to open them. Price each.
Product Code media size Price

563-4881 VHS Video 117 x 203 x 29mm £1.95
441-6420 Audio Cassette 67 x 105 x 14mm £0.19

Vinyl/Music Storage II
B.
A.
II A. Phonograph Record Storage Boxes 10" and 12" Record Storage Boxes
These sturdy, acid-free, Phonograph Record Storage Boxes are manufactured from our Store up to 33 of your 10" or 12" records in these record storage boxes with telescoping lid
1300gsm. Perma/Dur® board with an attractive blue/grey exterior and white interior. The and interior edge lip for easy viewing and access. Price each.
adhesive-free, metal edge construction creates an ideal storage environment for your precious
Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price
vinyl recordings. Boxes available for 7", 10" and 12" diameter albums and are designed to fit
the album and sleeve. 780-10756 273 x 273 x 152mm 455g £7.90
780-13136 330 x 330 x 152mm 545g £10.45
7" (45 rpm) Record Storage Boxes

Store up to 100 of your 45 rpm records in an easy-access clamshell design. Box size is II B. Divider Boards
7.75"H x 7.5"W x 9"L. Matching 1300gsm. Divider Boards are available for the 12" record box to help you organise
Price each. and segregate your collection. 13"H x 12.5"W. Price per package of 25.
Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price Product Code size (H x D) wt Price

780-7759 197 x 190 x 229mm 364g £8.20 780-13125 330 x 318mm 455g £24.85
II Phonograph Record Storage Sleeves and Envelopes

Protect your valuable record albums with durable, acid-free and lignin-free, olde white, 135gsm
Perma/Dur® storage sleeves and envelopes. Each is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate to
absorb migrant acids. The extra smooth surface minimises abrasion of recordings. Storage
Sleeves feature a circular cut-out to view record label. Storage Envelopes have an overlapping
flap for added protection from dust and dirt and are without the circular cut-out.
II Anti-Static Record Sleeves
Sleeves Replace the torn, worn out, and dust coated inner sleeves which can damage your valuable
Product Code Description wt Price record collection. Each polyethylene sleeve is subjected to a negative ion, static prevention
308-7070 for 7” record (178mm) 545g £21.21 process,which lessens friction between the record and the inner sleeve and reduces the attrac-
308-2100 for 10” record (254mm) 727g £22.46 tion of dust. Each sleeve is designed to fit 12" lp recording which is then placed in the record’s
308-2112 for 12” record (305mm) 864g £27.86 cardboard jacket. Works for laser discs as well.
Envelopes Price per package of 50 sleeves.
Product Code Description wt Price
380-0010 for 10” record (254mm) 682g £25.62 Product Code wt Price
380-0012 for 12” record (305mm) 955g £34.58 967-102 182g £17.80

II Storage Film
II Polypropylene Movie Film Cans II Polypropylene Film Cores

Storing your films in rusting film cans may be one of the The flanges of a reel may cause the edges of film to warp and
chief causes of their deterioration. These film cans of inert curl. The best, safest way to store film is wound on one
polypropylene won’t rust or corrode like the original metal of these cores without a reel. The 35 mm cores are of
cans your films probably came in. Gap between the lid of made of inert, archival polypropylene; the 16mm cores are
the containers allows the exchange of acidic gasses (the polystyrene. Diameter on both cores is 3" (76mm).
by product of deterioration) which would otherwise build up Price each.
inside the can and speed the breakdown of the film. These
cans are flame retardant and contain less than 4% halogen Product Code core wt Price
which means that in the event of a fire there is virtually no 519-53230 35mm 45g £1.05
release of chlorine or bromine gas. For storage of films on 519-52030 16mm 45g £0.70
cores (not reels), only.
Price each.
The Image Permanence Institute
Product Code for: #m of film Diameter wt Price in Rochester, New York has developed
519-22504 122m of 16mm 7” (178mm) 364g £2.40 A-D Strips, (film base deterioration
519-22522 670m of 16mm 15” (381mm) 455g £7.25 monitors) to check film collections
519-23510 305m of 35mm 12.5” (318mm) 682g £5.45 for vinegar syndrome. Contact IPI
519-23520 610m of 35mm 15” (381mm) 727g £8.00 for more information
II Audio Tape Boxes

The boxes that are normally supplied with audio reel tapes, although convenient, are
usually made of acidic chipboard, covered with acidic paper and unstable adhesives. In
order to maintain the integrity of the sound on your tapes, you should store them in an
acid-free, dust-free environment that provides physical protection as well. Our Audio Tape
Boxes are constructed of unbuffered (pH neutral) lignin-free board with a low-dust surface.
The two-piece design is made with a snug lid to stay closed during storage. Boxes
accommodate tapes on reels either with or without flanges. The box for 267mm reels
comes with a removable insert which has a 3" hub to keep smaller reels from shifting and
creating static and dust. Box size: 178mmH x 178mmW x 18mmDeep and 279mmH
x 279mmW x 18mmDeep.
Product Code for reels wt Price

799-7070 up to 7” (178mm) 455g £4.56
799-1111 up to 10.5” (267mm) 910g £8.74
II A-D Strips
Film Base Deterioration Monitors. Cellulose acetate film undergoes a slow form of chemical
deterioration known as ‘vinegar syndrome’. A-D Strips represent a safe and reliable method for
detecting, measuring and recording the severity of ‘vinegar syn-
drome’ in film collections. When placed inside a closed container in
the presence of acidic vapour given off by degrading film. A-D
Strips change colour to indicate the severity of the level of acidity.
Each kit contains complete instructions, a reference pencil printed
with four bands of colour that correspond to the level of acidity, as
well as 250 detector strips (measuring 38 x 10mm).

114-0002 A-D kit 90g £55.90
II IPI Storage Guide for Acetate Film

Collection managers will find this tool from the Image Permanence Institute invaluable in
evaluating the quality of the storage environment they provide for their film. Easy to use wheel has
two sides, one for new film, the other for partially degrading film. To calculate the approximate time
to the onset of vinegar syndrome of new film, just
turn the wheel to the storage temperature and
II Film Reel Storage Boxes
check the relative humidity. For film that is already Developed in conjunction with a major motion picture studio, our Film Reel Storage Boxes
degrading, use the other side of the wheel to provide the best possible environment for stored movie film on reels. The boxes are made
calculate the approximate time for free acidity to from an acid-free, lignin-free, buffered board and feature a full telescoping lid to keep out
double. Also included are graphs, a “Time Out of dirt, dust, and light. Two sizes are offered. Price each.
Storage” table, and instructions. 1993. Price each.
Product Code wt Price 733-1010 10.25 x 10.25 x 1.5” (260 x 260 x 38mm) 410g £9.35
114-0001 182g £39.95 733-1414 14.625 x 14.625 x 1.5” (371 x 371 x 38mm) 818g £11.65

II A. Stereo Storage Boxes
Storage Boxes for stereoscopic cards, post cards or other similar size items.
Postcard Storage II
Boxes have metal edges for stacking strength and are made of 1300gsm archival
quality Perma/Dur® board. Inside is white; outside is blue/grey. Completely acid-free
throughout for lasting protection. Slanted front allows for protection of contents and easy
viewing without squeezing. Cover is 1" deep.
Price each.
Product Code Inside Dimensions (L x W x H) wt Price

780-1218 12” x 7.5” x 4.5” (305 x 191 x 114mm) 410g £5.60
A.
II B. Stereo Sleeves
Stereo Sleeves in two sizes for stereoscopic card preservation. Crystal clear, archival 2 micron
archival polyester protects the cards while allowing complete visibility.
Product Code Size wt Price

780-1216 3.625” x 7” (92 x 178mm) 136g £8.75
780-1217 4.5” x 7” (116 x 178mm) 182g £9.75
B.
II C. Postcard Storage Boxes
Postcard Storage Boxes are blue-grey outside and white inside, buffered and acid-free
throughout. Sturdy 1300gsm Perma/Dur® board for durability and lasting archival
storage. Price each. C.
Product Code Inside Dimensions (L x W x H) wt Price
780-4618 8” x 6.125” x 4.5” (203 x 156 x 114mm) 182g £4.90
780-4612 12” x 6.125” x 4.5” (305 x 156 x 114mm) 273g £6.20
II D. Postcard Protectors
Postcard Sleeve Protectors, sealed on two sides, will protect your postcard collection from
damage caused by handling or acidic conditions. 50 micron archival polyester assures com-
plete visibility while supporting and protecting contents.
Price per package of 25 sleeves.

780-4070 3.75” x 5.75” (95 x 146mm) 90g £6.75
780-4060 4.125” x 6” (105 x 152mm) 136g £7.00
II E. Economical Polyethylene Postcard Protectors

Transparent, 50 micron polyethylene postcard envelopes provide inexpensive protection for
your collection. Archival quality polyethylene is free from damaging plasticisers found in other
plastics, protects your collection from dirt, dust and fingerprints, and allows you unobstructed D.
viewing of your postcards. Opens on short side. Also ideal for photographic storage.

500-3756 3.75” x 6” (95 x 152mm) 90g £5.30
500-4256 4.25” x 6.25” (108 x 159mm) 136g £5.30
II Postcard Storage Cabinet

This archival quality cabinet has been especially produced for PEL
who worked with archivists to design a cabinet that would house
various sizes of postcards. The drawers have metal dividers to provide
storage channels of widths to suit an assortment of sizes. Available
in either 4 or 6 drawers, the internal drawer width is 442mm. The
channel width can be adjusted to various sizes by inserting the metal E.
drawer divider into the appropriate slot at the front and back of each
drawer. The unique feature of the PEL cabinet is the drawers open
fully to the back of the drawer to avoid damage when removing even
the last postcard from the back of the drawer. For safety reasons only one drawer can be
opened at one time to prevent the cabinet tipping forward. The drawer and channel sizes have
been designed to take postcards with or without sleeve protectors, we recommend our archival
ones are used. For more Storage Cabinets see page 197.
Product Code: P501-4000 (Four Drawer) £536.00 Product Code: P501-6000 (Six Drawer) £795.00
Colour Two-tone Coffee/Cream Colour Two-tone Coffee/Cream
Dimensions 785mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to back Dimensions 1125mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to back
Drawer Size 155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm front to back Drawer Size 155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm front to back
Weight 53kg Weight 68kg

II Photo Albums Scrap Books
II Perma/Dur® Ring Binder Storage Adapters

Enjoy the convenience, adaptability, and organizational capacity that storage binders offer
(without punching holes) using our Ring Binder Storage Adapters. These sturdy Ring Binder
II Heritage Albums & Scrapbook Storage Adapters are manufactured from 10 pt., acid-free, Perma/Dur® cardstock and feature
a non-yellowing permanent acrylic adhesive for long life. Simply remove the release liner and
Our Heritage Scrapbooks and Heritage Albums have set the standard for archival quality
attach to Archival Polyester or paper envelopes, brochures, catalogs, or most any flat item you
storage albums. Each is manufactured from sturdy, 2.8mm thick. acid-free board that is
wish to keep in a binder. Available in two styles to fit most standard ring binders or albums.
covered in an attractive maroon book cloth. Interiors are lined with acid-free, lignin-free
Perma/Dur® and feature the appropriate O-ring or D-ring to securely hold pages. Slipcases Not for use directly on valuable artifacts. Price per package of 12 adapters.
covered in matching maroon bookcloth are available for standard size albums.
Product Code Length To Fit Price Each
Choose our standard acid-free, Ivory coloured Perma/Dur®, Insert Pages manufactured
381-1134 298mm 4 ring A4 £13.95
from acid-free, archival quality, mounting paper. Our Jumbo Album features sturdy, acid-free,
blue/grey insert pages for increased support. All page protectors are manufactured from inert 381-1122 279mm Multi-ring £13.95
Mylar® archival polyester to provide additional safety.
II Heritage Scrapbooks
Standard Album & Pages: University Products' acid-free Heritage Scrapbooks for memorabilia offer all the benefits of
Album is 305mm high, 298mm wide with a 64mm spine and 38mm D-ring (3 rings 108mm
our Heritage Albums. In addition, we have attached an acid-free envelope inside for safe,
centres). Matching slipcase is 318mm high, 305mm wide with a 73mm spine. Pages mea-
temporary storage until you are ready to mount to pages. Available in three standard sizes, each
sure 295 x 245mm.
containing 50 acid-free, Ivory coloured Perma/Dur® pages. Screw Post assembly makes
Albums insertion of expansion pages a simple task. Choose from our wide variety of mounting corners
(page 62) or use neutral pH adhesive (page 96) for direct mounting. For additional protection
Product Code Description wt. Kg Price Each
try our 50 micron polyester page protectors.
462-0001 Album & Maroon Slipcase 1.60kg £47.73
462-0002 Album only 0.73kg £23.89 Scrap Books With 50 Pages (does not include protectors) Ivory Perma/Dur®
462-0003 Maroon Slipcase only 1.00kg £23.89 Product Code Size mm (W x H) Page Size Wt Kg Price
Expansion Pages with 50 micron Protectors, Ivory 742-1012 267 x 330 254 x 318 1.55kg £54.67
Product Code Size Qty/Pack Price Per Package 742-1116 305 x 419 292 x 406 2.18kg £61.88
742-851250 298 x 245mm 50 £24.80 742-1624 419 x 622 406 x 610 4.18kg £105.50
Expansion Pages. Price per package of 25, Ivory Perma/Dur®
Oversize Album (Legal Size) & Pages: Product Code Size Wt Price
Album is 394mm high, 392mm wide with a 52mm spine and four 38mm O-rings. Sorry, no 743-1012 254 x 318mm 0.41g £11.59
slipcase available. Pages measure 356 x 241mm. 743-1116 292 x 406mm 0.64g £11.27
743-1624 406 x 610mm 1.45g £16.11
Albums Polyester page protectors (does not include mounting pages)
Product Code Description wt. Kg Price Each Price per package of 25
462-0004 Album Only 1.09kg £34.16 Product Code Size Wt Price
Expansion Pages with 50 Micron Protectors, Ivory 781-1012 254 x 318mm 0.41g £20.68
Product Code Size Qty/Pack Price Per Package 781-1116 292 x 406mm 0.59g £21.32
742-851450 355 x 245mm 50 £28.78 781-1624 406 x 610mm 1.18g £38.64

Storage Binders Photographic II
II PEL® 4 Ring BoxBinder

This archival quality, BoxBinder is manufactured using heavy duty, acid-free Board. The outer
layer is covered with an elegant, yet durable, high grade bookcloth to help repel dust, dirt
and fingerprints. The interior is lined with black, acid-free, paper. Four 38mm D Rings are
incorporated to secure the special 4-hole polyester pocket pages below. the standard 4 rings
can be used for most 4 ring album pages. Inside dimensions: 330mmH x 287mmW x 60mmD.
Product Code size Price Each

507-PBP1 330mm x 287mm x 60mm £35.65
II Polyester 4 Hole Boxbinder Pocket Pages

Designed specifically for use in our Deluxe Infinity Album™ and our 4-ring Museum
Boxbinders, these pages offer maximum protection to your most precious photos, documents,
momentos, etc. The crystal clear pages, made from 75 micron polyester with a superior
welded seam, will not become brittle or yellow with age, safeguarding your memories for future
generations to enjoy. Overall page size: 320mmH x 250mmW.
These pages fit 4 ring albums and boxbinder found on this page.
100% Archival Polyester Pages
II The Museum BoxBinder

This BoxBinder is manufactured from our 1300gsm. acid-free blue/grey board, lined with a
white acid-free interior that is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate. Black, rust proof metal
edges give the Museum BoxBinder extra stacking strength. Available with your choice of either
a three 38mm D-ring (to fit standard 3-ring pages found on pages 32-34 and 60-61), or a four
Product Code Pkts/Pg Approx Pkt Size (mm) Opening wt Price Each D-ring binding mechanism which accommodates pages below. Interior dimensions: 330mm x
565-PBP1 1 318H x 229W top 0.5g £8.98 291mm x 60mm. Price each.
565-PBP2 2 152H x 229W top 0.5g £16.95
565-PBP3 1 318H x 229W side 0.5g £9.75 Product Code Description wt Price Each
565-PBP4 4 157H x 118W top 0.5g £15.95 735-BB3 Three D-Ring 1.14g £10.95
565-PBP5 8 76H x 114W side 0.5g £17.95 735-BB4 Four D-Ring 1.14g £10.95

II Photographic Pages & Accessories
Helpful Hints… Black Mounting Paper

The popular black pages often used in older albums and scrapbooks, while providing an aesthetically
pleasing background, contained harmful acids that damaged the photographs and documents they
contained. Today, technology has allowed us to create a black paper that is free of damaging acids
and yet provides photographers and collectors with the background that best contrasts and enhances
their mounted items.
D.
C.
A.
E.
F.
B.
II A. Heavy Duty Perma/Dur® Black Mounting Pages II D. Photo Page Protectors With Insert Mounting Sheets
University Products’ acid-free, lignin-free, Perma/Dur® Black Mounting Pages provide you with These photo page protectors provide excellent archival protection for your individual
an ideal background to mount photographs, documents, prints, and other items. Use them photographs or clippings. Crystal clear, 50 Micron Mylar® archival polyester sheet cover
to replace dangerous acidic pages found in most commercial binders, or with the variety of provides protection from harmful pollutants, dirt ,dust, handling and will not react chemically
albums offered on pages 30 and 31. Manufactured from sturdy 225gsm. stock that has passed with your photo images. Each 216 x 279mm protector is 3-hole punched for use in a standard
the Photo Activity Test. Each page is 3-hole punched and buffered with 3% calcium 3-ring binder. The paper insert is available in Ivory or Black acid-free and lignin-free material
carbonate for increased protection. Use with our mounting corners on page 62. for complete protection of your photograph. We recommend use of our acid-free photo corners
Price per package of 50 pages. (page 62) to mount your photos and clippings. Price per package.
Product Code overall size wt Price Each Product Code Colour Qty/Pk Wt. Price Each
745-8511 280 x 217 0.73g £10.95 780-8511 Ivory 50 0.95g £28.95
II E. Archival Polyester Sheet Protectors

II B. Silver, Gold and White Ink Pens Preserve, protect and display autographs, prints, letters, cards, photographs, negatives and other
For Documenting Items Mounted on Black Perma-Dur® Pages items with our archival quality polyester envelopes. These envelopes are sturdy polyester 100 micron
Include names, dates, places, and any other information about the photos, documents and archival polyester. 3 edges are sealed by an exclusive welding process. archival polyester is recog-
ephemera you mount on black mounting pages with our elegant marking pens. Choose from nised as the most stable and protective plastic storage material and can be used with confidence
opaque white, metallic gold or metallic silver fine point ink pens. An ideal way to personalise for the storage and display of your valued materials. Completely transparent for easy viewing
your memories and provide valuable information to future generations. without touching. Use with our mounting sheets (page 32) for trading cards, photos, postcards,
Price each. baseball cards, etc. Items mount easily with our Mounting Corners (page 62) Price per pack of 10.
Product Code Description wt Price Each Product Code Description size Price
642-2300 Opaque White 0.05g £3.28 565-2753 letter size 222 x 286mm 3 hole (side opening) £7.30
642-1302 Metallic Silver 0.05g £3.28 565-2752 letter size 231 x 286mm 3 hole top opening) £7.95
642-1301 Metallic Gold 0.05g £3.28
II F. Divider Guides
Archivally safe divider guides help you organise and index your files and albums. Made of our
II C. Heavy Duty Mounting Pages acid-free, lignin-free 225mm. light tan Perma/Dur® file folder stock. Each guide has a 13mm
These pages are ideally suited for mounting and supporting photos, documents, cards, etc. high one third cut tab to allow you to “write-on” or place a label with your information. All guides
Made of our medium weight rigid 225gsm, pale cream, acid-free cardstock, these pages are punched to fit our Heritage and all standard 3-ring albums. Price per pack of 24 dividers.
are three-hole punched with the 280 x 217mm size, fitting neatly into our standard page
protectors. Product Code size wt Price
Price per package of 50 pages. 727-1185 216 x 279mm plus 13mm tab 0.45kg £16.79
for use with standard size files, albums and pages with protectors
Product Code overall size Wt. Price Each 727-1195 241 x 292mm plus 13mm tab 0.55kg £16.79
781-8511 280 x 217 0.73g £7.65 for use with protectors 565-2753 and 565-2752, above

Pages & Accessories Photographic II
II PEL Box Binder™

Preserve your family’s most personal treasures for genera-
tions to come with the Infinity Archival Box Binder™. Like a
box, this unique format protects your photographs and other
momentos from damaging dust and light, yet allows you to
enjoy and share the memories like an album. An elegant
embossed black book-cloth exterior features an acrylic coat-
ing to resist moisture. The acid-free Perma /Dur® lined inte-
rior assures you your collection is safe from natural deterio-
ration. The large capacity 64mm slanted ‘D’ rings provide
plenty of room for a lifetime of memories. An overall size of
337 x 311 x 76mm allows you to choose the page format
that best suits your particular needs. Choose from a variety of
styles and formats (Featured in this catalogue).
Price each.
Product Code wt Price Each

507-3110 1.09g £29.95
The first choice of professional photographers

and artists to display and protect their
valuable collections.
II Giant Archival Scrapbook Album

Our newest Archival Album is 20” wide by 26” high, making
it easy to mount full size newspapers with ease, Made with
post binders to allow for easy expansion, The album comes
complete with 25 heavyweight (216gsm), ivory, acid-free
sheets (50 pages), each measuring 19.5” x 25.5”. A 1” rein-
forcing strip on the binding side of the page helps prevent
tear-outs and keeps the binder from bulging once items are
mounted on the pages. Album covers are crafted from an
attractive and durable book cloth to assure years of use. To
provide additional protection to your mounted items, cover
them with crystal clear polyester Archival Polyester page pro-
tectors (sold separately).

742-1925-33 Black Album £72.09
743-1925 25 extra pages/ivory £24.25
781-1925 25 Mylar D (50 micron) £41.53
870-2055 3/pk 0.5” post extension £1.20
870-2054 3/pk 2” binding post £1.43
www.preservationequipment.com 33
II Photographic Storage
A. B. C.
A. 565-2753 Page protectors 50 micron Pocket page 75 micron 4 pocket page 75 micron
Letter size. 222 x 286mm. 3 hole punched, side opening. to fit 216mm x 279mm sheets. to fit 216mm x 279mm sheets, to fit 86mm x 140mm photos
overall size: 230mm x 281mm, sealed on 3 sides open at top or cards. Pockets are top
with acid-free Ivory insert 216mm side. Overall size: opening and sealed on 3 sides.
sheets. 248mm x 286mm. Overall size: 248mm x 286mm.
These pages will fit The Preservation Box/Album on this page,

PEL Boxbinder on page 33 and the 3-ring Museum Boxbinder on page 31
II Infinity™ 100%/Polyester Archival Album Pages

We’ve added a new dimension to the convenience of organiser pages by manufacturing them from the most permanent and
stable of all plastics - Polyester. Now you can store your photos and other collectibles quickly, conveniently and
confidently. Archival Organiser pages contain no harmful plasticisers, and will not become brittle or yellow. They are inert, chem-
ically stable, crystal clear, and have a high tensile strength. The exclusive welding process creates pages without sharp edges
which will enhance and protect the items enclosed for decades to come. Page protectors (styles A & D) are now available in your
choice of acid-free, Ivory Perma/Dur®. We recommend using mounting corners shown on page 62. Available for 3-ring binders
in a variety of styles and configurations.
B. 565-2752 Sold in packages of 50.
Letter size. 230 x 286mm. 3 hole punched, top opening. These album pages fit 3 ring albums and boxbinders found in this catalogue.
II Polyester Sheet Protectors

Preserve protect and display autographs, prints, letters, For 3 Ring Binders - Price per package
cards, photographs etc. with our 75 micron archival polyester Product Code Description wt qty/pk Price
pages. Three edges are sealed by an exclusive welding A. 780-8511 Page protector open on 3 sides 0.95kg 50 £28.95
process that creates an exceptionally strong seam. B. 533-5811T Pocket page sealed on 3 sides 0.95kg 50 £47.96
Pages are completely transparent for easy viewing C. 533-5811P Four pocket page 0.95kg 50 £72.87
without touching, while protecting items from dust, dirt and
fingerprints. Protectors can be used alone or with mounting
pages found on page 32 and a large selection of acid free Helpful Hint… Plastic Enclosures
mounting corners on page 62. Price per package of 10. Plastic enclosures allow viewing of the image through the enclosure, reducing damage from handling and protecting it from
moisture and sulphides in the air. Unfortunately, under certain conditions, plastic enclosures can trap moisture and cause sticking.
Product Code wt Price Suggestion: Use archival quality plastic enclosures made of polyester, polypropylene, and polyethylene. All are chemically stable and
A.565-2753 0.27kg £7.95 have a neutral pH. AVOID enclosures made from polyvinyl chloride (PVC). It is not chemically stable, and its plasticisers will cause
B.565-2752 0.27kg £7.95 deterioration of photographs over a period of time.
Printfile Negative & Print Preserves, see page 60

II The Preservation Box/Album
Enjoy all the safety and security an archival quality box provides, along with the organisational
capabilities an album offers. The Preservation Album/Box is manufactured with 1300gsm. acid-free,
lignin-free tan boxboard using metal edge construction to create this clamshell design. A 1-1/2"
plated steel O-ring mechanism secures whichever standard size pages you choose to include.
Protect photographs, negative, slide collections, or documents. An ideal vehicle for transporting
your collection. A Velcro enclosure is included for additional security. The Album/Box measures
12-3/4" x 11-3/4" x 2" when closed.

799-1112 Tan (324 x 299 x 51mm) £10.80

Slides Storage II
D. Archivally safe storage for your

valuable slide collection.
A.
B.
C.
II A. Slide File Case For Archival Slide Storage Boxes

Designed to hold six of our archival slide storage boxes
described below (799-2211), this sturdy metal edged box is
799-1143 0.36kg £8.89
made of our 1000gsm. unbuffered tan, lignin-free box board.
Fully telescoping lid provides protection from dust, dirt, and handling and the drop front design provides easy
access to individual boxes. This slide file case is ideal for shelf storage of your slide collection. Inside dimensions:
387mmW x 292mmD x 76mmH.
Price each.
II B. Archival Slide Storage Box

The very finest archival quality slide storage box available Product Code wt Price
in today’s marketplace. A fully telescoping, reinforced
799-2211 0.14kg £3.68
metal-edged box. Manufactured of our 1000gsm. unbuffered,
lignin-free, tan, acid-free board, it provides safe, convenient storage and transportation for your slide collections. II D. 35mm Group Slide File
Inside box dimensions are 54mmW x 64mmH x 279mmL with six dividers. Designed to fit case above. A rugged and economical archivally safe slide file for storing 2" x 2" 35mm
Price each. slides. The all-metal construction protects your collection from damage in
storage or transit. The attractive baked enamel finish will not react with slide
II C. Slide Storage Box image and the convenient handle makes transporting the file easy and safe.
Our buffered slide storage box, made of the finest 1000gsm. lignin-free tan board, has a hinged-lid design for An ideal file for storing up to 750 readymounts or up to 375 glass mounts;
stability and a thumbcut top for easy access. Each box comes with 20 slide boxes, made with our 500gsm. buffered each file has 24 movable pressboard dividers allowing you to categorise your
board. Just pop open the slide holder and tuck in the bottom - it’s ready to hold up to 20 slides. A safe, easy and collection. A corresponding index chart is included on the inside of the cover
economical way to sort and store up to 400 2" x 2" slides. Inside dimensions: 290mm x 162mm x 57mm. Price each. lid. Size is 190mm x 368mm x 50mm.
Price each.
799-6112 Box and 20 Slide Holders 0.27kg £13.40 Product Code wt Price
799-2000 Pkg. of 20 Holders 0.09kg £10.29 545-200 1.55kg £36.60

II Folders
II Perma/Seal® Laser Labels

Choose either our regular acid-free Perma/Seal® laser
labels for file folders, or Perma/Seal® foil-backed ver-
sion. Both contain 30 individual file folder labels on one
8.5” x 11” sheet (two columns of 15 labels). Individual
labels measure 3.44” x 0.67” (87mm x 17mm).
Price per pack of 100 216 x 280mm sheets of 3000 labels.

377-4375 Perma/Seal® 410g £22.95
387-0666 Foil Back Perma/Seal® 410kg £29.95
II Juris Expansion Folders
These expansion folders have four scored flaps so that the folder thickness can be adjusted to accommodate
varying amounts of loose or bound papers up to 30mm thickness. The seven scores allow easy creasing, each score
is 5mm apart and no tools are needed to make the folder adjustment.
The folder card is acid-free, lignin-free, 245gsm file folder stock which is also buffered with a 3% calcium carbonate
to help the control of migrant acidity. These light-fast, non-bleeding, soil resistant expansion folders are available in
A4, letter and legal sizes.
The folders meet the Library of Congress specification and they have passed the PAT test. Please note PEL do not print
or emboss these folders they are 100% plain. BEWARE of embossed printed folders that may overtime leave an
impression on the papers inside.
Price per package of 100
Product Code Style Size (W x H) Weight Price

727-7044 A4 318 x 230mm (12.5” x 9”) 3.2kg £59.95
727-7011 Letter 285 x 225mm (11.25” x 8.75”) 2.7kg £58.95
727-7022 Legal 362 x 225mm (14.25” x 8.75”) 3.6kg £61.95
See page 9 for our

full range cartons
II Paper File Folder Inserts
Protect Individual Documents During Hanging. Now you
can separate and index your letters, documents and other
materials before placing them into standard file folders with
our water marked Perma/Dur® 90gsm paper file folders.
These individual folders provide extra support for each item II Hanging File Folders
and they are buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an Acid-Free, Lignen-Free. Developed by University Products
alkaline reserve to protect against migrant acidity. Developed for our customers who favour the simplicity and effectiveness
in cooperation with the Library of Congress, these quality of a hanging file system, but require archival quality folders.
paper folders are sized to fit within a standard file folder and Available in both letter and legal size, these hanging folders
each has a full 14mm exposed rounded corner tab for are made from the same lignin-free, acid-free, buffered,
indexing information. Available in letter and legal size. Perma/Dur® tan folder stock that we use for our standard
Price per package of 100 folders. folders. Folders are mounted on standard hanging rods and
include index tabs.
Product Code Size Wt Price Price per package of 25 folders.
678-9119 letter 232 x 298mm 1.09kg £15.81
(9.125” x 11.75”) Product Code size wt Price
678-9149 legal 232 x 375mm 1.27kg £17.78 727-1100 letter 298 x 240mm 1.6kg £19.25
(9.125” x 14.75”) 727-1400 legal 375 x 240mm 2.0kg £19.25

File Folders II
II Flush Cut File Folders for A4 size

Flush Cut Acid-Free Folders designed for A4 papers. Made
from acid-free buffered heavy weight attractive 244gsm
paper with moderate porosity allowing the folder to breath.
Will allow a quantity of papers to be stored in one single
folder. No exposed tab makes the Flush Cut File Folders
suitable for archival box storage (see box 733-9123 on P6).

Our best quality 701-1209 12.2” x 9.05” (310x 230mm) A4 2.75kg £29.40
folders are both acid II File Folder Labels

& lignen free with Finally… pin-fed labels sized specifically for use on file
superior strength folders. Made of our foil-backed label stock with aggressive
acrylic adhesive that will not yellow, crack or peel with age.
qualities Package of 1000 labels, fanfolded for use on your computer,
word processor or typewriter.
Price per package.
II Perma/Dur® Reinforced File Folders Product Code To fit tab size Dimensions wt Price
These acid-free and lignin-free folders offer maximum protection for storage of letters, 387-3736 half cut 0.75” x 4” (19 x 100mm) 0.45kg £20.26
documents and other materials. Made of our exclusive Perma/Dur® 260gsm folder 387-3301 third cut 1” x 3.5” (24 x 89mm) 0.55kg £15.04
stock, these full-cut file folders possess superior folding characteristics and outstand-
ing strength qualities assuring long life and protection. Folders are lignin-free and acid- II Manuscript Folders
free with a strictly controlled pH level (8.5±) buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for Acid-free, lignin-free, Perma/Dur® stock Manuscript Folders
an alkaline reserve to assure a safe and protective environment for material stored provide ultimate protection for long-term storage of important
within these folders. Available in two light-fast, non-bleeding, soil resistant colours, in papers. Your manuscripts and other meaningful documents
both letter and legal size. benefit from the 3% calcium carbonate buffer which helps to
Price per package of 100 folders. control migrant acidity. The light-fast, non bleeding, soil
resistant 260gsm. folders are available in both letter and
Light Tan 13mm (0.5”) Exposed Tab
legal size, with a 25mm tab and rounded corners.
Price per 100 folders .
727-0912LT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) £33.46
727-0915LT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm) £37.10
701-1913 10” x 11.75” (254 x 298mm) 3.45kg £40.59
Light Tan 25mm (1”) Exposed Tab
701-1915 10” x 14.75” (254 x 375mm) 3.86kg £42.28
701-0912LT
701-0915LT
9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm)
9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm)
£28.36
£33.66
II Acid Free Vertical File Jackets
Access the contents of your file jackets without pulling the
Dark Tan 13mm (0.5”) Exposed Tab files out or tugging open the flap. These vertical file jackets
Product Code size wt Price combine instant access to documents afforded by the open
727-0912DT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) £33.46 design with the safety of archival quality materials. One piece
construction file jackets are made of sturdy 260gsm Perma
727-0915DT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm) £37.10
/Dur® folder stock with an alkaline reserve and have a
Dark Tan 25mm (1”) Exposed Tab 13mm exposed reinforced extended back for labelling. Pleats
for 1" expansion also give the file a firm base on which to
stand. Choose either letter or legal size.
701-0912DT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) £28.07
701-0915DT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm) £33.00
Product Code style size inc. tab (W x H) wt Price

II Perma/Dur® Unreinforced File Folders 727-8111 letter 11.75” x 9.5” (298 x 241mm) 0.27kg £21.71
Made from acid-free, lignin-free Perma/Dur® 260gsm stock in light tan for exceptional 727-8141 legal 14.75” x 9.5” (375 x 241mm) 0.36kg £23.48
strength and endurance. Top margin has 1/2" exposed tab, straight cut and round
corners. Price per package of 100 folders. II Expansion Folders
Accordion pleats on sides and bottom fulfil a variety of
Letter Size: 241 x 298mm (9.5” x 11.75”) archival storage needs. Excellent for groupings of manu-
Product Code Tab size wt Price scripts, pamphlets, music or any items with expansion
727-1912 full cut 2.82kg £28.38 potential. Made of sturdy. 260gsm Perma/Dur® acid-free
727-2912 half cut 2.68kg £28.38 folder stock for long life. Pre-scored, large, overhanging flap
727-3912 third cut 2.45kg £27.04 folds easily. Expands to 1-1/2" (38mm).
Legal Size: 241 x 375mm (9.5” x 14.75”) Price per package of 5 folders.
Product Code Tab size wt Price
727-1915 full cut 3.82kg £31.35 Product Code style size (W x H) wt Price
727-2915 half cut 3.59kg £31.35 727-2012 letter 12.25” x 10.25” (311 x 260mm) 0.32kg £11.41
727-3915 third cut 3.45kg £31.35 727-2015 legal 14.75” x 10.25” (375 x 260mm) 0.41kg £13.72

II Envelopes Print & Negatives
II A. Unbuffered Glassine Envelopes (P.A.T. Tested) II Unbuffered Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes
PEL acid-free translucent preservers are available in four standard sizes. The neutral pH Sturdy Perma/Dur® Unbuffered Negative Envelopes are ideal for storage of negatives
glassine is unbuffered and allows you to see the negative without touching it. Envelopes are side and photographs. On the recommendation of several photographic archivists, we have
seam style and open on one long side. The open side has a leading flap to allow easy inserting changed the seam design and added a new style without a thumb cut. The new side
of negatives. seam construction allows even stacking and filing, and prevents marring of the negative
or photo within due to too much weight or pressure. Manufactured from a 120gsm lignin-free
Product Code Size Price per 100 pk ivory stock with a pH of approximately 7.0 and a high alpha cellulose content. Seams are
375-5378 53mm x 78mm (2.09” x 3.07”) £2.25 fastened with a neutral pH adhesive. Passes P.A.T. Price per 100 envelopes.
375-5358 108mm x 134mm (4.25” x 5.25”) £5.50
375-5368 134mm x 184mm (5.25” x 7.25”) £6.50 Thumb Cut No Thumb Cut size (mm) (inches) Price
375-2418 185mm x 250mm (7.25” x 9.85”) £9.95 800-4558 800-4558NC 111 x 137 4.375 x 5.375 £21.95
375-3024 250mm x 310mm (9.85” x 12.20”) £15.15 800-4363 800-4363NC 111 x 162 4.375 x6.375 £24.70
800-5378 800-5378NC 137 x 187 5.375 x 7.375 £28.30
800-8060 222 x 172 8.75 x 6.75 £28.35
New & Improved Two Side Seams! 800-6050 172 x 127 6.75 x 5 £21.95
800-8210 800-8210NC 216 x 267 8.5 x 10.5 £42.00
Price per pack of 50
800-4388 800-4388NC 292 x 368 11.5 x 14.5 £43.95
II Buffered Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes

PEL acid-free Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes are available in three standard sizes. Each
envelope features side seams for even filing and stacking, and are constructed using a neutral
pH adhesive. The material is ivory coloured Perma/Dur® buffered with 3% calcium carbonate
to help retard migrant acidity. Passes P.A.T. Price per 100 envelopes.
Thumb Cut size (mm) (inches) wt Price

375-4358 111 x 137 4.375 x 5.375 0.68kg £22.50
375-4368 137 x 187 5.375 x 7.375 0.82kg £24.50
375-4378 216 x 267 8.5 x 10.5 1.27kg £49.75
Helpful Hint
Paper enclosures are opaque and block light. They are also porous and help prevent the accumulation
of moisture and gases. However, viewing is more difficult since you must remove the item from the
enclosure before you can see it. Handling can cause harmful fingerprinting and other damage.
Suggestion: Use paper when items don’t require frequent viewing. Select non-acidic paper enclosures
that are of archival quality. Use buffered storage enclosures for cellulose-nitrate and early safety-film
negatives, brittle prints, and prints on brittle acidic mounts. Use non-buffered enclosures for colour
images, black and white prints, cyanotypes, or albumen prints.
A.

Print & Negatives Envelopes II
II A. Heavy Duty Side Opening Envelopes

These acid-free envelopes, ideal for filing loose materials, are made of 225gsm heavy weight buffered
cream stock with an ungummed flap. The acid-free stock protects the contents from atmospheric pollutants
and migrant acidity. Price per package of 25.

322-2300 9.5” x 11.75” (241 x 299mm) 0.9kg £20.68
A.
322-2301 9.5” x 14.75” (241 x 375mm) 1.14kg £22.53
II B. Perma/Dur® Envelopes (with new improved side seam design)

PEL Ivory coloured Perma/Dur® Envelopes are an excellent acid-free and lignin-free storage device for
all types of documents, pamphlets, clippings, etc. Manufactured from 120gsm sturdy Perma/Dur® stock,
buffered with approximately 3% calcium carbonate. Each is constructed using a neutral pH (P.A.T. tested)
adhesive and includes an ungummed flap to help keep out dust and light. We have eliminated the
centre seam which could mar the contents if too much pressure or weight is applied. Instead we have
incorporated two side seams that are not only safer, but provide more even stacking and filing in large
groups. No adhesive on flap. Price per 100 envelopes.
B.
381-0124 4.9” x 4.9” (124 x 124mm) CD 1.23kg £12.50
381-0609 6” x 9” (152 x 229mm) A5 1.23kg £31.56
381-6795 6.75” x 9.5” (171 x 241mm) 1.50kg £33.96
381-7010 7” x 10” (178 x 254mm) 1.68kg £33.30
381-7515 7.5” x 10.5” (191 x 267mm) 1.86kg £35.80
381-0810 8.5” x 10.5” (216 x 267mm) 2.10kg £38.00
381-0912 9” x 12” (229 x 305mm) A4 2.55kg £46.95
381-1013 10” x 13” (254 x 330mm) 2.82kg £49.95
381-1115 11.5” x 15” (292 x 381mm) 3.82kg £59.95
II C. “Open Wide” Envelopes

Seamless “Open Wide” Envelopes offer unique storage for fragile documents and manuscripts. Items may
be placed in or removed from these envelopes without damage in handling. Envelopes are acid-free and
buffered for added protection against acid migration. May be stored flat or in storage boxes. Self-adhesive
Velcoins® (see page 132) are useful as an enclosure device. Five sizes available from stock. Special sizes
available - please inquire. Price per package of 5.

779-7010 7” x 10” (178 x 254mm) 136g £8.54
779-9115 9” x 11.5” (229 x 292mm) 273g £11.54
C.
779-9015 9” x 15” (229 x 381mm) 273g £11.95
779-1013 10” x 13” (254 x 330mm) 273g £13.95
779-1114 11” x 14” (279 x 356mm) 318g £14.95
II D. Tyvek® Envelopes
Our Tyvek® envelopes provide excellent protection for your documents, negatives and artwork, and are also
useful in storing and protecting books in need of repair. Dupont's patented and unique Fibre-Spun bonded
Olefin (a bonding of tough, durable high-density polyethylene fibres) is made of continuous fibres and is so
strong, you cannot tear it. It resists water, chemicals, rot, mildew and won't discolour. Available in 5
standard sizes. No adhesive on flap. Price per 100 envelopes.
D.
622-0001 6.5” x 9.5” (165 x 241mm) 0.86kg £61.95
622-0002 7.5” x 10.5” (191 x 267mm) 1.10kg £68.27
622-0003 9” x 12” (229 x 305mm) 1.55kg £77.59
622-0004 10” x 13” (254 x 330mm) 1.73kg £82.69
622-0005 11.5” x 14.5” (292 x 368mm) 2.14kg £107.98

II Folders Map & Print
II Perma/Dur® Map & Print Folders

These completely acid-free and lignin-free Map and Print Folders provide an excellent means of
storing and protecting maps, prints, and broadsides. Manufactured from .010 light tan
Perma/Dur® with a pH of approximately 8.5, reducing the possibility of paper discolouration and
ink fading. Straight cut for safe, convenient storage. Flush folded and reinforced with acid-free
tape for added protection. Special size requirements available.
Visit PEL online at
701-7046 18” x 24” (457 x 610mm) 1.82kg £26.72
701-7047 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 2.27kg £31.90
701-7048 20” x 30” (508 x 762mm) 2.27kg £36.41
701-7049 24” x 36” (610 x 914mm) 3.64kg £48.76
701-7050 24” x 40” (610 x 1016mm) 4.10kg £53.11
701-7052 30” x 42” (762 x 1067mm) 5.45kg £52.69
701-7053 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 5.90kg £56.73
701-7051 36” x 48” (914 x 1219mm) 6.82kg £60.50
II Large Print File Folders

Store your valuable prints and photographs in these folders to keep them clean and safe from
bending. Heavyweight 135gsm, unbuffered lignin-free and acid-free ledger folders support
photos while protecting them from atmospheric contaminants and migrant acidity. Folders are
ivory coloured, with squared corners and flush folds so they neatly fit inside our standard print
size portfolios (see pages 14 and 15).
Product Code size (H x W) wt Price

743-1418 14” x 18” (356 x 457mm) 3.23kg £27.59
743-1620 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 4.14kg £34.80

Documents & Book Binders II
step 1 Product Code size Price
Determine book size and select 722-6014 6” x 14” (152 x 356mm) £6.00
the 2 Closest box half sizes.
eg: Book size 6"W x 7"L x 1"D 722-6022 6” x 22” (152 x 559mm) £6.40
One-half size piece 6" x 22" 722-7016 7” x 16” (178 x 406mm) £5.80
One-half size piece 7" x 16"
722-7024 7” x 24” (178 x 610mm) £7.25
note: allow at least 2" for overlap.
722-8018 8” x 18” (203 x 457mm) £6.95
step 2 722-8026 8” x 26” (203 x 660mm) £8.15
Encase book side to side first. 722-9020 9” x 20” (229 x 508mm) £8.75
Fold along scored lines for snug fit.
Attach Velcoin to complete enclosure.
722-9028 9” x 28” (229 x 711mm) £8.40
722-1022 10” x 22” (254 x 559mm) £9.70
step 3 722-1030 10” x 30” (254 x 762mm) £10.00
Encase book top to bottom.
722-1124 11” x 24” (279 x 610mm) £8.80
Again fold along appropriate
score line. Attach Velcoin to 722-1132 11” x 32” (279 x 813mm) £12.50
complete the enclosure. 722-1226 12” x 26” (305 x 660mm) £12.45
722-1234 12” x 34” (305 x 864mm) £11.85
722-1430 14” x 30” (356 x 762mm) £14.15
722-1436 14” x 36” (356 x 915mm) £15.40
II Adjustable Book Storage Boxes
Create your own storage boxes for your valuable rare books and documents with these acid-free 450gsm boards. These soil-resistant cream colour boards are scored every
0.625" for easy folding and are available in a wide range of sizes. Enclosure is secured using a pressure-sensitive Velcoin (1 Velcoin provided per sheet; for additional
supply, see below). See How-To on this page for complete instructions. Price per package of 5 boards.
II Document Pamphlet Binders II Document Preservation Folders

With 40pt. Board. Superior heavyweight shelving These folders are ideal for pamphlets or documents
or drawer binder protection for your most valuable without much bulk. Store them vertically or horizon-
documents and pamphlets. Each binder is made of tally. Sturdy grey genuine pressboard folders offer an
our acid-free and lignin-free 1000gsm rigid board inexpensive means of storing documents. The inner
with a 225gsm internal storage folder and a flex- folder is sturdy Perma/Dur® which is acid-free, and
ible 6mm spine. These binders, buffered with 3% lignin-free.
calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve, provide Price per package of 5 Folders.
protection during handling or storage and may
be shelved vertically. Features a 6mm spine for easy Product Code size wt Price
access and indexing. 323-1159 9” x 11.5” (229 x 292mm) 0.86kg £25.95
Price each. 323-1509 9” x 15” (229 x 381mm) 1.18kg £22.95
Product Code binder size folder size Price

801-1189 308 x 235mm 289 x 229mm £7.60
II Drama/Playbook Binders
801-1449 381 x 235mm 368 x 229mm £8.90
Binders designed specifically for the protection
and storage of drama/playbooks. Manufactured of
sturdy 1300gsm blue/grey board, they are hinged
with our strong, acid-free linen tape. The expanding
interior folder provides a full 6mm spine and is made
of acid-free cream white Perma/Dur® stock. These
binders are strong enough to store vertically or
horizontally.
Price per package of 5 Binders.

740-6080 6” x 8” (152 x 203mm) 0.55kg £20.52
740-6595 6.5” x 9.5” (165 x 241mm) 0.64kg £21.77
740-75105 7.5” x 10.5” (191 x 267mm) 0.59kg £27.08
II Oversized Print Folders

(for Panoramas, Albumen Prints & Colour Photos) II Wide Spine Document Binder
Our long, continuous folders may be easily cut to size to fit your panoramas, oversize Our Wide Spine Document Preservation Binders
albumin prints and colour photos. Made of our unbuffered, lignin-free and acid-free 225gsm accommodate thicker pamphlets and small books
Perma/Dur® folder stock in a pale cream colour, these long flush cut folders are 12" and with a full 13mm spine and 13mm expansion on
24" high and 36" long. Simply cut the length and height to fit your requirements using a interior folder. Binder is made of sturdy 725gsm.
standard paper cutter or scissors. These durable folders provide protection from handling, genuine Pearl Gray Pressboard with an acid free,
dust and dirt and may be stored in standard size metal flat files. If you are storing on shelves, lignin-free folder of 225gsm. Perma Dur®.
we recommend you put the folders in our tan drop-front print storage boxes (call our Price per package of 5 binders.
customer service for special sizes). Price per package of 25 folders.
Product Code size (H x W) wt Price 324-70102 7” x 10” (178 x 254mm) 0.77kg £31.71
313-1236 12” x 36” (305 x 914mm) 2.64kg £47.07 324-91152 9” x 11.5” (229 x 292mm) 1.00kg £35.55
313-2436 24” x 36” (610 x 914mm) 4.95kg £69.45 324-10132 10” x 13” (254 x 330mm) 1.23kg £43.96

II Archival Polyester
Product Code Format Box Code Micron Size (mm) Size (inches) Price 25pk
565-0503 Photo size 50 126 x 86 5 x 3.4 £8.50
565-0504 Photo size 799-0405 50 132 x 107 5.2 x 4.2 £8.50
565-4070 Photo size 50 146 x 95 5.75 x 3.75 £8.50
565-0604 Postcard 780-4612 50 152 x 102 6x4 £8.50
565-650 A6 + 10mm 799-6412 50 158 x 115 6.2 x 4.5 £9.00
565-1217 Photo size 799-0507 50 178 x 116 7 x 4.5 £10.00
565-0705 Photo size 799-0507 50 183 x 132 7.2 x 5.2 £11.00
565-272 Photo size 735-0806 50 216 x 140 8.5 x 5.5 £11.00
565-550 A5 + 10mm 735-0906 50 220 x 158 8.6 x 6.2 £10.50
565-575 A5 + 10mm 735-0906 75 220 x 158 8.6 x 6.2 £11.50
565-3580 Bank note 50 203 x 89 8 x 3.5 £11.00
565-0906 Photo size 735-0906 75 229 x 152 9x6 £12.50
565-1008 Photo size 733-8103 50 254 x 203 10 x 8 £13.50
565-1007 Comic size 50 267 x 190 10.5 x 7.5 £15.50
II Archival Polyester Pockets

565-8105 Photo size 733-8103 50 260 x 210 10.25 x 8.25 £13.50
565-0810 Photo size 733-8103 75 260 x 210 10.25 x 8.25 £14.50
565-2523 Photo size 75 254 x 235 10 x 9.25 £13.50
PEL pockets are used for conservation quality archival storage 565-10105 Photo size 75 260 x 260 10.25 x 10.25 £16.00
for works of art on paper. 565-1155 Photo size 733-9123 75 280 x 216 11 x 8.5 £15.00
Archivists and Conservators insist on polyester for glass clear, 565-1190 Print size 733-9123 75 292 x 235 11.5 x 9 £15.00
inert protection, knowing it will not crack or yellow with age. 565-1285 A4 + 5mm 733-9123 75 304 x 216 11.97 x 8.5 £15.50
565-450 A4 + 10mm 733-1293 50 307 x 220 12 x 8.6 £14.00
It’s so strong it withstands constant handling.
565-475 A4 + 10mm 733-1293 75 307 x 220 12 x 8.6 £15.50
Standard pockets are open on one short side. We also offer a 565-1297 Print size 733-1015 75 310 x 245 12.2 x 9.65 £17.00
complete range of sleeves which have both short sides open. 565-1210 Photo size 733-1015 75 320 x 250 12.6 x 9.8 £18.00
565-1308 Foolscap 75 340 x 214 13.4 x 8.4 £17.00
We have included in the format column the nearest box size. 565-09145 Photo size 75 356 x 232 14 x 9.13 £18.50
You should ensure the size tolerance is acceptable and this is 565-11145 Photo size 733-2011 75 360 x 285 14.2 x 11.2 £22.00
only a guide. 565-3617 Certificate 75 365 x 174 14.37 x 6.85 £20.50
565-14095 Photo size 735-3826 75 368 x 235 14.5 x 9 £20.00
We can supply other sizes and configurations such as open 565-1411 Photo size 735-3826 75 362 x 286 14.25 x 11.25 £20.50
two adjacent sides, long side and in sizes to suit your 565-1612 Photo size 735-4433 75 413 x 313 16.25 x 12.6 £23.00
requirements. Prices on application, minimum quantities 565-350 A3 + 10mm 735-4433 50 430 x 307 17 x 12 £22.00
may apply. Contact our customer services department. 565-375 A3 + 10mm 735-4433 75 430 x 307 17 x 12 £23.00
565-4532 Newspaper 732-1813 75 450 x 320 17.7 x 12.6 £31.00
565-1915 Photo size 75 485 x 380 19.10 x 14.96 £32.00
565-1913 Photo size 75 488 x 335 19.2 x 13.2 £28.00
565-1625 Photo size 733-0211 75 513 x 413 20.2 x 16.25 £35.00
565-2117 Print size 75 533 x 432 21 x 17 £38.00
565-5537 Newspaper 732-1522 75 550 x 370 21.6 x 14.5 £38.00
565-275 A2 + 10mm 75 604 x 430 23.8 x 17 £48.00
II Polyester Film Marking Pens 565-2418 Print size 75 610 x 457 24 x 18 £48.00
565-2420 Photo size 732-2243 75 616 x 514 24.25 x 20.25 £55.00
Ideal for cataloguing polyester pockets with details of
565-6247 Newspaper 732-1925 75 625 x 470 24.6 x 18.5 £51.00
contents. Also used for overhead projection film. The ink is 565-2618 Map print 75 660 x 458 26 x 18 £56.00
non-erasable, alcohol based, permanent and smudge-proof. 565-3022 Newspaper 732-2331 75 775 x 575 30.5 x 22.6 £72.00
Can be used on most smooth surfaces such as films, acetate, 565-175 A1 + 10mm 75 851 x 604 33.5 x 23.8 £75.00
glass, plastic and metal. 565-3624 Map print 75 915 x 610 36 x 24 £79.00
Available in two colours. 565-3011 Print size 75 1016 x 635 40 x 25 £86.00
565-0575 OS map 75 1016 x 821 40 x 32.3 £112.00
Price each.
565-3042 OS map 100 1060 x 750 41.73 x 29.53 £135.00
565-750 OS map 75 1060 x 750 41.73 x 29.53 £108.00
Product Code Line Width Colour wt Price 565-075 A0 + 10mm 75 1199 x 851 47.20 x 33.5 £135.00
642-0050 0.5mm Black 9g £1.59
642-1050 0.5mm Red 9g £1.59 Product Code Format Box Code Micron Size (mm) Size (inches) Price 10pk
565-14586 Cabinet size 75 1450 x 860 57.07 x 33.86 £69.00
565-11786 Cabinet size 75 1170 x 860 open 46.06 x 33.86 £58.00
565-3724 OS map 75 955 x 625 37.6 x 24.6 £36.00
565-4733 OS map 75 1200 x 841 47.25 x 33.1 £55.00
565-5137 OS map 75 1320 x 955 51.97 x 37.6 £69.00
565-5630 OS map 75 1422 x 762 56 x 30 £67.00

Polyester Archival II
Product Code Micron Size (mm x m) Type Price II Archival Polyester Rolls
415-1255 125 1270mm x 25M anti-static £93.50
Product Code Micron Size (mm x M) Size (inches x feet) Price Polyester rolls are a convenient way of handling polyester espe-
415-1250 125 1067mm x 50M 42” x 164ft £107.00 cially when your requirements are for various sizes. We can
415-1251 125 1524mm x 50M 60” x 164ft £165.00 supply special thicknesses and roll sizes however minimums will
415-1005 100 1067mm x 50M 42” x 164ft £93.25 apply, contact our customer services department.
415-100 100 1067mm x 20M 42” x 65.6ft £38.00 Stock sizes are as shown and are available for
415-753 75 1067mm x 100M 42” x 328ft £147.50 immediate despatch.
415-755 75 1524mm x 50M 60” x 164ft £105.00
415-75 75 1067mm x 20M 42” x 65.6ft £29.70
415-5020 75 500mm x 20M 12.7” x 65ft £15.00
415-503 50 1067mm x 100M 42” x 328ft £102.50
415-0050 50 1067mm x 20M 42” x 65.6ft £20.25
415-12 12 1524mm x 100M 60” x 328ft £48.75
415-36 36 1524mm x 50M 60” x 164ft £52.50
415-0200 50 50mm x 152M 2” x 500ft £14.70
415-0150 50 38mm x 152M 1.5” x 500ft £10.95
415-0010 50 25mm x 152M 1” x 500ft £7.30
Product Code Size (mm) Micron Price 100 Sheets II Archival Polyester Sheets
415-175 A1 + 10mm 851mm x 604mm 75 £89.95
415-275 A2 + 10mm 604mm x 430mm 75 £45.75 Polyester Sheets are used on our polyester sealing machines.
415-375 A3 + 10mm 430mm x 307mm 75 £23.25 Sheets are also used for interleaving and other conservation
415-475 A4 + 10mm 307mm x 220mm 75 £11.95 methods.
Sheets remain perfectly flat, they do not curl like polyester cut
from a roll. All sheets are supplied interleaved with tissue
between each sheet. We offer convenient sizes however, we
can supply sheets to your required size. Minimums will apply,
contact our customer services department.
Pack of 100 sheets.
Product Code Micron Size (inches) Size (mm) Price II Archival Polyester Sleeves
780-1913 75 19.2 x 13.18 488 x 335 £68.00
780-1612 75 16.25 x 12.3 413 x 313 £64.00 Polyester sleeves are open on two short ends and sealed on
780-375 75 17 x 12 430 x 307 £64.00 both long sides. We only use 100% archival polyester film in
780-350 50 17 x 12 430 x 307 £52.00 the manufacturing of these glass clear acid free sleeves. The
780-14095 75 14.5 x 9 368 x 235 £48.00 material is identical to our polyester pockets, the price is lower
because they are produced automatically, removing expensive
780-1411 75 14.25 x 11.25 362 x 286 £49.00
labour costs.
780-1114 75 14.2 x 11.2 360 x 285 £52.00
780-09145 75 14 x 9.13 356 x 232 £45.00 Another benefit of archival sleeves is the less likelihood of
780-1308 75 13.4 x 8.4 340 x 214 £42.00 damaging the paper or photo when inserting into the sleeve.
780-1210 75 12.6 x 9.8 320 x 250 £44.00 The natural cling of polyester helps to prevent the contents
780-1297 75 12.2 x 9.6 310 x 245 £42.00 falling out.
780-475 75 12 x 8.6 307 x 220 £39.00 Pack of 100 sleeves.
780-450 50 12 x 8.6 307 x 220 £36.00
780-1285 75 11.97 x 8.5 304 x 216 £36.00
780-1190 75 11.5 x 9 292 x 235 £38.00
780-1155 75 11 x 8.5 280 x 216 £38.00
780-1010 75 10.25 x 10.25 260 x 260 £40.00
780-8105 50 10.25 x 8.25 260 x 210 £36.00
780-0810 75 10.25 x 8.25 260 x 210 £38.00
780-1008 50 10 x 8 254 x 203 £36.00
780-0906 75 9x6 229 x 152 £34.00
780-550 50 8.6 x 6.2 220 x 158 £29.00
780-575 75 8.6 x 6.2 220 x 158 £31.00
780-272 50 8.5 x 5.5 216 x 140 £30.00
780-0705 50 7.2 x 5.2 183 x 132 £29.00
780-1711 50 4.55 x 7 178 x 116 £28.00
780-650 50 6.2 x 4.5 158 x 115 £26.00
780-0604 50 6x4 152 x 102 £24.00
780-1495 50 3.75 x 5.75 146 x 95 £24.00
780-0504 50 5.2 x 4.2 132 x 107 £24.00
780-0503 50 5 x 3.4 126 x 86 £24.00

II Polyester Sealing Machines
II Crossweld™ Polyester Film Sealing Machine

Preservation Equipment Ltd’s polyester sealing machines are recognised and trusted worldwide. After years of experience with
the previous Crossweld we have now introduced the ultimate sealing machine. This new machine has been designed with health
and safety approval, we no longer use a foot switch which could easily be activated by accidentally stepping on it (health and safety
liked that). The jaws previously slammed down by touching the foot switch and could cause nipping of fingers, this cannot happen
with this new machine. Not using jaws means you are not restricted by the jaw width and can continually weld very wide sheets, up
to a maximum of 1400mm. The new style of operation allows much more room to work with the material you are sealing.
The working alignment grid squares can now be replaced when worn. The PTFE cloth protecting the welding element is simply
replaced by winding new material into place from the roll attached to the machine, a real advantage for quality welds. We have
increased the weld length to 700mm and you are no longer restricted to the width between the jaws as on the old machine. For wider
material you can now continuously weld in any position from the edge to the centre, this is because the jaws are no longer used. II Monarch Economy™
The heat compensating device uses the latest electronics to ensure constant welds every time. The Crossweld can be used for sealing Polyester Sealing Machine
various thicknesses of polyester film, it will weld polyester to paper and board also other materials such as Reemay, Hollytex, Tyvek,
Make Your Own Melinex® Envelopes & Encapsulation Units
PEL Softwrap and even bubble film can all be welded to make pockets and bags. We have made replacing the heating element so easy
(not like the old machine), replacing the PTFE Cloth is even simpler. A floor mounting stand is available complete with adjustable feet. The Monarch Economy Polyester Sealing Machine edge seals
polyester sheets in about 3-5 seconds. The single action clap
Comes complete with instructions, spare element and PTFE cloth. Each machine is shipped in a wooden crate arriving ready for use. and alignment grid provide positive positioning and ease of
operation.
806-7000 Power supply: 240 volts £1995.00 The adjustable timer allows you to vary settings for different
806-7000-110 Power supply: 110 volts £1995.00 weights of polyester. A built in light sensor indicates completed
Weld length: 700mm continuous weld. An ideal machine for creating adhesive-free encapsulation
Dimensions: 870 x 680 x 240mm high units, folders, and envelopes.
Weight: 58kg Welding capacity: 750mm continuous
Product Code Description Price Product Code wt Price

806-7001 Spare heating element £8.50 806-6000 18.2kg £1399.00
806-7002 Spare PTFE Cloth 700mm x 600mm £32.00 Monarch Sealing Machine
806-7003 Base protection PTFE tape 19mm x 15m £41.00 805-ME710 90g £9.95
806-7004 Floor mounting stand £249.00 Monarch Replacement Element
44 www.preservationequipment.com
A4 Format Archival Multihole Album Pages II
II A4 Format Archival
Multihole Album Pages
These archival album and binder pages are manufactured for
PEL to a high conservation standard. Made from inert, clear,
acid-free polypropylene. The pages are designed to fit A4 and
A5 paper sizes with multi holes for 3 or 4 ring binders.
The pages have a soft clear quality feel with an attractive
Product Code Overall Size Pocket size Price appearance making them one of our most popular best
525-00A4 302 x 235mm 1mm x 300mm x 217mm £12.75 pack 100 selling products.
525-00A4/10 302 x 235mm 1mm x 300mm x 217mm £115.00 pack 1000
525-00A5 302 x 235mm 2mm x 214mm x 150mm £13.95 pack 100 If you use binders that are in constant use then this product
525-00A5/10 302 x 235mm 2mm x 214mm x 150mm £124.75 pack 1000 will be ideal. The smooth surface allows you to flick through
the pages with ease. For more albums and boxbinders see
Museum Boxbinder
page 31.
735-BB3 330 x 290 x 60mm Three 38mm D-Ring £10.95 each
735-BB4 330 x 290 x 60mm Four 38mm D-Ring £10.95 each Buy 1,000 pages and you save 10%.
II Preservation Time Capsule

Designed for PEL by a scientist who recommended we use marine 316 stainless steel that will not rust even in salt water. Comes complete with a PTFE sealing gasket. The materials
will not affect the contents, the time capsule is water tight and will survive thousands of years into the unknown future. Papers may need to be de-acidified so they contain no acid
and to stop deterioration (see solutions available in this catalogue). Separate each item with archival quality bags, rubber and some plastics will emit acidic vapours, so avoid them.
Remove batteries from electrical devices. We also suggest you have your details engraved onto the time capsule.
Product Code: 412-0008 £379.00
size: 220mm Diameter x 600mm Long

II Sleeves, Envelopes, Bags
II A. Archival Quality Polyethylene Bags

Prints and posters exposed to repeated
handling deserve to be protected from the
damaging effects of dirty hands, dust,
and moisture. Accomplish this easily and
inexpensively with the use of these quality
polyethylene bags. Each bag is manufactured
of 50 micron uncoated polyethylene, which is
A. chemically inert and will not harm your
valuable materials. Smaller bags each hold
one matted print; the largest bag holds multiple prints, but is ideally suited
for protecting up to 25 sheets of mounting board or archival corrugated board until ready
for use. Pack 100 bags. 500-3547 Pack 50

500-0810 8.25” x 10.375” (210 x 264mm) 0.41kg £9.25
500-1114 11.375” x 14.25” (289 x 362mm) 0.68kg £13.25
500-1418 14.375” x 18.25” (365 x 464mm) 1.36kg £16.80
500-2024 20.375” x 24.25” (518 x 616mm) 1.82kg £36.80
500-2431 24.5” x 31.375” (622 x 797mm) 2.05kg £42.50
500-3547 35.75” x 47.375” (908 x 1203mm) 2.18kg £43.70
II B. Polyester Protector Bags

For books, pamphlets, paperbacks, objects or collectables.
These lightweight 25 micron bags contour to irregular shapes
& are inexpensive for the storage of most common materials.
Archival polyester with flap for sealing. Best seller with comic
collectors.
Price per package of 100 bags.

565-2156 6.25” x 8.25” (159 x 210mm) 318g £42.55
565-2158 6.875” x 10.375” (175 x 264mm) 364g £36.26
565-2162 7.875” x 10.5” (200 x 267mm) 500g £40.11
565-2153 8.875” x 11.75” (225 x 299mm) 500g £55.16
B.
II C. Polyethylene Zipper Bags
Minigrip® plain resealable zipper bags made from 50
micron polyethylene, now available at very good prices
giving excellent value. These simple efficient bags are
completely inert and transparent. They have many uses
in Museums, Archives and Libraries including storage
of books, paintings, artifacts, fragments, geology, arch-
aeological spacimens and odd shaped objects. Bags are
water resistant and offer a moisture barrier. Variety of
sizes for a variety of uses.
Pack 500 and 200 bags.
Product Code size qty Price

500-1000 40mm x 65mm (1.57” x 2.56”) 500 £2.60
500-1001 60mm x 60mm (2.36” x 2.36”) 500 £3.40
500-1005 115mm x 115mm (4.53” x 4.53”) 500 £8.85
500-1006 100mm x 140mm (3.94” x 5.51”) 500 £9.00
500-1008 75mm x 190mm (2.95” x 7.48”) 500 £8.70
500-1105 50mm x 230mm (1.97” x 9.06”) 500 £10.25
C. 500-1100 150mm x 230mm (5.90” x 9.06”) 200 £7.70
500-10A4 230mm x 325mm (9.05” x 12.80”) 200 £11.30
500-1014 255mm x 355mm (10.04” x 13.98”) 200 £13.70
500-1016 330mm x 455mm (13” x 17.91”) 200 £20.60
500-1017 380mm x 510mm (14.96 x 20.08”) 200 £26.20

Print/Negative Storage II
II D. Archival Quality Polyester Pockets

Prints and posters exposed to repeated handling deserve to be protected from the
damaging effects of dirty hands, dust and moisture. Polyester is the best material available
for this purpose. Each pocket is manufactured from 75 Micron ICI Melinex top grade archival
polyester film, which is chemically inert and will not harm your valuable collection. Below are
listed photographic sizes, you will find a more complete range on page 43. We can make
them to your size requirement, just contact our customer service department for a quotation.
Pack Quantity 25.

565-2420 24.25” x 20.25” (616mm x 514mm) £55.00
565-2418 24” x 18” (610mm x 457mm) £48.00
565-1625 20.2” x 16.25” (513mm x 413mm) £35.00
565-1612 16.25” x 12.3” (413mm x 313mm) £23.00
565-1411 14.25” x 11.25” (362mm x 286mm) £20.50
565-1210 12.6” x 9.8” (320mm x 250mm) £18.00
565-475 12” x 8.6” (307mm x 220mm) £15.50 D.
565-1155 11” x 8.5” (280mm x 216mm) £15.00
565-10105 10.25” x 10.25” (260mm x 260mm) £16.00
565-0810 10.25” x 8.25” (260mm x 210mm) £14.50
565-0906 9” x 6” (229mm x 152mm) £12.50
565-650 6.2” x 4.5” (158mm x 115mm) £9.00
565-0504 5.2” x 4.2” (132mm x 107mm) £8.50
See page 43 many other sizes.
II E. Easy Access Photo/Negative Sleeves

With Self-Locking Flap
Lightweight, clear polyethylene protectors provide long term
protection for the storage and handling of your entire collection at
very reasonable cost. Each protector opens on the side for easy
insertion or removal of materials and the flap seal provides a secure
closure. Soft, less rigid transparent polyethylene will not scratch the
emulsion side of your photographs and the protector will not yellow
or crack with age.
Price per package.
Product Code neg/print size wt Qty/Pkg Price

511-0045 4” x 5” (102 x 127mm) 0.14kg 50 £5.30
511-0057 5” x 7” (127 x 178mm) 0.18kg 50 £8.02
511-0810 8” x 10” (203 x 254mm) 0.45kg 50 £13.59
511-1114 11” x 14” (279 x 356mm) 0.50kg 25 £14.07
511-1620 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 0.55kg 25 £40.43
E.
II F. Archival Polyester Polyester Sleeve Protectors
An easy method for protecting your prints or other items from dust, dirt and scratches
during storage and handling. Our best crystal clear sleeves make superb viewing easy
without removing the item from the sleeve. Archivally safe polyester material assures that
neither the sleeve nor adjacent prints will chemically react with the enclosed print. Sleeves
have the two long sides sealed and are open at each end for easy access. Sleeves may be
marked with our film marking pen (page 17) or labelled for identification with our acid-free
foil-back labels, (page 64).
Price per package. See page 43 for full range
25/Pkg.
Product Code sleeve size wt Price F.
780-4070 3.75” x 5.75” (95 x 146mm) 0.09kg £6.75
780-4060 4.125” x 6” (105 x 152mm) 0.14kg £7.00
780-0507 5.2” x 7.2” (132 x 183mm) 0.14kg £8.00
780-1217 4.55” x 7” (116 x 178mm) 0.18kg £8.00
100/Pkg.
Product Code sleeve size wt Price
780-0504 4.2” x 5.2” (107 x 132mm) 0.27kg £24.00 Our Polyester Photo Mounting Sleeves on
780-0705 5.2” x 7.2” (132 x 183mm) 0.41kg £29.00
780-0810 8.25” x 10.25” (210 x 260mm) 0.91kg £38.00
page 62 allow you to mount photo in
780-1155 8.5” x 11” (216 x 280mm) 1.00kg £38.00 sleeve directly to mounting page.

II Storage Special Collections
II “See Thru” Polyester Map, Newspaper & Print Envelopes II Polyester L-Velopes
These large envelopes offer an excellent approach to the practical archival storage of large These L-Velopes are sealed on 2 adjacent sides for easy insertion and removal of your
maps, prints or broadsides. These envelopes offer archival storage while giving complete valuable covers and documents. Static electricity in the archival polyester clings to materials,
visibility to its contents. Made of 75 micron archival polyester, with 3 edges sealed. providing security while making complete enclosure unnecessary. One long side and one short
Price per package of 5. side are thermo-welded for long life. Sturdy archival 75 micron archival polyester assures the
utmost in safety, strength, clarity and longevity. Guaranteed non-yellowing and stable.
Product Code size wt Price Price per package of 10.
565-2769 11” x 17” (279 x 432mm) 364g £6.95
565-1721 17” x 21” (432 x 533mm) 636g £9.95 Product Code Outside Dimensions of L-Velopes™ Fits Box Price
565-1824 18” x 24” (457 x 610mm) 773g £11.50 737-2510 2.5” x 10.12” (64 x 257mm) £2.50
565-2777 24” x 36” (610 x 914mm) 1.41kg £19.50 737-0810 8.25” x 10.25” (210 x 260mm) 733-8103 £6.95
737-0912 9.25” x 12.25” (235 x 311mm) 733-9123 £7.95
737-9514 9.5” x 14.25” (241 x 362mm) 735-9123 £8.95
737-1114 11.25” x 14.25” (286 x 362mm) 733-1153 £9.95
737-1714 17.375” x 14.375” (442 x 365mm) 733-1418 £12.95
737-1620 16.25” x 20.25” (413 x 514mm) 733-1623 £14.95
737-2420 20.25” x 24.25” (514 x 616mm) 733-2024 £21.95
fig.1 fig.2
fig.3
II Self-Sealing L-Velopes®
Now you can protect your photos, ephemera, maps, or documents safely and easily between
sheets of archival quality polyester using no adhesives! These Self-Sealing L-Velopes® are
made of polyester to support their contents and protect them from stress, dirt, fingerprints and
atmospheric pollutants. Great for temporary displays or items that need to be handled
frequently. Self-Sealing L-Velopes are easy to use: two adjacent sides open (fig.1) so sheet slips
safely in (fig.2) then flaps fold over to make a seal (fig.3). The process is just as easily reversible
with no damage to contents.
Price per package of 5 L-Velopes. II Coin Envelopes
Acid-free, paper coin envelopes with flap. Insert the coin, fold over the (ungummed) flap
Product Code Micron fits up to wt Price
to hold the coin. Safe for handling, protecting from fingerprints, dust and dirt.
738-0811 75 216 x 279mm (8.5” x 11”) 182g £10.15
738-0912 75 229 x 305mm (9” x 12”) 182g £11.95
738-1114 75 279 x 356mm (11” x 14”) 318g £13.30 Product Code size quantity Price
738-1117 75 279 x 432mm (11” x 17”) 364g £14.35 876-5050 50mm x 50mm) 100 £5.35
738-1217 75 305 x 432mm (12” x 17”) 364g £14.35 876-COIN-S 50mm x 50mm 1000 £35.50

Archival Print Boxes II
A. Archival Print Boxes
II A. Archival Print Boxes II B. Archival A Size Boxes

Made exclusivity for PEL these archival print boxes are ideal for single prints and other works The A size acid free boxes are designed to store international paper sizes from A1 to A5.
of art on paper. The print boxes are made with acid free board covered in black book cloth. The
Modern A size archival boxes have previously been hard to find, PEL is the only company to offer
white acid free interior assures you that your collection is safe from natural deterioration.
true archival conservation quality in the international A size as standard.
The small capacity is 15mm deep which allows storage for a small selection of sheets ensuring
The archival boxes are 50mm deep, the metal corners remove the need for adhesives which
damage is removed from over filled deep boxes of documents.
may dry out or off gas. The boxes can be stacked, heavy full ones will not crush the partly full
For additional protection use our polyester pockets on page 42, we have entered below the or empty ones due to the strength of the metal corners.
product code for the pocket which is suitable for each box.
The PEL matt black outside and white inside conservation boxboard is used for both purity
The separate lid fits completely over the box base for secure protection. and strength. The combination of our strong, durable 1.5mm thick board and metal edge
construction make these boxes your best choice for lasting protection. Buffered with 3%
Product Code Format Polyester Pocket Internal Size Price calcium carbonate for additional protection from airborne pollutants. For additional archival
507-1005 A5 565-575 225 x 160 x 15mm £12.00 protection we have included the polyester pocket product code for each box.
504-1004 A4 565-475 310 x 225 x 15mm £13.50
507-1003 A3 565-375 435 x 320 x 15mm £15.60 Product Code Format Internal Size Polester Pocket Price
507-1002 A2 565-275 610 x 435 x 15mm £23.60 732-1005 A5 225 x 165 x 50 565-575 £6.55
732-1004 A4 315 x 225 x 50 565-475 £7.55
732-1003 A3 435 x 315 x 50 565-375 £8.95
732-1002 A2 610 x 435 x 50 565-275 £12.95
732-1001 A1 860 x 610 x 50 565-175 £15.25
B. Archival A Size Boxes

II Boxes Flat Storage

Flat Storage Boxes II
II E-Flute Blue/Grey
Flat Storage Boxes
Consider lightweight E-Flute acid-free, lignen free
corrugated blue/grey board. Each contains a 3% calcium
carbonate buffer. Available in three convenient sizes.
Price each.
Thickness CaCO3 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free

1/16” Yes Blue/Grey Short Lid RTA Yes
Product Code Size (L x W x H) Size (mm) Weight Price

612-0034 12” x 10.25” x 5” 304 x 260 x 127 0.3kg £16.00
612-0036 17.25” x 11” x 5” 438 x 279 x 127 0.5kg £19.25
612-0038 20” x 16” x 5” 508 x 406 x 127 1.14kg £23.10
II B-Flute Blue/Grey
Flat Storage Boxes
The standard for protection. Our B-Flute acid-free corrugated
boxes offer durability with no sacrifice in archival quality.
Available in three convenient sizes.
Price each.

1/8” Yes Blue/Grey Short Lid RTA Yes

613-3400 12” x 10.25” x 5” 304 x 260 x 127 0.4kg £11.85
613-3600 17.25” x 11” x 5” 438 x 279 x 127 0.6kg £12.40
613-3800 20” x 16” x 5” 508 x 406 x 127 0.8kg £15.80
II Kraft
Flat Storage Boxes
Made from our cost effecient acid-free tan corrugated.
These boxes ship flat and snap together in seconds
without tools, tapes, or adhesives. Available in three
convenient sizes.
Price each.

1/8” No Tan Short Lid RTA No

540-0034 12” x 10.25” x 5” 304 x 260 x 127 0.4kg £5.65
540-0036 17.25” x 11” x 5” 438 x 279 x 127 0.6kg £6.65
540-0038 20” x 16” x 5” 508 x 406 x 127 0.8kg £8.90

II Box Really Useful
Serving
Museums,
Libraries
& Archives
Worldwide
II Really Useful Box

These transparent polypropylene multi-purpose boxes are acid-free, suitable for archives and
are conservation quality. They are exceptionally strong, stackable and come complete with a lid
and locking handles.
The 35 litre size is also available in folding format making it very useful for keeping a quantity
ready in your disaster kit, product code 755-0035/F.
For storage of CDs and DVDs, the 18 litre box is rigid, strong and is ideal for safe storage of this
type of media. Another very useful (really useful box) box is the 35 litre with an integral lip to
accommodate foolscap suspension file folders, see page 36. This makes the box ideal for mobile
filing or as archive storage.
The 9 litre box is designed to take A4 paper size and is one of the best selling sizes. Another
valuable size is the 1 litre used for small fragments especially on archaeological site digs. The
locking lid ensures contents are secure, even if the box is knocked over.
Dimensions: Length x Width x Depth.
Product Code Litre Size External Dimensions Internal Dimensions Price

755-0001 0.7 155 x 100 x 80 120 x 80 x 70 £0.95
755-0015 1.5 355 x 100 x 70 320 x 80 x 60 £2.80
755-0002 1.6 195 x 135 x 110 150 x 110 x 95 £1.87
755-0003 3 245 x 180 x 160 190 x 143 x 120 £2.80
755-0004 4 395 x 248 x 88 348 x 220 x 68 £3.73
755-0006 6 465 x 270 x 85 400 x 225 x 70 £4.67
755-0009 9 395 x 255 x 155 335 x 210 x 140 £4.67
755-0010 10 520 x 340 x 85 460 x 295 x 70 £6.53
755-0011 11 450 x 350 x 120 365 x 300 x 91 £5.60
755-0018 18 480 x 390 x 200 380 x 310 x 170 £7.47
755-0019 19 395 x 255 x 290 315 x 205 x 270 £7.47
755-0020 20 710 x 440 x 120 610 x 370 x 90 £9.33
755-0021 21 480 x 390 x 230 380 x 310 x 200 £9.33
755-0035 35 480 x 390 x 310 370 x 310 x 280 £10.59
755-0035/F 35 Folding 485 x 390 x 325 380 x 320 x 290 £12.45
755-0038 38 480 x 390 x 345 370 x 310 x 280 £12.45
755-0042 42 520 x 440 x 310 405 x 365 x 280 £10.92
755-0050 50 710 x 440 x 230 605 x 370 x 200 £10.92
755-0064 64 710 x 440 x 310 605 x 370 x 280 £12.60
755-0084 84 710 x 440 x 380 605 x 370 x 355 £15.96
755-00TR Trolley fits 50, 64 & 84 litre boxes £39.20
755-00TS Trolley fits 18, 21, 35 & 38 litre boxes £23.40

Really Useful Box Storage II
II Archiving Shelf Kits – Really Useful Boxes

Due to the success of the Really Useful Boxes we can now offer racking designed by PEL together with our racking manufacturer. The shelves are especially made for the boxes. The paint is of
conservation standard and does not off gas, making the archive racking suitable for museum storage and archiving. The kits are supplied flat packed and are easy to assemble.
Really Useful Box storage bays can be used with other sizes of boxes to suit your requirements. Each shelf will take 78kg. Please be aware that weights quoted are for uniformly distributed weights.
Graphite grey uprights with light grey shelves.
Please note, prices are for shelving only. Boxes must be ordered separately.
Product Code Size (mm) Boxes Shelves Price

502-0704 1850H x 900W x 450D 10 x 35 litres 4 £129.35
502-0705 1850H x 900W x 370D 48 x 4 litres 5 £148.85
502-0706 1850H x 900W x 450D 10 x 35 litres 6 £159.20
II Really Useful Box Trays

The trays are designed to fit inside the 755-0035 Really Useful
Box. The system is ideal for storing fragments, specimens,
small fossils, minerals, shells, jewellery, medals and various
artefact collections. We recommend our 979-1000, 100%
polyester batting/wadding to create nests to protect fragile
contents.
Really Useful Box Trays are 90mm deep and you can fit 3 trays
into the 35 litre box.
Each tray has a lip to allow the trays to be stacked neatly and
prevents them slipping apart. They sit squarely on each other
and this allows them to be used without a box if necessary.
Product Code: 502-00T1 £4.25

External Dimensions (mm): 375 x 310 x 90mm
No. of compartments & size: 6 x 150mm x 20mm
Product Code: 502-00T2 £4.25
External Dimensions (mm): 373 x 308 x 90mm
No. of compartments & size: 16 x 90mm x 74mm

II Dehumidifiers
II A. Heavy Duty Humidifier

Suitable for areas requiring quiet operation and smart appearance.
Will remove 25 litres of moisture per day, through built in water tank or continuous drainage option.
The dehumidifier has a variable humidity control for the RH level you require. The features on this
model are normally found on more expensive units. Automatic defrost, washable nylon filter, fitted
castors, automatic water tank full shut off, full tank alarm or light.
Product Code: 810-0036 £259.50

Power Supply 220/240 volt
Energy Use 0.463 Kw
Operating Temperature 5-35ºC
Water Tank 10 litres
Dimensions 530mm H x 340mm W x 425mm D
Weight 22.6 Kilo
Noise Level 55.7 Max dB
A.
II B. Extra Heavy Duty Humidifier

This dehumidifier is ideal for use in occupied buildings with a sound level of 63dB at 3 metres.
Despite its power it works off a 13 amp electrical socket, just plug in and go.
The housing body is powder coated to resist rust and has the strength to soak up inevitable knocks.
Water removal rate is up to 60 litres per 24 hours with a standard outlet stub for a garden hose.
The wide fin spaced coil blocks help to prevent coil clogging to deliver the designed performance
over longer periods. This robust unit is designed to be powerful, efficient and highly mobile.
Product Code: 810-0060 £986.00

Power Supply 230 volt
Energy Use 0.8 Kw
Water Removal 60 litres per 24 hours
Air Flow (average) 300 cfm
Operating Range 5ºC to 30ºC
Refrigerant R134A
Noise Level 63dB
Weight 36 kilo
B.
II C. Extreme Heavy Duty Dehumidifier

This Dehumidifier is a very quick unit, when speed of drying is required such as drying out an entire
building after flooding.
This extreme heavy duty dehumidifier can remove 170 litres of moisture/water per day. Built to
withstand the rigours of a disaster site this unit operates on 230 or 110 volt. It is fitted with
automatic pump out and purge button as standard.
Operates off normal 13 amp electrical plug. The unit has a built in trolley with large handle for
mobility and is easy to lift with two side handles.
Product Code 810-0170 £2,200.00

Power Supply 230 or 110 volt
Energy Use 2.3 Kw
Drainage Continuous
Moisture Removal 170 litres day (37 gallons)
Air Volume in free air 1000 m3/hr
C. Maximum Static Pressure 450 pascals
Weight 63 kilo

Air Conditioning II
D.
E.
II D. Air Conditioning Mobile Unit

Many customers have requested we include an air conditioning unit to our range of products. After
serious investigation and research we have decided on a unit suitable for museums, archives and
libraries.
We are offering two models, one at 23000 btu and one at 28000 btu. Both are commercial air F.
conditioning units capable of providing air conditioning to rooms 100 square metres (1000 sq ft),
product code 810-0023 and 160 square metres (1700 sq ft), product code 810-0028.
II E. Mobile Air Conditioning Units
This climate control system has soft touch controls for switching between heating and cooling. The
The units work off 3 pin standard 13 amp electrical socket and can be used up to 65 feet (20m) powerful 15000 btu (4.4Kw) heating and cooling capacity gives hot or cool climate control all year
from an external wall. round. The heat pump technology together with an additional evaporative cooling feature keeps
The units have a removable water tank with automatic cut off or continuous drainage options. The energy costs down. The three fan speed climate control unit is very quiet at maximum only 50 db at
2.5 metre exhaust hose is permanently attached and stored inside the unit. Spot cool attachment the low setting is just 46 db. Suitable for 100 cubic metre large rooms, offices, studios and other hot
hose is available and comes in 10 metre lengths. This allows cooling directed to where you need spots. No water tank to empty when cooling; just set the temperature and forget about it.
it. This model has an evaporative mode which allows an increase in humidity if required
Product Code 810-0028 £2,853.00
Power Supply 220/240 volt Product Code 810-0150 £425.00
Energy Use 2.3 Kw Power Supply 230 volt
Cooling Power 28000 btu (8.2 Kw) Energy Use 1.6 Kw
Air Delivery 850 cfm (1420m/hr) Noise Level Max 50 dB low 46 dB
Refrigerant R417A Dimensions 815mm H x 370mm W x 595mm D
Exhaust Diameter 8" (200mm) Weight 40 kilo
Cooling Duct Diameter 6" (150mm)
Range 21º C to 35ºC
Noise 65 dB II F. Mobile Air Conditioning Units
Dimensions 1450mm H x 530mm W x 690mm D Hot or Cool climate control for use all year round. No need to empty the water tank when cooling.
Weight 97 kilo
This full remote control mobile unit cools and heats; simply set the temperature and the system
Product Code 810-0023 £1,870.00 automatically keeps the room temperature level. Easy to install and simple to use. The unit has
Power Supply 220/240 volt a heavy duty chassis with castors for easy repositioning and comes complete with 2 metre
exhaust hose and window mounting board.
Energy Use 1.8 Kw
Cooling Power 23000 btu (6.7 Kw) Uses ozone friendly R407C refrigerant, suitable for areas of up to 60 square metres. The three
Air Delivery 650 cfm (1100m/hr) fan speeds have a very low noise level at maximum 48 dB and 42 dB at low level.
Refrigerant R417A
Exhaust Diameter 6" (150mm) Product Code 810-0140 £399.00
Cooling Duct Diameter 6" (150mm) Power Supply 230 volt
Range 21ºC to 35ºC Energy Use 1.55 Kw
Noise 65 dB Noise Level Max 48 dB Low 42 dB
Dimensions 1080mm H x 530mm W x 690mm D Dimensions 800mm H x 570mm W x 410mm D
Weight 86 kilo Weight 35 Kilo

II Film Containers
II Film Containers 16mm film container. Price each.
The Analog Media Preservation container was designed with Product Code Description Dimensions Interior Dimensions Exterior Price
the best criteria sod preservation available, to answer the needs & Thickness & Thickness
of the audio and film industry. The cans are vented, the gases 519-22504 16mm/400ft (120m) 7.01”/0.98” 7.64”/1.11” £2.40
produced by the degradation of the film base are evacuated and polypropylene film container 178mm/25mm 194mm/28mm
the Vinegar Syndrome should not develop in them if the film 519-22506 16mm/800ft (240m) 9.25”/0.98” 9.88”/1.11” £4.00
was in a proper condition when put in. polypropylene film container 235mm/25mm 251mm/28mm
519-22512 16mm/1200ft (360m) 11.22”/0.98” 12.01”/1.08” £4.75
Storing your films in rusting film cans may be one of the chief polypropylene film container 285mm/25mm 305mm/27mm
causes of their deterioration. These inert polypropylene film 519-22516 16mm/1200ft (360m) film 11.22”/0.98” 12.01”/1.17” £5.65
cans won’t rust or corrode like the original metal cans your films container with CD/DVD lid 285mm/25mm 305mm/30mm
probably came in. Small vents in these containers allow the 519-22522 16mm/2000ft (600m) 14.17”/0.98” 14.96”/1.10” £7.25
exchange of acidic gasses (the by product of deterioration) polypropylene film container 360mm/25mm 380mm/28mm
which would otherwise build up inside the can and speed 519-22526 16mm/2000ft (600m) film 14.17”/0.98” 14.96”/1.14” £8.55
the breadown of the film. These cans are flame retardant and container with CD/DVD lid 360mm/25mm 380mm/29mm
contain less than 4% halogen which means that in the event of
a fire there is virtually no release of chlorine or bromine gas. For 35mm film container.
storage of films on cores (not reels) only.
Product Code Description Dimensions Interior Dimensions Exterior Price
• Silver Grey colour & Thickness & Thickness
• 100% prime polypropylene 519-23510 35mm/1000ft (300m) 10.24”/1.54” 11.02”/1.81” £5.45
• Designed allowing ventilation polypropylene film container 260mm/39mm 280mm/46mm
• They cannot be water soaked 519-23516 35mm/1200ft (360m) 11.06”/1.73” 12.01”/1.83” £5.35
• The cans are stackable, interlocking and they don’t open polypropylene film container 281mm/44mm 305mm/47mm
only by dropping them 519-23520 35mm/2000ft (600m) 14.17”/1.54” 14.96”/1.81” £8.00
• CD/DVD case in the lid as an option available for the polypropylene film container 360mm/39mm 380mm/46mm
16mm/1200 ft container and the 16mm/2000ft only 519-23526 35mm/3000ft (900m) 17.13”/1.54” 17.95”/1.85” £13.00
Casing answering to the standards drawn by ANSI, AIN and SMPTE.
polypropylene film container 435mm/39mm 456mm/47mm
II Hubs
• Designed to prevent lateral sliding during transportation
• Used to hold an audio reel of 10"
• Made of polypropylene
• Black is the only available colour
• Size for 1200 ft and 2000 ft containers
Product Code Description Dimensions Exterior Price

& Thickness
519-21200 Hub for 1200ft (360m) film 11.02”/1.81” £1.40
container 280mm x 46mm
519-20000 Hub for 2000ft (600m) film 12.01”/1.89” £1.80
container 305mm x 48mm

Film Containers II
II Cores Cores
The flanges of a reel may cause the edges of film to warp and curl. The best, safest way to store film is to wind around one of these
cores without a reel. The 16mm cores are made of inert, archival polypropylene: Diameter on both cores is 3".
Price each.
• Resilient, does not deteriorate • Made of polypropylene, resistant to acids and bases • Size 3” • Blue is the only colour available
Product Code Description Dimensions Exterior Price

& Thickness
519-52030 3 inch core for 16mm film container 3”/1.81” (76mm x 46mm) £0.70
519-53230 3 inch core for 35mm film container 3”/1.89” (76mm x 48mm) £1.05
II Labels
• Made of vinyl, resistant to acid • Adherence resistance to temperature between -190ºC and 125ºC
• Can be peeled off and replaced easily • Compatible with regular laser printers
• Possibility of permanently identifying the label with your logo • Personalized dimensions available
• Also available in a roll for thermal printers
Product Code Description Quantity per packet Price

519-0018 Vinyl white labels for 16mm container for laser printer 192 per packet £70.00
519-0019 Vinyl white labels for 35mm container for laser printer 144 per packet £70.00
II Data Protection CD/DVD Case & Discs Data Protection

CD/DVD Case & Discs
Originally the CD/DVD case was created to answer the needs of the archival field but since has been discovered by users for their daily
use. Made of unbreakable polypropylene, its shelf life is estimated to about a century.
These durable and functional CD/DVD cases are ideal for both circulation and long-term storage. Manufactured from inert, heavy-duty
polypropylene, these one-piece cases won’t crack or yellow over time. The resilient hinge won’t crack or separate even after years of
use. A protective hub holds the disc securely in place and the transparent case allows you to easily view the contents. Internal tabs
are provided for storage of literature with the disc. The lock-tight design keeps the case securely closed during transit. Best of all, the
patented self-releasing hub suspends the disk midair.
• 100% unbreakable, polypropylene • Fully hinged, resilient, moulded as one piece
• Self-releasing patented hub • Disk floats to prevent scratches

491-7845 Polypropylene CD/DVD case 5.63” x 4.88” x 0.39” (143mm x 124mm x 10mm) £1.07
II Kodak DVD & CD Disks

The recordable Archival Gold CD-R is manufactured using a patented dye that reacts faster to the disc drive’s writing laser, making the
pit edges used to store data sharper and easier to read. This dye offers maximum resistance to the effects of light, humidity and heat.
The CD’s reflective layer is made with 24K gold instead of the silver layer used in most common discs, making it less vulnerable to
oxidation (CD rot). An ideal medium for long term storage of digital files including pictures, music and other data. Tested through an
accelerated aging process and shown to safely store data for more than 300 years. Gold CD-R has a speed of 52X and can store up
to 700 MB.
• Assures the safety and integrity of your digital heritage • Pure gold reflective layer that will keep intact your data for centuries
• Approved for all burners
Kodak DVD & CD Disks
245-1001 Kodak Gold Preservation CD-R Disk £1.83 each
245-1002 Kodak Gold Preservation DVD-R Disk £2.90 each
245-1005 Kodak Preservation System: Kodak Gold CD-R disk in a clear polypropylene case £24.95 10pk
245-1006 Kodak Preservation System: Kodak Gold DVD-R disk in a clear polypropylene case £25.35 10pk
II Labels
• Made of vinyl, resistant to acid
• Adherence to temperatures between -190ºC and 125ºC
• Compatible with regular laser printers

519-0024 Vinyl white labels for CD/DVD case for laser printer 624 labels £70.00

II Multihole Pages
For Boxbinders see page 31

II Archival A4 Multihole Pages
These archival album and binder pages are manufactured especially for PEL. Made from inert, clear,
acid-free, polypropylene designed to fit A4 paper size 297 x 210mm with multi holes for 3 or 4 ring
binders. The pages have a soft clear quality feel and attractive appearance making them one of our
best selling products.
We now offer them in a bulk pack of 1,000 pages and you save 10% discount (£10.75 per 100).
Product Code Overall Size No. Pocket Size Price

525-00A4 302 x 235mm 1x 300 x 217mm £12.75 100 pack
525-00A4/10 302 x 235mm 1x 300 x 217mm £115.00 1000 pack
525-00A5 302 x 235mm 2x 214 x 150mm £13.95 100 pack
525-00A5/10 302 x 235mm 2x 214 x 150mm £124.75 1000 pack

Digital Print Presentation II
II Presentation Pockets Product Code Description Size (mm) Size (inches) Price
High clarity, 150 micron thick polypropylene. Sealed on three 067-0810 Presentation Pockets 210mm x 262mm 8.25” x 10.25” £11.25
sides, 1/16” (1.5mm) lip, opening on short side. 1/4” (6mm) 067-0811 Presentation Pockets 222mm x 287mm 8.75” x 11.25” £12.19
pocket tolerance. Ideal for digital prints. 067-1117 Presentation Pockets 304mm x 440mm 12” x 17.25” £19.47
Price package 100 pockets 067-1319 Presentation Pockets 336mm x 490mm 13.25” x 19.25” £23.93
067-1620 Presentation Pockets 412mm x 516mm 16.25” x 20.25” £29.48
067-2024 Presentation Pockets 514mm x 617mm 20.25” x 24.25” £41.59
II Workbox®
Workbox® is a fully enclosed box binder which makes storage, presentation, and transportation of
II Wire Bound Albums/Portfolio Edition photographic work easy. Featuring a sleek, contemporary design and made of archival quality
polypropylene. (241 x 316 x 63mm). Acid-free, archival safe, no PVC. Long life hinges and latches.
Wire bound portfolio edition albums feature three popular presentation sizes: 5 x 7” (127mm x
Removable binder rings. Detachable handle. 1.5” D-ring capacity - 75 negative pages, 50 print
178mm), 8.5 x 11” (216 x 279mm), 11 x 14” (279 x 355mm). Matte black cover material. The
pages, 25 slide pages. Colour: Black.
portfolio album comes with 12 high clarity 125 micron polypropylene print preserves. Black wire
secures preservers and allows for easy turning. Wire binding allows album to lie flat during pre- Product Code Size (W x H x D) Price
sentations. Portfolio edition wire bound albums are a professional and functional way to display your 080-0600 241mm x 316mm x 63mm £11.47
work. Archival quality, acid-free. Ideal for digital prints. 080-0800 Workbox® Document Clip £1.86
Product Code Description Size (W x H) Price At the top of each preserver page (see page 60/61) you will note the overall size in brackets. To
652-0510 Holds 24 8.5 x 11” Prints 252 x 303mm £7.64 ensure the preserver pages fit the Workbox® you will need to select page sizes smaller than
652-0610 Holds 24 11 x 14” Prints 316 x 379mm £11.83 316mm x 241mm

II Archival Preservers
II Print File Negative & Print Preservers
Print File have appointed PEL as their European Importer. We stock the range in 4 hole and 3 hole binder pages.The Archival quality preservers are made from premium high
clarity polypropylene which contains no harmful chemicals to cause deterioration during long-term storage. Independent laboratory tests prove Print File preservers store negatives,
slides, transparencies, and prints safely. They have passed the Photographic Activity Test (PAT) per ANSI Standard IT9.2. These archival preservers are acid-free, containing none of
the plasticisers, catalysts, or solvents found in vinyl. We encourage you to compare our products with other brands, and we are confident our consistent quality will convince you. If
you still prefer polyester Mylar or Melinex, these are available, see pages 31 & 43. The overall dimensions are in brackets after the Printfile Product Code.
35-8P (278mm x 235mm) 35-10P (287mm x 251mm) 46-6P (278mm x 235mm) 310-4P & 412 4G 57-4P (278mm x 235mm)
(278 x 235mm) & (327 x 252mm)
416-52581 416-3510 525-4660 416-4124 4”x12” £8.10 25pk 416-52572

Holds eight 3.5” x 5” prints Holds ten 3.5” x 5” prints. Holds six 4” x 6” prints Holds four panoramic prints. 3 hole Holds four 5” x 7” prints
£7.37 25 pack £7.37 25 pack. 3 hole £7.37 25 pack 416-3104 3.5”x10” £7.37 25pk £7.37 25 pack
Multi hole Available in 4 hole 416-3510/4 Multi hole Holds four panoramic prints. 3 hole Multi hole
810-2P (278mm x 235mm) 811-2P (303mm x 250mm) 45-8P (278mm x 235mm) 46-4M (260mm x 184mm) 8 x 10-Bag (273mm x 213mm)
11 x 14-Bag (375mm x 289mm)
16 x 20-Bag (527mm x 416mm)
416-8101 416-62013 525-4050 416-464M 525-8102 8”x10” £9.19 100 pk

Holds two 8” x 10” prints Holds two 8.5” x 11” Holds eight 4” x 5” prints Each album page holds 4 4” x 6” prints 525-1114 11”x14” £13.56 100 pk
£7.37 25 pack documents or prints £7.37 25 pack along with one strip of four 35mm negs. 525-1620 16”x20” £23.39 100 pk
Multi hole £7.37 25 pack Multi hole £5.55 25 pack
3 hole 3 hole
35-7BXW (293mm x 253mm) 35-7 (293mm x 253mm) 35-6HBXW (276mm x 248mm) 120-3HB (267mm x 221mm) 120-4B (287mm x 217mm)
525-3507 Extra Wide 527-3542 525-3506 Extra Wide 525-1241 525-1240

Holds seven 6 frame 35mm strips, Holds seven strips of 6 frame Holds six 7 frame 35mm strips, Holds twelve frames of 6x6cm, nine Holds 12 frames of 6x4.5cm, or 8
42 frames total 35mm, 42 frames total 42 frames total, 3 hole frames of 6x7cm, or fifteen frames of frames of 6x7cm 120 film, contact
£19.84 100 pack £17.65 100 pack contact prints on 8.5” x 11” 6x4.5cm 120 film contact prints on 8”x10” prints on 8”x10” £17.65 100 pack
Multi hole Sheets. No holes £19.84 100 pack £17.65 100 pack 525-1244A: £5.19 25 pack
Multi hole Multi hole
225-12HB (303mm x 251mm) 45-4B (284mm x 235mm) 120-9HB (295mm x 225mm) 810-1HB (267mm x 235mm) 57-2B (284mm x 219mm)
525-2512 525-4542 525-12067 525-8101 525-5720

Holds twelve 6x6cm frames of 120 mounted Holds 4 4”x5” negative or tran; contact Holds nine individual frames of 120 film Holds one 8”x10” sleeved negatives or Holds two 5”x7” sleeved negatives or
or unmounted transparencies or negatives prints on 8”x10” £5.19 25 pack up to 6x7cm; contact prints on 8”x10” transparency; contact prints on 8”x10” transparency; contact prints on 8”x10”
£26.57 100 pack 525-4544: £17.65 100 pk £7.37 25 pack £17.65 100 pack £17.65 100 pack
Multi hole 25 pk 3 hole. 100 pk Multi hole Multi hole Multi hole 3 hole

Archival Preservers II
2x2-20B (295mm x 238mm) 2x2-20H (279mm x 246mm) (365mm x 265mm) 2x2-20HB (279mm x 240mm) 2x2-20HBF (279mm x 240mm)
525-2220 525-2225 525-3524 525-3525 525-3525F

Holds twenty 35mm mounted Holds twenty 35mm mounted Holds 24 mounted 35mm slides Extra heavyweight 10mil, Frosted back, Extra heavyweight,
or unmounted transparencies, £24.50 50 pack holds twenty 35mm mounted 10 mil, holds twenty 35mm
transparencies or negatives I.D. strip for each slide transparencies mounted transparencies
P466-PSHU For convenient filing
£26.57 100 pack £26.57 100 pack in standard file drawers, slide hanger £8.83 25 pack £8.80 25 pack
Multi hole 3 hole through I.D. strip on preservers Multi hole 3 hole
£56.00 100 pack
45-1 & 57-1 35-7B (284mm x 217mm) 35-6HB (254mm x 248mm) 120-4UB (287mm x 252mm) (302mm x 235mm)
(132mm x 140mm)
(155mm x 197mm)
525-4541 525-3571 525-3560 525-1267 525-00A4

Holds one 4”x5” sleeved Holds seven 5 frame 35mm strips, 35 Holds six 6 frame 35mm strips, 36 Holds twelve frames of 6x7cm 120 film Holds A4 paper 297x210mm
negative or transparency frames total; contact prints on 8” x 10” frames total; contact prints on 8.5” x 10” Multi hole for 3 & 4 hole Multi hole for 3 & 4 hole
£7.37 100 pack £17.65 100 pack £17.65 100 pack £19.84 100 pack £12.75 100 pack
525-5070 Multi hole 3 hole
Holds one 5”x7”
£15.38 100 pack
46-8G (236mm x 327mm) (302mm x 235mm)
525-4680 525-00A5
Holds eight 6” x 4” prints Holds two A5 papers 210 x 148mm
£8.10 25 pack Multi hole 3 & 4 hole
Multi hole £13.95100 pack
II Archival Album
Standard 3-ring archival album designed for Print File preservers. Embossed
leather-like black exterior, black interior and satin black 40mm D-rings. Offers
good security since it makes it virtually impossible to open the D-rings without
an audible loud snap. The 40mm 3-ring mechanism allows ease of page turn-
ing especially when in constant use. Holds up to 100 album page preservers.
Product Code overall size wt Price

416-ALBS 280 x 301 x 66mm 620g £14.56
416-ALBG 282 x 340 x 70mm 712g £17.93
II Economy Album (not shown)

Accommodates Print File preservers and allows you to store a wide variety of
print sizes in one convenient album. An economical alternative hard-wearing Product Code overall size Descriptions Price
album available at a moderate price. The 3-ring (25mm) gives a capacity up 416-ARCS 280 x 295 x 47mm Fits standard 3 ring pages £7.55
to 50 album page preservers. Holds up to 50 album page preservers. 416-ARCM 219 x 273 x 47mm For pages 416-464M only £6.73

II Photographic Mounting Corners
II Mylar® Photo Mounting Sleeves

This quick and convenient mounting system also protects your
photographs from dirt and dust. Simply slide the photograph
II Gummed Paper Photo Corners Product Code colour wt Price into the appropriate size sleeve, remove the release liner from
Enjoy the ease of application and a traditional appearance 533-0028 gold 0.136kg £2.87 the two pressure sensitive strips on the back of the sleeve,
with these handy 13mm archival quality photo corners. These 533-0025 olde white 0.136kg £2.87 and press into place. The inert, crystal clear 50 micron
acid-free paper corners include a neutral pH, water activated 533-0024 black 0.136kg £2.87 Mylar® creates an effective barrier from fingerprints and
adhesive that is quick and easy to use. A great look in any photo other hazards. Originally designed for photo albums, these
album, but especially attractive on our new black photo and scrapbook album pages (see pages 32). Price per box of 240 indi- Mounting Sleeves are now being used for framing applications
vidual corners. as well. Price per package.
II Photographic Infinity Tabs® Product Code fits size (mm) qty wt Price
Photo Tabs provide a simple solution to permanent mounting 780-3550 3.5” x 5” 86 x 133 25 0.227kg £4.34
of photos, news clippings, postcards, etc. The 0.5” square 780-0406 4” x 6” 105 x 159 25 0.273kg £5.12
tabs have an acid-free, non-yellowing, pressure sensitive 780-0507 5” x 7” 130 x 184 25 0.364kg £6.48
adhesive on both sides. Simply apply the tabs to the back of 780-0810 8” x 10” 208 x 260 10 0.182kg £11.14
the photo, peel away the easy-lift release liner and press your
photos into place. Infinity Photo Tabs® have passed the P.A.T.
test.
Price per package of 500 tabs.
Product Code wt tab size Price

533-0030 88g 13mm x 13mm £3.70
1.25” & 3”
II Pre-Scored Mounting Corners

II Mounting Corners Crystal clear Archival Mounting Corners allow safe mounting of
for large artwork photographs, post cards, ephemera, clippings, letters, prints
These Lineco polypropylene mounting corners provide extra or nearly any paper item. Archival Mounting Corners are
Full View prescored for speedy application and are made of Mylar®
strength and are available in sizes to accommodate larger
art pieces. They are safe and acid-free. The full view variety polyester. The self-stick adhesive is 3M 415 tape. Available
Product Code size qty/pkg Price minimises the border required to hide the corner under the in either 16mm or 22mm size, these corners offer easy and
533-0022 5/8” (16mm) 500 £5.30 window mat in a picture frame. Can be used for light to heavy- practical means of archival mounting. Price per box of 100.
533-0034 1.25” (32mm) 250 £12.30 weight photographs and artwork. Prevents prints and photo-
533-0035 1.25” Full View 250 £13.60 graphs coming into contact with the mounting corner adhesive Product Code size wt Price
533-0036 3” (76mm) 100 £11.80 and allows the artwork to be removed in its original pristine 545-2336 16mm 0.09kg £8.30
533-0037 3” Full View 100 £12.97 condition. 545-2337 22mm 0.09kg £9.14
II Mylar® Photo Mounting Corners

Lineco Self-Adhesive, Preformed Print & Photo Mounting Corners
Lineco’s popular Mylar® archival polyester, self-adhesive mounting corners are crystal clear and completely free of harmful
plasticisers used in vinyl corners. They feature a non-yellowing, pressure sensitive, acrylic adhesive backing which never comes
in contact with the item being mounted. Display and protect photographs, prints, post cards, trading cards, baseball cards,
stamps, and other items. Great for albums, scrapbooks and framing.
Price per package of 240 corners.

533-0020 13mm 0.09kg £4.99
533-0021 35mm 0.18kg £9.97

Ink & Pens Conservation II
B.
B. A.
D.
For permanent marking C.

of archival materials.
II Archival Inks II A. “Pigma” Acid-Free

These permanent, non-fading inks are resistant to light, Fade-Proof Pens
heat, and water, and contain no impurities that can affect
the permanence of paper or photographic materials. Black
The first generation of technical pens using the new Pigment Ink II Perma Ball Roller Ball Pen
Process. Pigmented Ink is composed of super-micro particles Permanent marker pen for metal, plastic, ceramic, glass and
Actinic Inks are chemically stable and feature an inorganic
and provides a waterproof line with no fading or discolouration most hard smooth surfaces. Use minimum pressure on hard
pigment that has no tendency to absorb impurities like other
under direct sunlight. The .08 line width is perfect for spine label surfaces to avoid scratching the surface. Easy and comfort-
ink pigments can. Caution must be used to guard against
lettering, the .01 mm and .005 mm provide fine lines for delicate able to use writes and flows well to create clear markings.
contamination of pens and stamp pads by other, non-archival
writing, and the .05 mm is a great all-purpose pen. Price each.
inks. Price each.
Available in Black, note: ink is Permanent. Price each.
Not suitable for polyester film. Product Code wt Price
Product Code wt Price 642-4910 11g £1.95
885-125 100g £10.95 Product Code Line Width wt Price
Black Actinic Ink #125 for stamp pads. 2oz. 642-08BK 0.50mm 40g £2.56
bottle with brush in cap. 642-05BK 0.45mm 40g £2.56
642-01BK 0.25mm 40g £2.56
642-005BK 0.20mm 40g £2.56
885-1000 100g £9.60
Clear Print un-inked wood block stamp pad set.
includes wood stamp pad 2.5” x 4” and reusable case. II B. “Pigma” Pen Set II “NEW’ Millennium Pens
The only way to improve upon what have become our most Pigment ink, acid-free, archival quality, lightfast, waterproof,
Product Code wt Price popular pens is to offer a greater variety of sizes. We now have fade proof, non-bleeding, xylene free and odourless.
885-125K 273g £19.77 a six pen set, including the .005 (.21 mm line), .01 (.28 mm
Archival Ink Stamping Kit includes 2oz. line), .02 (.32 mm line), .03 (.36 mm line), .05 (.38 mm line), A marker system for records, cataloguing, scrapbooks and
Black Actinic Ink #125; 3 disposable un-inked wood ink pads. and .08 (.47 mm line): a pen to fit almost every drawing or memory books. Each marker pen includes pure pigment ink
1.75” x 3” applicator and directions (no case included). which stands the test of time so your precious memories
writing need. Black, permanent ink. Price per set.
can be preserved for future generations to enjoy. Available in
Product Code Description wt Price three line widths. Please note the ink is permanent.
885-230 50g £7.70
642-P6 6 pen PIGMA set 110g £14.95 Price each.
Black Actinic Ink #230 for writing, for use with steel tip quill pens.
Product Code wt Price II C. Film Marking Pens Product Code

642-0020
Line Width
0.20mm
Colour
Black
wt
9g
Price
£2.15
885-230K 230g £13.60 These fine-line film marking pens from Germany are far
642-0035 0.35mm Black 9g £2.15
Archival Ink Writing Kit includes 2oz. superior to the others we’ve tried. Ink dries within one second
Black Actinic Ink #230, steel pen, 1 pen holder and directions. 642-0065 0.65mm Black 9g £2.15
to a permanent, smudge-proof, waterproof mark on film,
Mylar®, acetate, slide mounts, glass, plastic, metal and all
smooth surfaces. Set of 4 includes one each: red, blue, green,
and black. Also available in black only.
II Ultrafine Rollerball Pen Product Code Description wt Price

II Polyester Film Marking Pens
871-2040 Black Only 40g £4.41
When you need to write small and discreet notes, the roller- Ideal for cataloguing polyester pockets with details of
871-2039 4 Film Markers 40g £21.95
ball pen has a 0.4 ball tip that writes a smooth 0.2mm ultra contents. Also used for overhead projection film. The ink is
fine line with constant line width. non-erasable, alcohol based, permanent and smudge-proof.
II D. Marking Pencils (not acid-free) Can be used on most smooth surfaces such as films, acetate,
Newly developed bio-polymer ink prevents feathering and is This truly unique graphite pencil marks paper, glass, plastic glass, plastic and metal.
water resistant when fully dry. A built in cushion in the pen and metal. Use it to temporarily mark on photos or any other Available in two colours.
cap protects the tip. slick surface including Mylar and glassine. Remove pencil Price each.
You would not believe a rollerball could write such an ultra fine line. marks with soft white vinyl eraser. Price per dozen.
Product Code Line Width Colour wt Price
Product Code Line Width Colour wt Price Product Code wt Price 642-0050 0.5mm Black 9g £1.59
642-4902 0.2mm Black 10g £2.34 479-9120 136g £23.10 642-1050 0.5mm Red 9g £1.59

II Labels Acid-Free
II Clip-On Label Holder

Metal clip-on label holder allows quick and easy relabeling
of boxes, pamphlet files and binders. The spring-lock mech-
anism allows for easy yet firm application. Rounded corners
will not scratch or mar surfaces. Each black label holder
comes complete with identification insert and a plastic label
protector. Overall size is 2-3/4"L x 2-1/2"W with a full
2-1/4" x 2" area for identification. Price each.

607-SL2 70mm x 64mm 45g £1.50
II Pressure Sensitive Archival

Polyester Label Holders
Our Archival Polyester Label Holders provide you with a sim- II Tyvek Tying Tape Labels
ple and effective means of label-ling boxes, binders, shelving, These Tyvek labels have two slots to thread through
folders, etc. Label holders are constructed using a crystal unbleached cotton tying tape. The labels are used for cata-
clear window of 50 micron Archival Polyester attached on two loguing and detailing notes when tying together bundles of
(long) sides to a 75 micron Archival Polyester base. Remove papers, books and documents. No doubt other uses will be
the release liner and attach the holder using the pressure found for these Tyvek labels. They can be used outdoors as
sensitive acrylic adhesive. Each label holder comes complete they withstand water and are very strong and will not split.
with an acid-free insert. Use over and over again simply by Used as identification tags, Tyvek will take our pigma Pens
changing the insert. Price per package of 12 holders and inserts. (see page 63) for acid-free permanent lettering.
Price per 1000 labels.
780-2030 2” x 3” (51 x 76mm) £7.90 Product Code Size Price
780-3040 3” x 4” (76 x 102mm) £8.15 613-7500 100mm x 70m £59.75
II A. Pin-Feed Box & File Labels II B. Perma/Seal® Foil Backed Labels

Same labels as described on page 65, but in a continuous, 2-across, pin-feed White, smudge proof, flexible, permanent Foil-Backed Labels coated with our special formulation
format for computer printers, word processors or any standard typewriter. of Perma/Seal® acid-free acrylic adhesive that really does stick to boxes, books, Mylar®
Price per package of 1000. polyester film, etc. The unique foil barrier prevents surface inks from penetrating the label and
affecting the material beneath; conversely, the adhesive cannot penetrate the foil to attack the ink
Product Code size overall wt Price and cause excessive fading.
(H x W) mm width mm
387-1640PF 2” x 3” 51 x 76 6.875” 175 1.05kg £43.90
387-1642PF 3” x 4” 76 x 102 8.875” 225 1.86kg £53.65
Product Code label size wt Price
387-3052 1.5” x 0.9” 38 x 22 3.5” 89 336g £13.17
387-1216 0.75” x 1” (19 x 25mm) 182g £7.66
387-3301 1” x 3.5” 24 x 89 4.25” 108 514g £15.04
387-1224 0.75” x 1.5” (19 x 38mm) 182g £7.48
387-1420 0.875” x 1.25” (22 x 32mm) 182g £9.84
387-1624 1” x 1.5” (25 x 38mm) 227g £8.96
387-1225 0.75” x 2.5” (19 x 64mm) 318g £12.50
387-1632 1” x 2” (25 x 51mm) 364g £12.03
387-1648 1” x 3” (25 x 76mm) 500g £14.15
Price Per Package
387-1640 2” x 3” (51 x 76mm) 252 per pack 273g £9.28
387-1642 3” x 4” (76 x 102mm) 150 per pack 273g £9.87
B. A.

Laser Labels II
A. Label Size - 4"W x 2"H B. Foil-Back Perma/Seal® C. Label Size - 2.625"W x 0.875"H D. Slide Label Size
(102mm x 51mm) 8.5" x 11" (216mm x 280mm) (67mm x 22mm) 1.75"W x 0.5"H
sheets without splits or perforations for making (47mm x 11mm)
your own custom laser images in variable sizes.
50 sheets per pkg.
II Archival Quality Laser Labels
Our Perma/Seal® and Perma/Seal® Foil Back Laser Labels provide archivists, conservators,
curators and other collection care specialists with a variety of acid free label formats for their laser
printers. All feature a non-yellowing, pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. The foil back version pro-
vides an extra barrier between the acid-free paper and the adhesive to prevent bleed through and
to enhance the ability of the label to adhere to rounded or other irregularly shaped items. Each
label format is provided on an 280 x 216mm sheet. Please note: These labels should not be used
directly on valuable artwork, documents, artifacts or photographs. Price per package.
Product key type labels/ sheets/ label wt Price

Code sheet pkg size
*387-5352 A Foil back 10 100 102 x 51mm 1.5kg £28.70
*387-3025 B Foil back 1 50 280 x 216mm 0.8kg £15.88
E. Label Size - 3.33”W x 4”H F. Label Size - 3”W x 4”H
377-3025 B Perma/Seal 1 50 280 x 216mm 0.7kg £13.52
(85mm x 102mm) (76mm x 102mm)
377-4501 C Perma/Seal 33 100 67 x 22mm 1.5kg £38.14
*387-2520 D Foil back 84 30 47 x 11mm 0.5kg £24.50
633-2520 D Perma/Seal 84 30 47 x 11mm 0.4kg £22.56 * These labels, specifically formulated for desktop laser applications, have performed
377-5164 E Perma/Seal 6 100 102 x 85mm 1.5kg £38.14 effectively in HP Laser Jet Series II printers. Always consult your printer manual and
*387-3400 F Foil back 6 100 102 x 76mm 1.6kg £30.44 service rep for technical requirements before using foil-backed laser labels.
377-4375 G Foil back 30 100 83 x 17mm 0.5kg £25.90
387-0666 G Perma/Seal 30 100 83 x 17mm 0.5kg £29.95
II Artifact Identification Tags With II Tyvek Tags & Labels

Identity tags for artifacts and specimens used in museums for
New Size for Bar Code Labelling labelling works of art, very strong, tear proof, waterproof, can
Identify artifacts or specimens with University Products’ acid- be used outside since the wet will not affect them. Tyvek is
II Unbleached Cotton Archival Tape free Artifact I.D. Tags. Made of buffered 225gsm off-white tag acid-free, lightweight, resistant to harsh chemicals and can be
Various uses are made of archival quality tapes, from tying up stock which is both acid-free and lignin free, each tag fea- easily over printed (contact our sales office for over printing).
bundles of documents and folders to bookbinding. This soft, tures a strong 152mm cotton string for attaching to objects. Tag has eyelet reinforced hole, supplied without ties. We
unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles of books Four sizes are available including a size to accommodate bar suggest our acid-free twine is used for ties, so you can cut
and periodicals to be sent to the bindery, or for tying together code labels. Price per package of 100 tags. to the necessary length. Special sizes available, contact out
damaged books while they wait for repair. Non-abrasive, with customer service department for prices.
no dye to bleed. Product Code size wt Price
613-3478 19 x 22mm 40g £7.68
Product Code size Price 613-1530 38 x 76mm 90g £14.50
586-0006 6mm x 100m £5.32 613-3050 76 x 127mm 273g £16.45 Product Code size Price
586-0010 10mm x 100m £5.99 613-1535 89 x 38mm 136g £11.76 613-7550 75mm x 50mm £37.95 per 1000
586-0016 16mm x 100m £7.40 new size for bar code labelling 613-7510 150mm x 100mm £55.00 per 500

II Storage Artifact
II A. Artifact Storage Boxes - For Small Items

Artifact Storage Boxes for storage of various objects such as buttons, fragments, miniatures or
any small item that should be stored in an environment that does not contain migratory acids, C.
lignins or chemicals. Metal edged for strength and vermin-free enclosures. Tops and bottoms
may be used as open trays. Buffered, light tan board; 0.5mm thickness. Sturdy and stackable
for a variety of uses.

734-2525 2.5” x 2.5” x 1.25” (64 x 64 x 32mm) 318g £23.40
734-3540 3.5” x 4” x 1.25” (89 x 102 x 32mm) 410g £25.95
734-4560 4.5” x 6.5” x 1.5” (114 x 165 x 38mm) 773g £34.00
734-5575 5.5” x 7.5” x 1.5” (140 x 191 x 38mm) 864g £42.40
II B. Card File Boxes B.

Short-lid boxes made for the storage of cards, envelopes and other miscellaneous items
requiring a metal reinforced, stackable box. Short-lid (1.5") makes access quick and easy. Available
A.
in both our 1300gsm buffered blue-grey board and our buffered tan lignin-free board. Price each.
Size: 12” x 5.125” x 3.125” (for 3” x 5” cards)

Product Code board wt Price II C. Flat “Short-Lid” Storage Boxes
732-1253 Blue/grey 305 x 130 x 79mm 318g £4.40 “Short-lid” flat boxes made for the storage of manuscripts, rare books and many other items
801-1253 Tan 305 x 130 x 79mm 318g £5.35 requiring a shallow depth 89mm, metal-reinforced acid-free stackable box. The convenient
“short-lid” makes access quick and easy. Available in both our acid-free 1300gsm Blue/Grey
Size: 12” x 6.125” x 4.125” (for 4” x 6” cards) board and our acid-free, lignin-free tan board.
732-1264 Blue/grey 305 x 156 x 105mm 410g £5.35 Price each.
801-1264 Tan 305 x 156 x 105mm 410g £7.60
Size: 17.5” x 11.5” x 3.5”
Size: 12” x 8.125” x 5.125” (for 5” x 8” cards) Product Code board wt Price
732-1285 Blue/grey 305 x 206 x 130mm 500g £5.90 732-1711 Blue/grey 445 x 292 x 89mm 500g £6.55
801-1285 Tan 305 x 206 x 130mm 500g £7.70 801-1711 Tan 445 x 292 x 89mm 545g £8.75
Size: 12” x 9.125” x 6.125” (for 6” x 9” cards) Size: 20.5” x 16.5” x 3.5”
732-1296 Blue/grey 305 x 232 x 156mm 545g £6.35 732-2016 Blue/grey 521 x 419 x 89mm 864g £10.80
II Small Artifact Storage Boxes

Three distinctive design styles now available
Artifact Storage Boxes for storage of various objects such as buttons, fragments, miniatures or any small item that should be
stored in an environment that does not contain migratory acids, lignen or chemicals. Metal-edged for strength and vermin-free
enclosures. Fully telescoping lids. Tops and bottoms may be used as open trays. All prices are for package of 10 boxes
A. Top View Artifact Boxes

Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen Free
Bottom 20pt Yes Light Tan Deep Lid Metal Edge Yes
Top 20pt N/A Clear Deep Lid Metal Edge Yes
Store your collections safely and visibly with our Clear-View® Boxes. These boxes feature an acid-free buffered 0.5mm tan
boxboard bottom with a 375 micron clear polyester top. Both tops and bottoms have sturdy metal-corner construction with a full
A. telescoping design for strength and stability. Display and view the contents without disturbing your collection.
Product Code LxWxH weight Price
734-2525-1 2.5” x 2.5” x 1.25” (64mm x 64mm x 32mm) 318g £31.00
734-3540-1 3.5” x 4” x 1.25” (89mm x 102mm x 32mm) 410g £32.00
734-4560-1 4.5” x 6.5” x 1.5” (114mm x 165mm x 38mm) 773g £37.25
734-5575-1 5.5” x 7.5” x 1.5” (140mm x 191mm x 38mm) 864g £38.25
B. Full View Artifact Boxes

Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen Free
Full View Box 20pt N/A Clear Deep Lid Metal Edge N/A
The ultimate in visibility for your collection; both top and bottom of boxes are manufactured with 375 micron archival quality,
crystal clear polyester and feature metal edge construction.
Product Code LxWxH weight Price
734-2525-2 2.5” x 2.5” x 1.25” (64mm x 64mm x 32mm) 318g £32.65
734-3540-2 3.5” x 4” x 1.25” (89mm x 102mm x 32mm) 410g £37.00
B. 734-4560-2 4.5” x 6.5” x 1.5” (114mm x 165mm x 38mm) 773g £48.60
734-5575-2 5.5” x 7.5” x 1.5” (140mm x 191mm x 38mm) 864g £45.00

Special Collections Storage II
II “Mix & Match” Artifact/Specimen Trays -

Now Available With New, Optional Clear-View Covers
This artifact/specimen storage system provides you with the configuration which best suits
the storage requirements of your particular collection. The 257 x 340 x 25mm metal edged
carrier tray is constructed of our 1300gsm. buffered blue/grey board. All specimen trays are
constructed of white, unbuffered, 2-ply, 100% rag board fastened on the corners by an acid- specimen specimen specimen
free paper tape with a stable heat seal acrylic adhesive. The system is ideal for storing items Product tray size tray size trays per
similar in character but varying in size. Jewellery, medals, buttons, small fossils, shells, and Code (mm) (inches) carrier tray wt Price
almost any collection of miniatures can benefit from this neat and orderly storage system. 727-14040 (A) 40 x 40 x 23 1.56” x 1.56” x 0.9” 48 318g £29.95
The design allows you to configure multiple specimen tray sizes within one carrier tray as 727-18040 (B) 40 x 80 x 23 1.56” x 3.12” x 0.9” 24 273g £21.60
shown above. Price includes one carrier tray and number of specimen trays indicated. A new, 727-18080 (C) 80 x 80 x 23 3.12” x 3.12” x 0.9” 12 273g £16.10
optional clear-view Mylar® cover for the carrier tray helps secure the collection, keeps it free 727-11680 (D) 160 x 80 x 23 6.24” x 3.12” x 0.9” 6 227g £12.90
from dirt and dust, and still allows full view of contents. 727-8632 8 A’s, 6 B’s, 3 C’s, 2 D’s 19 assorted 273g £20.95
Price each. 727-101312 Clear-View polyester cover for carrier tray 45g £10.95
See page 53 for Really Useful Box Trays.
II Clear-View Boxes
Store your collections safely and visibly with our Clear-View Boxes. These boxes are con-
structed of our1000gsm, unbuffered, tan box board which is both acid-free and lignin-free.
The box top has a window of crystal clear, 75 micron, archival quality polyester so you can see
the contents without disturbing them. Metal-edged corners and the telescoping design create
an exceptionally strong box. Outside dimensions are given. Price each.

799-5372 5.5” x 3.75” x 2.5” (140 x 95 x 64mm) 90g £6.23
799-7552 7.5” x 5.5” x 2.5” (191 x 140 x 64mm) 90g £7.07
799-7555 7.5” x 5.5” x 5.5” (199 x 140 x 140mm) 227g £13.30
799-1172 11” x 7.5” x 2.5” (280 x 191 x 64mm) 182g £7.95
799-1174 11” x 7.5” x 4” (280 x 191 x 102mm) 227g £14.36
799-1175 11” x 7.5” x 5.5” (280 x 191 x 140mm) 364g £15.86
799-15114 15” x 11” x 4” (381 x 280 x 102mm) 410g £13.36

II B-Flute Storage System
II B-Flute Tray System

A system ideal for archival presentation or display of artifacts, these trays are constructed
613-0771 from heavy duty B-Flute corrugated board and are acid-free and lignen-free with a 3%
Base Box with calcium carbonate buffer. Note: Base storage carton will only accept trays without covers.
Standard Lid
G. Size: 381 x 304 x 254mm Base Storage Carton Complete with Lid
1/8” (3mm) Yes Blue/Grey Bulk RTA Yes
415-12151
Standard Lid Product Code Size (L x W x H) Weight Price
E. Height: 35mm
G. 613-0771 15” x 12” x 10” 900g £10.00
Inner Compartmentalized Trays

415-121522 Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free
Lid made from 1/8” (3mm) Yes Blue/Grey Nesting Tray Metal Edge Yes
F. Archival Polyester
Height: 35mm
Product Code Compartments Size (L x W x H) Weight Price
A. 613-1525 15 3.75” x 2.75” x 2.5” 400g £17.40
B. 613-0625 6 5.75” x 4.75” x 2.5” 360g £16.50
613-0405 C. 613-0405 4 7.75” x 5.75” x 5” 450g £16.50
C. 4 Compartments D. 613-0207 7 12” x 2” x 1.375” 400g £16.50
Size: 196 x 146 x 127mm
Tray Lids
Product Code Description Weight Price
613-0625 E. 415-12151 1.375” Standard Lid 180g £9.10
6 Compartments F. 415-121522 1.375” Lid Clear Archival Polyester 140g £9.85
B. Size: 146 x 120 x 63mm
613-0207
D. 7 Compartments II Pull-String Kit
Size: 301 x 50 x 35mm Use the unique kit to create reliable pull-handles for
your artifact storage trays. With regular pliers, just
crimp the nickel-plated clip over a knotted length of
613-1525 cord on the edge of the tray. Each kit contains 6
A. 15 Compartments pre-crimped clips and 6 cords.
Price per kit
Size: 95 x 70 x 63mm
Product Code Weight Price

613-0001 45g £8.45

Storage System E-Flute II
20 point (375 micron)

Polyester Cover
N.
H.
612-0104
E-Flute Corrugated
Trays also fit standard 2” Tray & Solid Lid
(50mm) flat file drawers
612-01052 I.
Tray & Clear-View®
II ‘Mix & Match’ Modular Archival E-Flute Storage Boxes 375 micron
Sturdy and durable E-flute corrugated compartments and trays create a storge system for Polyester Lid
a variety of artifacts and collectibles. Acid-free and lignen-free, with a calcium carbonate
buffer to help neutralize acids. Metal corners protect against wear and tear and provide 612-0103 J.
stacking strength. Overall tray size is 18.375” x 12.5” x 1.5” (I.D.) Perfect for flat file
4 Compartments
storage. Trays are available with matching corrugated lid or the new Clear-View® 375
micron polyester lid. Trays and compartments sold separately. Size: 228 x 152 x 35mm
Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free 612-0102 K.

1/16” 1.5mm Yes Blue/Grey Nesting Tray Metal Edge Yes 8 Compartments
Compartments Size: 228 x 76 x 35mm
Product Code Master Tray Size (L x W x H) Compartments Price

M. 612-0100 4 x 8 = 32 3” x 2.125” x 1.4” 32 £14.30 612-0101 L.
L. 612-0101 4 x 4 = 16 4.5” x 3” x 1.4” 16 £14.30 16 Compartments
K. 612-0102 4x2=8 9” x 3” x 1.4” 8 £14.30 Size: 114 x 76 x 35mm
J. 612-0103 4x1=4 9” x 6” x 1.4” 4 £14.30
612-0100 M.
32 Compartments
1/16” 1.5mm Yes Blue/Grey Tray & Lid Metal Edge Yes Size: 76 x 54 x 35mm
Trays with Lids

Product Code Description Size (L x W x H) Wt Price 612-0106 N.
H. 612-0104 Tray & Matching Solid Lid 466 x 317 x 38mm 0.77kg £16.95 Tray & solid lid with
I. 612-01052 Tray & Clear-View® Lid 466 x 317 x 38mm 0.54kg £18.95 complete set of 15
N. 612-0106 Tray & Solid Lid 466 x 317 x 38mm 1.09kg £51.95
compartments
Set of 15 Compartments

II Registers & Notebooks
II Acid-Free Journals
You will find hundreds of uses for these handsome volumes - as accessions books, diaries,
keepsake books, journals, etc. Each book contains 160 pages of 75gsm acid-free, buffered
Perma/Dur® bond, lightly lined. The covers are constructed of acid-free binder board and
covered with a rich burgundy linen-textured fabric. The “Smyth sewn” construction allows
the book to be opened completely with no damage. Bound exclusively for University Products
of our own quality materials.
Price each.

678-0003 5.5” x 8.5” (140 x 216mm) 90g £26.16
678-0004 8.5” x 11” (216 x 280mm) 227g £29.46
II Acid-Free Wirebound Notebooks

Record your notes for posterity on these spiral-bound notebooks of acid-free paper. Use
as accessions books or for keeping working notes, genealogical information, scientific field
notes, gardening notes, even recipes or classroom notes. Constructed of acid-free 75gsm
Perma/Dur® bond with lined pages. Cover is our 1300gsm. Hunter Green boxboard with a
wipe-clean surface. Stainless steel wire spiral. Each book is 160 pp.
Price each.

678-0001 5” x 7” (127x 178mm) 90g £8.60
678-0002 8.5” x 11.5” (216 x 280mm) 227g £11.21
II Accession and Deaccession Registers

Acid-free Registers are the original, trusted, hand recorded account of details pertaining
to the acquisition and removal of articles from museum collections. Seven columns permit
entry of information including article number, date, description, remarks, and other perti-
nent information. Each hard cover book contains 80 two page spreads. Use Pigma Pens
(page 63) for recording information.
Product Code Price

061-1000 Accession Reg £75.00
061-2000 Deaccession Reg £75.00

Natural History II
II Herbarium Specimen Sheet Protectors

These sheet protectors provide vital protection for your herbarium specimens. Manufactured
from soft, smooth, 75 micron polypropylane, these L-sealed enclosures help keep loose
plant particles from becoming separated from the specimen. In addition they provide a safe,
secure environment that keeps out dirt, dust and fingerprints, while separating one specimen
from another. Overall size is 11.75” x 16.75” (298 x 425mm). Designed to fit standard 11.5” x
16.5” (292 x 419mm) herbarium mounting paper. Unlike polyester enclosures, polypropylane
lacks the static that can cling to and damage small plant fragments.
Product Code dimensions (W x H) Price

416-9277 298mm x 425mm £13.65
II E. Self-Sealing L-Velopes®
Support and protect your valuable mounted specimens while in circulation, or on display with
unique Self-Sealing L-Velopes®. Heavy, 100 micron Mylar D® construction. Two adjacent
sides open (figure 1) so mounting sheet safely slips in (figure 2); then flaps fold over to make
a seal (figure 3). Your specimen is safe from dirt, fingerprints and damage due to ordinary wear
or handling, yet it is completely visible. Package of 5 L-Velopes. Additional sizes can be found
on pages 42 and 45.
1.
2.
3.
Product Code description size fits up to: Price/Pkg of 5

738-0811 For documents 219 x 293mm 216 x 280mm £10.15
738-1217 For mounting sheets 308 x 435mm 292 x 419mm £14.35
II Polyethylene Zipper Bags

Minigrip® plain resealable zipper bags made fro 50 micron polyethylene, now available at very
good prices giving excellent value. These simple efficient bags are completely inert and trans-
parent. They have many uses in Museums, Archives and Libraries including storage of books,
paintings, artifacts, fragments, geology, archaeological specimens and odd shaped objects.
Bags are water resistant and offer a moisture barrier. Variety of sizes for a variety of uses.
Price per package of 500 & 200 bags

500-1000 40mm x 65mm (1.57” x 2.56”) 500 £2.60
500-1001 60mm x 60mm (2.36” x 2.36”) 500 £3.40
500-1005 115mm x 115mm (4.53” x 4.53”) 500 £8.85
500-1006 100mm x 140mm (3.94” x 5.51”) 500 £9.00
500-1008 75mm x 190mm (2.95” x 7.48”) 500 £8.70
500-1105 50mm x 230mm (1.97” x 9.06”) 500 £10.25
500-1100 150mm x 230mm (5.90” x 9.06”) 200 £7.70
500-10A4 230mm x 325mm (9.05” x 12.80”) 200 £11.30
500-1014 255mm x 355mm (10.04” x 13.98”) 200 £13.70
500-1016 330mm x 455mm (13” x 17.91”) 200 £20.60
500-1017 380mm x 510mm (14.96” x 20.08”) 200 £26.20
Discounts available on large quantities.

II Natural History
B.
A.
II Resistall Paper from II A. White Buffered Blotter

Byron Weston Co. Heavy .030 blotting paper is strong, absorbent, and durable
enough to use time and time again. Safer for your specimens
Thanks to the requests and efforts of so many Natural History
than the coloured felt blotters, which can delaminate and
Professionals, we are pleased to once again be able to offer
leave a coloured residue. Size: 12" x 18".
Resistall. For years, Resistall has been used for labels for “wet”
Package of 100 sheets.
natural history collections (those specimens stored in alcohol
or formaldehyde) because of its ability to maintain dimension- Product Code size Price
al stability even when wet. The long, stable 100% cotton fibres
702-1218 305 x 457mm £58.90
of this material are specially treated for longevity and superior
wet strength and durability. While we have eliminated some of
the standard formats offered in previous catalogues, we will II B. Unprinted Newsprint
happily provide a quotation for any special requirements you Clean and economical sheets for field pressing specimens.
may have, including imprinting. Sheet size: 24"x18", pre-folded to 12"x18". Note: This paper,
Note: not acid-free. like other newsprints, is not acid-free.
Price per package of 100 sheets.
Sheets for Printing, Laser Printer or Xerographic Copier (8.5” x 11”) Product Code Price
Product Code sub. wt wt sheet size qty Price 170-1218 610 x 457mm £33.40
219-368511 120gsm 730g 279 x 216mm 100 sheets £23.89 folded to: 305 x 457mm
219-36A4 120gsm 3.64kg 297 x 210mm (A4) 500 sheets £138.75
Large Sheets (18” x 23”) II C. Species Folders
Product Code sub. wt wt sheet size qty Price University Products’ Species Folders are made of acid-free
219-361823 120gsm 3.64kg 584 x 457mm 100 sheets £62.49 165 micron folder stock in Pale Cream, watermarked for
your protection. This archival Species Folder is folded from
size 16.5" x 23.125" to 16.5" x 11.5".
Price per 100 folders.
visit PEL online at www.preservationequipment.com Product Code Description wt Price
678-1611 419 x 588 1.68kg £32.97
folded to: 419 x 294

Natural History II
C.
E.
D.
II D. 100% Rag Herbarium Mounting Paper

Our finest archival quality 100% Rag Herbarium Mounting Paper. This superior paper is
off-white with a moderately textured surface for excellent adhesion of mounting strips or
adhesive. It is buffered with approximately 3% calcium carbonate to inhibit acid migration.
These 292 x 419mm sheets are available in four different thicknesses. The grain direction
is parallel to the long dimension to assure ease in handling after specimens have been
mounted. This paper is, of course, acid-free and lignin-free with a pH of 8.5 ±.5. By popular
demand we have added a heavyweight unbuffered material in the UCAL type. Carton of 500
sheets, packaged with moistureproof wrapping.
Product Code wt description type Price per 100

170-1116L 2.35kg Lt. wt. Stanford £22.05 (292x419mm)
170-1116S 2.85kg Std. wt. NYBG/Smithsonian £24.50 (292x419mm)
170-1116H 3.55kg Hvy. wt. UCal £31.00 (292x419mm)
II E. Archival Quality Genus Covers

Archival Quality Genus Covers in a light tan (natural) colour. Acid-free and lignin-free with 3% II Archival Specimen Trays
calcium carbonate buffer to repel migrant acidity. Covers possess high folding tolerance to Acid-free, lignin-free specimen trays offer standard containers to fit in specimen cabinets
endure years of service. University Products’ Genus Covers are 380micron thick and folded to (standard specimen tray drawer 590mm x 753mm x 48mm deep) in a variety of configurations.
size indicated below. Price per 100 folders. Trays are metal edged. Modular dimensions and design enable user to create drawer layouts
to fit any collection. Items may be assorted for best quantity price. Manufactured from our
Product Code wt colour size Price 40 pt. Dark Tan board which is buffered for an alkaline reserve.
170-1012 6.7kg Plain 422 x 610mm £70.49 Price per package of 10.
folded to 422 x 305mm
Product Code Inside (L x W x H) wt Price
800-2911 2.925” x 1.8” x 1” (74 x 46 x 25mm) 0.36kg £18.80
800-2931 2.925” x 3.625” x 1” (74 x 92 x 25mm) 0.27kg £24.30
800-3651 3.625” x 5.85” x 1” (92 x 149 x 25mm) 0.59kg £25.51
800-7115 7.25” x 11.7” x 1.5” (184 x 297 x 38mm) 1.36kg £45.57

II Storage Entomology
C.
II Artifact Identification Tags

with New Size for Bar Code Labelling
Identify artifacts or specimens with University Products’ acid-free Artifact I.D. Tags. Made of
buffered 225gsm off-white tag stock which is both acid-free and lignin free, each tag features
a strong 152mm cotton string for attaching to objects. Four sizes are available including a size
to accommodate bar code labels. Price per package of 100 tags.

613-3478 19 x 22mm 40g £7.68
613-1530 38 x 76mm 90g £14.50
613-3050 76 x 127mm 273g £16.45
613-1535 89 x 38mm (new size for bar code labelling) 136g £11.76
B.
A.
II C. Pinning Boxes
These insect pinning boxes are constructed of the finest archival quality materials, yet are
reasonably priced. This fully telescoping box is constructed of tan unbuffered, 960gsm board
with metal edged corners for added strength - no adhesives which might attract insect pests
have been used. Each box has been lined with archivally safe 1/4" polyethylene foam.
Price each.

799-1080/F 8”W x 10”L x 2”H (203 x 254 x 51mm) 273g £7.73
Helpful Hint… Special Sizes 799-1080 Box only without foam lining 273g £4.53
University Products will manufacture most products to your

exact dimensions and specifications, including imprinting. II Entomology Pins
Replace damaging acidic storage materials with archival The black hardened steel specimen pins have a lacquered finish that guards against rust. Two
thicknesses are available, each measures 38mm in length. The stainless steel pins are smooth
quality products from Preservation Equipment. and are preferred by some customers.
Please call for a quotation.
Product Code thickness length qty/pack finish price
023-0055 0.55mm 38mm 500 black £7.50
023-0530 0.53mm 38mm 500 stainless £13.95

Cabinets Storage II
II Entomology Cabinet (pictured right)
These Entomology Cabinets are manufactured to a very high specification. Designed to take
existing entomology trays size 446 x 443 x 57mm, with 20 tray spaces per cabinet. The
lockable door has a seal to keep out possible infestation, thus keeping your collection safe and
secure. The door is fitted with a lockable handle and metal identification label holder.
Product Code: 501-7000 £499.00

Colour Light Grey
Dimensions 521mm W x 523mm L x 1508mm H
Drawer Size to take 446mm x 443mm x 57mm
Weight 66 kilo
Caution: Delivery is to ground floor first door only. For installation beyond this point you
should contact our customer service department.
II Entomology Trays
Made from American Lime, which is recognised as the most suitable wood for entomology.
The trays have a glass lid in a tongued and grooved top, and lined with white Plastazote inert
foam. These entomology trays are well known and are of an existing size already used in
various Natural History Museums.
Product Code: Price

501-7402 Plastazote Lined (446 x 443 x 57mm) £67.50
II Geology Cabinet
This cabinet is the same outside as the entomology cabinet, but with open metal drawers.
Already installed for rare gemstone collection in Yorkshire. Drawers have overall dimension 456
wide x 490mm deep (front to back) and have 12 drawers per cabinet. We suggest drawer
liner such as Plastazote or Polyfelt is used to protect specimens. No doubt other types of
conservation storage within museums will be used for this cabinet. The lockable sealed door
will keep out unwanted infestation and could be used with Art-Sorb to control humidity. A
double plinth is available to support two cabinets secured together.
Product Code: 501-7012 £699.00

Colour Light Grey
Dimensions 510mm W x 520mm D x 1695mm H
Drawer Size 456mm x 490mm x 122mm (50mm at front)
Drawer Quantity 12 Drawers
Weight 66 kilo
Product Code: 501-7010 £665.00

Drawer Size 456mm x 490mm x 150mm (50mm at front)
Drawer Quantity 10 Drawers
II Mylar Covers for Microscope Slides

These sturdy 175 micron polyester sleeves have a captive flap to hold in 1" x 3" (80 x 32mm)
glass slides. Being glass clear, the slides can be viewed, protecting from dirt, dust and See Full Range Cabinets
fingerprints. Developed by Paul Brown, Curator of Entomology at The Natural History Museum
in London, who kindly allowed us to use the picture. & Shelving on pages 194 to 205
P217-8032 1” x 3” (25mm x 76mm) £115.85

II Microchamber® Mounting Board
Antique White Microchamber White Microchamber

Mounting Board Mounting Board
Heritage White
Microchamber
Mounting Board
Natural White
Microchamber
Mounting Board
Ivory Microchamber
Mounting Board

Mounting Board Microchamber® II
II Microchamber® Mounting Board

Microchamber museum mount boards with their patented molecular trap technology have been proven to significantly
outperform all other mount boards in the protection of framed art.
These boards are available in 100% cotton rag manufactured exclusively by Nielsen & Bainbridge. The boards contain
zeolites which are molecular traps which collect airborne acidic pollutant gases. These harmful gases are then neutralized
by an alkaline buffer of calcium carbonate. Therefore, within the micro environment of a sealed frame mounted with Microchamber
the ageing of artwork is considerably retarded.
The boards are sulphur and lignin free, have a pH of 8.9 and pass the Photographic Activity Test. Microchamber® boards are
the only mount boards available that pass the ANSI IT 9.15 1992 for the blockage of acid/oxidising gasses.
Product Code Colour Size (mm) Size (inches) Thickness Pack Price
700-8649 White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 1 ply 350 micron 25 £74.90
700-8652 Heritage White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00
700-8656 Natural White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00
700-86408 Antique White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00
700-86409 Antique White 1016 x 1524 40” x 60” 4 ply 1400 micron 5 £88.20
700-8645 Ivory 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00
700-0000 Sample Swatch FREE
II Unbuffered Microchamber® Mounting Board

Product Code Colour Size (mm) Size (inches) Thickness Pack Price
II Microchamber® Foam Board (bottom right)

An archival heat-activated foamboard that allows art to be reversed to its pre-mounting condition.
Ultimate Protection!
You can safely reverse art to its exact, pre-mounting conditions. The non-permeable adhesive meets all archival standards and can
be completely removed from the art. the adhesive activates at low temperatures with short dwell times, making it safe for most art.
Fast and Easy!

Gives you the fastest, easiest and safest mounting option available. You can mount art in just 15-30 seconds on a mechanical
press - or as little as 2 minutes in most vacuum presses.
Highest Quality
Offers an ultra-smooth mount not achievable with other archival mounting methods. A permanent mount that is reversible when
reheating to 150ºF and removing the art.
Archival Plus!
Patented Microchamber® technology actively protects art from the harmful effects of outgassing and from damaging pollutants
- something no other foamboard can do!
Product Code Sheet Size Thickness Pack Size Price

616-3240/25 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 5mm 25 Sheets £141.20
616-4060/25 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 5mm 25 Sheets £230.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 77

II Archival & Museum Board
Most paper manufacturers obtain their water from nearby rivers. Obviously, whatever foreign matter is contained in the water can wind up in their paper.
The manufacturers water supply is from an artesian well that originates from a limestone water table 800 feet below the earth's surface. For the 60 years
they have tested their water, it has never varied in these astonishing characteristics: pH 7.2 - 7.6, no iron or copper traces, and a high concentration of
calcium. Alum is never used in the manufacturing process.
Pure White
Soft White
Colour Samples
Cat. No. 700-sampler £1.00
II 100% Rag, Acid Free Museum Quality Mounting Board

Manufactured from 100% select cotton fibres, this top quality rag board features a 3% calcium carbonate buffer to guard against acid migration. The pH level of 8.5 enables it to resist fading,
discolouration, and embrittlement. It is the standard for museums and galleries. Ideal for both matting and mounting prints, watercolours, etchings, documents and letters. Outstanding surface
characteristics and cutting properties. There is no finer board at any price. Sold in full cartons only.
Price per carton.
Sheets/Ctn Ply Thickness Pure White Soft White Antique White Natural Ivory Cream wt size (mm) Price
25 2 ply 0.75mm 700-3242 700-4243 700-3246 700-3256 N/A N/A 11.36kg 813 x 1016 £130.50
25 4 ply 1.50mm 700-3244 700-3245 700-3247 700-3258 700-3243 700-3259 24kg 813 x 1016 £255.25
10 8 ply 3.00mm 700-3248 700-3260 700-3261 700-3262 N/A N/A 23.64kg 813 x 1016 £255.25
II Unbuffered 100% Rag, Museum Quality Mounting Board

The same 100% rag board described above is manufactured without the addition of a calcium carbonate buffer for those who prefer mounting and matting photos with an unbuffered board.
Price per cartons of 10 sheets.
Sheets/Ctn Ply Thickness White wt size Price

10 4 ply 1.50mm 701-3240A 9.6kg 32 x 40” (813 x 1016mm) £126.40
25 4 ply 1.50mm 701-3240 24kg 32 x 40” (813 x 1016mm) £225.25
25 2 ply 0.75mm 701-3242 11.36kg 32 x 40” (813 x 1016mm) £126.50

Antique White Natural Ivory
Cream
II Archival Conservation Mounting Board

This superior quality, purified high alpha cellulose mounting board is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve and will resist fading, discolouration and embrittlement for years
to come. Manufactured to museum quality standards, this mounting board has a smooth vellum surface quality and excellent cutting characteristics. Moderately priced and available in both 2 ply
(0.75mm) and 4 ply (1.50mm") board. Price per package.
2 Ply: 30pt Soft White (0.75mm) 25 Sheets/Pk

714-2810 8” x 10” (204 x 254mm) 0.9kg £8.90
714-2024 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 4.55kg £63.90
Sheets/Ctn Ply Thickness Pure White Soft White Antique White wt size (mm) Price
25 2 ply 0.75mm 714-3240 714-2324 N/A 12.75kg 813 x 1016 £96.25
25 4 ply 1.50mm 714-3243 714-4324 714-3244 23.18kg 813 x 1016 £185.00
25 4 ply 1.50mm N/A 714-4060 N/A 43.18kg 1016 x 1524 £250.21

II Mounting Board
II Corrugated Plastic Sheets

This rigid, heat resistant, chemically stable copolymer of polypropylene and polyethylene features a sturdiness unmatched by corrugated paper boards. Tests have proven that Corrugated
Plastic has significantly higher burst, puncture and edge and flat crush properties than B flute fibreboard. Corrugated Plastic will not burst on the Mullen Tester. An ideal material for box
making, print backing, picture framing, artifact support, and much more. Available in solid white and our new, translucent sheets for applications where some amount of visibility is
preferred. Both are 4mm thick.
Price per carton of 25 sheets.
Product Code colour size wt Price

225-3040TR Translucent 30 x 40” (770 x 1000 x 4mm) 12.3kg £61.80
225-3040 White 30 x 40” (770 x 1000 x 4mm) 12.3kg £61.80
225-4060 White 41 x 61” (1040 x 1550 x 4mm) 24.6kg £128.40
Conservation
Mounting Board
found on page 79
B. Acid-Free
Fome-Cor®
A. Unbuffered Museum
Mounting Board

II A. Unbuffered Museum Mounting Board
This 100% cotton mounting board is unbuffered with a neutral pH of 7.0. The pleasing
soft-white colour will compliment most photographs and is desirable for matting albumen,
White chromogenic photographs and dye transfer prints which should not be stored in an
alkaline environment. It is also an excellent choice for mounting textiles. Available in 2 or 4 ply.
Price per package.
2 Ply (0.75mm) 25 Sheet Package

701-3242 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 12.27kg £126.50
Translucent
4 Ply available in 10 Sheet Package
701-3240A 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 10kg £126.40
II B. Acid-Free Foam Board

This product was developed specifically for conservation quality framing. Designed to be
used in direct contact with art work in framing as well as for backer boards, exhibits, dis-
plays and models. Cuts easily. Lightweight and sturdy, these boards are made from high
quality neutral pH papers on an extruded polystyrene foam inner core 3mm or 5mm thick.
Packed 5 sheets per package. No broken packages. Save on 25 pack quantity.
Product Code size sheets Price

616-8771 32” x 40” (3 x 813 x 1016mm) 5 £30.20
616-8771/25 32” x 40” (3 x 813 x 1016mm) 25 £130.95
616-3240 32” x 40” (5 x 813 x 1016mm) 5 £33.65
616-3240/25 32” x 40” (5 x 813 x 1016mm) 25 £141.20
616-4060 40” x 60” (5 x 1016 x 1524mm) 5 £52.20
616-4060/25 40” x 60” (5 x 1016 x 1524mm) 25 £230.00
II Exhibition Foam Boards (non-archival)

This CFC-free rigid polystyrene board is light weight and ideally suited for all mounting and
display applications using our heat activated mounting and laminating products as well
as wet glue and spray adhesives. Its smooth brilliant surface presents photographs, maps,
artwork etc at their best and is easily cut, leaving a clean smooth edge. Colour: white.
Product Code size sheets Price

616-4030W 5mm thick 762 x 1016mm (30” x 40”) 5 £21.75
616-4030/25 5mm thick 762 x 1016mm (30” x 40”) 25 £97.60
II C. Bi-Corr Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated Board

Our exclusive blue/grey Bi-Corr™ Perma/Dur® acid-free and lignin-free corrugated board
with cross direction corrugation offers exceptional strength without heavy weight. For mak-
ing picture frame backings, special boxes, displays, or any application requiring an acid-
free durable board. A 3% calcium carbonate alkaline reserve is added for protection from
atmospheric pollutants.
Sold in full cartons only.
Product Code size shts/ctn wt Price

613-4001 32” x 48” (813 x 1219mm) 8 16.36kg £208.75
C. Bi-Cor™ Cross II White Display Board (not shown)

This 2000 micron board, being only 2mm thick, is very rigid due to the dense core. It has
Direction Perma/Dur® the benefit of not attracting moisture (as does softer open structured mounting boards) and
Corrugated Board the smooth finish makes it ideal for exhibition mounting.
The manufacturers claim the White Display Board is pH neutral and priced competitively
for such a specialist product. This is a suitable alternative to foam board for creating
exhibition displays and is now the most popular board for exhibition designers.
Available in packs of 10 sheets.
Product Code size shts/ctn Price

809-5080 32” x 44” (815 x 1120mm) 10 £32.50

Mounting Boards
Acid-Free Davey Board

The Davey Co. has developed an acid-free board with a pH greater than 7 and an alkaline reserve. This board is far superior to
paperboard products which have been pasted or laminated together. If quality bookbinding is your goal, only the highest grade binder
board is good enough to withstand the severe stresses to which books are subjected. This board is available in standard sizes at a
reasonable price for those bookbinders, conservators and librarians who want all acid-free cover materials on their books.
Acid-Free Price per package.
Davey Board Board Product Code board size boards/thickness pk wt Price
473-0067 26” x 38” (660 x 965mm) .067 (1.70mm) 22 28.64kg £70.85
473-0082 26” x 38” (660 x 965mm) .082 (2.08mm) 18 25.91kg £73.85
473-0098 26” x 38” (660 x 965mm) .098 (2.49mm) 15 25.00kg £73.85
Acid-Free Pearl-Grey Pressboard

Genuine Pressboard, 725gsm in thickness is specially manufactured with a neutral pH. It is ideal for binder covers, dividers or where
a strong rigid board of neutral material is essential. Packed 50 sheets per carton. Price per carton.
Acid-Free Product Code size wt Price
Pearl-Grey 711-2638 660 x 965mm 34kg £262.50
Pressboard
Acid-Free Buffered Perma/Dur® Archival Corrugated Board

This strong, smooth, lightweight, pale blue-grey material is the ultimate in corrugated boards. Available in either single wall
(approx. 3mm) or double wall (approx. 6mm) thickness, Perma/Dur® Corrugated Board is acid-free, lignin-free and alkaline
buffered with 3% calcium carbonate added for an alkaline reserve in all three layers for maximum protection. This exclusive
board is made of fully bleached virgin fibres and is unusually strong - an excellent choice for boxmaking, print backers, picture
Corrugated framing, dividers - wherever a sturdy, light board is required. Price per carton.
Single Wall
Single Wall
Product Code size shts/pk wt Price
613-1114 11” x 14” (280 x 356mm) 10 0.6kg £13.95
613-1418 14” x 18” (356 x 457mm) 10 1.0kg £20.85
613-1620 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 10 1.4kg £26.15
613-2024 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 10 2.0kg £36.75
613-3040 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) 25 14.5kg £149.00
613-4060 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 25 27.3kg £279.55
613-4896 48” x 96” (1219 x 2438mm) 15 36.4kg £326.15
Corrugated
Double Wall
Double Wall
Product Code size shts/pk wt Price
613-3041 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) 10 11.4kg £134.20
613-4061 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 10 29.6kg £253.30
Bi-Corr™ Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated Board

For ultimate strength and rigidity in archival board, we offer Bi-corr Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated board. As the name
suggests, we laminate two layers of our very best corrugated board together so the corrugation of each runs perpendicular to the
other. The result is a light weight board of exceptional strength which resists bending, folding, or curling. This blue/grey board, with
its 1/4” thickness, is exceptional for picture frame backing, but is equally effective as a sturdy display construction
Bi-Corr™ material. In fact, it excels in any application which requires a strong but lightweight acid-free material. A 3% calcium carbonate
buffer offers additional protection from atmospheric pollutants. Like both our single and double wall corrugated boards shown
above, this board is made of bleached cellulose fibres, and is acid-free and lignin-free. Sold in full cartons only. Price per carton.
Product Code size sheets/carton weight Price

613-4001 32” x 48” (813 x 1219mm) 8 13.64kg £208.80
Our Cornerounder can add a professional finish to your own folders. See page 114.
See pages 78-79 for Museum Mounting Boards.

Conservation Boards
Buy online at www.preservationequipment.com
Honeycomb Panels
These lightweight panels provide a sturdy support medium for a variety of applications. Each 13mm thick, off-white
panel is acid-free and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate, with a pH of approximately 8.0. They are manufactured
using a neutral polyvinyl acetate (PVA) adhesive. Ideally suited for supporting large works of art and heavy textiles, and
a great fabricating material for exhibits, displays, and models. Easily cut and shaped using a fine tooth saw blade or
sharp utility knife. Price per carton of 6 sheets.
Product Code board size sheets colour Price

037-9850 98.4” x 55” x 0.5” (2500 x 1400 x 13mm) 6 Natural White £514.00
Blue-Grey/White
Buffered Blue-Grey/White Box Board
Sheets of our sturdy 1300gsm barrier board (pH 8.5) are now available for a variety of uses. This improved Barrier Board
barrier board is acid-free throughout and possesses excellent folding characteristics. Buffered with approximately
3% calcium carbonate. The blue-grey side has a smooth surface and the white lignin-free interior eliminates any
concern for colour transfer to objects placed against it. This board is ideal for making phase boxes, special size
boxes, dividers or any use where an archival quality board is required. May be cut to special sizes - consult our
customer service department. Sold in packages of 25 sheets.
Price per package.
Product Code thickness size grain wt Price Unbuffered Tan

345-1620 .060 (1.5mm) 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) long 6.36kg £42.20
345-3240 .060 (1.5mm) 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) long 26.36kg £146.90
Barrier Board
345-5833 .060 (1.5mm) 58” x 33” (1473 x 838mm) short 37.73kg £214.55
Unbuffered Tan Box Board

An archivally safe board which can be used for making your own custom sized storage boxes, dividers,
heavyweight folders, pamphlet or photographic binders, etc. Acid-free and lignin-free, our non-buffered 1000gsm
board is manufactured for those applications where buffering compounds such as calcium carbonate would
cause an undesirable reaction with the materials contacting the board, including natural history specimens. This
attractive tan board is lightfast, non-bleeding, and most importantly has no internal polyester barrier which prevents Multi-use
materials from receiving adequate air-flow and intensified, unwanted internal chemical reactions. Package of 25
sheets (polywrapped and cartoned for moisture and handling protection). No broken packages, please. Corrugated E-Flute
Product Code size grain wt Price

799-3040 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) short 23.64kg £148.80
799-4060 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) long 38.64kg £285.25
Archival Corrugated E-Flute Board (Acid Free, Lignen Free, Buffered)

The strength of Perma/Dur® E-Flute corrugated board makes it ideal for box making. E-Flute is half the thickness
of standard B-Flute with nearly the same strength.
Multi-use Corrugated
Acid-Free, Lignin-Free and Buffered with calcium carbonate. Pleasing Blue/Grey colour. Folding and cutting are easy
and ideal for E-Flute corrugated board. Great for CAD box making machines. (1.75mm Thick). B-Flute Single Wall
Product Code size weight Sheets Per pack Price

612-2024E 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 2.1kg 10 £42.40
612-3040E 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) 14.5kg 25 £156.75
612-3060E 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 27.3kg 25 £313.65
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 83

Conservation Paper & Board
Perma/Dur® Buffered Bristol Board

Perma/Dur® Bristol is a high quality acid-free, lignin-free and buffered Bristol with a variety of
potential uses. Excellent for folders, interleaving and lightweight mats. Also great for forms where
a sturdy and durable index Bristol is needed. Price per package of 100 sheets.
Medium Weight 0.25mm Thickness

Perma/Dur® 678-4112 10” x 12” (254 x 305mm) 1.5kg £21.70
Buffered Bristol Board 678-4162 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 4.6kg £49.25
678-4324 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 20.5kg £174.10
Perma/Dur® Folder Stock

This 0.25mm thick folder stock is sturdy and durable, excellent for making special size folders,
as a divider, or for backing prints. It is acid-free, lignin-free and buffered, with a pH of 8.5 (±.2).
Light Tan
Product Code grain size wt Price
750-1620 long 406 x 508mm 5.0kg £54.70
750-3240 long 813 x 1016mm 18.6kg £165.90
Perma/Dur® Heavy Duty Folder Stock

Similar to the Perma/Dur® Folder Stock (above) except 0.5mm thickness for extra stiffness. It has
a variety of uses in addition to the construction of sturdy protective folders. Ideal for making phase
boxes, vertical standing dividers, print backings, drawer liners, lightweight mats, etc. Caution must
be used when folding as this stock must be scored and folded along the grain. Available in Light
Tan. Price per package of 50 sheets.
Perma/Dur®
Product Code grain size wt Price
Folder Stock 750-2620 long 381 x 508mm 5.0kg £45.75
750-3040 long 762 x 1016mm 19.6kg £170.00
750-4060 short 1016 x 1524mm 34.1kg £310.25
Unbuffered, Lightweight Folder Stock

This unbuffered, 1660gsm paper is off-white in colour and has a pH between 7.0 and 7.5. It
scores easily and has excellent folding characteristics. Great for making folders, envelopes,
dividers or for interleaving, lining and printing. Sheet size is 32" x 40," grain long.

670-3240 813 x 1016mm 15.5kg £148.00
Perma/Dur®
Heavy Duty Silver Safe Photo Paper
Folder Stock This photo and silver safe unbuffered paper is made from high
purity 100% cotton all rag paper. It has been developed for photo-
graphic conservation. An ideal interleaving paper used for protecting
prints and works of art on paper. The fibre distribution and formation
are excellent with a very smooth finish to prevent damage by
abrasion. At the time of manufacture the pH value is between 6.8
and 7.2 since the paper is not buffered, a drop in pH value is to be
expected when exposed to normal atmospheric conditions.
Various uses are found for this 40gsm 100% cotton rag paper other than the obvious
photographic uses such as: Document and manuscript repair, backing, lining, reinforcing,
hinging, interleaving and wrapping. Ideal for storage where unbuffered stock is used such as for
wool and silk in textiles, silver and other artifacts.
This product passes the Photo Activity Test of ANSI Standard IT 9.16 in independent tests
performed at the Image Permanence Institute at Rochester Institute of Technology, Rochester, NY.
Lightweight Folder Stock
682-1180 sheets 40gsm 610 x 914mm £36.00 (50 sheets)
682-1182 sheets 40gsm 610 x 914mm £164.65 (250 sheets)
682-1191 roll 40gsm 1270mm x 227m £234.30 (roll)

Paper Conservation
Unbuffered See Thru, Acid-Free Glassine
Acid-Free Glassine (26 gsm) for a variety of conservation applications. It is transparent and smooth with a pH of approximately
All available in sheets & rolls.

7.0 and is unbuffered. Its light weight makes it easy to fold or shape and is excellent for use in situations where its transparency
is helpful. Available in both rolls and sheets. Price per pack of 100 sheets

448-1625 406 x 508mm £23.30
448-3240 813 x 1016mm £76.70 See Glassine
448-4000 1016 x 305m Roll £136.50 Envelopes page 38
Glassine
Unbuffered Acid-Free Tissue Paper (16gsm)
Excellent for stuffing, interleaving or a variety of uses, this translucent tissue (16 gsm) is completely acid-free and has a thickness
of .001. Available in either sheets or rolls, it has countless applications in museums, archives or libraries. Its very soft surface makes
it an ideal choice for separation wrapping. Excellent for photographic and textile storage.
Price per pack Price per roll
Product Code qty size Price Product Code Size Price
741-1015 100 254 x 381mm £8.75 741-3250 1016 x 76m £49.77
741-1520 100 381 x 508mm £19.80 741-3500 1016 x 152m £74.30
741-3040 100 762 x 1016mm £35.60 741-3100 1016 x 305m £139.20
741-3041 12 762 x 1016mm £5.50 741-3160 1524 x 305m £210.25
Unbuffered Tissue
Unbuffered Acid-Free Tissue Paper (9gsm)
A long-fibered 9gsm tissue, which resembles Japanese papers in structure and appearance. Made from abaca fibers, this semi-
transparent paper lends itself to a wide variety of applications in conservation and preservation. At the time of manufacture the
pH value is between 6.8 and 7.2. Since the tissue paper is not buffered, a drop in pH is to be expected when exposed to normal
atmospheric conditions. Price per pack of 500

741-1158 914 x 610mm £278.70
Buffered Acid-Free Tissue Paper Buffered Tissue

The same .001 thick acid-free tissue (16 gsm) as above with a 3% calcium carbonate buffer added. Buffering agent will help
prevent acid migration to the tissue itself. Available in sheets or rolls.
Price per pack of 100 sheets Price per roll

Product Code Size Price Product Code Size Price
741-1015BF 254 x 381mm £8.10 741-2504BF 1016 x 76m £37.60
741-1520BF 381 x 508mm £19.24 741-5004BF 1016 x 152m £66.20
741-3040BF 762 x 1016mm £34.59 741-1040BF 1016 x 305m £125.75
Microchamber® Paper
This acid-free thick, heavyweight paper is 100% cotton rag Microchamber®, 350 micron paper. The patented technology active-
ly protects the harmful effects of outgassing and damaging pollutants. These harmful gases are then neutralized by an alkaline
buffer of calcium carbonate. The paper is sulphur and lignen free with a pH of 8.9 and passes the Photographic Activity Test.
Price per pack of 25 sheets
Product Code Size Thickness Price

700-8649 813 x 1016 (32” x 40”) 350 micron £74.90
Low Cost Acid-Free Tissue Paper (not shown)

We have introduced this unbuffered low cost acid-free tissue paper, after many requests from customers who use high volumes
of tissue paper in transportation of works of art. This low cost bleached wood pulp tissue does not replace our high quality
tissue papers. We made the rolls wider which is very useful for packing large items. One roll contains 1300 square metres of
tissue a little over a penny per m2. Price per roll
Product Code Size Thickness Price

741-1300 1300 x 100m 22gsm £17.95
PEL 5 Gram Spider Tissue

This handmade Tengucho 5 gram Japanese Kozo spider tissue is exclusive to PEL. The tissue is flexible,
PEL 5 Gram
translucent and made from long Kozo fibres which are both light and strong. The tissue is unbuffered
with a pH 7.2 developed for repair work in painting and paper conservation. Being extremely soft and Spider Tissue
strong for its weight it will be suitable for very delicate works of art. The natural colour and wet strength
makes the tissue ideal for wet repairs giving a clear strong repair. Price per roll.
Product Code Size Base Weight Price

682-3638 965mm x 20m 5gsm £69.85

Perma/Dur® Archival Paper
Perma/Dur® Buffered Bond Sheets - Great for Photocopiers
University Products’ exclusive 20# Perma/Dur® Bond (75 gsm) offers an excellent archival quality buffered paper at moderate
cost. Watermarked for your protection, it is a premium quality paper with a potential life of over 300 years. Perma/Dur® Bond
is an excellent choice for reproductions, reports, books, anywhere durability and longevity are a factor. For Laser Printing,
Xerographic or Lithographic processes. Available in White or Olde White colours.
White
Product Code size gsm wt Price
678-8511 8.5” x 11” (216 x 280mm) 75g 2.32kg £13.90
678-1175 A4 8.25” x 11.75” (210 x 297mm) 75g 2.55kg £21.40
Olde White
678-1176 A4 8.25” x 11.75” (210 x 297mm) 75g 2.32kg £22.60
Large Perma/Dur® Buffered Bond Sheets

Acid-free Perma/Dur® Bond (75 gsm) in large sheets is ideal for wrapping and interleaving prints and drawings. These sheets may
also be used for printing and drawing papers where an acid-free sheet is required. Substance 20, White. Price per package.
Product Code sheets/pk size gsm wt Price

678-1722 50 17” x 22” (432 x 559mm) 75g 1.36kg £9.70
678-3240 50 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 75g 7.73kg £37.95
678-1711 500 11” x 17” (280 x 432mm) 75g 5.09kg £36.95
Now Wide Rolls Perma/Dur® Buffered Bond

available Acid-free Perma/Dur® (75 gsm) in 34" wide x 100 yard rolls for wrapping, separating and interleaving. Very useful when an acid-
free paper is needed in varying sizes. Substance 20, White. Price per roll.
in White &
Olde White Product Code size gsm wt Price
678-3400 864mm x 92m 75g 7.5kg £69.27
Perma/Dur® Buffered Ledger

An excellent acid-free paper (120gsm) used as an end paper in book binding. Its smooth finish is resistant to dirt marks or
abrasions. Also used for lightweight folders, special envelopes and the like. Its pleasing Olde White colour and .007 (36#)
thickness make it a good choice for many archival paper uses. Watermarked. Price per package of 100 sheets.

678-24A4 A4 297 x 210mm 120 0.86kg £8.25
Byron Weston Paper (100% New Cotton)

A very high quality archival paper for valuable records. This white linen record paper from Byron Weston is produced from 100%
new cotton, acid and lignin free, 120gsm, A4 size used for photocopying, laser printing and inkjet printers. The record paper is
Archive Text an excellent choice for reports, books, documents and records which are required to be preserved for the future.
Archive text is specially designed for long life by incorporating Product Code Description Size Base Weight Quantity Price
several very important features:
219-0032 Record Paper (A4) 297 x 210mm 120gsm 500 sheets £87.95
Surface sized with gelatine starch.
Woodfree pulp which gives high strength.
Alkali buffering with 2% calcium carbonate to give Buffered Acid-free and Lignen
protection against atmospheric acidity (currently about
pH 4 in London.
Free Wrapping Paper
Not using conventional alum/rosin sizing but a special (Light Tan & Blue/Gray)
sizing which is neutral pH to ensure an acid-free paper. This sturdy, medium weight light tan paper (110gsm2) has
excellent strength for many wrapping uses. It is an excellent
The long life of the paper is demonstrated by subjecting it to choice for wrapping and protection of documents and art work
accelerated ageing at high temperature and testing for tear - for either storage or shipping. It is buffered and has an
resistance and folding endurance. These attributes make it average pH of 8.5. Price per roll.
ideal for documents and records which are required to be pre-
The pleasing, blue/grey 90gsm wrapping paper is slightly
served for posterity. The paper is classified as a permanent
lighter than the tan, acid-free and buffered, and has excellent
long life paper as defined in the American National Standard
folding, cuting and handling characteristics.
Z39.48-1992 and greatly exceeds ISO9706.
Product Code 678-70A4

size A4 297 x 210mm (11.7” x 8.27”) Product Code Description Size Wt Price
base weight 85gsm 613-0037 Blue/Grey 914mm x 91m (36” x 100yds) 9kg £56.00
quantity 500 613-2625 Light Tan 660mm x 228m (26” x 250yds) 19.5kg £149.20
price £11.95 613-5425 Light Tan 1321mm x 229m (52” x 250yds) 36.3kg £272.00

Paper Conservation
Buffered Alpha Cellulose
Alpha Cellulose paper (105 gsm) in a pleasing ivory shade is an excellent choice for book plates,
calligraphy and book printing. Its acid-free qualities provide protection when used as end papers
in rare books. Other uses include printing, typing or Xerographic copying.
Price per 100 sheets.

716-8275 (A4) 8.25” x 11.75” (210 x 297mm) 105 0.68kg £12.95
Unbuffered Blotting Paper

This 112# (346 gsm), 100% cotton rag blotter is great for any number of conservation
applications. Use it in wet treatment of papers and as a blotter in leaf casting. Line drawers
and shelves with it to protect your artifacts or natural history specimens. It is also fine as a
lining material in conservation picture framing. Because it is smooth and unbuffered, it is
perfect for use with most photo processes. This pure waterleaf paper contains no buffers or
fillers. The pH is 8.5 (± .2); white.
Sheets
Product Code sts./ctn. size gsm wt Price
535-1925 10 20” x 30” (508 x 762mm) 346 1.8kg £32.68
535-3825 25 38” x 25” (965 x 635mm) 346 5.8kg £99.95
535-3850 25 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 346 16.4kg £210.60
Multisorb Blotting Paper

This is the best paper for pressing and drying during conservation, especially leaf casting and
paper infill. It will take 2.5 times its own weight in water. With its extra strong wet strength, the
sheets can be used and dried many times. Although good for Herbarium conservation, it is not
recommended for permanent interleaving or mounting.
Product Code sheets size gsm Price

682-3020A 25 750mm x 680mm 300gsm £39.85
682-3020 100 750mm x 680mm 300gsm £151.85
PEL Blotting Paper

Acid-free, wood-free slightly textured to give high bulk and absorbency. The pH is close to 7. Document Cleaning Powder & Pads
Lineco’s Document Cleaning Pads are recommended for cleaning dusty, dirty, or mouldy paper
Product Code size base wt qty Price items. These pads contain a soft, grit-free powder that absorbs and cleans surface dirt from
535-1000 860mm x 610mm (33.85” x 24”) 300gsm 100 £54.95 paper. Price each.
535-1048 1220mm x 860mm (48” x 33.85”) 300gsm 50 £59.95
782-1004 one cleaning pad 90g £2.40
782-1000 2lb can of powder 2.0lbs (0.91kg) £9.95
Unbuffered Interleaving Sheets & Roll
This unbuffered 40gsm paper is made from high purity 100% all rag cotton. The fibre distribution To Use: Twist the pad lightly over the soiled document to produce a thin layer of white
and formation are excellent with a very smooth finish to prevent damage by abrasion. An ideal cleaning powder. Then, gently rub the pad over the area to be cleaned. This action
interleaving paper used for protecting prints and works of art on paper. causes the dust and dirt to be absorbed by the layer of cleaning powder. Once the area
Available in 250 or 50 pack 24" x 36" sheets. is clean, simply brush the residue away to reveal a clean, renewed appearance.
Product Code size base wt quantity Price
682-1180 610 x 914mm 40gsm 50 sheets £36.00
682-1182 610 x 914mm 40gsm 250 sheets £164.60
682-1191 1270 x 227m 40gsm Roll £234.30
Masa Lining Paper

This Japanese paper is very popular with conservators and artists. Machine made white, thick,
strong paper with one side smooth, the other textured. Masa is also very good for printmak-
ing and drawings. Its quality and weight make it an excellent material for lining of large format
works of art. Price per roll.

682-3200 1092mm x 30m 70gsm £58.50

Japanese Paper
A A. Kitakata* F. Mulberry Rolls
Handmade in Japan of 90% Phillipine Gampi and 10% Machine made version of the most popular Oriental paper
pulp. The buff shade and silky touch of this paper make it a in the U.S. It is slightly lighter than its handmade counterpart,
favourite with conservators of old books and documents. Also but it affords the conservator a large format. Sheet is 10%
used for wood cuts, etchings and for Chine Colle applications. Kozo with the balance being 90% sulphite pulp. There are no
Acid-free and deckled on four sides. chemical fillers and a small amount of sizing is added before
B Price per package of 10 sheets. drying. Price per roll.
Product Code size wt Price Product Code size wt Price

682-2620 510 x 410mm 36gsm £21.00 682-2710 690mm x 9.15m 52gsm £37.75
B. Usumino (Kizuki-shi)
C Silky 100% Kozo sheet paper. Natural in colour, with body
G. Hosokawa Ohban*
and a hard surface. Created by master craftsmen of Japan. A handmade sheet of 100% Kozo, most popular with conser-
Especially made for mending since its fibres are compact and vators as backing or support sheet for maps, documents, etc.,
can be torn into a strong web. May be used for bookbinding. especially larger pieces because it is slightly heavier than
Price per package of 5. most Japanese papers. Also an excellent choice in block
printing. Price per package of 5 sheets.
682-2836 940 x 640mm 11-12gsm £65.80 Product Code size wt Price
682-2926 970 x 640mm 23gsm £54.00
C. Sekishu Kozogami Tsuru*

Created by one of the master craftsmen of Japan, this 100%
Kozo paper is very soft and silky in appearance with chain Japanese Hinging Tissue
lines. Its great strength makes it practical for all types of repair These generously sized sheets 597mm x 432mm (23 1⁄2” x
work. Price per package of 5. 17”) of Japanese Mulberry paper are specially manufactured
D with 55 parallel “tear lines” that allow you to form perfect,
Product Code size wt Price deckled-edge Japanese hinges every time. The tear lines are
682-2129 720 x 520mm 22gsm £31.45 arranged at various distances apart, to form hinges from
6mm wide to 23mm wide, all up to 432mm in length.
Available in lightweight 12gsm for photographs and light art-
D. Okawara Large Sheets work, and 20gsm for heavier work. Applied easily with wheat
100% Kozo sheet, cream colour with smooth surface, and or rice starch to make sound conservation quality hinges.
fibres are quite visible throughout. Strong, soft and supple Pack of 4 sheets.
E with laid lines. Excellent for conservation and print making.
Machine made in Japan from 50% Kozo and 50% sulphite Product Code description Price
pulp. Price per package of 5 sheets. 682-0012 12gsm Hinging Paper £24.50
682-0020 20gsm Hinging Paper £26.15
682-3672 1830 x 910mm 60gsm £48.50 Preservation Equipment Ltd has access to many
other Japanese papers if you can not find the paper
F you require. Please contact our customer service
E. Mulberry Paper department we may be able to locate the paper
This white paper is handmade in Japan from 30% Kozo and
70% sulphite pulp. Its name comes from the mulberry plant
from which the Kozo fibre is taken. Lightweight and soft, it is
strong, very versatile and pleasant to use. In addition to its
conservation uses, this paper is excellent for printing or
printmaking. Price per package of 10 sheets.
G
682-2433 850 x 640mm 42gsm £23.00
Handmade Japanese & Conservation Paper

Preservation Equipment offers the most complete selection of
Handmade Japanese Papers and Conservation Papers. All
are specifically designed for conservation but have a variety
of uses in the hands of a creative person. Acid-free, they are
delicate looking yet are remarkably tear resistant.
Japanese Paper Swatchbook

A swatchbook of our Japanese papers. Designed to assist you
with your selection of colour and texture for your projects.
Product Code Price

682-Sampler £6.00
88 Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Paper Japanese
H. Kaji Natural Assorted Hinging Paper H
Handmade in Japan of 100% Kozo. Lightweight yet sturdy. A variety of the highest quality Japanese Hinging Papers
This sheet is a prime example of the best Oriental hand allows you to select the proper thickness and strength for your
papermaking. Good for conservation, woodcuts, and letterpress. particular application. The five papers included in the assort-
Acid-free, unsized with four deckled edges. ment have different weights and finishes, one just right for
Price per package of 5 sheets. your job. I
Product Code size wt Price Product Code Price
682-2439 980 x 640mm 11gsm £23.80 682-4000 6 Assorted Papers £32.00
I. Sekishi Natural* Assortment Includes

Handmade in Japan of Kozo and sulphite pulp. A soft, light- Sekishu Kozogami Tsuru
weight paper showing dispersed fibres that do not intrude and (one 720 x 520mm 22gsm handmade, 100%
give a rather soft background. kozo, lightweight with laid finish sheet)
Price per package of 5 sheets. Sekishu White (one 990 x 610mm 30gsm long fibre sheet)
Product Code colour size wt Price Sekishu Natural (one 990 x 610mm 30gsm long fibre sheet)
682-2439NA Natural 990x610mm 30gsm £16.25 Kizukishi
(one 940 x 640mm 11-12gsm, 100% kozo,
J. Tosa Tengujo* silky, long fibre sheet)
A handmade, 100% Kozo paper, with especially long, silky Mulberry
fibres that give the paper an almost woven look. (two 850 x 640mm 42gsm sheets)
Price per package of 5 sheets. handmade, kozo and sulphite pulp,
long fibre, lightweight, strong and soft.
682-2925 790 x 540mm 9gsm £36.50 M. PEL Wet Strength Repair Tissue
This toned tissue is specifically designed for wet repairs in
K. Silk Tissue paintings and paper conservation. The tissue is exclusive
Machine made in Japan of Gampi and sulphite pulp. It is a to PEL. Paintings and paper conservators are finding that the
very silky paper which is also very transparent. Excellent for tissue is the strongest wet strength tissue available and has a
interleaving, for overlays on prints or over illustrations in books. higher wet strength than tissues offered by other suppliers.
The tissue has a unique lint-free long fibre non-woven special
Acid-free. Price per package of 10.
blend of high strength, large diameter premium grade abacca
Product Code Size wt Price fibres and other selected cellulose fibres. The fibres are
682-2824 610 x 460mm 10gsm £14.95 specially selected for tensile, tear and porosity control at light
basic weight and to facilitate natural bonding. The structure is
characterised as non-abrasive, highly absorbant and consistently
L. Masa Lining Paper uniform in caliper, basic weight and pore size distribution. This
This Japanese paper is very popular with conservators and uniformity provides exceptional fibre retention under stress J
artists. Machine made white, thick, strong paper with one side with excellent drapability and elongation.
smooth, the other textured. Masa is also very good for
printmaking and drawings. Its quality and weight make it an Product Code size Price
excellent material for lining of large format works of art. 682-3612 1016mm x 100m £84.95
Price per roll. 682-3614 1016mm x 250m £189.50
weight 12.3gsm
Product Code
682-3200
size wt
1092mm x 30m 70gsm
Price
£58.50
thickness 0.0020 inches (51 micron) K
air permeability 1130L/min/100sq cm at 12.7mm
Water Delta P
*Denotes that these papers use natural tororo dry tensile MD 5.71 lbs/in
dry tensile CM 1.85 lbs/in
PEL-TISSUE (toned) wet burst 2.68 psi
This 9gsm acid-free tissue has been developed by PEL to moisture 7.5%
replace the L2 Spider Tissue, which is no longer being made. pH extract (cold) 6.75 M
Since we had to produce a suitable replacement we took the
opportunity to improve the tissue in two prime areas.
• Now toned; more suitable for faded papers (no longer a PEL 5 Gram Spider Tissue
stark white) This handmade Tengucho 5 gram Japanese Kozo spider tis-
• Less visible with lamination wet repairs sue is exclusive to PEL. The tissue is flexible, translucent and
• Uniform covering is very even, again less visible made from long Kozo fibres which are both light and strong.
Made from Abaca Hemp with fibres that are suitable for wet The tissue is unbuffered with a pH 7.2 developed for repair
localised or full manuscript repairs, making the lamination work in painting and paper conservation. Being extremely soft L
barely detectable. A soft unbuffered tissue ideal for interleav- and strong for its weight it will be suitable for very delicate
ing papers, photographs, book binding, stuffing textiles and works of art. The natural colour and wet strength makes
other conservation applications. We also now use this same the tissue ideal for wet repairs giving a clear strong repair.
tissue to produce our Archibond archival heat set tissue. Price per roll.
Product Code size wt Price Product Code Size Base Wt Price

682-3610 927mm x 100m 9gsm £68.60 682-3638 965mm x 20m 5gsm £69.85
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 89

Dry Mounting
Acid-Free Mounting Adhesive
Archival Quality. Acid-Free adhesive that has a completely
neutral pH balance. The thermoplastic adhesive melts in the
heating process, becomes transparent and adheres rapidly.
Low-Temperature (70ºc) is formulated for general mounting
applications in all presses and used in place of conventional
mounting tissue. May be used to heat bond lithographs,
posters, newsprint, parchment, art papers, all photographs
including RC, and most mount and mat boards.
note: Removable with heat. Price per Roll

426-2030 1040mm x 25m £130.20
Permanent Dry Mounting Film

Non-Archival. This film is ideal when mounting photographs,
posters etc. onto difficult or uneven surfaces such as chip-
board and plastics. It is also used for the canvas bonding
process. It is slightly tacky which helps to position mounting
work before activating in the press. This material is a PVC film
coated on both sides with heat activated adhesive, supplied
between two release papers.
Price per Roll
PEL 5 Gram Spider Tissue
Product Code Size Base Weight Price This handmade Tengucho 5 gram Japanese
682-3638 965mm x 20m 5gsm £69.85 Kozo spider tissue is exclusive to PEL. The
426-6125 1040mm x 25m £162.75 tissue is flexible, translucent and made from
long Kozo fibres which are both light and strong. The tissue is unbuffered with a pH 7.2 developed for repair work in painting and
paper conservation. Being extremely soft and strong for its weight it will be suitable for very delicate works of art. The natural
Permanent Dry Mounting Tissue colour and wet strength makes the tissue ideal for wet repairs giving a clear strong repair. Price per roll.
Non-Archival. An all purpose widely used heat activated
mounting tissue. Used for dry mounting paper subjects Over Laminating Exhibition Film (heat activated)
including resin-coated photographs to card, hardboard,
Product Code size Price Non-Archival. This pre-pierced film is used for overlaminating
chipboard, foamboard etc.
426-1707 650mm x 25m £72.00
exhibitions, photographs, posters and papers to protect them
Price per Roll
from sticky fingers etc. The satin matt finish prevents glare from
426-1708 1040mm x 25m £120.75
lighting and gives an attractive appearance to your display. A 50
Product Code size Price micron film which is conveniently pre-pierced to allow air to escape during application. A foam blanket must be used when applying
426-1508 1040mm x 25m £59.85 over laminating film especially on photographs. Price per Roll.
A. PEL Wet Strength Repair Tissue

The tissue is exclusive to PEL and is specifically designed for
wet repairs in paintings and paper conservation. Paintings
and paper conservators are finding that the tissue is the strongest
wet strength tissue available and has a higher wet strength than
tissues offered by other suppliers. The tissue has a unique lint-free
long fibre non-woven special blend of high strength, large diameter
premium grade abacca fibres and other selected cellulose fibres.
The fibres are specially selected for tensile, tear and porosity
control at light basic weight and to facilitate natural bonding. The
structure is characterised as non-abrasive, highly absorbant and
consistently uniform in caliper, basic weight and pore size
distribution. This uniformity provides exceptional fibre retention
under stress with excellent drapability and elongation.

Self-Adhesive Mounting Board - Photo and Print Mounting without a Press. 682-3612 1016mm x 100m £84.95
682-3614 1016mm x 250m £189.50
PEL’s new “Perfect Mount” cold application adhesive mounting board makes it easy to mount your photos and prints like a
professional without a dry mounting press. Simply peel the liner and position the photograph on the board. Most items bond within
minutes after pressure is applied allowing you some repositioning, if necessary. Complete instructions are included with each pack- weight 12.3gsm
age. The soft-white, board is available in 2mm thickness. The adhesive is a safe, cold application acrylic adhesive which will not thickness 0.0020 inches (51 micron)
damage or discolour your photo or print in later years. Please note that this is a permanent process and should not be used on items air permeability 1130L/min/100sq cm at 12.7mm
that may need to be removed at a later date or rare originals. Non Archival. Water Delta P
dry tensile MD 5.71 lbs/in
Product Code size qty Price dry tensile CM 1.85 lbs/in
887-1114 11” x 14” (355 x 279mm) 20 £32.55 wet burst 2.68 psi moisture 7.5%
887-2024 20” x 24” (610 x 508mm) 20 £68.25 pH extract (cold) 6.75

Laminating Tissue Mounting
ABF (Area Bonded Fibre) spirits. Care should be taken when delaminating documents PEL-TISSUE (toned)
printed with inks which may have been spirit based. Note:
Thin, non-woven nylon is coated with an acrylic adhesive and This 9gsm acid-free tissue has been developed by PEL to
Tissue is mounted on a carrier sheet and must be removed
is similar in appearance to Archibond Tissue. Cerex® is replace the L2 Spider Tissue, which is no longer being made.
extremely strong, tear resistant and flexible. Ideal for use prior to application. Price per roll. Since we had to produce a suitable replacement we took the
when repaired document or book is expected to be handled opportunity to improve the tissue in two prime areas.
Product Code roll size wt Price
considerably. note: ABF must be removed from carrier sheet • Now toned; more suitable for faded papers (no longer a
533-7410 900mm x 25m 4kg £83.50
prior to application. stark white)
533-7400 900mm x 100m 12kg £283.80
• Less visible with lamination wet repairs
Product Code size wt Price • Uniform covering is very even, again less visible
533-4110
533-4027
1040mm x 25m 4.5kg
1040mm x 100m 13kg
£95.20
£353.50
Beva® 371 Film (Gustav Bergers) Made from Abaca Hemp with fibres that are suitable for wet
localised or full manuscript repairs, making the lamination
Beva® is an adhesive created specifically for conservation
barely detectable. A soft unbuffered tissue ideal for interleav-
applications. We have it available as adhesive film sandwiched
Archibond Heat between white silicone-coated paper and a Mylar® support-
ing papers, photographs, book binding, stuffing textiles and
other conservation applications. We also now use this same
Set Tissue (toned) ing sheet. Activate the adhesive with a tacking iron or hot air
tissue to produce our Archibond archival heat set tissue.
For laminating or repair. Used for document repair and blower and remove the support film. Since it is not a liquid it
protection, Archibond 9gsm Tissue produces a lamination that can be cut and applied to small, well defined areas with no Product Code size wt Price
is barely detectable on the repaired document. Neutral pH tis- fear of it spreading. You’ll find many uses in the repair of
682-3610 927mm x 100m 9gsm £68.60
sue is coated one side with archivally approved pure acrylic papers, paintings and textiles. Price per roll.
adhesive. Page repairs are done easily with a tacking iron
(full laminations require the use of a hardbed press). Acrylic Product Code size Price
adhesive is removable (even after artificial aging) with mineral 695-371 686mm x 5m £92.60
Exhibition Mounting Machine Product Code Description Price

809-6204 Exhibition Mounting Machine £659.00
The machine requires no heat for mounting photographs or paper prints and is ideal for digital 809-3165 Double Sided Mounting Film 650mm x 25m £82.95
photographs. All your exhibition graphics can be mounted on card/foam centred board/Perspex/ 616-4030W Foam Board 5mm x 762mm x 1016mm (30 x 40”) £21.75 (5pk)
MDF/rigid plastic board – all up to 10mm thick. Flexible, rigid, temporary or permanent displays 616-4030/25 Foam Board 5mm x 762mm x 1016mm (30 x 40”) £97.60 (25pk)
can be created. The 610mm throat means even large displays can be created on many types of 809-5080 White Display Board 815mm x 1120mm (32 x 44”) £32.50 (10pk)
mounting boards. Siliconised rollers are a feature normally found on expensive laminators, on
this machine they come as standard giving clean, perfect results every time.
Specification
The PEL range of pressure sensitive films are designed for use with the Exhibition Mounting Power Supply 220/240 volt
Machine and can be used on other roller laminators. The films contain UV stabilisers and Power consumption 500 watts (5 amps)
inhibitors to prevent the effects of fading from light. You should remember that the adhesives Dimensions 280mm H x 280mm L x 760mm W
are non-archival and are not suitable for rare originals. For the best results we recommend Weight 28kg
using boards that have been designed with mounting in mind. Maximum working sizes: 610mm width x 1040mm length x 10mm thickness
Materials
Double Sided Mounting Film Pressure sensitive adhesive is coated to
both sides of a clear film. This film is used to coat all types of artwork or
boards making them self adhesive. Protected with twin release papers.
Foam Centred Board For high gloss photography and situations where
weight is a consideration we recommend using our 5mm thick foam
board.
White Display Board This 2000 micron board (2mm thick) has a
very dense core which does not attract moisture (as does softer open
structured mounting boards). The dense core is smoother than ordinary
pulp boards reducing the effect of orange peel on glossy work.

Conservation Materials
Wool Felt
The best and finest quality 100% wool felt available today. This excellent wool felt surpasses all
other drying media and proves to be the most reliable when high standards are required. A truly
top quality paper makers felt, ideal for our MasterPulp Paper Infill Machine. C.
986-2410 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick 10m roll £171.00
986-2405 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick 5m roll £94.00
B.
PEL-Softwrap
Acid-free, very soft handleable drapable material, already used for protecting fragile works of A.
art especially in storage. Used for lining boxes, rolling textiles etc.
Product Code thickness size Price

492-8000 44gsm 0.35mm 1200mm x 25m Roll £31.95
492-8100 80gsm 0.90mm 1500mm x 25m Roll £89.95
Bondina
We have been requested to include Bondina in our range of non-woven polyester materials.
Many conservators have used Bondina and know it well for various conservation treatments.
Has an extra smooth surface and is much slicker than Reemay. The thinner 30gsm has a paper
like feel making it ideal for lining.

A. Flymesh Netting
Ideal for drying shelves and supporting textiles and paper in washing, makes a protective grid
492-3228 30gsm 1000mm x 10m £28.60
while vacuum cleaning delicate textiles.
492-3230 30gsm 1000mm x 50m £98.25
492-1010 100gsm 1000mm x 10m £58.95 Product Code size Price
805-7110 1220mm x 10m Roll £52.90
Tyvek (Now available in 3m wide rolls)
Tyvek fulfils the function of gas-permeable non-abrasive waterproof, dustproof barrier. A proven B. Capillary Matting 8204
protective cover for artifacts, textiles, soft furnishings, tapestries etc. providing a barrier to dust
This material is well known as a media for the humidification process, when wetted has the
and spores. It cannot support the growth of fungi or bacteria. Now available in 3 meter wide rolls.
advantage of a more uniform humidification to reduce the risk of liquid penetration when used
with Gore-Tex or Sympatex.
Can also be used as a reusable blotter, support when spraying or drying. Is also used in leaf
212-1422 1524mm x 25m Roll £49.50
casting as a drying support and to take away excess water in the machine.
212-1422100 1524mm x 100m Roll £183.40
212-1422300 3000mm x 50m Roll £206.40 Product Code size Price
986-8204 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 5m Roll £20.20
986-8204-50 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 50m Roll £152.90
C. Sympatex (alternative to Gore-Tex®)

This material is moisture permeable. Used for humidification, allowing humidity to reach the
object without wetting. Offers easy and inexpensive techniques for the humidification method in
removal of residual adhesives, old linings and stains from water sensitive objects.

986-0360 1500mm x 10m Roll £156.80
Goldbeaters Skin
Goldbeaters skin is a thin transparent
membrane with great tensile strength
which was traditionally used as an
interleaf for the manufacture of gold leaf.
Used for the conservation of parchment
and strengthening to books, this natural
material is not readily available, however
we have located a reliable supplier who
knows the special requirements of
conservators and bookbinders. Also
used in miniture conservation to
reseal coverglass to backing card.

682-6025 approx. 590mm x 150mm. Pack of 4 skins £25.50

Buy online at:

PTFE Cloth
This heavy-duty cloth is extremely useful since nothing sticks to its surface. Can be used over
and over again in hard bed and vacuum presses.
492-12041
426-0108 1000mm x per metre £44.50
Silicone Coated Polyester Film

This 36 micron clear polyester film is silicone coated on both sides, making an ideal release
film for hot tables and our Hot Glass Vacuum Press, as it allows work to be viewed during the
B.492-12041
492-12050 mounting process. Furthermore it will last longer than release papers.

534-8411 1270mm x 25m Roll £48.95
Saatifil
Saatifil is now available in 2 grades, 492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf casting 12 Micron Silicone Coated Polyester
and paper infill machines. 492-12050 is 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables. Silicone coated one side only, following a long search we are now able to provide this excellent
492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf casting and paper infill machines (see PEL- product for conservation. Ideal for use as a transparent membrane on vacuum hot tables,
Caster). It can also be used for backing, interleaving, as a support for parchment during repair vapour treatment and other applications.
and other conservation tasks. Makes a fine drying support, the material has a slick surface
which prevents sticking, especially useful when using wet pulp. It is soft, drapable close weave Product Code size Price
material, with air permeable 120 micron mesh opening (41%) 51gsm. 534-0012 1600mm x 45m roll £172.00
492-12050 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables, allows good air flow with a smooth
surface. An excellent support material for drying shelves, does not stretch or sag. Also used over 12 Micron Polyester Film
fragile textiles and soft furnishings when being vacuumed to prevent loose threads leaving Used mainly for hot tables when lining paintings. Extra wide, very light clear strong film.
the fabric, yet allowing dirt and dust to be removed. When using this extra wide material on
vacuum tables it provides full support to delicate works of art. Also prevents the vacuum table Product Code size Price
holes leaving impressions on the item during treatment. The material has a mesh opening of 50 415-12 1523mm x 100m roll £45.40
micron and a weight of 180gsm. Price Per Roll
Dartek® Cast Nylon Film
Product Code Description size Price
Conservators will find many new uses for Dartek® cast nylon film. Dartek® is a soft, trans-
492-12041 Saatifil 100% Polyester 1070mm x 5m £102.60 parent, nylon film with no plasticisers, additives or surface coatings. It is often used as a cover-
492-12050 Saatifil 100% Polypropylene 2370mm x 3m £215.00 ing membrane for lining of paintings on a vacuum hot table or low pressure table, becoming
softer as it is heated. In addition, the film is ideal for long term storage in a dark, climate
controlled environment. Dartek® performs well as a short term packing material, makes a
Acid-Free 50gsm Greaseproof (Food Grade) Paper great barrier layer for displays, and creates an ideal, transparent dust cover. The .075" thick
PEL makes every effort to introduce products that are frequently requested. This paper is one material conforms easily, is clear, does not puncture easily, and will not stick to painting
of them and is a suitable alternative to silicone coated release paper. The paper has a parch- surfaces. It cuts with scissors, adheres with hot melt or double stick tape, and adheres to itself
ment feel and is softer than silicone papers. No doubt conservators will find various uses for this or other plastics with a heated spatula or tacking iron. Price per roll.
paper especially with the lower price PEL is offering.
Price per roll. Product Code size wt Price
216-88200 2235mm x 61m 5.5kg £99.85
741-9000 900mm x 100m 50gsm £21.50
Silicone Coated Paper
High quality white paper silicone coated. Prevents excess adhesive sticking to other surfaces
and press platen. Especially useful in preparing single-sided laminations.

426-0923 1300mm x 25m Roll - single sided with grid backing £42.50

Our sealing machines are

ideal as an inexpensive
means of creating your
own pouch.
Moisture Oxygen Barrier Film

with off gassing interceptor
Marvelseal® 360
Marvelseal® 360 is an aluminised polyethylene and nylon barrier film. New Marvelseal® 470
is an aluminised polyethylene and polypropylene barrier film. Both resist the transmission
of water vapour and other atmospheric gases. This economical, flexible and easy to fabricate
material is used for passive humidity controlled shipping or storage bags. In addition,
Marvelseal® is ideal for lining the inside of shipping crates and exhibit cases, and for
lining shelves with the objective of decreasing off-gassing from exposed wooden surfaces. It
has also been used to create a sealed framing package and to create a low oxygen environ-
ment to treat insect infestation.
Price per roll.
Product Code Description size wt Price

974-3610 Marvelseal® 360 1219mm x 10m 5.7kg £41.95
974-3650 Marvelseal® 360 1219mm x 50m 29.4kg £149.95
Marvelseal is often stapled to wooden shelves and shipping crates to reduce off-gassing. Use
the acid-free foil sealing tape with acrylic adhesive listed below to cover staples and seal the
punctures they create. Price per roll.

387-0151 1.25”w x 1000” (32mm x 25m) 182g £8.50
387-0156 3.5” x 1000” (89mm x 25m) 318g £17.95
Foil-Backed Shelf Liner

If you have old wooden shelves or cases, you can protect your collections against direct contact
with the harmful elements in wood by using this unique material to line drawers or shelves. The
aluminum foil on one side acts as a barrier against harmful chemicals while your book or
artifact only comes in contact with the alkaline buffered, white paper. For those collections for
which unbuffered storage materials are indicated, we suggest you use this liner foil-side up
and then top with a sheet of Polyfelt, Ethafoam, or unbuffered blotter. Replace the topsheet as
needed; the foil-backed liner can remain in place.
Roll size: 25" x 100' on a 3" core.

387-2510 635mm x 30m 2.45kg £53.95
Moistop Barrier Foils
Moistop is a highly technically designed laminated barrier foil consisting of polyester, aluminium
foil and polythene, used to prevent corrosion and moisture damage to works of art.
Used in shipping, storage and as a barrier from off gassing, giving protection to moisture
Visit PEL online at sensitive objects. Heat sealable at 180C/2 Seconds, the PEL crossweld Sealing Machine is ideal
for sealing Moistop. Price each.
970-0010 1500mm x 10m Roll £44.60
970-0002 1500mm x 200m Roll £469.00

Conservation Adhesives
White Neutral pH Adhesive

Our acid-free adhesive has excellent lay-flat properties and dries clear. Easy to use
polyvinyl acetate (PVA) formula is fast setting. This adhesive was formulated specifi-
cally for preservation materials and will not become brittle with age. Adheres to most
surfaces. Price each.

901-1008 (8oz. in Dispenser Bottle) 227g £4.25
901-1032 (Quart) 0.95 litres £13.25
901-1128 Gallon (3.8 Litres) 4.27kg £29.95
Dispenser Pump
Take advantage of the lower cost on gallon containers of adhesives. Now you can
use our rugged, reusable plastic pump to dispense small quantities of glue from
gallon containers. No more drips, spills, or sticky messes to clean up! Fits all our
gallon containers. A real handy money-saver! Inexpensively priced.
Price each.

411-1000 1.05kg £6.26
Ethulose Methyl Cellulose Adhesive Tube

Product Code wt Price Ethulose adhesive (ethyl hydro The 40ml tube is ready to use with a fine dispensing nozzle. The adhesive is a bio polymer
615-5000 591g £23.50 yethyl cellulose) forms a tough cellulose derivative (methyl hydroxyl ethyl cellulose). From a conservation point of view it is
flexible film when dry. Easy to reversible, adhesive and water soluble and a high quality adhesive. Used for mounting papers,
prepare: simply dust the correct amount of Ethulose onto the surface of well-stirred water, picture framing and works especially well with Japanese papers. This ready made adhesive is
stir until the mixture thickens, and let it stand overnight until Ethulose is fully dissolved. A 4% extremely suitable for various conservation applications and is transparent.
solution in water is about as viscous as honey; 8 to 10% solutions are gels and typically do not
flow. These solutions may be diluted with pure ethyl alcohol to produce solutions where water Product Code Description Price
alone would stain or defibrillate the paper items. Ethulose solutions do not support bacteria or 793-1400 40ml tube £12.95
mould growth. Available in 400 gm jars. Price each.
Beva® 371 Film (Gustav Bergers)

Polyvinyl Alcohol Adhesive Beva® is an adhesive created specifically for conservation applications. We have it available as
A good conservation adhesive which ages without yellowing. Polyvinyl alcohol is extremely adhesive film sandwiched between white silicone-coated paper and a Mylar® supporting sheet.
soluble in water for reversibility, and remains flexible as it ages. Activate the adhesive with a tacking iron or hot air blower and remove the support
film. Since it is not a liquid it can be cut and applied to small, well defined areas with no fear of
Price each.
it spreading. You’ll find many uses in the repair of papers, paintings and textiles. Price per roll.
411-1008 8oz. plastic applicator top bottle 273g £9.55 Product Code size Price
411-1016 16oz. plastic jar 545g £20.70 695-371 686mm x 5m (27” x 20ft) £92.60
A variety of brushes for applying glues and adhesives can be found on page 123

Adhesives Acid-Free
Wheat Starch Repair/Hinging Blotters Scotch™ Glue Stick

A very carefully purified, uncooked food grade wheat starch. We recommend you use these acid-free, highly absorbent This non-toxic, odour free, solid adhesive is a convenient
When cooked, it makes a superior smooth wheat paste adhesive. blotters when you're hinging or repairing with Japanese paper means of adhering paper, cardboard or lightweight fabrics.
note: must be cooked. Price each. and wheat starch paste. This conservation quality blotting White adhesive, with a pH of 12 +/-.5, goes on clear and dries
paper has a soft textured surface, a pH of 8.0 and is buffered clear. Price each.
Product Code Description wt Price with 3% calcium carbonate. Blotters may be used over and
615-1002 (2oz.) 57g £5.25 over. Price per package of 24-6"x 6" blotters. Product Code wt Price
615-1008 (8oz.) 227g £8.82 477-0023 205g £1.63
615-1000 2 kilos (4.4lbs) 2.14kg £20.65 Product Code wt size qty Price
702-6060 227g 152 x 152mm 24 £15.96
Acryloyd B-72 Adhesive (Pellets)
Belgian Rice Starch Acryloyd B-72 is a copolymer of ethyl methacrylate and
Similar to wheat starch, but it yields a lighter, thinner starch Porcelain Mortar & Pestle methyl acrylate supplied in 100% resin pellets which are
adhesive paste after cooking. The ceramic mortar and pestle have been used for centuries soluble in acetone, toluene, and xylene. An excellent general
note: must be cooked. Price each. as a means of reducing substances to powder and for mixing. purpose resin/adhesive, it can be applied in either clear
It’s still a great tool for obtaining a smooth mixture of paste or or pigmented coatings by a variety of application methods
Product Code Description wt Price adhesives for your restoration work. Price each. and can be air dried or baked. Acryloid B-72 has a very low
615-1502 (2oz.) 90g £5.25 reactivity with sensitive pigments, and is durable and
615-1508 (8oz.) 273g £8.82 Product Code wt Price non-yellowing. Use in very dilute (5%) concentrations to
615-1500 2 kilos (4.4lbs) 2.14kg £20.60 936-MORT 273g £19.25 consolidate flaking glazes or decayed surfaces; use in heavier
concentration (20%) to form adhesive. This material has
also been used as an underlining for numbering, a varnish
for paintings, and a gap filler. The product is reversible with
Jin Shofu solvents. Price each.
Jin Shofu Japanese wheat paste is a high quality paste for Product Code wt Price
mounting papers and boards. 422-9000 500g £15.75
Preparation is one part Jin Shofu to three or four parts water
and mix thoroughly. You may need to experiment to obtain the
correct consistency for your project. More water will make a Jade Adhesive 403N
thinner paste and longer cooking time will thicken the paste. Jade 403 Polyvinyl Acetate Adhesive is a neutral adhesive
During cooking stir constantly or use our Cook ‘N’ Stir Paste that is extremely flexible, fast setting, and dries transparent.
Japanese Strainers Cooker. When the solution becomes clear remove it from the This popular adhesive is used in numerous applications,
Beautifully made from natural materials in Japan a high heat and let it cool to room temperature before using. For fine including bonding wood, plastic, ceramics, vellum, and
quality traditional item. Available in horsehair, 240mm (9.45”) paste strain through a Japanese Strainer (see page 155). Store a variety of commonly used bookbinding materials. This
diameter. They are used to strain paste, after cooking and prepared Jin Shofu in a sealed glass or plastic container in the adhesive will freeze. Avoid winter shipments when possible.
especially after storage and recooking. This removes any refrigerator. Any mould that grows can simply be scraped off
lumps and makes a very smooth paste. the top. Product Code size wt Price
964-40308 8oz. 273gms £15.40
Product Code Price Product Code Weight Price 964-40332 quart 1.1kg £44.30
996-7024 Horsehair £79.00 996-8000 1kg £14.95 964-403128 gallon (3.8litre) 4.3kg £136.50

Conservation Hinging Tape
Self Adhesive Linen Hinging Tape Self Adhesive Hinging Tissue

Product Code size wt Price Lineco's Self Adhesive Linen Product Code size wt Price This pressure sensitive,
533-1055 32mm x 46m 318gms £28.95 Tape is an extra strong, very 533-0125 25mm x 10m 45gms £7.63 Mounting/Hinging Tissue is
533-1015 32mm x 10m 90gms £9.95
thin linen cloth coated with a 533-0126 25mm x 30m 90gms £13.44
a fine, long fibre tissue with
neutral pH non-yellowing, an archival quality, pressure
pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. The high thread count makes it an excellent choice for sensitive acrylic adhesive that is permanent and non-yellowing. Ideal for hinging translucent art
hinging window mats to backer mats, or for making repairs in book, etc. Price per roll. such as Japanese paper, papyrus, and other light weight art because it won't show through.
Mineral spirits are required for removal. Price per roll.
Japanese Hinging Tissue

These generously sized sheets 597mm x 432mm (23 1⁄2” x 17”) of Japanese Mulberry paper
are specially manufactured with 55 parallel “tear lines” that allow you to form perfect, deckled-
edge Japanese hinges every time. The tear lines are arranged at various distances apart, to
form hinges from 6mm wide to 23mm wide, all up to 432mm in length. Available in lightweight Gummed Paper Hinging Tape
12gsm for photographs and light artwork, and 20gsm for heavier work. Applied easily with The high tensile strength of
wheat or rice starch to make sound conservation quality hinges. Product Code size wt Price
this quality, water activated
Pack of 4 sheets. 533-0751 25mm x 40m 136gms £5.99
hinging tape will support all
but the heaviest works of art. The paper is acid-free with a calcium carbonate buffer and a pH
Product Code description size Price
of 8.5. The neutral pH adhesive has excellent tack to hold firmly without slipping or “creeping.”
682-0012 12gsm Japanese Hinging Paper 597 x 432mm £24.50
Price per roll.
682-0020 20gsm Japanese Hinging Paper 597 x 432mm £26.15
Gummed Linen Hinging Tape
Insta-Mend® Mending Tissue Kit - with adhesive added This water activated tape, with 65/55 thread count fabric, provides superior strength
A fine conservation mending tissue with a wheat paste adhesive applied to both sides. This new for hinging, mounting, or repair applications. The neutral pH adhesive has high tack, lay
Insta-Mend® tissue is ideal for repairing tears in books, prints, music or wherever a strong flat properties that make it a
sheet mend is desired. It is pH neutral and water reversible. Supplied in a 12" x 18" sheet, this Product Code size wt Price favourite for hinging mats and
product is an excellent tool for the conservator or the individual collector. Complete step by step 533-1025 25mm x 9m 90gms £6.93 heavy pieces of artwork.
instructions are included with every order. Kit also includes 4 pieces of blotting paper and 3 533-1050 25mm x 46m 182gms £14.49 Price per roll.
pieces of nylon mesh. Price per kit. 533-1010 25mm x 91m 410gms £28.35
533-1520 38mm x 91m 591gms £35.28
Product Code size wt Price 533-2020 51mm x 91m 727gms £48.93
617-1216 305mm x 457mm 45g £13.50 533-3020 76mm x 91m 1.09kg £64.99

Tape Mending
Transparent Mending Tissue

This very thin and extremely transparent pressure sensitive
archival mending tissue is non-yellowing, removable with
solvents, and has a neutral pH. To use, dispense a length of
the tissue, place over the tear, and burnish with a bone fold-
er. Working the adhesive into the tear causes the adhesive to
strengthen the tear as well as cover and support the area
around the tear.
Price per box.

533-0017 13mm x 15m 45gms £6.29
PEL Paper Repair Tape

Same as the Transparent Mending Tissue above but 25mm
wide for larger repairs. It has been thoroughly tested and
approved by numerous government agencies and is a
favourite of both conservators and collectors. Easy to use, just
place over tear and burnish with bone folder.
Price per box.

533-0198 1” x 98ft (25mm x 30m) £8.93
Filmoplast® P in dispenser box. wt 90g
For Mending Paper. Filmoplast® P is a highly transparent 901-0198 1” x 400” (25mm x 10m) £7.25
mending tape suitable for invisible dry mending of tears in in dispenser box. wt 32g
documents, pages, maps, etc. Made of very thin, acid-free
tissue coated with a self-adhesive. Tested by the Federal
Institute for Materials Testing who reported a pH of 8.8 on
unaged tape, 8.1 on aged material.
Price per roll.

620-0001 Filmoplast® P 182gms £8.95
Hayaku® Instant Japanese Hinges White (19mm x 50m)
Hayaku® is a Japanese Mulberry Paper coated with acid-free,
water activated adhesive. This extremely strong, long fibre Filmoplast® P-90
hinging material saves both time and money, and has passed
Self Adhesive Paper Tape. Filmoplast® P-90 is a long fibre
the Photo Activity Test. It is used for hinging works of art
paper tape which is especially useful for repairing joints of
on paper, repair of paper and structural applications in art,
book sections to be restitched, replacing torn-out pages, and
bookbinding, memorabilia and conservation. Easily reversible
mending damaged edges of documents and pages. Tested
with water. Each roll measures 1" x 100 ft. Price per roll.
by the Federal Institute for Materials Testing with a reported
• Just Moisten and Stick pH of 9.1 on unaged tape and a pH of 7.8 on aged tape.
• Gummed adhesive is removable with water Price per roll.
• Strong, tensile tested at 7kg per hinge To Use: Dispense a length appropriate for the area to be
Product Code Description wt Price mended. Place over the tear, burnish gently, working
Product Code size wt Price 620-0002 Filmoplast® P-90 182gms £8.95 the adhesive into the tear itself. For extra strength, do
533-0752 25mm x 30m 227gms £12.55 White (19mm x 50m) the same to the reverse side of the tear.

Mounting Paste & Hinging Paper
see page 62 for more

mounting corners
Wheat Starch Self-Adhesive, Preformed Mounting Corners

A very carefully purified, uncooked food-grade wheat starch. When cooked, it makes a superior Lineco's conservation quality Mylar® polyester,
smooth wheat paste adhesive. Note: Must be cooked. self-adhesive mounting corners provide a safe,
time saving method of securing photos, documents
Product Code description wt Price and artwork. Crystal clear, these corners provide a
615-1002 (2oz.) 57g £5.55 virtually invisible method of mounting. Two sizes are
615-1008 (8oz.) 227g £8.82 available, offering time saving convenience without
615-1000 2kg (4.4lbs) 2kg £20.65 the harmful plasticisers used in lesser quality vinyl
corners. The non-yellowing acrylic adhesive backing
Belgian Rice Starch never comes in contact with artwork. Ideal for
Similar to wheat starch, but it yields a lighter, thinner starch adhesive-paste after cooking. Actual mounting photos in albums.
Note: Must be cooked. Size Price per package of 240 corners.
Product Code description wt Price Product Code size wt Price

615-1502 (2oz.) 57g £5.55 533-0020 13mm (0.5”) 91gms £4.99
615-1508 (8oz.) 227g £8.82 533-0021 35mm (1.375”) 136gms £9.75
615-1500 2kg (4.4lbs) 2kg £20.60
Mulberry: Japanese Hinging Paper

This white paper is handmade in Japan from 30% Kozo and 70% sulphite pulp. Its name comes
from the mulberry plant from which the Kozo fibre is taken. Lightweight and soft, it is strong,
very versatile and pleasant to use. In addition to its conservation uses, this paper is excellent
for hinging or printmaking.

682-2433 640 x 851mm (25.2” x 33.5”) £23.00
Mulberry Rolls
Machine-made version of the most popular Oriental paper in the U.S. It is slightly lighter than
its handmade counter-part, however, it affords the conservator large format work. Sheet is 10%
Kozo, 90% sulphite pulp. There are no chemical fillers and a small amount of sizing is added
before drying.
Price per roll.
Product Code
682-2710
size
686mm x 9.15m (27” x 10yds)
Price
£37.75
Mounting Corners
Self Adhesive Polypropylene corners provide extra strength and size to accommodate larger art
Jin Shofu pieces. They are safe and acid-free. The full view variety minimises the border required to hide
the corner under the window mat. Suitable for light to heavyweight photographs and art. No
Jin Shofu Japanese wheat paste is a high quality paste for mounting papers and boards.
adhesive comes in contact with the artwork these corners are the easiest way to mount
Preparation is one part Jin Shofu to three or four parts water and mix thoroughly. You may need precious art. When used correctly they provide adequate support and allow for the expansion
to experiment to obtain the correct consistency for your project. More water will make a thinner and contraction of the art within the frame. Artwork can always be removed in its original,
paste and longer cooking time will thicken the paste. During cooking stir constantly or use our pristine condition.
Cook ‘N’ Stir Paste Cooker. When the solution becomes clear remove it from the heat and let it
cool to room temperature before using. For fine paste strain through a Japanese Strainer (see Product Code size quantity Price
page 155). Store prepared Jin Shofu in a sealed glass or plastic container in the refrigerator. Any 533-0022 6.25mm (5/8”) standard 500 £5.30
mould that grows can simply be scraped off the top. 533-0034 31.75mm (1.25”) standard 250 £12.30
533-0035 31.75mm (1.25”) full view 250 £13.60
Product Code weight Price 533-0036 76.2mm (3”) standard 100 £11.80
996-8000 1kg £14.95 533-0037 76.2mm (3”) full view 100 £12.97

Framing & Mounting
See-Thru Mounting Strips

Use these mounting strips for safe, hingeless mounting
of artwork to mats. Sturdy and safe, Lineco Mounting
Strips are made from conservation quality Mylar®
polyester and acid-free paper with a self adhesive
backing strip. Simply position the print or photograph in
place and adhere strips to the mat. No adhesive ever
comes in contact with the artwork, instead, the art is "cra- Museum Mounting Kit
dled" by inert Mylar® and is ready to be framed. Available in our regular 4" strips and now in Everything you need to mount graphics and original art using rice starch and paper hinges.
an economical 12" bulk package. Both can be cut to just the right size for a particular job. Both This kit contains a 2-oz. jar of unmodified Rice Starch Adhesive, enough heavyweight Mulberry
lengths sold in packages of 60 strips. Paper to make approximately 150 hinges, and a 25m x 254mm roll of Pressure Sensitive Linen
Price per package. Tape for hinging mats. Complete instructions included.
Price per kit.
533-4015 4” (102mm) 182gms £10.40 Product Code description wt Price
533-4020 12” (305mm) 591gms £20.90 533-2000 museum mounting kit 182gms £14.50
GlasGard® Prevents glass chipping in frames Rabbet Tape

This soft polyethylene fits over standard 2mm and 2.5mm picture framing glass to help prevent This inert 1/32" (0.8mm) thin foam tape features a high tack acrylic adhesive for lining frame
chipping especially in metal frames. GlasGard® contains no plasticizers and is acid-free. rabbets. Protects canvas transfers, digital media and other forms of art by providing a cushion.
Supplied in 100ft (30.48m) length in a convenient dispenser box. Includes a free applicator tool Seals the glass in frames preventing insects entering the framed work (acts like draft excluder).
to make fitting safe and simple. Holds the glass firmly in a picture frame.
Product Code description wt Price Product Code Description wt Price

724-0100 30.48m length 4.5kg £13.95 018-1436 1/4” x 36 yards (6.35mm x 33m) 363g £11.00
EconoSpace®
A simple solution for conservation framing, keeps the glass away
from the art. Works on both wood and metal frames, has
acid-free high-tack acrylic adhesive. EconoSpace® is hollow for
stiffness and lightness, does not sag in the frame, cuts clean and
easily. Available in clear with one side matte and the other side
glossy to create the right effect inside of the frame. Price per pack
Product Code Description Quantity Weight Price

724-0125 1/8” (3.17mm) x 5 feet (1.5m) 20 2.7kg £31.75
724-0150 1/4” (6.35mm) x 5 feet (1.5m) 12 4kg £25.95

Framing Supplies
Frame Sealing Tape

Developed specifically to seal backing board to
frames, this pressure sensitive tape attaches firmly to
almost any surface, and conforms well to most surface
irregularities. Manufactured from our exclusive Perma/Seal®
label stock with a foil layer, a non-yellowing, permanent acrylic
adhesive and coated to match our Frame Backing Paper above. Also pro-
vides an effective barrier for the rabbets of wooden frames. Available in White
and Blue/Grey. Price per roll.
Product Code colour size (W x L) wt Price

387-0151 blue/grey 32mm x 25m 182gms £8.50
387-0155 blue/grey 32mm x 152m 1kg £28.90
387-0156 blue/grey 89mm x 25m 0.55kg £17.95
387-0156F blue/grey 89mm x 152m 3.27kg £72.25
387-0152 white 32mm x 25m 182gms £8.39
387-0154 white 32mm x 152m 1.09kg £28.95
Lineco’s Acid-Free Buffered Frame Backing Paper

With A New, Easy-to-use 90gsm. Standard Weight
Protect your framed artwork from dust with conservation quality Perma/Dur® Frame Backing
Paper. The durable paper offers acid-free, buffered, long term protection with an attractive
blue-grey finish. The paper's moderately porous surface allows the frame to breathe readily
and contains no harmful acids that commonly occur in brown kraft paper. Each roll is 92m
long on a 76mm core to fit standard roll dispensers. Choose between our heavy weight
(60lb.) or new 40 lb. standard weight that folds, cuts and handles like inferior kraft paper
backing, without the damaging acids. Price per roll.
Standard Weight (108gsm) A.

613-0037 914mm x 91.5m (36” x 300’) 9.09kg £56.00
B.
One Ply Barrier Paper
Like all quality barrier material, this 100% rag paper is acid-free and buffered with approxi-
mately 3% calcium carbonate. Its attractive white vellum finish eliminates any concern over
colour transfer to objects which come in contact with it, making it ideal for separating artwork
from coloured window boards which could mar framed prints. These same qualities make it an
exceptional liner for storage cartons. Unlike thicker, stiffer barrier boards, this paper is easily
cut, folded, and manipulated without the need for scoring, but maintains good structural
A. Polyester Transparent Tape - Double Coated
3M no.415. A double-coated acrylic adhesive on both sides this transparent tape is used by
integrity. Size 813mm x 1016mm, grain long.
the Library of Congress and many archivists. Used in encapsulation to seal polyester film
Price per package of 50 sheets. Sorry, no broken packages.
to another sheet of film,
Product Code size wt Price thereby forming an envelope
Product Code size wt/pkg Price 401-4151 6mm x 33m 45gms £8.26 around the document.
345-4030 813mm x 1016mm 10.45kg £110.97 401-4152 13mm x 33m 90gms £12.82 Price per roll.
401-4153 25mm x 33m 182gms £19.59
B. Polyester Transparent Tape

“Serving Museums, Libraries 3M no.850. A polyester tape coated with an acrylic adhesive similar to 3M “415 tape” but
adhesive coated on one side only. Excellent for edge sealing plastic enclosures. Price per roll.
& Archives Worldwide”
401-8502 13mm x 66m 80gms £19.25
401-8503 25mm x 66m 90gms £32.30

Cleaning Products
A. See page A. Bone Folder

This Bone Folder, made of real bone, is used to smooth rough edges of mat board after cutting with
155 for a mat cutter or blade. Excellent for making creases or folds on tapes and papers. Price each.
even more Product Code style size wt Price
cleaning 870-900B 1 end pointed. 1 rounded 152 x 19mm 45gms £2.65
products 870-901B
870-902B
large. 1 end pointed. 1 rounded
2 rounded
204 x 22mm
204 x 22mm
48gms
48gms
£4.25
£4.25
& erasers
B. Rub Gum Eraser
B. This unique formula eraser doubles as a nonabrasive eraser and a drycleaner. Using gentle
pressure, a fine deep-cleaning powder is produced which will absorb and remove dirt, graphite,
etc., from both mat board and drawing paper. Extra large size - 2" x 1" x 7/8". Price per dozen.

479-211 51 x 25 x 22mm 409gms £7.90
C. Dusting Brush
Product Code size wt Price A durable 15" long dust brush
C. with high impact handle and soft
869-BR364 381mm 91gms £9.95
horsehair bristles. Cleans dust, dirt
and erasure crumbs from paper, mat board, glass, etc. Price each.
D. Matting Tool Kit

Product Code wt Price This handy kit contains four choice
D. 617-0002 100g £23.45 tools - ideal for framers! Sure grip
paper positioner: a slight move-
ment is all that is needed to position artwork precisely without leaving marks. Double-headed
spatula with pointed and rounded ends - great for lifting small items, cutting hinges, sliding
under prints to separate from support, etc. Bristle brush is perfect for holding and spreading
paste, even in small areas. Arc-nose tweezers for hard-to-pick-up items. Price per kit.
E. Groom Stick
Product Code wt Price Dry clean your documents with
638-0002 100gms £7.95 remarkable efficiency with this
natural rubber, kneadable “molecu-
lar” trap. Neutral pH Groom/Stick positively picks up and carries away a wide array of foreign
matter. Graphite, carbon, charcoal, chalk, crayon, dry powder colours, mould, dust, dirt and
F. grease are just a few of the many substances that are cleanly lifted off the surface and held
within the “molecular trap.” Unlike most erasers, Groom/Stick will not abrade, smudge, crumble,
or produce clinging debris. Also use to remove the oil from hands and fingers before tackling
sensitive jobs. Permanently tacky and completely reusable. Price each.
B.
F. Alto’s Mat Makers’ Handbook
Product Code wt Price This handbook is designed to help
you improve your mat cutting and
E. 537-HB 136gms £9.98
mounting skills. Although the meth-
ods and techniques emphasise the use of Alto’s Mat Maker, over half the information is of a
A. general nature, applicable to other mat-cutting devices as well. If you follow these instructions and
suggestions, you will learn how surprisingly easy it is to cut beautiful mats of many types. Price each.
A. Cotton Swabs PEL Document Cleaning Powder & Pads

These swabs derive their high absorbency from the wrapped
Pel’s Document Cleaning Pads are recommended for cleaning dusty, dirty,
100% cotton bud. The long wood handle makes them ideal for
or mouldy paper items. These pads contain a soft, grit-free powder that
cleaning delicate items, absorbing & applying various solutions.
absorbs and cleans surface dirt from paper. Price each.
B. Foam Covered Cotton Swabs Product Code Description wt Price
Foam head moulded around a cotton bud core on a long 782-1004 one cleaning pad 90g £2.40
handle, these are best used where the cotton linting causes a 782-1000 2lb can of powder 2.0lbs (0.91kg) £9.95
problem. The polyurethane foam encapsulates the cotton bud
and makes a high absorbing swab. To Use: Twist the pad lightly over the soiled document to produce a thin layer of
white cleaning powder. Then, gently rub the pad over the area to be cleaned.
Product Code qty Price This action causes the dust and dirt to be absorbed by the layer of cleaning
A. 870-7005 pack of 200 £7.95 powder. Once the area is clean, simply brush the residue away to reveal a clean,
B. 870-7006 pack of 50 £17.95 renewed appearance.

Guillotines Trimming & Scoring
Product Code Trimmer Stand Price

486-MS30 For Trimmer 486-30M £162.50
486-MS36 For Trimmer 486-36M £162.50
486-MS42 For Trimmer 486-42M £162.50
486-MS54 For Trimmer 486-54M £187.90
Professional Trimmer
This Professional range of 8 superbly engineered machines is the one by which all others are judged! Over 250,000 are in use
worldwide; in schools, offices, studios and darkrooms,where their robust construction is rigorously tested, day-in, day-out.
With cut lengths from 12” (305mm) to 54” (1374mm), each model features the unique chromed steel twin guide rails, silent glide
action, and all metal cutting head and end frames. The smooth running Professional cutters are designed to withstand high
volume applications, and will handle virtually all flexible materials up to 3mm thickness. Fully guaranteed for 5 years. Each
professional is screen-printed with very useful 10mm grid ‘A’ size indicators and two additional metric/imperial scale bars.
Product Code model cut length overall length cut capacity wt Price
486-12M M12 305mm / 12” 471mm 3mm 4.9kg £130.00
486-15M M15 382mm / 15” 547mm 3mm 5.3kg £145.00
486-17M M17 445mm / 17.5” 610mm 3mm 6.0kg £165.00
486-24M M24 610mm / 24” 778mm 3mm 7.1kg £200.00
486-30M M30 763mm / 30” 928mm 3mm 8.5kg £245.00
486-36M M36 914mm / 36” 1080mm 2mm 8.9kg £280.00
486-42M M42 1068mm / 42” 1234mm 1.5mm 10.5kg £330.00 Product Code Roll Dispenser Price
486-54M M54 1374mm / 54” 1539mm 1.5mm 12.0kg £390.00 486-RD30 For Model 486-30M £132.00
Each model 382mm width x 95mm height 486-RD36 For Model 486-36M £132.00
Board and Paper Chopper

Free Standing. Cuts paper, mountboard, polyester film,
reemay, tissue, metal foils and other materials. We know
from experience in our own workshop, that this guillotine
will cut very accurately all types of materials used in
conservation and give troublefree service. A fold-away
extension table and foot operated clamp are standard as
well as a side lay with cm/inch scale, back gauge and
front gauge with narrow-strip-cutting device (for cutting
down to 1mm strips).
Product Code: 487-1080 £1400.00

cutting length 800mm
cutting capacity to 4mm thick
table size 800mm x 605mm
dimensions 1215mmH x 670mmW x 1070mmD
Product Code: 487-1110 £2015.00 Product Code Waste Catcher Price
cutting length 1110mm 486-MC30 For Model 486-30M £95.00
cutting capacity up to 20 sheets A4 70g/m2 486-MC36 For Model 486-36M £100.00
table size 1110mm x 760mm 486-MC42 For Model 486-42M £105.00
dimensions 1360mmH x 830m W x 1390mmD 486-MC54 For Model 486-54M £110.00

B.
Mat Cutters
A.
A. Dexter Mat Cutter

Sturdy and durable, the Dexter Mat Cutter is chrome-plated to
prevent marring or soiling of surface board when cutting. A
metal knob controls blade adjustment enabling you to cut a
bevel at the desired angle. Designed to conform to the hand,
it is an ideal instrument for cutting and scoring mats, card-
board, illustration board, or cutting thin sheets of plastic. Five
No. 3 high-grade cutlery steel blades are included.
Replacement blades are available. Designed for right handed
use. Price each.

471-5415 mat cutter £28.56
471-5417 No.3 blade (5 per box) £2.75
471-5416 No.3 blade (100 per box) £46.70
Ultimat Gold Mat Cutter The ideal choice for the conservator looking for a dependable
high quality matcutter, for mounting exhibitions and picture
B. Logan 32” Compact Mat Cutter Product Code: Ultimat Gold Price framing. The matguide allows precise parallel cutting small or
Designed to meet the needs of those who want the simplicity 486-0011 1010mm (40”) £849.75 large. Start-of-Cut limit stop enables mats to be cut with
and precision not possible withhand mat cutters, but do not 486-0012 1200mm (48”) £890.95 no over or under cuts, makes a perfect professional matboard
have the volume to warrant the expensive high-production 486-0013 1570mm (62”) £937.30 every time. The Ultimat Gold is easy to use even with limited
models. This Compact Mat Cutter features a guided cutting experience and it meets the exacting requirements of the
head with a fixed 45° bevel running on a grooved rail. Product Code: description Price most skilled and creative framer. Provides accurate positioning
Removable mat guide remains parallel to rail guide and is 486-0017 spare bevelcut blades £17.25 for a matboard to be marked or cut on an angle. The various
adjustable for border widths from 7/8" to 5". Measurements pack 100 blades angle settings will provide all the creative scope a framer will
can be made down to 1/32". Start and stop guidelines prevent 486-0016 spare vertical cut blades £19.05 need with no fiddly adjustments. New on the Ultimat Gold is
overcuts. Uses inexpensive backless razor blades, available pack 100 blades the unique micro stop adjuster for perfect corners.
below. Price each.

543-301 32” compact matcutter £143.50
543-270 blades, pack of 100 £23.75
Oval & Circle Mat Cutter

Cut bevelled
Product Code
543-201
wt
0.9kg
Price
£112.22
ovals from 3" x Oval/Circle Mat Cutter
4-1/2" to 20" x This mat cutter is easy to adjust and light to operate, cutting
Product Code: 486-0010 £835.35
23" and circles from 4" to 20" quickly and easily. The 3-step ovals and circles from 0.8" to 25" (20mm up to 635mm) with
Product Code: 486-0009 £84.50
system features an exclusive mechanism for gradual entry of or without a bevel, fast and clean every time. Conservators will
5 Piece Craftsman Tool Set
the blade into the mat to insure clean, consistent bevels. This find the coin size apertures useful. A single locking lever moves
unique mat cutter features an easy measuring system with to select from 0.00" to make a circle progressively up to 8" (200mm) length - width differential to make an oval. Available
both inch and metric scales, adjustable blade depth, extra accessory is the craftsman tool kit which comprises pen holder, tungsten carbide glass cutter, 2x embossing rollers and V-groove
blades, and fully illustrated instructions. Price each. cutting tool. A very versatile machine for the creative framer. Bevel and vertical cutting 650 x 450mm (25" x 17").

Conservation Accessories
Brass Paper Clips

Made for PEL, these solid brass paper clips are an economical alternative to our top quality stain-
less steel paper clips. Will not rust and are safe to use on rare papers. Price per 1000

497-2020 33mm 306gms £14.50
Stainless Steel Paper Clips

Standard size Stainless Steel Paper Clips will not rust or stain materials. Wire is smooth and will not abrade fragile surfaces.
Approximately 700 jar.

497-3000 1.25” (33mm) 850g £14.50
Monel Staples
Standard chisel point staples of 100% rust-proof Monel metal. Precision made, they penetrate without buckling. Fit all standard
staplers. Price per box of 5000.

419-004M 227gms £36.52
Plastiklips
Attractive plastic paper clips for identification, inventory control, record keeping, routing and many other uses. These clips will not
mar, rust or tear papers. Attractive colours for colour coding. Three sizes to cover a range of uses. Price per box.
Mixed colours include: White, Red, Blue, Green, and Yellow.
Product Code size qty/box wt Price

463-1030 medium. 25mm 500 100gms £4.95
463-1060 large. 35mm 200 100gms £4.95
463-1070 king. 60mm 75 100gms £5.50
Pink Cotton Tying Tape

Pink Tying Tape also known as legal tape. "Red Tape" - Charles Dickens is believed to be the first person to have used this phrase.
(In fact the colour is pink). Generally pink tape is used to tie up bundles of official papers. The tying tape is 100% cotton, the pink
colour does not bleed.

586-1472 Pink Tying Tape 10mm x 100m £7.56 per roll
Polyethylene Zipper Bags (not shown)

Minigrip® plain resealable zipper bags made fro 50 micron polyethylene, now available at very good prices giving excellent value.
25 units These simple efficient bags are completely inert and transparent. They have many uses in Museums, Archives and Libraries
per pack including storage of books, paintings, artifacts, fragments, geology, archaeological specimens and odd shaped objects. Bags are
water resistant and offer a moisture barrier. Variety of sizes for a variety of uses.
Price per package of 500 & 250 bags. Discounts available on large quantities.

500-1000 40mm x 65mm (1.57” x 2.56”) 500 £2.60
500-1001 60mm x 60mm (2.36” x 2.36”) 500 £3.40
Binding Screws 500-1005 115mm x 115mm (4.53” x 4.53”) 500 £8.85
Bookbinders brass screws single 5.5mm diameter 6mm holes 500-1006 100mm x 140mm (3.94” x 5.51”) 500 £9.00
with fixed head and screw top. For bound books and binders. 500-1008 75mm x 190mm (2.95” x 7.48”) 500 £8.70
Price 25 pack 500-1105 50mm x 230mm (1.97” x 9.06”) 500 £10.25
500-1100 150mm x 230mm (5.90” x 9.06”) 200 £7.70
Product Code Description Price 500-10A4 230mm x 325mm (9.05” x 12.80”) 200 £11.30
463-0020 20mm Length binding screws £7.70 500-1014 255mm x 355mm (10.04” x 13.98”) 200 £13.70
463-0035 40mm Length binding screws £9.20 500-1016 330mm x 455mm (13” x 17.91”) 200 £20.60
463-0050 50mm Length binding screws £11.55 500-1017 380mm x 510mm (14.96” x 20.08”) 200 £26.20

Accessories Conservation
Unbleached Cotton Tying Tape

This soft, unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles of books and
Rare Book Identa-strips periodicals to be sent to the bindery, or for tying together damaged books while they
University Products’ acid-free and lignin-free Identa-Strips provide easy identification of shelved wait for repair. Non-abrasive, with no dye to bleed. Spool of 100m and 915m .
rare books. A die-cut tab prevents slippage into the book when vertically shelved. These acid- Price per spool.
free Identa-Strips won’t discolour pages of books into which they are inserted. Tab is located 6
typewriter spaces (1") from top. Price per package of 100. Product Code width Price
586-1516 5/16” (8mm x 915m) £39.95
Product Code size wt Price 586-1716 7/16” (11mm x 915m) £52.40
342-2630 2.25”W x 5”L w/tab (57mm x 127mm) 182gms £9.67 586-1058 5/8” (16mm x 915m) £69.95
342-2140 2.25”W x 10”L w/tab (57mm x 254mm) 410gms £11.91 586-0006 6mm x 100m £5.32
342-2410 2.25”W x 10”L w/o tab (57mm x 254mm) 364gms £10.58 586-0010 10mm x 100m £5.99
note: We recommend the non-tabbed Identa-Strip for those books with very brittle pages. 586-0016 16mm x 100m £7.40
Museum Gel
Museum Wax Cellugel Clear museum gel is used as a removable adhesive under
Previously known as 'Be still my art'. Protect your valuable glassware china and crystal, originally used 11 years ago
The effective consolident for deteriorating powdery leather
collections from bumps, quakes, jolts. A special blend of by major museums in the earthquake region of California. Since
was developed by professional book conservators. Cellugel is
microcrystalline waxes makes museum Wax safe for use on then, the practice of securing works of art and collections
essentially a mixture of hydroxypropylcellulose and isopropanol.
crystal, porcelain, marble glass, ceramic and wood finishes. has become popular among both professionals and private
Cellulose ethers have been used by book and paper
Perfect for mounting breakable objects to shelves, stands and collectors. Museum gel will stay soft and flexible, we
conservators for years for the purpose of sizing paper and
display cases. Performs well as a temporary "glue" to hold recommend testing the product adhesion periodically and
consolidating deteriorated leather. When applied to powdery
items in place whilst being cleaned, repaired or photographed. cleaning the area to ensure proper adhesion.
leather (leather with red-rot), Cellugel is absorbed throughout
To use, attach a pea size bead to the contact base of your the entire thickness of the leather and dries within minutes. Used in museum display cases for fragile works of art, is non-
object, then with a slightly twisting motion, press your piece into After it is dry, the dust no longer comes off the leather. toxic, removable and reusable. Perfect for underneath clarity of
place. To remove simply twist and lift. Scrape up the excess wax Cellugel does not darken, discolour nor leave a film on the glass and clear crystal objects on glass shelves. Also available
for reuse and wipe away any residue with a soft cloth. surface of the leather. Museum Wax which is a suitable alternative to Museum Gel.
Product Code description wt Price Product Code wt Price Product Code description wt Price
615-8000 Museum Wax 13oz £8.75 993-0116 460gms £24.85 085-3311 Museum Gel 4oz £7.45

Framing Tools
C.
A. See-Thru, Metal Edge Ruler
This extra-long ruler comes highly recommended by conservators. The heavy gauge, clear
acrylic construction features internal markings that are very useful. One edge is bevelled, the
other features a steel edge which keeps the acrylic from being nicked by sharp rotary
A. cutters or scalpel blades when cutting against it, keeping the ruler itself accurate. The ruler is
B. 500mm long, graduated in sixteenths of an inch with a 0 centreing scale. Calibrations
and grids are visible on both light and dark surfaces. Price each.

869-1800 91gms £8.50
B. Stainless Steel Corkbacked Rulers

An exceptional tool for drawing, cutting or scoring, these steel rulers feature a cork backing that
D. helps prevent slipping. One side is graduated in inches (16ths), the other in millimeters.
Available in three sizes, each ruler is 1-1/4" wide and made from .020" steel and .052 cork
backing. Price each.

682-20012 12” (305mm) 60gms £8.85
682-20018 18” (455mm) 91gms £11.65
682-20024 24” (610mm) 91gms £14.00
682-20036 36” (910mm) 136gms £21.69
C. Graduated 5’ Aluminium Straightedge

With its hardened aluminum construction and stain resistant matte finish, this straightedge
provides a practical design that features black graduations in 16ths and 8ths of an inch on
E. opposite edges. Price each.

682-100560 60” 136gms £34.98
note: not available in metric size.
E. Straight Edges D. Print Mounting Positioner

These straight edges are for heavy duty cutting as with a Stanley Knife, micron anodised Save time and avoid frustration with this Print Mounting Positioner. Position any size print on a
aluminium with rubber anti-slip back, graduated in cm and mm. mount board in seconds. No difficult measuring, complicated calculations, or unsightly pencil
and erasure marks. Guessing the correct proportion between top and bottom borders is a thing
Product Code length Price of the past. Includes protective plastic cover.
869-653M/50 50cm £20.40 Price each.
869-653M/80 80cm £33.35
869-653M/100 100cm £41.60 Product Code wt Price
869-653M/125 125cm £52.80 605-2000 227gms £28.78
The device works on the

Archimedean screw principle
Thickness Gauges Japanese Push Drill Set

This push drill set is so handy, simply exert pressure on the tool and the chuck spins. Excellent
An essential instrument for measuring the thickness of paper board, film, fabrics and other materials.
for cutting clean holes in a variety of materials such as paper mount board, leathers etc. Made
from wood and brass, a quality japanese tool. The chuck holds 9 hollow point drills in 1, 1.5,
Product Code description Price 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5 and 5mm sizes. Replacement drill bits are available.
A. 985-1319 Digital thickness Gauge with zero setting. £328.90
Inches to mm conversion range 12mm/0.5” Product Code Description Price
resolution 0.01mm/0.0005” accuracy 0.02mm 617-7000 Drill Set plus 9 bits £49.45
B. 985-1308 Dial pocket micrometer 19mm (0.75”) £169.95 617-7002 Set of 9 replacement drill bits £29.50
throat capacity 0-10mm reading 0.01mm 617-7001 Push Drill with 3mm Bit £19.95

Rare Book Storage
Phase Box Riveter

One of the best ways to protect old
or rare books from damage caused
by temperature and humidity changes,
pollutants, light and the physical stresses of
shelving is to create a phase box
tailored to each book. Use this riveter with
the rivets, washers and cord to create the
box closures -no need to struggle with ham-
mers or other clumsy methods of crimping
the rivets. Riveting machine has a 76mm
throat, cast-iron and steel construction,
user-friendly cushioned handle, and can be
mounted on workbench. Extra thick washers measure
19mm diameter x 0.3mm thick; rivet base measures 11mm;
rivet top measures 8mm diameter. Linen thread (12-3) for tying comes on 1/2 pound spools. MEASUREpHASE™ Book Measuring Device
This simple tool allows you to quickly and efficiently determine the dimensions of books in order
Product Code description wt Price to produce the most accurate phase boxes possible. Measure the length, width and thickness
112-370 riveter 182g £376.65 of the book in just seconds with the movable gauge. Because accurate measurements are fun-
297-0001 die 45g £55.00 damental to a properly constructed phase box, you can be assured your volumes are safe and
297-0002 punch 45g £112.17 secure. Comes in both inches and metric measurements.
297-3048 rivet tops/pk of 100 91g £17.67
297-3036 rivet bases/pk of 100 91g £17.67 Product Code size wt Price
106-0001 washers/pk of 100 45g £14.29 002-2000 610 x 305 x 160mm 1.64kg £107.00
step 1 Product Code size Price

Determine book size and select 722-6014 6” x 14” (152 x 356mm) £6.00
the 2 Closest box half sizes.
eg: Book size 6"W x 7"L x 1"D 722-6022 6” x 22” (152 x 356mm) £6.40
One-half size piece 6" x 22" 722-7016 7” x 16” (178 x 406mm) £5.80
One-half size piece 7" x 16"
722-7024 7” x 24” (178 x 610mm) £7.25
note: allow at least 2" for overlap.
722-8018 8” x 18” (203 x 457mm) £6.95
step 2 722-8026 8” x 26” (203 x 660mm) £8.15
Encase book side to side first. 722-9020 9” x 20” (229 x 508mm) £8.75
Fold along scored lines for snug fit.
Attach Velcoin to complete enclosure.
722-9028 9” x 28” (229 x 711mm) £8.40
722-1022 10” x 22” (254 x 559mm) £9.70
step 3 722-1030 10” x 30” (254 x 762mm) £10.00
Encase book top to bottom.
722-1124 11” x 24” (279 x 610mm) £8.80
Again fold along appropriate
score line. Attach Velcoin to 722-1132 11” x 32” (279 x 813mm) £12.50
complete the enclosure. 722-1226 12” x 26” (305 x 660mm) £12.45
722-1234 12” x 34” (305 x 864mm) £11.85
722-1430 14” x 30” (356 x 762mm) £14.15
722-1436 15” x 36” (356 x 915mm) £15.40
Adjustable Book Storage Boxes
Create your own storage boxes for your valuable rare books and documents with these acid-free 20-point boards. These
soil-resistant cream colour boards are scored every 0.625" for easy folding and are available in a wide range of sizes. Enclosure
is secured using a pressure-sensitive Velcoin (1 Velcoin provided per sheet; for additional supply, see below). See How-To on this
page for complete instructions. Price per package of 5 boards.
E-Flute Corrugated Rare Book Storage

Quick and easy, the E-flute corrugated is strong and offers maximum support for fragile books
or books in parts. Simply measure the height and width then mark the board and score with
a ruler and bone folder. Each package contains 5 pairs of mated Velcro self-adhesive buttons.
You will need to purchase 2 packs or guillotine down to size. For example a book 8" wide by
10" high would require a pack of 612-0827 and 612-1031.

612-0623 6" x 23" (152 x 584mm) 272g £9.25
612-0725 7" x 25" (178 x 635mm) 363g £11.65
612-0827 8" x 27" (203 x 685mm) 408g £11.30
612-0931 9" x 31" (228 x 787mm) 590g £13.00
612-1031 10" x 31" (254 x 787mm) 725g £13.50
612-1232 12" x 32" (305 x 812mm) 816g £15.00
612-1432 14" x 32" (355 x 812mm) 862g £18.25

Binder Tapes
A.
C.
B.
A. Hinged Cambric Cloth Tape Book Spine Repair Tape

Use this tape to reinforce and reattach book covers, hinge music scores, reinforce pamphlets, This black spine repair tape is a self-adhesive, 2" wide tape for attaching torn book covers. We
etc. Acid-free white cambric tape has neutral pH water activated adhesive and is scored down would not recommend you use this tape on rare valuable books however, it does make a quick
the centre to make hinging a snap. repair for books that are in constant use.
Roll is 1"x 25 ft. Price per roll.
Product Code size wt Price 550-1505 2” x 15yds (50mm x 13.7m) £8.70
533-0125P 25mm x 7.6m 45gms £15.80
Gudy 870
B. Tyvek® Tape A pH neutral transfer adhesive that can be applied to any smooth surface rendering it self-
This pressure sensitive white polyethylene Tyvek® tape displays incredible tenacity, even adhesive. Super-thin based on polyacrylate, solvent-free, age-resistant and permanently
under the most rigorous of circumstances. Uses include hinging mats, binding folder spines, elastic not drying out or becoming greasy.
performing book repairs to battered books, as well as a variety of other uses. The pressure Apply by burnishing with bone folder then simply remove the silicone release liner to expose
sensitive acrylic adhesive eliminates the sticky mess associated with moistenable adhesive the adhesive.
backed Tyvek® tapes around valuable art work.
Price per roll. Product Code size Price
620-26694 19mm x 30m £3.95
804-0150 1” x 50yds (25mm x 46m) 500gms £10.95
804-1550 1.5” x 50yds (38mm x 46m) 682gms £12.70
804-2250 2.25” x 50yds (57mm x 46m) 910gms £20.55
C. Book Cotton Tape

This fine-stitched, white cotton textile tape is tear-resistant, acid-free and is designed for
strengthening the joint between the inner book and the cover. Self-adhesive, biodegradable
and coated on one side with solvent-free, age-resistant acrylic adhesive.

620-26324 30mm x 25m £9.20
Unbleached Cotton Archival Tape (right)

Various uses are made of archival quality tapes, from tying up bundles of documents and
folders to bookbinding. This soft, unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles of books
and periodicals to be sent to the bindery, or for tying together damaged books while they wait
for repair. Non-abrasive, with no dye to bleed. Available in 3 widths in 100m rolls & 1000m rolls
Product Code size Price roll size Price

586-0006 6mm x 100m £5.32 586-1006 6mm x 1000m £49.20
586-0010 10mm x 100m £5.99 586-1010 10mm x 1000m £53.85
586-0016 16mm x 100m £7.40 586-1016 16mm x 1000m £69.45

Materials Conservation
A. Cotton Book Tape D. Hinged Cambric Cloth Tape
This sturdy web cotton twill tape is used for sewing signatures Use this tape to reinforce and reattach book covers, hinge
together on the sewing frame; also useful for tying. Easier to music scores, reinforce pamphlets, etc. Acid-free white
use than the stiffer linen tapes. cambric tape has neutral pH water activated adhesive and is
Price each. scored down the centre to make hinging a snap. Roll is 1" x 25'.
Price per roll.
Product Code Description Width Price
870-6562 13mm x 50m 1/2” £5.45 Product Code wt Price
870-5872 16mm x 50m 5/8” £6.50 533-0125P 50gms £15.80
B. Super
An open weave cotton cloth for good adhesive penetration.
Its purpose is to unite signatures while leaving the backbone
of the book flexible. 1 yard square.
Price per yard.

870-102YDB 45gms £9.66 Tag Ties
These acid-free soft drape able tag ties have been heat
C. Binder’s Thread sealed at both ends to prevent fraying. Made to a suitable
A natural colour 225gsm cotton binding thread specifically 300mm length from polypropylene cord, making them ideal
made for heavy duty book repairs. Available in 1500 yard for most labels and tags that already have eyelets. The soft
cord ties very easily and securely.
spools. Price each.
Price per pack of 500.
402-GT104 1372m 545g £37.95 Product Code size Price
613-7000 500 x 300mm lengths £10.80
Polypropylene Braided Cord

This very strong acid-free white cord is soft and drapeable
and ties readily, making it suitable for identification labels,
tags, binding and bundling. Supplied on a plastic reel 4”
(102mm) wide, diameter 8” (203mm)

463-1003 2mm x 500m 7kg £44.95
C.
Tyvek Tying Tape Labels

B. These Tyvek labels have two slots to thread through
unbleached cotton tying tape. The labels are used for cata-
loguing and detailing notes when tying together bundles of
A. papers, books and documents. No doubt other uses will be
found for these Tyvek labels. They can be used outdoors as
they withstand water and are very strong and will not split.
Used as identification tags, Tyvek will take our pigma Pens
(see page 36) for acid-free permanent lettering.
Price per 1000 labels.

613-7500 100mm x 70m £62.75
For online buying

D. visit our website at:
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 111

Stacking & Drying Racks
Stacking Trays Mobile Drying Rack

Economical giant stacking trays provide an efficient, economical, and attractive flat filing system at a fraction of the cost of other This unit is mobile and will fit through normal doorways so that
systems. Ideal for drawings, artwork, charts, maps, mat board, blueprints, etc. These modular trays interlock when stacked
it can be wheeled into special drying rooms. The size is ideal
to form a solid bank of flat storage and allow you to customize your storage needs. Each tray can be stacked with the opening
for drying maps, prints, drawings and small papers. The support
positioned on either the same or opposite side as the one below it, and features a smooth surface and rounded corners to
material allows good air circulation. The trays are fitted with
protect you, your clothing, and your work. Trays are available in two sizes and are constructed of heavy duty, steel reinforced,
Saatifil non-woven polyester to give full support to delicate
high density weight polyethylene for rigid support and strength. They can be stacked up to 5 feet high and provide a 80kg
per tray load capacity. An optional wood-core vinyl laminate top with a light oak finish is also available for the top tray. Trays are papers where the flymesh may leave a grid pattern. The trolley
available in white only and sold 2 per carton, tops sold 1 per carton. No assembly required. frame has U channel tray runners for each of the 20 trays, and
has lockable wheels. The distance between each tray is
Price per carton.
50mm, if more space is required, simply remove a tray. Comes
ready assembled (not flat packed), the trolley is powder coated
Product Code inside size (H x W x D) outside size (H x W x D) wt Price
steel, and the trays are made from aluminium.
stacking trays - 2/ctn
532-4897 51 x 925 x 622mm 76 x 991 x 660mm 9.55kg £168.50 Product Code Description Price
532-4899 51 x 1080 x 826mm 76 x 1150 x 864mm 14.09kg £198.50 805-7001 20 Trays & Trolley £1799.00
optional tops - 1/ctn Dimensions Trolley: 1020 x 720 x 1525mm H
532-4896 top for 532-4897 19 x 991 x 660mm 10.45kg £128.93 Tray Overall Size: 1000 x 700mm
532-4898 top for 532-4899 19 x 1150 x 864mm 16.39kg £141.85 Drying Area: 970 x 670mm
Bookkeeper Deacidification Spray

Bookkeeper is a deacidification process that safely neutralizes acids and extends the lifespan
of paper at least 3 to 5 times longer than untreated material. The spray products and spray
solution both feature the same patended technology as bookkeeper’s highly regarded mass
deacidification process.
The spray protects safely treated single sheets including manuscripts, documents, clippings,
maps, posters and other paper based materials stored in libraries and archival collections.
Independent tests conducted by leading research laboratories have verified the safety and
effectiveness of the Bookkeepers process. Tests show that the buffering agent is evenly distrib-
uted throughout a sheet of paper with no affect on the integrity of inks and does not damage
adhesive or binding fabrics.
All Bookkeeper products are non-toxic, non-hazardous, contains no CFC’s and no solvents. The
products are non-clogging, virtually odour-free and dry in minutes. Please note 214-2138 is
only supplied as a “refill” for 214-2108 pump spray bottle. The solution is for spray systems.

214-2108 8oz pump spray bottle (150 gram) £29.95
214-2138 32oz refill (900 gram) £89.95

Conservation Tools
E.
F.
B. C.
A.
E. Heavy Duty Spatula
Our heavy duty stainless steel spatula proves to be an
indispensable tool in book repair and conservation work.
You’ll find a number of uses for this 7.75" tool including
paste or adhesive application, corner lifting or burnishing
A. Staple Extractor (when applying repair tissues or tape). One end is smoothly
tapered while the other is a 10mm flat spade tip. A handy tool
A specialized conservation tool used for extracting wire you won’t want to be without.
staples from paper, pamphlets, or magazines preparatory to
sewing. Tapered blade and dull edge will not mar the paper Product Code length wt Price
as will other types of staple pullers. Smooth wooden handle. 936-0028 197mm 50g £3.50
Price each.
Product Code wt Price F. Small Spatula

402-1245 90g £16.80 The ideal tool for lifting or slitting paper, applying paste to small
areas and numerous other tasks, Metal: one end tapered, one
rounded. Flexible, springy ends. Overall length 8".
B. Heavy Duty 8” Shears Price each.
For heavy duty cutting. Will cut mat board, heavy-duty card-
board, canvas and other materials that regular scissors will Product Code length wt Price
not cut. Self-sharpening blades made from highest quality 617-003 203mm 45g £3.10
Solingen Steel. Moulded plastic handles give a comfortable
grip to both right and left handed people. Adjustable tension.
Price each.
Scalpel Blades
Made of Surgical Steel. For all cutting and trimming work! Product Code size wt Price
Finest quality, micro-sharp carbon steel surgical blades; heat 486-50038 203mm 136g £31.95
treated to assure just the right rigidity and flexibility. Every
blade expertly tempered and ground to acute bevel for
precise sharpness and high resistance to wear. Fit all C. Bookbinders’ Shears by Wiss Spatula Minarette
standard handles, including those sold below. Please indicate The bent handle of these shears permits the blades to Extra fine steel retouching tool used in both objects and paper
blades, ie number 10 would be: 896-0010. operate parallel to the cutting surface, providing better conservation treatments. The minarette is small, light and
Price per package of 10 blades or box 100 blades. control and visibility. Perfect for bookbinding and repair, as flexible enough to allow conservators to move small flakes of
well as for general use. Made of the finest steel by Wiss, paint, push tiny fills or adhesive into small places, consolidate
Product Code Price known for their quality. Shears 8" long overall. pigments, manipulate fine fibres and mix very small amounts
896-00 … Please fill in blade number £1.00 Price each. of paint for in painting. Price each.
10 blades
896-00 …/100 Please fill in blade number £8.95 Product Code size wt Price Product Code Price
Box 100 873-28 203mm 136g £49.95 092-2221 £4.50
Scalpel Handles
Highest quality nickel steel handles; correctly weighted and
properly balanced to fit all standard blades. 896-SF23
Price each.
Product Code handle fits blades Price Fine Scalpel Blades

896-03 No. 3 6, 9, 10, 10A, £2.42 The precision made stainless steel blades offer a wide range of cutting edge options 896-SM61
11, 12, 15, 16 including the single bevel blade that is proving popular with conservators. The handle
896-04 No. 4 20, 21, 22, £2.42 has independently screwed top sections to facilitate blade changing which is a safety
feature for fitting or removing blades, preventing the need to hold the blade. Blades are
23, 25, 26 896-SM62
sterile stainless steel supplied individually foil-wrapped in boxes of 25.
896-2800 Retractaway 10, 10A, 11, 15 £3.40
Product Code type Price
Retractaway Handle 896-SF23 handle £15.95 each
896-SM65
This handle allows the blades to be retracted and can be 896-SM61 blades £21.95 pk 25
locked, closed or open. Ideal when placed in a toolbox and for 896-SM62 blades £21.95 pk 25
on site conservation work. Please note can only be used with 896-SM65 blades £21.95 pk 25
10, 10A, 11 and 15 scalpel blades. 896-SM68 blades £21.95 pk 25
896-SM68

Cutting Accessories
Conservation Work Trays

Quality, heavy weight, high impact polyethylene plastic trays for a variety of conservation uses. Excellent for bleaching or
de-acidification by immersion. These trays are solid white, seamless, and possess a corrosion resistant surface. The handy
pouring corner is useful for reuse of chemical solutions. Price each.
Product Code approx. overall size top ext. size wt Price

618-1418 14.5” x 18” x 2.75” deep 454 x 372 x 89mm 0.60kg £11.50
618-2024 20” x 24” x 3” deep 610 x 508 x 89mm 1.14kg £23.20
618-2428 24” x 28” x 3” deep 712 x 610 x 89mm 1.55kg £37.95
618-2833 28” x 33” x 4” deep 826 x 705 x 108mm 2.23kg £55.95
618-3240 47” x 37” x 4” deep 1200 x 946 x 108mm 3.00kg £89.70
Cornerounder®
Desk top Cornerounder® handles up to 1/2" of stock per cut.
Exclusive twin-knife shearing for clean, precise cornering on
polyester film, encapsulation units, paper, cardstock, plastics,
boards, etc. Self-sharpening cutting units, easily changed
without special tools, come with your choice of either 1/4" or
1/2" cutting unit. Table leaf extends to accommodate A4 297
x 210mm or larger sheets. Price each.
Product Code size Price Storage/Tote Basket

421-2014 0.25” cutting unit (6mm) £252.37 These heavy duty, tough polypropylene Storage/Tote Baskets are strong enough to stand on! Store or move books, articles, files,
421-2012 0.5” cutting unit (13mm) £252.37 etc. safely and conveniently with these large capacity baskets. Unit is an attractive grey colour. Baskets “nest”
for safe stacking and come with frames for hanging files. 10-3/4"H x 20-3/4"L x 13-1/4"W.
Additional Cutting Units Price each. Unit folds flat to store when not in use.
421-20A 0.25” cutting unit (6mm) £133.95 Product Code Size wt Price
421-20B 0.5” cutting unit (13mm) £133.95 444-40006 273 x 527 x 337mm 2.1kg £19.00

Conservation Sprayers
Dia Plastic Sprayer

This 1 litre sprayer produces a consistent fine mist. The
nozzle is adjustable from narrow to wide spray mist for
large area applications. The translucent body allows you
to view the water level.
Product Code capacity wt Price

996-7601 1 litre 510g £69.95
PEL Sprayer
Designed for heavy-duty, long-term industrial liquid
applications. The PEL-Sprayer features a clog-proof
nozzle capable of delivering an infinitely variable and
consistent spray pattern ranging from a fine mist to a
powerful jet stream.
Recommended Uses: Water. Deacidification Solutions.
Liquid Waxes. Detergents. Starches. Ceramic Cleaners.
Leather Polishes and many other conservation uses.
Clog-proof nozzle: Precision .030mm opening, prevents
dust from entering. Fine nylon filter on dip tube keeps
nozzle clog free.
Adjustable spray pattern: At just the twist of a wrist,
from a fine atomized mist to a powerful jet stream.
Straight-line pump action: Ensures more forceful,
immediate action. Spray nozzle, priming valve, high
pressure plunger, and suction mechanism are in-line for
reliable consistent operation.
Patented easy-pull pump action: Has less pull tension
to combat user fatigue.
Non-vacuum valve: Delivers sufficient liquid regardless
AirSpray™ Spray Bottle of the amount left in bottle.
This reusable bottle can be filled and pressurized manually The most chemical resistent sprayer on the market: All
to dispense a number of liquids. The patented Airspray™ Kuramata (Daliha Sprayer) parts are made of polypropylene or polyethylene with no
System uses air pressure to propel the contents from the This classic Japanese Sprayer creates a consistent fine mist rubber “O” rings or gaskets to dry out or deteriorate.
container. Once pressurized by the user, the container can from a variety of liquids. Manufactured from chrome plated Rust-proof springs and check valve are made of the
dispense up to 100 ml without further pumping. The bottle is solid brass, this rugged unit won’t rust or pit. Simply fill the finest quality stainless steel.
translucent to provide a visible volume check. Bottle is sprayer with liquid of choice and pressurise manually with the
Exclusive pressure release device: Prevents bottle
polypropylene with a polyethylene cap and rubber gasket, hand pump. The simple but effective technology produces a collapse no matter how hard you spray. Positive venting
so there is nothing to corrode. Components provide fine, even mist without drops or spatters. Once pressurised, system prevents product container wall collapse.
good chemical resistance. Use to apply a fine mist of the unit can dispense up to 100ml of liquid with the push of
water, cleaning solution, even thin methylcellulose sizing. a lever. You will wonder how you ever got along without the 28mm Standard Screw Cap: Fits any container, glass,
Note: Not intended for use with solvents. We’re sure you’ll indispensible conservation tool. metal or plastic with a 28mm threaded neck.
find hundreds of uses. Price each. Spray Container: Palm size handle grip and liquid mea-
Price each. surement scale.
Product Code wt capacity Price
Product Code size wt Price 996-7000 427g 400cc £122.00 Product Code: 968-6000 £1.99
968-2430 180ml capacity 60g £11.50 996-7100 800g 1000cc £174.00 PEL Sprayer

Conservation Supplies
PEL Conservators Sponge™ (left)

The sponge can be shaped to suit special needs by allowing it to dry out. It then
becomes hard and can be cut to the desired shape with a sharp knife. Simply immerse
in water for a few minutes, it then becomes soft and is ready to use again. During our
research with conservators we supplied a small sample size, however, many com-
mented that the sample was such a handy size we have included it in the range.
Product Code Description Dimensions Price

961-2000 Conservators Sponge (2 Pk) 73 x 48 x 30mm £2.95
961-2002 Conservators Sponge (Each) 96 x 74 x 30mm £2.95
A. Polyethylene Foam Rod

Archivally safe, closed cell polyethylene foam is now available as extruded rods of 30mm and
C. 20mm diameters. This versatile material can be used to perform a variety of tasks, including
the formation of “doughnut” supports for specimens, gasketing for storage cabinets and
exhibit cases, and padding for collection storage and/or shipment. Also makes a good plug for
certain size vials. The material is easily compressible, flexible, and chemically inert. Use hot
glue or heat from hot air blower to form and seal this all-purpose material to a suitable shape
and form. Offered in 30 metre lengths. Don’t confuse with harmful polyurethane backer rod.
Price each.

956-075 20mm x 30m 910g £13.95
B. B. Blue Scales (Textile Fading Cards)

Test for effects of light on paintings, documents, and textiles with Blue Scales Fading Cards.
Each card features pieces of wool cloth dyed with blue dyes of different degrees of fastness
which are used as light fastness standards. They allow you to monitor the net exposure to light
given to objects on display, and to alert conservators to adjust intensity of illumination.
Price each.

986-1000 40g £14.95
A.
C. Orvus WA Paste
This exceptionally gentle detergent is recommended for cleaning many fine textiles (except
silk). Orvus WA Paste is a synthetic anionic detergent with a neutral pH which will remove most
common dirt and stains. Readily soluble in both hot and cold water, this product can be used
as a wetting, emulsifying, dispersing and sudsing agent.

963-1000 454g £10.90
D. Solvent Dispenser
Stop worrying about spills, fumes or contamination when using this fast and economical
D. solvent dispenser. By simply applying light pressure of a brush on the dispensing dish, the high
quality stainless steel pump releases just the right amount of solvent. The moulded polyethylene
bottle is shatterproof. Please note, this unit is not recommended for viscous or bodied solvents.

984-0612 120ml £10.60
984-0150 180ml £10.97
984-0200 240ml £11.35
Labelling Tape For Textiles

Record the catalogue numbers of your textile collection with permanent, washable ink on this white woven 100% cotton
twill tape and then stitch inside your artifact. Tape accepts ink well and is perfect for use with our Pigma Pens.
Price per roll.

586-0172 1”W x 72yds (25mm x 66m) 364g £16.25

F. Tyvek® 1422A Rolls - “Now available in 3m wide rolls”

Tyvek® 1422A is a spunbonded olefin material that is inert, gas-permeable, non abrasive, and
water and dust proof, making it ideal for a variety of artifact storage and protective situations.
It is flexible, strong, soft, and smooth, and not susceptible to age degradation. The glossy
side features a strong anti-static coating that repels dust and dirt, while the dull side tends to
hold dust and dirt that transfers from dusty artifacts. Distilled water can remove Tyvek®’s
antistatic agent. Tyvek® 1422A can be used as a protective cover for furniture, costumes, G.
and artifacts, and has been used for mothball envelopes, shelf liners, padded hangers for
costumes, and textile supports.

212-1422 1524mm x 25m (43gsm) 2kg £49.50
212-1422100 1524mm x 100m (43gsm) 7kg £183.40
212-1422/3 3000mm x 50m (43gsm) 14kg £206.40
G. Polyester Batting/Wadding
This 100% virgin polyester batting/wadding has numerous uses in preparation and mount
making. Use to stuff specimens. Create “nests” for eggs, shells or minerals. Line drawers or
boxes where fragile and delicate specimens are stored (you may want to cover it with Tyvek®).
And there are hundreds of ways it can be used in textile conservation. This batting is thermal F.
bonded, so there are no resins to worry about. Approximately 12mm loft. 100gsm Price per roll.

979-1000 1000mm x 25m 2.5kg £39.95
H. Dartek® Cast Nylon Film

Conservators will find many new uses for Dartek® cast nylon film. Dartek® is a soft,
transparent drapeable, nylon film with no plasticizers, additives or surface coatings. It is often
used as a covering membrane for lining of paintings on a vacuum hot table or low pressure See Our Textile
table, becoming softer as it is heated. In addition, the film is ideal for long term storage in a Storage Boxes
dark, climate controlled environment. Dartek® performs well as a short term packing
material, makes a great barrier layer for displays, and creates an ideal, transparent dust cover. On Page 10
The 190 micron material conforms easily, is clear, does not puncture easily, and will not stick
to painting surfaces. It cuts with scissors, adheres with hot melt or double stick tape, and H.
adheres to itself or other plastics with a heated spatula or tacking iron. Price per roll.

216-88200 2235mm x 61m 5.5kg £108.75
Reemay®
Acid-free, random-spunbonded 100% polyester, available in three thicknesses in rolls. Reemay
has proved over many years to be a strong inert material for preservation and conservation
methods. Retains its physical properties when wet and is dimensionally stable during humidity
changes. As with Holytex it’s used in paper infill, a drying support media, lining, interleaving,
backing, it can be used over and over again withstanding being laundered. More fibrous
than Holytex, which is reflected in the price, because Hollytex is cullendered for longer in
manufacture.
Product Code size wt thickness Price

492-2250 1219mm x 25m 17gsm 0.13mm £10.65 Roll
492-2014 1498mm x 25m 34gsm 0.28mm £35.25 Roll
492-2024 1041mm x 25m 71gsm 0.30mm £28.40 Roll
Hollytex®
Very low lint, smooth high tensile strength acid-free non-woven 100% polyester. Used for
backing, lining, interleaving, and leaf casting are among its many uses. As a support material
for drying and paper infill it’s excellent since it permits instant drainage. A quality material for
conservators who use it in various preservation procedures.

492-3251 1194mm x 25m 17gsm £75.80
492-3257 1016mm x 25m 34gsm £94.00
492-3242 1219mm x 25m 71gsm £157.60

Conservation Foams
Multi-Functional Foams A. Archival Polyethylene Foam

Now available in black for diaplay purposes. Protect your collections by using archival
For Storage Protection quality Volara® polyethylene foam to line display cases, drawers, shelves and boxes. Line
& Transportation. phase boxes for extra protection of rare books. Archival Foam Type A is a flexible, closed cell,
polyethylene foam which is cross linked by using a unique electron irradiation process that
results in a continuous, smooth surface. Foam has excellent chemical resistance, low water
absorption and vapour transmission, superb thermal insulation and a non-abrasive,
aesthetically pleasing surface. The foam is available in a 33kgm3 density in both 3mm and
6mm thicknesses, and in either black or white. It is easily cut using scissors, paper cutter or
a utility knife.
Product Code colour thickness size Price

170-8275 white 3mm 500mm x 25m £47.50 per roll
170-8275BK black 3mm 500mm x 25m £47.50 per roll
170-4275 white 6mm 500mm x 25m £89.95 per roll
170-8235 white 3mm 500mm x 500mm £17.95 20 sheet pk
170-8235BK black 3mm 500mm x 500mm £17.95 20 sheet pk
170-4235 white 6mm 500mm x 500mm £19.50 10 sheet pk
170-4235BK black 6mm 500mm x 500mm £19.50 10 sheet pk
B. Adhesive Backed Volara® Polyethylene Foam

The Volara® Polyethylene Foam professional conservators have known and trusted for years
is now available with a pressure sensitive, acrylic adhesive backing. The non-yellowing acrylic
adhesive provides resistance to temperature extremes, conforms to irregular surfaces, and has
excellent long term aging characteristics. Use in display cases, shipping containers, drawers,
trays, boxes, and anywhere else additional padding is required to protect valuable artifacts.
This 1/8", 2 pound density white foam features a silicone paper release liner.
Price per roll.

018-1054 1” x 54ft (25mm x 16.46m) £11.40
018-3054 3” x 54ft (76mm x 16.46m) £29.40
018-1254 12” x 54ft (305mm x 16.46m) £93.74
018-1854 18” x 54ft (457mm x 16.46m) £119.84
C. White PEL Polyester Felt

The new improved version of our White Polyester Felt Liner is a, gentler, lighter weight material
than before. Still ideal for lining of drawers, boxes, and frame cartons, Polyester Felt can be
A. white A. Black B. used wherever fragile materials must be cushioned or protected. Needle punched, chemically
inert Polyester Felt is available in 3mm and 6mm thicknesses in both rolls and sheets. Textile
conservators are finding the material suitable for rolling heavy uneven textiles.
Price per package or roll.
Sheets
Product Code sheet size sheets per pk Price
170-9113 3mm x 1000mm x 1000mm (Approx) 20 £31.20
Rolls
170-9003 3mm x 1000mm x 25m Roll £33.95
170-9006 6mm x 1000mm x 25m Roll £89.95
C.
visit our website at

Storage Conservation
PEL Soft Wrap

Acid-free, very soft, easy to handle, drapable material used for protecting fragile works of art
especially in storage. Easy to use, just cut, tape, sew, heat weld (see Crossweld) or install with
hot melt gun. This 100% polyester material is chemically inert, provides a smooth, soft surface
which conforms easily to most fragile objects.
Used in Archives to make pouches for wax seals and line boxes to protect rare books. Also ideal
for rolling heavy textiles that have uneven surfaces.
Price per Roll

492-8000 1200mm x 25m 44g/m2 0.35mm £31.95
492-8100 1500mm x 25m 80g/m2 0.90mm £89.95
Silicone Coated Polyester Film

This Silicone Coated Polyester Film is
ultra-clear and extremely durable.
Particularly useful as a barrier when
restoring paintings and painted
wooden works of art with a tacking
iron. It is also used in paper restoration
because of its transparency and the fact that adhesives will
not adhere to it. Dimensionally stable and will not wrinkle in use as silicone papers do.
Thickness: 36 micron. Price per roll.

534-8411 1270mm x 25m 2.5kg £48.95
Polyethylene Foam Rod (white)

Archivally safe, closed cell polyethylene foam is now available as extruded rods of 20mm
diameters. This versatile material can be used to perform a variety of tasks, including the
formation of “doughnut” supports for specimens, gasketing for storage cabinets and exhibit
cases, and padding for collection storage and/or shipment. Also makes a good plug for certain
size vials. The material is easily compressible, flexible, and chemically inert. Use hot glue or
Ethafoam® Foam Planks
Planks are rigid, inert polyethylene that are easy to cut and shape, conforms to preservation
heat from hot air blower to form and seal this all-purpose material to a suitable shape and form.
standards, and are used for the support of artifacts on display, in storage
Offered in 30m lengths. Don’t confuse with harmful polyurethane backer rod.
or during transportation. Available in 12" x 24" x 4" (9 planks/case) or 12" x 24" x 2" (9
Price each.
planks/case). Ideal for making cavity trays. For Polyfoam sheets, see page 118.
Product Code size wt Price Price per case.
956-075 20mm x 30m 910g £13.95
Product Code size qty/case Price
020-12244 600mm x 305mm x 100mm 9 £69.95
020-12242 600mm x 305mm x 50mm 9 £39.95
Bubble Film Rolls

The air-filled shock absorber with high performance
properties, soft cushioning for tough protection. The bubble Ethafoam® Crystals
Film is flexible, strong, tear and moisture resistant. This inert polyethylene material meets all preservation standards and readily conforms to the
Manufactured from virgin low density polyethylene used to shape of delicate artifacts. An ideal packaging material for both storage and shipping. You can
protect artifacts during transit and interim storage. Artifacts also create your own display “pillows” for delicate artifacts. Shipped in 8 cubic foot containers.
should be placed away from the bubble side. Price per case.
Product Code bubble size Price Product Code size wt Price

425-1482/1 10mm. small 500mm x 100m £14.95 020-8421 0.25m3 0.25kg £83.70
425-1482/3 30mm. large 1500mm x 50m £35.95 Ethafoam® is a registered trademark of the Dow Chemical Corporation.

Tyvek Garment Covers
Tyvek Garment Covers

Tyvek has proved to be a suitable conservation and archival material used in museums archives to protect a range
of works of art. Tyvek fulfils the function of a permeable non-abrasive waterproof, dustproof barrier. A proven
protective cover for textiles, PEL’s Tyvek Garment Covers provide a barrier to dust and spores and cannot support
the growth of fungi or bacteria.
The conservation range includes garment covers and rail covers. Various sizes are available for jackets, coats and
dresses. The zip enclosed covers provide full protection for larger, bulkier garments and are ideal for military
uniforms and heavy greatcoats. A special tubular closure at the top allows for a hanger and tight fastening to
prevent dust penetration. We also offer a Tyvek garment rail cover suitable for a standard rail. Price each
Standard Garment Covers

Product Code Description Size (mm) Price
212-7001 Jacket Cover 980 x 630 £7.40
212-7002 Coat Cover 1400 x 630 £9.15
212-7003 Dress, long Coat Cover 1820 x 730 £11.40
Gusseted Garment Covers

212-7004 Gusseted Cover 900 x 610 x 240 £10.15
Garment Rail Cover

212-7020 Rail Cover 1800 x 170 £49.35
120
Accessories Conservation
PELfelt (Non-Woven Polyester)
This non-woven polyester material is a great padding material
for drawers, boxes, crates, etc. In addition, the material is
often used to wrap mannequins and armatures that will be
used to display vintage clothing. Use as padding and stuffing
for textiles on display or in storage. Approx 1/8" thick (3mm),
White 120gsm.
PEL Low Melt Glue Gun See Page 132

149-1000 1067mm (42”) x 50m 6.4kg £51.95
Plastazote LD45 (Large Size Sheets)

This Museum Foam is recognised and used in conservation for many applications such as drawer lining for various specimens,
coins/medals, glass photographic negatives, book rests, display supports, shipping works of art and protecting in archival
storage. This high density closed cell inert foam can be cut cleanly to most shapes using the Thermocutter, and glued together
using the Low Melt Glue Gun, it can be sculptured. Being inert and acid-free, it is also ideal for packing archival boxes to fit the
object such as rare books and other valuable items that are subject to potential damage. Available black or white from 2mm
to 30mm thickness with no lamination up to 290mm thickness with lamination, please note minimums will apply when
ordering special sizes and thicknesses.
Tolerance +/- 0.3mm up to 6mm. +/- 0.6mm over 6mm

Product Code size density wt qty colour Price
170-4528 1500mm x 1000mm x 28mm 45kg/m3 4.2kg 2 sheets black £55.95
170-4512 1500mm x 1000mm x 12mm 45kg/m3 4.0kg 4 sheets black £46.95
170-4508 1500mm x 1000mm x 28mm 45kg/m3 4.2kg 2 sheets white £55.95
170-4502 1500mm x 1000mm x 12mm 45kg/m3 4.0kg 4 sheets white £46.95
Padded Storage Bags

Padded archival storage bags are used to protect wax seals
and have ties to ensure they stay over the seal. These E. Tyvek™ 6060 Sheets
conservation storage bags are also useful for jewellery, gem Tyvek® is a sheet of pure spun-bonded polyethylene olefin
stones, delicate fragments and items that require archival fibres. It is lighter, tougher, and longer lasting than paper. You
quality protection. The bags are made from inert acid can mark it with pencil, pen, typewriter or you can emboss
free materials and have soft padding making them a truly images into it. Tyvek® is unaffected by water, most solvents
conservation quality storage bag. and most fumigants. You’ll find many uses for it: create
washable labels for your textiles; cover padded displays; line
Product Code Size (mm) Pack Qty Price shelves and display cases; create special enclosures. Tyvek®
428-7107 70 x 70 50 £46.20 can be used with our neutral pH adhesive to reinforce book
428-7110 100 x 100 50 £54.00 spines and hinges, or to line phase boxes. Each sheet is
428-7113 110 x 130 50 £58.20 23" x 35". Price per package of 25 sheets.
428-7114 140 x 100 25 £32.40
428-7116 140 x 160 25 £34.20 Product Code sheet size Price
428-7120 200 x 240 25 £48.00 659-2335 584mm x 889mm £49.95
Conservation Brushes
A. Kuroge-Tsukemawashi Joining Brush
Japanese Brushes Black bristles. Horsehair bristle is slightly stiffer than white bristles of Tsukemawashi (above). Suitable for more detailed applications.
Product Code: 996-0005 Price

Size: 53/4” wide. 3/16” thick. 1” bristle length (146mm x 4.7mm x 25mm) £86.00
A.
B. Tsukemawashi Joining Brush
Bristles are made from white goat hair. A thinner paste brush than Noribake (above) that is used for joining materials to backing.

Size: 53/4” wide. 3/16” thick. 1” bristle length (146mm x 4.7mm x 25mm) £65.00
D. C. Noribake Paste Brush

Dense goat hair bristles are used to create this brush. Use to apply paste to backing materials.
B. Product Code: 996-0003 Price
Size: 53/4” wide. 7/16” thick. 13/8” bristle length (146mm x 11mm x 35mm) £78.00
D. Mizubake Water Brush with Deer Hair Bristles

This brush is made with many hairs in order to hold water for moistening materials to be backed or to be stretched after backing.
E. Product Code: 996-0001 Price

Size: 53/4” wide. 3/16” thick. 13/16” bristle length (146mm x 4.7mm x 30mm) £85.00
C. E. Nazebake Hard Smoothing Brush

This bristles of this brush are made from the hemp palm tree. It is used to smooth and press moistened and pasted papers together.

Size: 53/4” wide. 7/16” thick. 23/4” bristle length (146mm x 11mm x 70mm) £66.00
Craftsman Brushes made by a small family business that has been in existence for over 100 years. The top quality bristles are made with natural materials such as white goat hair, horsehair, pig/hog,
squirrel, plus German silver and brass bristles. Used for conservation from dusting, paste and paint applications, varnish, cleaning, retouching, washing, and various other functions. The makers produce
far more brushes than we have shown in our catalogue. Therefore if you can not find the brush you are seeking, please let us know. We welcome your comments and look forward to hearing from you.
Item Product Code Width Bristle Length Type Hair Price

1 687-461653 120mm 30mm double White Goat £8.25 6
2 687-428653 150mm 35mm single White Goat £9.55
3 687-428643 150mm 30mm double Horse £10.95
4 687-429653 300mm 35mm single White Goat £11.75
5 687-462534 200mm 40mm double Hog £18.60
5
1
6 687-45130 40mm dia. 15mm triple White Goat £8.75
6 687-45131 40mm dia. 15mm triple Soft Hog £7.90
7 687-41356 15mm dia. 30mm full White Goat £8.00
7 687-413512 30mm dia. 40mm full White Goat £15.85 13
8 687-452653 100mm 35mm double White Goat £7.30 16
9 687-453632 110mm 20mm triple Soft Hog £8.20
10 687-453522 110mm 20mm triple Hog £6.25 14
11 687-452532 90mm 20mm double Brass £5.70 15
12 687-452115 90mm 20mm double Soft Hog £4.75
13 687-41926 5mm dia. 6mm full White Goat £1.05
13 687-419210 7mm dia. 9mm full White Goat £1.30 2
13 687-41934 6mm dia. 10mm full Soft Hog £1.05
7
13 687-41938 7mm dia. 15mm full Soft Hog £1.30
14 687-451521 30mm 15mm triple White Goat £4.45
15 687-451110 30mm 12mm triple Brass £4.45
16 687-451651 30mm 12mm triple Hog £4.45
4
Paste & Water Brushes
Made in Germany by the same family business that makes our
full range of conservation brushes. The white pig hair is a high
quality paste brush to ensure even distribution. The dense white
goat hair is very soft and is made to hold water making it an ideal
wetting brush. Other uses can be found for these sought after 3
brushes, which are only available in the UK from PEL. 8
12 11 9
Product Code width bristle length hair type Price 10
687-4930 140mm 35mm white pig £62.25
687-4931 140mm 35mm white goat £63.95

Brushes Conservation
We have a variety of brushes which painting conservators
demand, and conservators in other areas will find
appropriate for hundreds of tasks. Winsor & Newton Series 7
brushes are made of 100% Russian Kolinsky Sable hair, and
Round Bridled Glue Brushes feature seamless, cupro nickel ferrules on polished black
handles. La Corneille Golden Taklon Brushes come in two
These 100% pure grey hog bristle brushes feature a plain
styles, Tight Spot Detailers and Spotters. Both blend three
sanded handle and seamless aluminum ferrules. For all hot or
cold glue applications. Wire bridle construction for added
thicknesses of dyed synthetic filament to perform like the E
finest natural hair. They are highly absorbent, durable and
strength.
versatile. Price each.
Product Code size Dia. Bristle Price
032-3041 #8 0.5” 1.5” £3.95 E. Windsor & Newton Series 7
032-3035 #12 0.75” 1.75” £5.25
032-3037 #16 1” 2” £6.95 Product Code size Price
032-3039 #22 1.5” 2.375” £14.90 682-7030 000 £6.51
682-7020 00 £6.98
682-7000 0 £7.45
Anti-Static Brush 682-7001 1 £7.91
Dissipate static and remove dust without the use of radioac- 682-7002 2 £9.32
tive, electric or electronic devices. A special blend of natural 682-7003 3 £12.98
hair and conductive fibre is 682-7004 4 £20.43 F
carefully hand sewn with 682-7005 5 £27.23
stainless steel wire. The 682-7006 6 £35.74
result is a soft, gentle, and
safe brush that is ideal for
use on sensitive materials F. La Corneille Golden Taklon Brushes
such as lenses, film, and
computer screens. Static is
Tight Spot Detailers
removed by conductive fibres
682-7670-10 10/0 £2.55
while the natural blend of fine
goat hair whisks away dust. 682-7670-5 5/0 £2.55
Price each. 682-7670-0 0 £2.55
Spotters
682-7650-10 10/0 £2.55
Product Code Width Price 682-7650-4 4/0 £2.55
886-0038 38mm £9.95 682-7650-0 0 £2.55
Dusting Brush
A durable, 15" long, high-impact handled dust brush with soft
horsehair bristles. Cleans dust, dirt and erasure crumbs from G H
paper, mat board, glass, etc. Price each.
Product Code Length Price

869-BR364 15” (381mm) £9.95
Dusting Brush G. Classic Hake Brushes H. Hake Brushes

This quality Winsor-Newton brush will not scratch pho- Made from the softest, select sheep hair, Classic Hake Flat, wide, soft, white hair brushes. Use for washes, sizing,
tographs, negatives, documents or artwork. Perfect for clean- Brushes are the ideal tool for working on the most mounting, gluing or spreading any thin media. Plain, wooden
ing dust, dirt, and repair material residue; made of extremely delicate of items. They are indispensable for working with handles. Price each.
soft goat hair. Bristle length is 1-0.5" out of a seamless the soft surfaces of Japanese papers and tissues.
aluminum ferrule. Ferrule is 0.75" wide, bristles flare to Price each.
1-0.75". White wooden handle with a black tip. Price each. Product Code size £Price
680-00C4 1.125” (29mm) £9.25
Product Code Length Diameter Price Product Code Width Price 680-00C5 1.5” (38mm) £10.80
682-2403 38mm 19-45mm £13.30 680-215 3” (76mm) £36.70 680-0B30 3” (76mm) £16.90

Brushes
Reservoir Brush (Water Brush)

A Japanese innovation which is as revolutionary to the traditional calligraphy brush as the
fountain pen was to the quill in Europe. Made from polyethylene, polypropylene and nylon, the
reservoir brush enables the application of liquids without the necessity of continually refreshing
the tip through dipping. This ensures a more even distribution than normal brushes allow over
a larger area, thus making it ideal for many brush-based conservation treatments where
consistency is a requirement. The reservoir brush may be used for a number of applications,
from wet-tearing (without the abrasive scratching usually associated with stylus pens) to the
localised application of solvents*, deacidification agents and detergents. The Reservoir Brush
has been used to good effect with vacuum treatments on the PEL Cold Suction Table and Small
Suction Platens. Price each. * Not suitable for use with Alkenes, Alkanes or Ketones.
Japanese Brushes Product Code Description Wt Price

Both these small brushes are used in conservation repair. The wood handle lies across the 685-0101 Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) Detail Tip 8.0g £3.25
fingers and between the thumb allowing a natural brushing stroke. Made from the softest 685-0102 Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) Small Tip 8.0g £3.95
selected sheep and goat hair. Price each. 685-0103 Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) Medium Tip 8.0g £4.35
Product Code Size/Hair Price

996-0032 55mm/Goat Beard £21.95
996-0033 55mm/Sheep Hair £19.95
A.
B. C.
A. Flat Angled Brush

Flat angled Fitch or crevice brush made from white hog hair with strong copper ferrule.
Price each.
Product Code Width Length Price
Silicone (Non-Absorbent) Brushes
The unique silicone tipped brush prevents adhesives, paint, glazes, wax and plaster from
032-4725 0.5" 13mm 300mm £3.50
sticking to the brush. Ideal for mixing, spreading, modelling, carving or making small adjustments
032-4721 1.0" 25mm 325mm £5.75
without the particle/fragment coming away on the end of the brush. No doubt conservators will
B. Cleaning Brushes find many other uses such as separating small specimens and much more. If any material dries
on the tip it can simply be peeled away. Will work with tough adhesives, even dry contact cement
The cleaning brush has a wood handle, metal ferrule, flat 19mm wide bristles, stiff nylon one end peels off. Works like a spatula, use them to apply and spread even fine layers of paint, leather
and soft nylon the other. These inexpensive brushes can be discarded once too dirty. dressing, or adhesives, evenly blend pastel, charcoal and soft graphite. Available in ivory soft (S),
Price per pack of 5 brushes. grey firm (F), various shapes and sizes. To find out which silicone brush suits your intended application
Product Code Width Length Price we have included sample wallet sets. This will allow you to test the firmness and shape.
032-4703 0.75" (19mm) 237mm £9.50
C. Brass Cleaning Brush 683-11901
683-12901
Soft (5 brushes, one of each shape)
Firm (5 brushes, one of each shape)
0
0
£15.95
£15.95
This copper ferrule brush has brass wire one end and bristles the other. Also known as a
683-11902 Soft (5 brushes, one of each shape) 2 £20.95
sieve cleaning brush.
683-12902 Firm (5 brushes, one of each shape) 2 £20.95
Product Code Width Length Price 683-11900 Soft (5 brushes, one of each shape) 6 £28.95
032-4750 1.25" (32mm) 130mm £5.25 683-12900 Firm (5 brushes, one of each shape) 6 £28.95

Cubelite
Cubelite
PEL has been requested to supply the Cubelite for the cataloguing of works of art and photography during conservation. This system
will allow you to take professional looking subject shots time after time with no unsightly shadows or reflections.
By placing the item to be photographed inside the Cubelite many of the typical lighting difficulties experienced by non professional
photographs are automatically taken care of. The operation of the Cubelite is simple. It works with a constant light source and
therefore requires no additional “flash” from the camera. This makes composing the shot very easy because what you see is what you
actually get. The Cubelite also comes with a removal front panel. This can be attached if the subject matter is highly reflective such
as glass. The subject is completely isolated from the surroundings with only a small zip opening for the camera lens. This ensures
photographs with no unsightly reflections.
The 2ft and 3ft kits include: 1 x Cubelite, 1 x Stand, 1 x Tungsten Light, 1 x 500w Bulb, 1 x Silver/White Reflector,
1 x White Vinyl Background Sheet, 1 x Carry Case,
The 4ft kits include the same as the 2ft and 3ft plus a roll of white background paper.
The 5ft & 6ft 6" kits include: 1 x Cubelite, 4 x Stands, 4 x Tungsten Lights, 4 x 500w Bulbs, 1 x Roll of White Background Paper,
The removable back and base on the 3ft kit allows you to photograph a section of a much larger product that will not fit inside
the Cubelite such as long subjects. The removable back also allows you to photograph fragments and retain the original
background, useful for archaeological digs.
Cubelite Light Table

The Light Table folds flat for easy storage when not in use and can be assembled in a matter of minutes. It is supplied with an
additional tungsten light which is placed inside the table and can be positioned facing upwards or downwards to achieve a different
intensity and distribution of light. When the Light Table is assembled simply place the Cubelite Kit on top of it, remembering to swap
the opaque white vinyl background sheet for the translucent film supplied with the Light Table Kit. The system is now ready to use.
Available for 2ft and 3ft cubelite kits.

511-3611 2ft Cubelite Kit £264.00
511-3601 3ft Cubelite Kit £305.00
511-3612 3ft Cubelite Kit (Removable Back & Base) £332.00
511-3613 4ft Cubelite Kit £349.00
511-3615 5ft x 5ft x 7ft Cubelite Kit £698.00
511-3614 6ft 6" x 6ft 6" x 7ft Cubelite Kit £789.00
511-9550 Tungsten Light, Bulb & Stand Kit £125.00
511-9350 Tungsten Bulb £16.00
511-8827 2ft Cubelite Light Table Kit £215.00
511-8839 3ft Cubelite Light Table Kit £266.00

Light Boxes
Fibre Optic Light Sheet
This product has been developed after extensive research and
is a proprietary product of Preservation Equipment Ltd. The
Fibre Optic Light Source provides a safe heat-free and UV-free
bright light used for back illumination in bound books for
research of water marks, repairs and photography. Paper and
textile conservators will find the back lighting very useful as
will other conservators who require a flexible, safe, cold, bright
light for treatment or examination to a localised area of a
specimen. Since no electricity is connected to the actual
light sheet or lead (only electric power is at the light source)
the sheet is safe to work in damp situations. The very
thin (1.8mm) light sheet is water resistant, but not waterproof
and should not be immersed in water. The selector switch has
3 settings for high and low light intensity with an off position.
Product Code. 805-0051 £762.00

Power Supply 110 voltage
Product Code. 805-0052 £762.00
Power Supply 220/240 voltage
Lamp 12 volt 50 watt dichroic
reflector lamp
Dimensions Light Sheet 280 x 210 x 1.8mm
Sheet Lead 525mm long
Weights Sheet and Lead 250g
Lightsource 4.5kg
Light Boxes
Our extensive range of light boxes are designed to suit most requirements for conservators and
photographic work. We have available from stock small to extra large light boxes with colour
corrected lamps to British Standard 950 part 2 (5000°K). The opal perspex flush screen will not
snag your material. The lightweight aluminium extrusion has a “silver hammer” finish, sizes A4,
A3, and A2 have a carry handle, all models have an on/off switch. Models fitted with stage dim-
mer switch have a D at the end of the product code.
Product Code screen size (mm) overall size wt Price

511-0204 (A4) 305 x 234 275 x 346 x 90mm 2.8kg £180.00
511-0203 (A3) 459 x 305 346 x 500 x 90mm 4.0kg £245.00
511-0202 (A2) 605 x 459 500 x 646 x 90mm 7.2kg £370.00
511-0202D (A2) 605 x 459 500 x 646 x 90mm 9.2kg £390.00
511-0201 (A1) 605 x 904 646 x 945 x 120mm 11.6kg £560.00
511-0201D (A1) 605 x 904 646 x 945 x 120mm 16.0kg £605.00
D - Stage Dimmer Switch.
Portable Light Viewers

These portable viewers are a convenient size for desk or briefcase, B.
batteries ‘C’ type or mains adaptor powered.
Product Code screen size overall size Price

A. 511-0253 99 x 124mm 135 x 159 x 40mm £14.50
B. 511-3021 245 x 145mm 310 x 220 x 54mm £35.50
807-7000 Mains Adapter - European and UK £12.95
A.

Viewing Systems Microscopes
Light Sheet
The output from this very low priced light sheet will surprise you with its brightness. An
inexpensive alternative to our top of the range Fibre Optic Light Sheet. This backlight is used
for watermark research, photography, paper and textile repairs, viewing transparencies and
examination of specimens.
The size of the light surface is 11.7 x 8.25 inches (297mm x 210mm) an ideal size to fit A4
paper. The light source will last about 20,000 hours (15-20 years with average use). The
power consumption is less than a 20 watt bulb, because of the type of fluorescent lamp used,
it does not fade or get hot.
It has a 12 volt input supplied by a mains 110 Volt and 230 Volt AC/DC adaptor. The Light
Sheet is mounted on four rubber feet so that it can rest firmly on a table. The Light Sheet
without AC/DC adaptor weighs 870 grams.

511-7000 Light Sheet 360 x 260 x 18mm £64.95 each
873-410
Product Code: 873-410 £362.25 StereoMaster Microscope

Objective Magnification Field View Working Distance
This budget priced long-arm stereo microscope with exceptional working clearance is ideal for
1x 10x 20mm 152mm
conservation applications. The long working-distance allows its use with a variety of specimens,
2x 20x 10mm 113mm large and small. Excellent stereo viewing, large fields of view and depth of field at all powers,
3.5x 35x 5mm 113mm the beam is very nearly on axis to allow the illumination of surfaces, cavaties and holes. The
weight 10kg StereoMaster comes with straight through binocular head, one eyetube has diopter adjustment,
two wide field 10x eyepieces - accepting a 21mm diameter graticule, Pair of eyeguards, three
interchangeable objectives giving 10x, 20x, 35x magnifications. Long arm stand with integral
12 Volt 10 watt illuminator and dust cover.

Microscopes
Stereo Zoom Microscope System
Before choosing the Stereo Zoom Microscope, we discussed with conservators what they looked
for in a microscope system. Our findings are that it should have flexibility with a quality optical sys-
tem providing crisp, parfocal images plus a variety of illumination options and other accessories.
The Zoom body is available in binocular and trinocular versions with 45° inclined eyetubes and
convenient side mounted continuous zoom controls. 1x to 4x zoom range is standard. A detente
mechanism indicates magnification without interrupting observation and ensures reproducibility of
magnification for measurement purposes. Equipped with focusing eyepiece tubes and an
adjustable interpupilary distance of between 50mm and 75mm. Rotatable through 360°, the body
has a 74mm diameter. The trinocular body is fitted with a photo port for photographic and CCTV
application. Optics provide un-reversed stereoscopic image with bright, crisp parfocal images
throughout the zoom range. Widefield 10x eyepiece with eyecups as standard, providing a 10x to
40x magnification range and a longer working distance. Accessories available: 20x widefield eye-
pieces plus 0.5x and 1.5x auxiliary lenses.
Trinocular body provides all the advanced features of the binocular body, but with the added
facility of a camera port. A light path selector lever transfers the image from the right eye path,
directly to the camera providing maximum light while still allowing simultaneous observation
through the left eyetube. Camera adapters for 35mm SLR and CCTV cameras are supplied, most
modern SLR cameras can then be fitted with a suitable ‘T’ mount adapter, which is available from 873-3330
a photographic shop.
Universal Stand incorporates a heavy duty base and sturdy vertical column. A long horizontal arm
supports the zoom head, making the system ideal for viewing large specimens, it will rotate
through 360°.
Duplex Stand features both transmitted (12V 10W halogen) and incident (12V 10W tungsten)
illumination in a compact, self contained stand. A variable intensity control is used to optimise
illumination. The stand includes an opal stage plate, blue filter, stage clips and focusing arm with
illuminator.
873-2249
with additional 873-1500 Fibre Optic Illuminator
Trinocular body & Duplex Stand

This system provides 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin
dioptre and interpupilary adjustment. Pair of widefield 10x
eyepieces, which accept 23mm diameter graticule. Pair eye
guards, focusing arm with incident light (12 volt 20W
tungsten) and stop collar. Adapters for 35mm SLR (requires
T2 ring) and CCTV cameras. Transmitted light (12 volt 10W
halogen). Ground glass stage plate, pair clips, blue filter and
dust cover.
Product Code: 873-3330

Price £1110.55
Binocular body & Universal Stand Binocular body & Duplex Stand Trinocular body & Universal Stand
Comes complete with: Binocular body 1:4 zoom ratio, pair This system provides 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin Comes complete with: Trinocular body 1:4 zoom ratio, pair
widefield 10x eyepieces, pair eyeguards, focusing arm stop dioptre and interpupilary adjustment. Pair of widefield 10x widefield 10x eyepieces, pair eyeguards, focusing arm and
collar and dust cover. Universal stand with 25mm diameter eyepieces which accept a 23mm diameter graticule. Pair stop collar and dust cover. Universal stand with 25mm
post. Without illumination, requires P873-1500 light source eyeguards, focusing arm with incident illuminator (12 volt diameter post. Without illumination, requires P873-1500 light
with suitable fibre optic component. 20W tungsten) and stop collar. Transmitted light (12 volt 20W source with suitable fibre optic component.
halogen). Ground glass stage plate, pair clips, blue filter and
dust cover.
Product Code: 873-2249 Product Code: 873-2220 Product Code: 873-3349

Price £1022.70 Price £829.50 Price £1280.00

Microscopes II
II PEL - Vertical Microscope Trolley
PEL have developed this mobile vertical microscope stand especially for conservators to view objects in a vertical
position. Ideal for painting conservators working on site or in the studio. The trolley base comes with jacking feet that
lock the trolley to provide very stable conditions for microscope use.
Best used with a zoom microscope, using side zoom controls, and designed for the PEL range of microscopes.
The trolley telescopic column has 440mm vertical movement and a further 140mm adjustment on the microscope
column. The horizontal column has 280mm movement and includes a safety groove to prevent the microscope from
rotating. The support bracket allows various angle movements and can easily be positioned even at various degrees to
the working surface, accessory tray supports lighting source and tools.
Product Code: 873-5000 £799.95 Dimensions

Accessory Tray 300mm x 300mm
Trolley Base 650mm x 550mm
Eye Piece Height Max: 1598mm. Min: 965mm.
II Microscope Trolley Kits, Binocular Body (as shown)

Binocular body, with 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin dioptre and interpupillary adjustment.
Eyepieces 10x widefield accepts 23mm graticule. Fibre optic illuminator with focusing lens, brackets and trolley.
Product Code: 873-5222 £1953.00
II Trinocular Body With Adapters For CCTV & 35mm Camera

Trinocular body, with 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin dioptre and interpupillary adjustment.
Eyepieces 10x widefield accepts 23mm graticule. Fibre optic illuminator with focusing lens, brackets and
trolley (requires T2 ring to fit camera’s).
Product Code: 873-5333 £1999.95
II Mylar Microscope Slide Covers

These sturdy 175 micron polyester sleeves have a captive
flap to hold in 1" x 3" (80 x 32mm) glass slides. Being glass
clear, the slides can be viewed, protecting from dirt, dust and
fingerprints. Developed by Paul Brown, Curator of Entomology
at The Natural History Museum in London, who kindly allowed
us to use the picture.
217-8032 £115.85 per 1000
873-1500 Light Source Only £429.60 II Fibre Optic Illuminators

Components This high intensity illuminator provides a variable 150w cold light with a colour
temperature of 3250k. The system can be used with single or bifurcated light
873-1502 Double light guide semi rigid 520mm x 5.5mm £173.00
guides with optional focusing lenses, or a continuous ringlight which provides
873-1515 Focusing lens for P873-1501 & P873-1502 £31.00 shadow free illumination and fits easily to the microscope body.
873-1510 Spare Lamp 150w halogen for P873-1500 £14.60

II Conservation Hot Irons & Stations
II Precision Temperature Tool Product Code Price II Tips for Precision Temp Tool
Controlling the heat from 452-1002 Tool Stand £8.33 A complete set of 12 tips to choose from for a variety of appli-
100°C upwards is easy 452-1006 Sellotape Removal Tip £10.86 cations. These low-price tips are sold separately and are illus-
and exact with the tem- 452-1007 Bent Needle Tip £8.04 trated with approximate sizes.
perature dial controller. Sellotape Tape Removal Tip is used to soften the adhe-
452-1008 Medium Flat Tip £10.15
Some experimentation sive spading off the old tape. Please note GREAT CAUTION
may be required to cali- 452-1009 Wide Flat Tip £10.15 should be used in the removal of any tape. Some tapes may
brate the amount of heat 452-1010 Fine Flat Tip £10.15 scorch when exposed to a high temperature tip setting.
needed. The selection of 452-1012 Button Tip £8.04 Always test a small unobtrusive area before attempting any
tips gives a dependable 452-1013 Blade Tip £10.15 removal method.
variety of conservation uses, from removing Sellotape to 452-1014 Curved Spade Tip £10.15
activating heat-set adhesives. Order tips separately.
452-1015 Needle Tip £8.04
452-1016 Long Blank Tip £8.04
452-1018 Standard Tip £8.16
452-1020 5mm Round £8.16
Product Code Price
452-1003/1 UK Plug £52.95 These tips only fit the precision temperature tool
452-1003/1E 220 Volt Plug £52.95
II Tacking/Spatula Iron
D. In Handle Control. Adjusting the temperature is easy, use a
small blade screwdriver to set the temperature between 60°C
and 160°C graduated in 20°C increments. The high positive
C. temperature coefficient provides rapid tip temperature
recovery time, and fast warm-up from cold (e.g. 50 seconds
B. to maximum temperature). There are six extra tips to choose
from, for a variety of applications. Uses same tips as conser-
vation iron. Supplied with 805-2405 flat tip only.
A.
Product Code: 805-6914 £72.50
E.
Power Supply 220/240 Voltage
II 452-1002 Wattage to iron 50 Watt
Stand Temperature Range 60oC - 160oC approximate
Dimensions
F. 805-2405 TIP
II Conservation Iron & Station Overall Length: 222mm. Tip to Handle Length: 82mm.
This state-of-the-art tacking and spatula iron is a PEL Handle Length: 140mm. Weight: 55g.
proprietary product designed to suit the needs of all types of
conservation, from heavy tacking to a delicate spatula tip for oil
paintings. The control station has the facility to dial in the tip size
P805-00S4 P805-00S1
reference so that the LED temperature readout is the correct
temperature, whatever the size of the tip, small or large. The 30mm
17mm
iron shaft element has been strengthened with a stainless steel 74mm
32mm
sleeve to give added strength, especially when used constantly

as a tacking iron. Special safety features 115 voltage or 230
voltage is stepped down to 24 volt AC. The silicone cable pro-
P805-00S2
vides remarkable protection against accidental burning, even at P805-00S3
maximum tip temperature. Comes complete with instructions,
control station, iron and flat tip (805-2405). The control station 20mm 21mm
leaves the factory programmed in many languages, but set up 46mm

62mm
in English. You can also select temperature readout in

Fahrenheit or Celsius. Please note to ensure accuracy of
temperature it is adviseable to have the unit calibrated at least
once a year. Supplied with 805-2405 flat tip only. II Tips
P805-00S6
Spatula and tacking tips for II Tacking Iron
Product Code: 805-690 £221.50 805-6914 and 805-690. These This low priced iron is suitable for light-duty applications,
Power Supply 220/240 Voltage 5mm
individually made tips are sold
32mm such as photographic dry mounting or tacking corners of heat
Product Code: 805-690-110 £243.65 separately, illustrated with
design shape and mm size. activated laminating materials before inserting into laminating
Power Supply 110 Voltage presses. Comes complete with curved tip. Please note this
Wattage to iron 50 Watt iron is not temperature controllable and gets very hot.
Voltage to iron 24 volt AC A. 805-00S1 £21.95
Temperature Range 30oC - 200oC / 86oF - 392oF B. 805-00S2 £21.95 Product Code: 805-6910 £36.70
Accuracy +/- 5ºC C. 805-00S3 £29.95 Power Supply 220/240 Voltage
Electric Cable 2.3m D. 805-00S4 £29.95 Wattage to iron 15 Watt
805-SD50 Spare Iron £53.50 E. 805-00S6 £21.95 Temperature Range 170oC (approx.)
452-1002 Iron Stand £8.33 F. 805-2405 £13.95 Weight with Tip 75g

Sealing Machines II
II Crossweld™ Polyester Film Sealing Machine

Preservation Equipment Ltd’s polyester sealing machines are recognised and trusted
worldwide. After years of experience with the previous Crossweld we have now introduced
the ultimate sealing machine. This new machine has been designed with health and safety
approval, we no longer use a foot switch which could easily be activated by accidentally
stepping on it (health and safety liked that). The jaws previously slammed down by touching
the foot switch and could cause nipping of fingers, this cannot happen with this new
machine. Not using jaws means you are not restricted by the jaw width and can continual-
ly weld very wide sheets, up to a maximum of 1400mm. The new style of operation allows
much more room to work with the material you are sealing.
The working alignment grid squares can now be replaced when worn. The PTFE cloth
protecting the welding element is simply replaced by winding new material into place from
the roll attached to the machine, a real advantage for quality welds.
We have increased the weld length to 700mm and you are no longer restricted to the width
between the jaws as on the old machine. For wider material you can now continuously weld
in any position from the edge to the centre, this is because the jaws are no longer used.
The heat compensating device uses the latest electronics to ensure constant welds every
Product Code Description Price time. The Crossweld can be used for sealing various thicknesses of polyester film, it will
806-7000-110 Power supply: 110 voltage £1995.00 weld polyester to paper and board also other materials such as Reemay, Hollytex, Tyvek,
806-7000 Power supply: 220/240 voltage £1995.00
Weld length: 700mm continuous PEL Softwrap and even bubble film can all be welded to make pockets and bags. We have
Weld width: 3mm made replacing the heating element so easy (not like the old machine), replacing the PTFE
Dimensions: 870 x 680 x 240mm high Cloth is even simpler. A floor mounting stand is available complete with adjustable feet.
Weight: 58kg
Comes complete with instructions, spare element and PTFE cloth.
Product Code Description Price Each machine is shipped in a wooden crate arriving ready for use.
806-7001 Spare heating element £8.50
806-7002 Spare PTFE Cloth 700mm x 600mm £32.00
806-7003 Base protection PTFE tape 19mm x 15m £41.00
806-7004 Floor mounting stand £249.00
II Polyester Sealing Machines

Our professional experience of polyester film sealing
machines for conservation is recognised and trusted
worldwide. Conservators work and choose carefully
which is why they trust and purchase the Preservation
Equipment machines. Cut sheets and rolls for use in
sealing machines, see Polyester Film section for our
many sizes of polyester film.
II Warning
The success of the Crossweld™ has attracted competitors
to offer bag and flat tube machines with bottom element. We
suggest these machines, designed for sealing low melt point
polyethylene, are not suitable as a crossweld machine. To
avoid disappointment, talk with customers who have pur-
chased the Crossweld™, they will tell you how superior our II Monarch Economy (Bead Welding)
machines are, that’s why we make this statement. This product has without doubt out-sold any other sealing machine, constantly being used by conservators worldwide. A truly
reliable machine justifiably referred to by its
The Crossweld™ is designed especially to suit the welding Product Code Specification Price users as “the best machine we’ve bought
of polyester film, which requires a flat support surface both 806-6000-240 Power Supply: 220/240 Voltage £1399.00 and so easy to use”. The 710mm weld
sides of the weld. The sealing of polyester filmrequires 806-6000-110 Power Supply: 110 Voltage £1490.00 length allows continuous sealing for those
machines that have been manufactured for the precise Weld Length: 710mm continuous really large charts, maps and photographs.
welding of the very narrow band melt point of polyester film, The Monarch Economy will allow you to
Dimensions (max): 770mmW x 750mmD x 120mmH
if it’s too high it will melt through the film too low and it will make any size polyester pocket or sleeve or
Weight: 15kg
not seal. The welding element must be fitted to the top mov- completely encapsulate in seconds.
ing jaw, not on the base/bottom as with bag sealers, this is Capacity: 23 to 175 micron thick
essential for lining up the weld and sealing polyester to board 805-ME710 Spare Element £9.95

II Shipping & Packing
II Low Melt Glue Gun

We have selected this system because the low melt adhesive
gives an instant bonding at a much lower temperature. This
makes it easier and safer to use. More significantly it means
you can bond heat sensitive substrates, such as Plastazote,
even polystyrene foams, fabrics, films, corrugated board and
other delicate materials without heat damage. This revolution-
ary new hot melt glue gun operates at a lower temperature
than conventional glue guns. Nearly 70°C lower! It is even
possible to stick decoration pieces onto inflated balloons
without heat damage. After initial warm up, the glue melts on
demand as trigger pressure is exerted. Just apply low melt
glue to one surface, then press parts together for instant
bonding. Conforms to very high safety standards, it operates II Low Melt Adhesive
using a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) heater that These low melt glue sticks are clear 12mm general purpose
regulates its own temperature electronically. The heater will hot melt adhesive, specially designed to be used in the
operate on any voltage from 100-240 voltage and provides a 419-1000 glue gun: it will bond a wide variety of substrates,
fast warm-up time of only 5-7 minutes. including paper, board, fabric, foam, film, wood and many
more. It has been formulated for application temperatures
Product Code: 419-1000 £19.20 between 120°C-140°C, making it particularly useful for
Power Supply 100/240v (Electronic Self Adjust) bonding heat sensitive materials.
Power Consumption 20-400 watt (Electronic Self Reg)
Temp 130ºC (Self Regulating Heater) Product Code: 419-1044 £13.40
Melt Rate Up to 750g/hr Adhesive Size 12mm x 190mm
Adhesive Size 12 x 190mm sticks (low melt) Weight 1 kilo
Weight 280 grams Gun Only Quantity 50 sticks
II Velcro® Hook & Loop Coin Fasteners (Velcoins®)

These self-adhesive Velcro® fasteners consist of woven nylon hook and loop mated pairs. They have a very strong neutral
pH adhesive and are useful for a variety of purposes including box and folder closures, holding displayed objects in place and
exhibitions. The round coins are a very neat method of making a simple secure fastener. The rounded corners enable easy assembly
and avoids lifted edges. Price 25m rolls and small packs.
Product Code Description Type Colour No. of coins Price

483-0016 16mm Coins Pairs White 16 sets £1.28
483-0020 20mm Squares Pairs White 24 sets £1.93
483-1013H 13mm Coins Hooks White 1,550 £23.95
483-1022H 22mm Coins Hooks White 1,022 £31.29
483-1013L 13mm Coins Loops White 1,550 £23.95
483-1022L 22mm Coins Loops White 1,022 £31.29
II Velcro Tape®
A continuous roll of both hooks and loops. Simply cut the strip to a desired length, attach to both surfaces and press together to
fasten. Same as the Velcoin® the adhesive is strong and sticks to most surfaces.
Product Code size/type wt Price

483-1200 20mm x 10m White £15.75
II Velcro ® Brand One-Wrap

Patented Velcro® brand one-wrap® Self-Gripping Fasteners offer a neat and secure fastening system that is both adjustable
and reusable and can never over-tighten. These unique back to back fasteners can be cycled (open and closed) hundreds of
times. One side has the loops and other the hooks, one single strip is all you need, it wraps round itself. The advantages of
Velcro® are the straps can be adjusted, repositioned and reusable. Closed by one single touch. The application is to hold
bundles of papers, folders, envelopes and rolled maps/drawings together. Making fastening for phase boxes the one-wrap can
be riveted to boards. Also used in disaster recovery since water does not prevent the fasteners working. No doubt other uses will
be found for Velcro® One-Wrap®. Price per 25m roll.
Product Code size/type wt Price
483-101OW 10mm x 25m White £10.50
483-101OB 10mm x 25m Black £10.50
483-1025W 25mm x 25m White £15.75
483-1025B 25mm x 25m Black £15.75

Museum Vac® II
II Museum Vac® (with dial suction control)

Compact and light weight, specially developed to conservation standards with unique
PEL features such as adjustable suction level, which allows the lowest vacuum on
delicate fragile items, to full power for tougher cleaning jobs. Mildew spores are locked in a
disposable paper filter bag by patented value preventing further contamination. A range of
accessories are available (please order separately) to suit most applications. Secure
shoulder strap for hands free operation is designed for this model, as is a nylon
carry bag for the vacuum and all the accessories. Stretch hose without coil
back pressure and soft rubber tools prevent chipping and scratching works of
art. Comes with hose and rubber nozzle as shown and one filter bag.
Product Code: 561-1997 £159.95

Museum Vac, Hose & Rubber Nozzle
Power Supply 230 voltage models
Power Consumption 400 watt
Airflow 12 litres per second
Suction 642mm H2O
Filtration 0.3 micron
Capacity 1.7 litres
561-8099 561-8090 Weight 2 Kg
Nylon carry bag Shoulder Strap Dimensions 320 x 175 x 146mm
561-4251 Filter Bags £19.95 per pack of 10
II Museum Vac® Product Code: 561-1982 £269.85

Backpack with Dial Suction Control. This vacuum cleaner Power Supply 230 Volt
from our Museum Vac range is designed for mobile cleaning Product Code: 561-1982-110 £275.85
with hands free operation, ideal for working on steps and Power Supply 110 Volt
ladders. As with all Museum Vac’s, our unique electronic dial Power Consumption 1000 Watt
suction control allows the lowest vacuum on fragile items Airflow 43.5 litre/sec
to full power on tougher cleaning jobs. A genuine practical Suction 2100mm H2O
design where particular attention has been paid to user Capacity 9 litres
comfort, convenience and safety, with lightweight distribution Cable Length 12 metres
and low operational noise level. The performance is excellent, Weight 5.9 Kg
with extra large filter system and 2-stage disposable dust bags Dimensions 500 x 335 x 215mm
ensuring continuous high performance and easy emptying. The Product Code: 561-4149 £8.95
standard accessory kit incorporates all that is needed for the HEPAFLO Filter Bags. Pack of 10
quick and efficient cleaning of all surfaces right down to the
lightweight, free flo’floor nozzle which simply glides from
carpet to hard floors or vice versa without so much as
a single adjustment.
II Museum Vac®
In carry case with dial suction control. This Museum Vac ®
comes complete within a carry case storing the tools and
accessories in the lid. As with all Museum Vac’s it is adjustable
for delicate suction to full power vacuum. Thermal protection
cuts out the motor if bag is full or blocked (automatic reset).
The 800 watt motor produces a 30 litre per second airflow
making a strong suction of 1400mm WG.
This Museum Vac® will tackle very tough jobs and still do
delicate conservation work. The 3 stage filter system keeps
mildew spores locked in the disposable paper bag by a
patented non-return valve. Our extensive range of purpose
made brushes and accessories are available for all models of
Museum Vac’s (please order separately). Comes completely
integral, in its own carry case, stretch hose, rubber nozzle,
crevice tool and brush and one filter bag.
Product Code: 561-1990 £273.90

Power Supply 230 Volt model
Product Code: 561-1990-110 £279.90
Power Supply 110 Volt model
Power Consumption 800 watt
Air flow 30 litres per second
Suction 1400mm H2O
Capacity 2.7 litres
Weight 5.5 Kg
Dimensions 457 x 241 x 190mm
561-4150 Filter Bags £21.95 per pack of 10
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 133

II Museum Vac®
560-FV-30
II Vacuum Pick-Up System
Replacement This system is designed for various conservation practices, will pick up small fragments of wood,
Inlet Filter metal, gem stones, ceramics, paper and paint flakes. One feature is you do not have to hold
your finger over a small hole (as with other systems) to create a vacuum. This is better for
conservators to manipulate fragments into awkward positions, then simply press the button to
release the fragment. The PTFE rigid cups will prevent pieces with wet adhesives sticking to
the vacuum cup when you wish to release the fragment such as paint flakes.
The vacuum pump is very small, quiet in operation and lightweight and consumes only 5W of
power. An internal filter on the inlet ensures that no particles can enter the pump mechanism
and an outlet filter ensures that no particles created by the pump are released into the
surrounding air. This makes the pump suitable for class 1 clean rooms. Vacuum pressure is
sufficient to lift 150 grams weight and is adjustable from maximum to very soft pressure. Spare
560-FV-20 560-FV-10 inlet filters are also available.
Set of 4 Rigid PTFE Vacuum Pick-Up
Suction Cups System This high quality wand is manufactured in PTFE, a fluoropolymer resin with exceptional resis-
tance to high temperatures, chemicals and corrosion. This allows a high level of cleanliness to
be maintained. The unique wand control valve ensures reliable suction and instantaneous
release. Vacuum is continuosly drawn until the button is pressed (press to release). Suction
cups are easily changed without dismantling the wand itself. Silicone suction cups are included
in diameters 5,8,11 & 15mm. An optional set of rigid PTFE suction cups in the same diameters
is also available.
Product Code: 560-FV-10 £246.65

Adjustable Vacuum Pressure 4kPa to -14kPa
Flow Rate 2.71/min
Power Consumption 5.0W
Duty Cycle Continuous
Dimensions (D x W x H) 155mm x 72mm x 54mm
Weight 600g
Flexible Tubing included 1 metre
Set of 4 rigid PTFE suction cups
Replacement inlet filter
947-5040
Glass
II Museum Vac®
With HEPA filter and disposable cartridge
This model of Museum Vac® is designed for use when removing mildew spores, fungi and irri-
tant or toxic dust. The machine is invaluable when cleaning documents and books that contain
mildew spores that should be disposed of safely to reduce spreading. The health of the
conservator is better protected by a HEPA filter. The disposable cartridge when filled with waste
can then be disposed of in compliance with local regulations. The HEPA filter is built into the 947-3232 Standard
disposable cartridge and is automatically replaced when a new cartridge is fitted. As with all
Museum Vacs it is adjustable from delicate suction to full power vacuum by the dial suction
control. Comes complete with hose, crevice tool, brush, rubber nozzle and instructions all in its II PEL Cloth™
own carry case. MicroFibre Cleaning without chemicals (just use water). Until recently it has not been possible
to clean surfaces without the use of chemicals. Technology has changed this, with the
Product Code: 561-3000 £269.00 PEL-Cloth you can clean either with or without water. Excellent results are achieved on all
Power Supply 220/240 volt & 110 volt (USA plug) surfaces, without the need for cleaning agents and chemicals, and you protect yourself and the
Power Consumption 800 watt environment.
Air Flow 30 litres per second For more information on PEL Cloth see page 180.
Suction 1400mm WG
Capacity 4.6 litres Product Code description dimensions Price
Filtration Down to 0.3 microns 947-3232/5 standard 320mm x 320mm £10.95 pack 5
Weight 5.2kg 947-3232/50 standard 320mm x 320mm £89.00 pack 50
Dimensions 465mmL x 195mm W x 245mm H 947-5040/5 glass 500mm x 400mm £10.95 pack 5
561-4300 2 pack spare Filter Cartridge £20.95 947-5040/50 glass 500mm x 400mm £89.00 pack 50

Museum Vac® II
II Wet & Dry Vacuum

Multi-purpose vacuum for professionals. Compact, easy-to
use and lightweight with powerful technology in a modern
design. This vacuum is the quietest vacuum we have found,
just 62 dB(A) at 1 metre (quieter than a typewriter). The dif-
ference in this vacuum cleaner becomes obvious once you try
it. Exceptional airflow and vacuum power using the cyclone
principle for more effective suction. The filter is washable
tear-resistant made of PE fibre fabric.
Comes with accessories universal nozzle, 2 peice extension tubes
and combination floor nozzle.
Product Code: 561-440 £128.50

Power Supply 230 Volt/1500w
Noise Level/DIN 62 db(A)
Container Volume 18 litre
Vacuum 160 mbar
Air Flow 3600 litre/min
Weight 5.6Kg
Product Code Description Price 5pk

561-61156 Dust bags for 561-4512 £9.95
Mini Fittings
L A
K M A. Mini Adapter Kit.
B. Fan Shaped Fitting -
shown fitted to
mini adapter.
C. Small Brush -
J H G C shown fitted to
B mini adapter.
F
E
Brushes
Pic. Museum Vac ® Accessories Price

A. 875-UV-2/1 Mini Adapter Kit fits all models £11.95
A. 875-0021 Spare Brushes fits mini adapter kit £3.95
A. 875-0022 Spare Nozzles fits mini adapter kit £1.95
561-8099 Nylon Carry Bag fits 561-1997 model £11.95
561-8090 Shoulder Strap fits 561-1997 model £9.95
F. 561-8650 Crevice Tool Brush £3.95
E. 561-8610 Crevice Tool £4.25
B. 561-4958 Fan Shaped Fitting for Mini Adapter £14.95
II Picture/Stretcher Vacuum Kit M. 561-4956 Large Horse Hair Brush £13.95
Designed especially for painting conservators but no doubt H. 561-4955 Small White Horse Hair Brush for Mini Adapter Kit £9.95 pair
other uses will be found for this handy kit. Ideal as an L. 561-4954 Large White Goat Hair Brush £13.95
accessory for the Museum Vac® and will fit other vacuum J. 561-4953 Small Pig Hair Brush for Mini Adapter Kit £9.95 pair
cleaners. The one metre long tube can be washed, as can the
G. 561-4952 Small White Goat Hair Brush for Mini Adapter Kit £9.95 pair
fittings to remove any infestations such as mildew spores. The
K. 561-4241 Large Brush & Textile Combination Attachment £5.60
thin flexible spatula end is designed to reach into narrow slots
561-4251 Filter Bags & Seal Label for 561-1997 £19.95 pack 10
to disturb dust and dirt which can then be vacuumed, the flat
561-4150 Filter Bags & Seal Label for 561-1990 £21.95 pack 10
end can be extended with card to reach further. The fan fitting
561-4149 Filter Bags for 561-1982 £8.95 pack 10
is for vacuuming on the frame edges, it is also useful in other
conservation cleaning methods. A full range of spares is available for each model of Museum Vac® All models are CE approved and are
made in Great Britain. On the shelf spares, we are not dependent on overseas suppliers.
Product Code: 561-4960 £21.95

II Storage Bags
II Cotton Bags
PEL drawstring calico bags are soft to give delicate fragments protection. The 100% cotton bags are sturdy (not the flimsy
see-through type) with strong cotton pull strings to seal the contents. Can be washed but should not be tumble dried.
Used for seeds, specimens, jewellery, fragments and various items found in museums.
As with all our bags, special sizes are available, a minimum of 250 bags will apply. Contact customer services.
Price per pack 100 bags.

428-0023 2” x 3” (50mm x 76mm) £21.95
428-0045 4” x 6” (101mm x 152mm) £22.95
428-0057 5” x 7” (127mm x 177mm) £23.95
428-0810 8” x 10” (203mm x 254mm) £27.95
II Tyvek Bags
Tyvek has proven to be a suitable material for many conservation and preservation requirements. This protective material has
high tensile/tear strength in all directions because its constituent fibres are spun-bonded. The relatively slick surface is a further
barrier and prevents snagging with fragile specimens. Used as geological bags and archaeological bags because they can be
used outside since the wet will not effect them.
The Tyvek Bags are frequently used for field specimens, the convenient sown in label allows notes of the contents. The pull string
closure enables the contents to be sealed inside the bag.
All sizes are kept in stock, for special sizes, minimums of 250 bags per size would apply. We can print your desired
wording on the label, contact customer services.
Price per package of 100 bags.
Product Code Size Price Plain Product Code With Label

613-7023 2” x 3” (50mm x 76mm) £20.95 613-7023L £22.95
613-7045 4” x 6” (101mm x 152mm) £28.95 613-7045L £30.95
613-7057 5” x 7” (127mm x 177mm) £35.95 613-7057L £37.95
613-7010 8” x 10” (203mm x 254mm) £53.95 613-7810L £55.95
II Padded Storage Bags

Padded archival storage bags are used to protect wax seals
and have ties to ensure they stay over the seal. These
conservation storage bags are also useful for jewellery, gem
stones, delicate fragments and items that require archival
quality protection. The bags are made from inert acid
free materials and have soft padding making them a truly
conservation quality storage bag.
II Map & Banner Bags Product Code size Price
A range of protective stitched calico bags with cotton tape 428-0036 36” (914mm) £4.70 Product Code Size (mm) Pack Qty Price
pull strings. These soft breathable bags are used to protect 428-0042 42” (1067mm) £4.95 428-7107 70 x 70 50 £46.20
rolled tithe maps, plans and banners. Can be washed but 428-0048 48” (1219mm) £5.10 428-7110 100 x 100 50 £54.00
should not be tumble dried. 428-0062 62” (1575mm) £5.40 428-7113 110 x 130 50 £58.20
Width: 9.5” (241mm). Diameter approx 155mm. 428-0072 72” (1829mm) £5.70 428-7114 140 x 100 25 £32.40
428-0084 84” (2134mm) £6.25 428-7116 140 x 160 25 £34.20
428-0096 96” (2438mm) £7.95 428-7120 200 x 240 25 £48.00

Hot Air Pencil Steamers II
II 891-J4
II 891-J2
II Derotor Steam Cleaner II Jiffy Steamers

Steam, heat and pressure provide the means for immediate removal of particles from a given surface, cleaning it thoroughly. Used by textile, paintings, and paper conservators for various
Conservators find these units useful for various work in stone, sculpture, archaeological, wall paper and no doubt other areas of applications.
conservation. The Derotor steam cleaners incorporate various safety features such as low voltage controls, thermostatic cut out J2 Standard Steamer features a clear plastic, shatterproof
should the water level become too low, a pressure release valve, water level indicator and rugged construction with stainless steel water bottle. Unique heating element produces steam in a few
main tank and pipes. Deionised water is recommended to prolong boiler life. The steamers have a mains electrical supply and seconds and is especially designed to control “spitting”.
tank size of either 3 or 5 litres depending on the model. Water content of the vapour is controllable by a separate valve.
J4 Heavy Duty Steamer has dual thermostats for steam after
Please Note: PEL supplies both models with extra long hose 1.75m long. This allows the unit to stand on the floor and the
preheating and built-in-stainless steel boiler tank. This model
operator can then work standing up and reach much higher.
is designed for more steam and longer life, includes water
Product Code: 891-75GV £633.00 891-75GV6 £718.00
level indicator.
Power Supply 220/240 volt & 1400 watts 220/240 volt & 1400 watts
Product Code: 891-J2 £323.20
Steam Pressure 3-4 bar 4-5 bar
Weight 7kg
Hose Length 1.75 metre 1.75 metre
Product Code: 891-J4 £512.75
Max Temperature 130ºC 130ºC
Weight 11kg
Tank Size 3 litres 5 litres
Voltage 220/240 110 volts
Warm up time 20 minutes 20 minutes
Power Supply 1500 watts
Dimensions 320 x 180 x 300mm 370 x 220 x 310mm
Weight 8kg 13kg
Product Code: 891-75GV-110 £752.30 891-75GV6-110 £842.90 II Conservation Tool (not shown)
Power Supply 110 volt 110 volt Hand tool with 1.67 metre hose for single jet application.
Fits both Jiffy steamers.
Product Code: 891-CT £79.80

Nozzle 8mm Diameter

II Preservation Pencil®
II A. Preservation Pencil®
The Preservation Pencil was first available in 1989 and
since that time hundreds have been supplied all over the
world. The product has proved to be one of the most
successful conservation tools.
It provides fine delicate jets of moisture (or dry) air from
805-0003 ambient to 100ºC and is used for removing glue, resins, old
labels, separating paper layers, activating adhesives and
enzymes, relaxing and cleaning. Cold moisture produced
by the humidifier is heated by the PENCIL to a desired
predetermined temp, which remains at a constant level.
A. Preservation Pencil® Conservators continually find new uses for the product and
quote “How could we manage without it”. The way the
Preservation Pencil works is cold mist produced by the
Ultrasonic Humidifier is heated by dialling into the control
unit the desired temperature, which then remains at a
constant precise level with a digital display of the actual
temperature. Adjustment is made by dialling the selected
temperature, the control unit will then automatically adjust
the Pencil and display the actual temperature. The range
is from ambient to 100ºC, users find the lower temperatures
very useful especially for cleaning with enzymes. The dry air
facility is especially useful for low temperatures adhesives
such as Beva 371 used in oil painting conservation.
Features over alternative steam units:

• Temperatures below steam, Dry air facility,
Adjustable moisture levels,
• Ambient to 100ºC temperature range,
No scalding boiling water,
• Instantaneous (no start up time), Selection of
support brackets, Selection of nozzles,
• Does not spit or drip, Available from stock,
17 years proven experience,
• Delicate jet of moisture (or dry),
805-1004 Patented product, CE approved,
• Ergonomic handle grip, LCD temperature
display, Demineralisation filter,
• 220/240 or 110 voltage, Clear water container,
UK manufactured.
When ordering please ensure you include
attachments, hose and ultrasonic humidifier.

805-0001 Preservation Pencil 240v £745.00
805-0011 Preservation Pencil 110v £775.00
805-7005 Ultrasonic Humidifier 240v £61.25
805-7002 Ultrasonic Humidifier 110v £126.00
805-0002 Attachments & 1.6m Hose £42.25
805-0003 Bench Bracket £15.95
805-1004 Flexible Work Top Bracket £94.70
II B. Ultrasonic Humidifier Kit

This kit contains our ultrasonic humidifier and hose kit to make
B. Ultrasonic Humidifier Kit a useful system. It provides an extremely fine cold mist, the
pencil fine (green attachment) allows ‘spot’ work, while the
other attachment is for spreading the mist over a wider area.
Very good system for relaxing without wetting on parchment,
leather, paper, textiles and many other uses.

805-7007 220/240 voltage £103.50

PEL Steamers II
II PEL-Humidity Dome
The PEL-Humidity Dome is designed to exactly fit our PEL Cold Suction Table (Low Budget)
alternatively, it will fit over a large suction table. On a large table the perforated area should be
blanked off to ensure the suction is only drawn inside the dome. It can also be used without
suction on a workbench.
The dome has a hole to take the humidity hose and a smaller one to insert a humidity sensor
(see 0107-4500) humidity Controller). The large damper regulates the build up of negative
vacuum pressure inside the dome and prevents excessive external pressure on the dome. We
suggest our Ultrasonic Humidifier Kit (see page 138) is used for moist air, which gives a very
even movement of mist within the dome, allowing relaxation to be controlled and even.
Made from clear 6mm acrylic with a base size of 795mm x 595mm x 330mm high.
Product Code: 0107-8063 £345.00

PEL-Humidity Dome
II PEL Steamer
The PEL-Steamer is a super heated steam generator with precision fine adjustment for removal
of adhesives, waxes and resins on paper, books, wall paintings, gemstone cleaning, ceramic,
sculpture, metal, in fact many conservation applications where controllable steam pressure is
required. Fine adjustment from 0.5 to 8 bar (120 P.S.I.) with no drop in steam pressure during
operation.
Safety features: automatic safety valve, automatic steam release (solenoid) valve, thermostatic
cut out should the water level become too low. The machine is tested and approved to interna-
tional standards. Operation is simple, once switched on, a short delay before neon indicating
light illuminates to inform you the machine is operational. The extra long 1.75 metre flexible
steam hose and fine jet hand-piece make it ideal for standing up on site work, especially for
wall paintings. The long hose also allows the unit to sit on the floor (not on the bench) away from
work in progress. The foot control switch allows hands free operation. To empty, simply turn on
the outlet tap. Additional features such as pressure gauge, water level gauge, on-off foot switch,
water outlet tap, 8 bar pressure, plugs into any 110 or 220/240 volt electrical supply with extra
long steam hose. No other machine offers these features.
Product Code: 805-0004 £1449.00

Power Supply 110, 220/240 Voltage
Power Consumption 1800 Watts
Steam Pressure 0.5 to 8 bar (120 P.S.I)
Max Temperature 150ºC 100mm away from nozzle
approx 45ºC
Water Capacity 3 litres
Dimensions 400mm high x 380mm x 210mm
Weight 14 Kilos
also see page 137

for more steamers
visit our website at


II PEL Cold Suction Tables
Picture for illustrative purposes only. Visit www.preservationequipment.com for current models

Cold Suction Tables PEL II
II PEL Cold Suction Table (Low Budget)

PEL’s experience in supplying cold suction tables has enabled
us to develop a system that is high quality and capable of per-
forming to the demands of conservators who have limited
budgets. Manufactured completely in stainless steel to allow
(with the correct vacuum system) solvents to be used. The
perforated top, which is loose, enables thorough cleaning
inside the table and the vacuum airways. The support stand
(also stainless steel) is designed for the vacuum system to be
located underneath and is available separately. The suction
table can be used on a workbench or the support stand. The
working height with the support stand is 960mm. Perforations
are 1.5mm holes of 2.6mm pitch 30% open area.
Cold suction tables are used for stain removal, spot cleaning,
relaxing, parchment treatment, removing creases and cockling,
spot leaf casting and other conservation work. Comes with 2
metres of hose and tee piece (extra length of hose is available).
For optimum drying, remove one hose, this will allow cross
airflow below the object instead of totally pulling through it,
especially useful in treating textiles and parchment. Various
vacuum systems are available, such as our variable wet and dry
II PEL Cold Suction Table vacuum, for solvents you will require a suitable system, alterna-
tively you may already have an existing system. If you require
The perforated work surface is hand ground aluminium with an information on the vacuum systems we supply, please contact
overall table size of 1500mm x 1200mm (59" x 47") a flush customer service. Caution wet and dry vacuums must not be
surround of 38mm width to facilitate edge seal for masking used with solvents.
and accommodate the fitting of a dome. The overall height of
the table from floor level to work surface is 840mm (33"). Product Code Description £595.00
0107-8060 Stainless Steel Suction Table
The work surface and suction chamber are supported by
Dimensions: 800 x 600 x 60mm
square section powder coated tubular steel support stand with
Weight: 18kg
cross brace bars supporting the 1.1KW direct drive impeller
exhauster unit. 0107-8600 Support Stand £187.25
Dimensions: 780 x 580 x 900mm
The speed control unit and mechanical safety valve prevents Weight: 9kg
overloading.
Mounted on the side of the support stand just below the work
surface is a small control box containing the variable speed II Humidity Dome
control selector for ease of use when selecting the desired The humidity dome is blown from a single 8mm sheet of clear acrylic,
suction level. fitted with a metal edge frame for added strength and rigidity.
Product Code Description Price Attached to the table on two gas strut hinges, the dome is
804-2409 Suction Table £7,348.00
supplied with a small hole (25mm) to accommodate a humidity
sensor, at the opposite side is a mechanical pressure relief valve,
804-2400 Humidity Dome £2,995.00
which removes negative vacuum pressure within the dome.
805-7007 Ultrasonic Humidifier £103.50
& Hose Kit
804-2407 RH Controller & £395.00 Product Code Description Price
Sensor 804-2400 Humidity Dome £2,995.00

II PEL-Book Suction Table Drying Rack
II Mobile Paper Drying Rack
This unit is mobile and will fit through normal doorways so that it can be wheeled into drying
rooms. The size is ideal for drying maps, prints, drawings and small papers. We have designed
the trays so that the support material does not leave a pattern on the paper after drying. This is
acheived by using Saatifil polyester material as the support media.
The trolley frame has U channel tray runners for each of the 20 trays and has lockable wheels.
The distance between each tray is 50mm, if more space is required, simply remove a tray.
Comes ready assembled (not flat packed), the trolley is powder coated steel, and the trays are
made from aluminium.

805-7001 20 x Trays & Trolley £1799.00
Dimensions Trolley 1020mm x 720mm x 1525mm h
Tray Overall Size 1000mm x 700mm
Drying Area 970mm x 670mm
please note: rack comes with 20 tray’s.
II PEL-Book Suction Device

Made from stainless steel (it will fit into a fume cupboard if you are using solvents). Withstands
very high vacuum pressures, especially useful when spot cleaning a small area with the rest of
the platen blanked off. Working surface of 380 x 300mm with 1mm perforated holes 3mm
apart. To create a fine perforation surface use Saatifil over the Platen (see page 147). To blank
off sections for spot cleaning use latex sheeting (see page 93). Comes with 2.5 metres of strong
vacuum hose, can be connected to your existing vacuum unit (if you have one). Alternatively we
can supply vacuum systems, please specify your working requirements.
Product Code P805-3007 £685.00

Platen Size 380mm x 300mm
Overall Size 425mm x 300mm x 300mm
Weight 7kg

Vacuum Glass Press Hot Lining Table II
A.
B.
II Support Stands
A strong sound construction of high quality stands designed for vacuum presses, offering a firm
sturdy support.
Product Code for Model No Price

809-6125 809-0220 £331.70
809-6130 809-0260 £363.80
809-6135 809-0360 & 1710 £406.60
II A. Hot Vacuum Glass Press

Incorporates a well proven high technology heating system. The top panel of the Hot Glass Press II Foam Plastic (not shown)
is made up of two sheets of toughened glass. The inner surface of the lower sheet has an A high grade heat resistant foam blanket. Used when heat sealing with pre-pierced film to allow
invisible conductive film embedded into it. A controlled electric current is passed through this film air to escape and prevent bubbles (silvering) for hardbed press use.
creating a highly efficient heating system. The transparent top panel offers a high level of operator
confidence as work can be viewed throughout the bonding process. Can also be used as cold press Product Code size Price
for wet tissue and paper repairs. The clear view of the work allows final adjustments before 809-0155 1219 x 1651 x 13mm £26.12
pressure is activated assuring correct alignment of work before laminating. All models include an 809-0156 1219 x 813 x 13mm £13.81
automatic electronic cycle controller, with manual over-ride, together with a vacuum pressure control.
Product Code
809-0220
working area size
635mm x 940mm (25” x 37”)
power
2300w
Price
£2995.00
II Vacu Foam (not shown)
A special thin grey foam (5mm) for use with vacuum presses, same use as foam plastic.
809-0260 890mm x 1195mm (35” x 47”) 2500w £3495.00
809-0360 1095mm x 1705mm (43” x 67”) 4200w £3995.00 Product Code size Price
809-0560 1276mm x 2496mm (50” x 98”) 5575w £6995.00 809-0111 2304 x 1650 x 5mm £22.42
II B. Heated Hot Lining Table

Unlike other vacuum presses the lining table has a heated glass platen fitted into the base of II Dartek® Cast Nylon Film (not shown)
the machine, with fixed temperature options and an efficient cooling system. The smooth glass Extra wide soft transparent nylon film with no plasticisers, additives or surface coatings. The film
surface is easy to clean and will no doubt be a benefit for various conservation methods. You can be stretched to a higher draw depth without breaking, the approximate 5% stretch makes
will of course require a membrane to use on the press, we offer various materials for this it ideal as a covering membrane for lining of paintings on a vacuum hot table or low pressure
purpose (such as Dartek or polyester films). The price is more competitive than other heated table, becoming softer as it is heated. It does not puncture easily, adheres to itself or other
suction tables on the market. plastics with a heated spatula or tacking iron.
Product Code size Price Product Code thickness size wt Price

809-1710 1705mm x 1095mm (67” x 43”) £5885.00 216-88200 19 micron 2235mm x 61m 5.5kg £95.86

II pH Meters
Both meters are made in the UK
under ISO/CE Certification Conditions.
BOTH
METERS
REQUIRE
952-1413B
PH PROBE
II pH Meter
The 952-3510 is a versatile unit which utilises the best of modern technology to simplify oper-
ation without sacrificing accuracy or reliability. The meter supports 1,2 or 3 point
II pH Meter
pH calibration on either manually entering pH buffer values or automatically temperature com- The custom back-lit liquid crystal display simultaneously shows the pH reading and the manually
pensated buffers to DIN, JIS and NIST. set temperature compensation value that is simply adjusted with the up and down arrow
keys. A one or two point calibration can be selected and, for ease of operation, automatic buffer
With push button operation and a customised liquid crystal display, determination of pH, mV and
recognition can be used. In special applications this can be overridden, enabling calibration to be
associated temperature levels can readily be achieved with the minimum of operator training.
set at any two points across the full pH range.
The meter includes a 32 reading memory facility. Remote monitoring and data collection is
facilitated by the provision of both analogue and digital outputs and in the event of power This pH meter offers automatic temperature compensation (ATC) via the temperature probe
removal all user defined parameters are retained. supplied. When connected the secondary display will show the actual temperature, which is the
• Ideal for routine laboratory applications • 3 decimal place resolution value used for the ATC. If disconnected, the secondary display reverts to a manually adjustable
• 1,2 or 3 point pH calibration • Choice of pH calibration buffer types temperature compensation value.
• Differential pH input • 32 reading memory • Back lit custom LCD This instrument also features a mV mode for Redox (ORP) measurement and electrode condition
• RS232 serial interface and analogue outputs • Wall mounting option monitoring. Simultaneous pH and temperature reading with 32 reading data storage.
Product Code 952-3510 £379.00 An indication of battery life is also permanently shown on the display. An automatic switch off
pH range (1,2 or 3 point cal) -2.000 to 19.999pH facility helps to conserve battery life.
Resolution 0.001/0.01/0.1pH The Model 952-370 is housed in a robust, ergonomically designed case that is environmentally
Accuracy ±0.003pH protected to IP65. This product is ideal for use in field or any portable situation. Take care of your
mV range (Abs & Rel) 0 to ±1999.9mV pH probe by keeping it wet and not letting the probe dry out. Care should be taken with the glass
Resolution 0.1mV /1mV sensor end which can be easily broken. Always keep the end cap on when not is use.
Accuracy ±0.2mV This will ensure years of life in your pH probe. The special flat pH probe is especially manufac-
Input impedance >1012ohms tured for PEL to a high standard. It is designed for the pH measurement of paper, textiles and
Temperature ranges -10 to +105ºC/14 to 221ºF other flat surfaces. It can also be used for liquids. Comes with temperature probe, carry case,
Resolution 0.1ºC /1ºF instructions, 2AA batteries and pH 4, 7 and 10 buffered sachets.
Accuracy ±0.5ºC/±1ºF
ATC range 0 to 100ºC/32 to 212ºF Product Code 952-370 £166.00
Manual Temp. Comp. 0 to 100ºC/32 to 212ºF pH Range -2.00 to 16.00pH
Calibration User selectable 1,2 or 3 point Resolution (Accuracy) 0.01pH (±0.02pH)
Auto Buffer Selection PEL (2.00, 4.00, 7.0, 9.20, 10.00) mV (Abs & Rel) range ±1999mV
DIN (3.06, 4.65, 6.79, 9.23, 12.75) Resolution (Accuracy) 1mV (±1mV)
NIST (1.68, 4.01, 6.87, 9.18, 12.45) Temperature Ranges -10 to +105ºC/14 to 221ºF
JIS (1.68, 4.01, 6.87, 9.18, 12.45) Resolution (Accuracy) 0.1ºC/1ºF(±0.5ºC/±1ºF)
Or manually entered buffers
ATC Range 0 to 100ºC
Manual Temperature Compensation 0 to 100ºC /32 to 212ºF
II Calibration & Electrode Solutions Resolution 0.1ºC/1ºF
These dependable solutions are supplied in 500ml plastic bottles. If you are measuring in the Auto Buffer Recognition 4.00, 7.00, 9.22 & 10.00 (manual override)
alkaline range, use pH 10.01. For the acid range use pH 4.01. Calibration User Selectable 1 or 2 point
Power 2 AA Cells (included)
Product Code Description Price Battery Life 500 hours typical (@25ºC with alkaline cells)
952-7004 pH 4.01. Buffer pH solutions rated at 25ºC £9.25 Size 175(l) x 75(w) x 35 (d) mm
952-7007 pH 7.01. Buffer pH solutions rated at 25ºC £9.25 Weight 250g
952-7010 pH 10.01. Buffer pH solutions rated at 25ºC £9.25
952-7071 Topping up solution £9.75 Product Code Description Price
952-7030 Storage solution £11.75 952-1413B Flat surface pH probe £79.95

PEL-Caster Leafcasting Machine II
Features are as follows…
I Large casting area for large and multiple paper infill repairs
I Siphonic action for optimum infill
I Powerful and quiet centrifugal water pump
I Top sprinkler box enables low velocity rapid fill
I Bottom fill enables safe increase in water level with document in place
I Combined top and bottom fill ability
I Separate water level adjustment facility for accurate fill levels
I Holding tank allows quick drain down facility for easy access
I Flush support grid ridge allows simple masking and sealing with no pulp leakage
I Internal vacuum with speed and timer control gives high quality results of leaf casting
I Low maintenance and easy cleaning
I Mobile rubber tyred casters with foot operated brake
I Operation Manual
I CE Approved
II Mastercast Leafcasting Machine

This new leaf casting machine has been developed by PEL after years of experience in designing and marketing leaf casting and
paper infill machines for paper conservators. It incorporates a number of new design features, which when combined with its
large casting area offer the conservators much more than any other leaf casting machine.
The PEL caster trials have already proved a superior quality of paper infill. The way it works is the machine consists of a casting
tank and holding tank. Water is pumped into the casting tank first from the holding tank, housed below the casting area. Pulp is
then mixed with the water in the casting tank containing the paper to be infilled. During the casting process, the pulp is removed
from the water through the openings of the document being repaired and is held in place by a filter mesh placed below the dam-
aged paper.
Normally available from stock due to the fact they are manufactured in a quantity to enable us to offer this high specification
machine at such a low price. Other suppliers have them made to order, are more expensive, and have long delivery times. Comes
complete with operating manual, please note that to operate this machine requires some experience of paper infill and leaf
casting knowledge is recommended.
Pictures show work before paper infill repair and the finished quality.
Before
Product Code: 0906-7080 £4275.00

Casting Area 760mm x 690mm
Dimensions 900mm x 760mm x 1000mm high
Water Tank 15 gallons (67.5 litres)
Power Supply 240 volt 13 amp 50 Hz
Water Pump 370w
Vacuum 1000w
Water Flow 40 litres per minute
Weight 90kg
Cleaning is made easy, the casting screen is removable as is the internal holding tank and pipe work can be removed for clean-
ing. Casting sink has integral “shoulder” to enable easy sealing of the casting screen membrane. Vacuum unit can be manually or
timer controlled. Vacuum power is adjustable. Controls enable a selection of either top fill through sprinkler bar, bottom fill or both
together. This feature allows simple water level adjustment prior to casting.
After

C.
B.
A.
II A. Flymesh Netting
Ideal for drying shelves and supporting textiles and paper in washing, makes a protective grid
while vacuum cleaning delicate textiles.

805-7110 1220mm x 10m Roll £52.90
II B. Capillary Matting 8204

This material is well known as a media for the humidification process, when wetted has the
advantage of a more uniform humidification to reduce the risk of liquid penetration when used
with Gore-Tex or Sympatex.
Can also be used as a reusable blotter, support when spraying or drying. Is also used in leaf
casting as a drying support and to take away excess water in the machine.

986-8204 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 5m Roll £20.20
986-8204-50 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 50m Roll £152.90
II C. Sympatex (alternative to Gore-Tex®)

This material is moisture permeable. Used for humidification, allowing humidity to reach the
object without wetting. Offers easy and inexpensive techniques for the humidification method in
PEL’s experience in supplying cold suction tables has enabled us to develop a system that
986-0360 1500mm x 10m Roll £156.80
is high quality and capable of performing to the demands of conservators who have limited
budgets. Manufactured completely in stainless steel to allow (with the correct vacuum system)
solvents to be used. The perforated top, which is loose, enables thorough cleaning inside the
table and the vacuum airways. The support stand (also stainless steel) is designed for the
II Pulp Blender vacuum system to be located underneath and is available separately. The suction table can be
This tough no nonsense blender is ideal for paper pulp and is used on a workbench or the support stand. The working height with the support stand is
an essential accessory for leaf casting machines. Make your 960mm. Perforations are 1.5mm holes of 2.6mm pitch 30% open area.
own pulp from prepared pulp or off-cuts of paper and board.
The tough glass goblet allows you to view the pulp during Cold suction tables are used for stain removal, spot cleaning, relaxing, parchment treatment,
blending, most useful when colouring or using off-cuts. It has removing creases and cockling, spot leaf casting and other conservation work. Comes with 2
3 speeds; 1 for normal work and 2 for really fine pulp. metres of hose and tee piece (extra length of hose is available). For optimum drying, remove one
The multi position easy fix one litre glass goblet can even be hose, this will allow cross airflow below the object instead of totally pulling through it, especially
positioned for left or right hand use. Within the jug lid is useful in treating textiles and parchment. Various vacuum systems are available, such as our
a special measuring device, whilst the heavy chrome base variable wet and dry vacuum, for solvents you will require a suitable system, alternatively you may
and non-slip feet ensure stability in use. As for cleaning, it already have an existing system. If you require information on the vacuum systems we supply,
couldn’t be simpler. The tough glass goblet and blade are please contact customer service. Caution wet and dry vacuums must not be used with solvents.
dishwasher proof and both come apart for easy cleaning.
Product Code: P805-3901 £45.00 0107-8060 Stainless Steel Suction Table 18kg £595.00
Power Supply 230 volt 800 x 600 x 60mm
Power Consumption 550 watt 0107-8600 Support Stand 9kg £187.25
Capacity 1.5 litre 780 x 580 x 900mm
Dimensions 405mm H x 210mm D 0107-8063 Humidity Dome £345.00

Conservation Materials II
II Wool Felt (not shown) II Multisorb Blotting Paper
The best and finest quality 100% wool felt available today. This excellent wool felt surpasses all This is the best paper for pressing and drying during conservation, especially leaf casting and
other drying media and proves to be the most reliable when high standards are required. A truly paper infill. It will take 2.5 times its own weight in water. With its extra strong wet strength, the
top quality paper makers felt, ideal for our MasterPulp Paper Infill Machine. sheets can be used and dried many times. Although good for Herbarium conservation, it is not
recommended for permanent interleaving or mounting.
986-2410 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick 10m roll £171.00 Product Code sheets size gsm Price
986-2405 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick 5m roll £94.00 682-3020A 25 750mm x 680mm 300gsm £39.85
682-3020 100 750mm x 680mm 300gsm £151.85
II Sympatex (not shown)

This material is moisture permeable. Used for humidification, allowing humidity to reach the II PEL Blotting Paper
object without wetting. Offers easy and inexpensive techniques for the humidification method in Acid-free, wood-free slightly textured to give high bulk and absorbency. The pH is close to 7.
Product Code size base wt qty Price
Product Code size Price 535-1000 860mm x 610mm (33.85” x 24”) 300gsm 100 £54.95
986-0360 1500mm x 10m Roll £156.80 535-1048 1220mm x 860mm (48” x 33.85”) 300gsm 50 £59.95
II Paper Pulp for Leaf Casting & Paper Infill II Saatifil

PEL have researched together with a well known private handmade paper mill, paper pulp to Saatifil is now available in 2 grades, 492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf casting
use in paper infill and leaf casting. This carefully designed, archival quality range of dry pulp and paper infill machines. 492-12050 is 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables.
boards is available in four colours and is ideal for our leaf casting machines. 492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf casting and paper infill machines (see PEL-
The boards are produced from a blend of beaten hemp and cotton fibres. Using a liquidiser (see Caster). It can also be used for backing, interleaving, as a support for parchment during repair
product 805-3900, our Pulp Blender) the boards are easily made into paper pulp by simply and other conservation tasks. Makes a fine drying support, the material has a slick surface
adding to water. The paper pulp boards are already buffered with magnesium carbonate to give which prevents sticking, especially useful when using wet pulp. It is soft, drapable close weave
a pH in the range 7.5 to 8.3 and contain CMC in the correct papermaking proportions. material, with air permeable 120 micron mesh opening (41%) 51gsm.
Unlike beaten pulp supplied in a wet form, which must be used quickly because it does not 492-12050 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables, allows good air flow with a smooth
keep, these boards are stored without worry of deterioration and are ready to use straight from surface. An excellent support material for drying shelves, does not stretch or sag. Also used over
the pack. Virgin pulp or unbeaten pulp in the form of linters is not easy to prepare and frequently fragile textiles and soft furnishings when being vacuumed to prevent loose threads leaving
does not give the desired result, this pulp has already been beaten and is much simpler to use. the fabric, yet allowing dirt and dust to be removed. When using this extra wide material on
vacuum tables it provides full support to delicate works of art. Also prevents the vacuum table
The boards are available in four colours, soft white, soft yellow, grey and soft brown. The holes leaving impressions on the item during treatment. The material has a mesh opening of 50
different colours can be mixed to allow the matching shade on paper infill without the use of
micron and a weight of 180gsm. Price Per Roll
dye additives.
To allow you to establish which colour suits your requirements we can provide a sample pack Product Code Description size Price
of at least two boards of each colour, product code 682-0008. 492-12041 Saatifil 100% Polyester 1070mm x 5m £102.60
Please note 1 kg is approximately 10 boards may be 9 or 11 since the weight of a board varies. 492-12050 Saatifil 100% Polypropylene 2370mm x 3m £215.00

682-0008 Sample Pack 640mm x 500mm £56.75 per 1kg II Reemay®
682-00WH Soft White 640mm x 500mm £56.75 per 1kg Acid-free, random-spunbonded 100% polyester, available in three thicknesses in rolls. Reemay
682-00YL Soft Yellow 640mm x 500mm £56.75 per 1kg has proved over many years to be a strong inert material for preservation and conservation
682-00BR Soft Brown 640mm x 500mm £56.75 per 1kg methods. Retains its physical properties when wet and is dimensionally stable during humidity
682-00GR Soft Grey 640mm x 500mm £56.75 per 1kg changes. As with Holytex it’s used in paper infill, a drying support media, lining, interleaving,
backing, it can be used over and over again withstanding being laundered. More fibrous
Paper Pulp for Leaf Casting & Paper Infill as shown below. than Holytex, which is reflected in the price, because Holytex is cullendered for longer in
manufacture.
Browse our website at: 492-2250

492-2014
1219mm x 25m
1498mm x 25m
17gsm
34gsm
0.13mm
0.28mm
£10.65 Roll
£35.25 Roll
www.preservationequipment.com 492-2024 1041mm x 25m 71gsm 0.30mm £28.40 Roll
Saatifil 492-12050
Saatifil 492-12041

II PEL Anoxia Disinfestation System
II Anoxia Disinfestation System

PEL with EXPM offer anoxia disinfestation chamber for pest
control in works of art in archives, museums and libraries.
The EXPM anoxia treatment system has been used to eradicate
pest infestation in books, documents, artefacts and other
materials since 1997.
The chamber is rectangular with a volume of six cubic
metres, manufactured from stainless steel, the structure is
reinforced with carbon steel sections. The hinged door allows
full access, there is a small ramp for wheeling in the shelved
trolleys containing items for disinfestation.
The anoxia chamber eliminates insects no matter what their
stage of development, using an ecological, non-toxic process.
The process does not employ toxic or chemically aggressive
products or high temperatures. Therefore, no damage or accu-
mulation of substances in the treated material, allowing them
to be handled immediately following treatment.
Display readings from within the chamber provide up-to-date
information on the major parameters of the workings of the
system. Temperature, relative humidity and pressure sensors
are located inside the chamber, the oxygen content control
system comprises a small circulating pump that feeds
the oxygen analyser. The readings of these parameters
are transmitted to a small central computer which receives
and analyses them, controlling the working of a system of
electromagnetic valves that in turn control the pneumatic
valves of the control and safety systems.
The objects remain in the chamber from 3 to 4 weeks to
complete the treatment. During the treatment period the
parameters are set to achieve insect eradication without
residues or interference of the artefacts.
The holding trolley kit is availing for inserting stacked items
such as books, the kit contains 4 holding trolleys and makes
removal simple and easy.
Product Code 107-7000 £P.O.A.
For health and safety we strongly recommend lack of oxygen
Power supply 380v (three-phrase) detection equipment.
External dimensions 1937 x 1470 x 1920mm (depth x width x height)
Weight 3500kg We can offer installation and set up of the chamber together
Air compressor 800 x 500 x 700mm with ancillary equipment and training for personnel that
Electrical switchboard 300 x 800 x 1000mm are to use the equipment. We also offer a maintenance
Instrumentation and control cabinet 300 x 800 x 1000mm agreement which is undertaken by specialized technical
Nitrogen distribution centre for 2 x 2 bottles 300 x 1100 x 2000mm
personnel. Please contact customer services for costs.
Delivery and crating at cost.
II Holding Trolley Kit
The kit contains 4 units, each holding trolley is made from stainless steel fitted with 4 rotating rubber-tyre castors, one fixed
shelf of 2mm stainless steel sheet and 4 removable perforated 2mm sheet steel measuring 1500mm x 390mm x 40mm sand-
blasted and finished with chemical resistant coating.

External dimensions 1500mm long x 1600mm high x 400mm wide
II Lack of oxygen safety detection system

We recommend the working chamber room is protected by a warning light and buzzer system fitted to the entrance to the room.
The safety warning system has a single-channel controller with a digital display indicating low oxygen inside the chamber.
For online buying visit our website

148
Foam Cutter Thermocutter II
I
I
I
PDT 50 (15mm) I PT 150 PT 012/06 (35mm)

PDT 150 (150mm) I PT 151 (110mm)
PT 08/50 (50mm) PT 013/45 (45mm) PT 04 (15mm)
PT 11/15 (15mm) PT 05 (40mm) PT 06 (10mm)
II Thermocutter
with Control Station. This model
PT 011/06 (10mm) PT 015/06 (35mm) PT 01 (6mm)
is designed for constant use with fine
adjustment control. The cutting hand tool is much
lighter weight and does not become hot. Double Sided
Product Code: 805-5000 £695.00 If you continuously use the Thermocutter
Power Supply 230 Volt then this model should be the one to
Dimensions 190W x 205H x 300mm L choose. Extra safety features include low
Weight 11.5 kg
voltage output. PT 3/15 (15mm) PT 2/50 (50mm)
PT 3/30 (30mm) PT 2/100 (100mm)
PT 3/50 (50mm) PT 2/150 (150mm)
We supply museum quality foam

in black and white 2mm to 290mm Blades (for both types of thermocutter) Price
thickness with lamination 020-PT01 6mm Blade £6.95
in 2m x 1m sheets. 020-PT011/06 10mm Blade £6.95
020-PT012/06 35mm Blade £7.70
Please note, will get 020-PT015/06 35mm Blade £6.95
warm when 020-PT013/45 45mm Blade £10.50
020-PT04 15mm Blade £6.95
in use
II 020-PZTS-20 020-PT05 40mm Blade £6.95
The Thermocutter with electrically heated blade 020-PT06 10mm Blade £6.15
is designed for cutting Plastazote® Ethafoam® 020-PT08/50 50mm Blade £10.50
and Polystyrene. It will also cut other types of foam and 020-PT11/15 15mm Blade £5.20
plastic materials easily and effortlessly. This tool will make 020-PT150 Set of Arms for wire cutters £27.50
professional display supports, shipping cavity trays and storage 020-PT151 Wire cutters 110mm Pk of 10 £18.75
protection that fits artifacts and specimens. Its slim handle with 020-PT2/50 Dble Sided Blade 50mm £5.95
spring-loaded on-off switch allows precise cutting in areas of limited 020-PT2/100 Dble Sided Blade 100mm £5.60
access. Operating temperature is adjustable by a small fingertip control adjusting 020-PT2/150 Dble Sided Blade 150mm £5.75
the blade to heat instantly to the correct working temperature and speed of cut. It can cut 020-PT3/15 15mm Blade £4.55
through foam (like butter) up to 5" (130mm) thick. To change blades simply loosen two thumb screws and 020-PT3/30 30mm Blade £4.55
insert another blade. A variety of blades are available for specific tasks and shaping of foam. 020-PT3/50 50mm Blade £4.55
A variety of blades are available for specific tasks and shaping of foam. Blades are easily fitted by simply 020-PDT50 50mm Blade £10.50
loosening two thumb screws. Deciding on which type of blade to choose depends on the shape of cut and 020-PDT150 150mm Blade £19.20
the material being used. For example, the PDT50 allows vertical cuts and the larger plate guides the blade
in a straight line. PT015/06 is good for a chopping action, or cutting small pieces of foam. The PT2 blades Product Code: 020-PZTS-20 £149.95
have a cutting edge on both sides, allowing cutting back and forth. You should choose the length of blade Power Supply 230 & 110 Volt
to suit the thickness of foam, this will prevent overheating on continuous work. The PT150 wire blade Power Consumption 120 Watt
(bestselling blade) can be shaped to the contour of a particular shape. Weight 1 Kg

II Balances
B.
A.
C.
D.
II C. Digital Weighing Scales

Portable electronic weighing scales, these low cost units are
available in 2 or 5 kilo models. An overload protection facility
II A. High Accuracy Balance is incorporated to protect the load cell from being damaged.
The precision weighing balance housed in an impact resistant ABS case with stainless steel weighing pan, draft shield, splashproof Tare facility is featured which is effective over the full range,
membrane keypad, levelling bubble and adjustable feet. The balance can be either mains or battery powered for portability. allowing the user to place a container on the scales, press
Tare and then weigh only the contents placed in the
• Weight in g, lb, oz, ct • Impact-resistant ABS case with adjustable feet • Splash-proof membrane keypad incorporating container. A hi-frequency sonic beep is sounded when the
5 function keys • 115cm Ø stainless steel weighing pan • Protective drip tray • 26mm high contrast backlit LCD display target weight is achieved. A switch to select grammes or
• The tare facility over the full range can be actioned several times throughout a weighing cycle • Zero tracking ensures stable ounces measuring range. Requires a PP3 9 volt battery or
and repeatable readings • Parts counting from 10, 20, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250 or 500 sample pieces • Plus/minus weighing AC/DC power adaptor.
• Overload protection to 100% over capacity • Error indication • Auto power off after 30 minutes & low battery indication
(when used with battery) • User calibration checks with OIML Class F1 200g calibration weight (required separately)
Product Code 807-3002
• Optional AC/DC mains power adaptor (required separately) • Supplied with draft shield, battery & user guide
Price £37.55
Range 0 to 300g Capacity 2 Kilo
Resolution 0.01g Resolution 1 gram/0.1oz
Accuracy ±0.01g Accuracy +/- 3g /0.2oz
Min pcs wt 0.01g Dimensions 210x150x40mm
Power 9V PP3 battery (supplied), or AC/DC mains adaptor (required separately) Weight 309g
Dimensions 255 x 200 x 70mm (unit), 175 x 155 x 87mm (draft shield)
Weight 1.5kg Product Code Power Adapters Price
807-7000 AC Adapter UK Type £12.95
807-310
807-600CAL
300g x 0.01g Precision Balance
Calibration Certificate
£135.00
£65.00
II D.Compact Weighing Scales
These modern, portable, large capacity scales have high
807-310F/1 F1 200g Calibration Weight £41.70
accuracy, memory & parts counting functions and are supplied
807-7000 AC/DC Power Adaptor £12.95
with a weighing bowl and calibration weight. They are ideal
for general purpose weighing in laboratory environments, con-
II B. Parts Counting Scales servation and other applications requiring reliable precision.
These precision weighing/counting balances are Ni-Cad battery powered and are ideal for multiple applications in simple weighing Weight in g, oz, troy ounce (oz t), pennyweight (dwt), Impact-
or parts counting. The impact-resistant ABS case has a heavy steel base plate with adjustable feet. The weighing pan is dished resistant ABS case with stainless steel pan, non-slip rubber
and of stainless steel. A touch type membrane keypad has graphic pictograms, numeric formatted keys and three 25mm LCD feet and removable lid, 23mm backlit LCD display with func-
displays for total weight, individual part/s weight and quantity of calculated parts. tion indicators, Tare facility, Memory function to store and total
Portable – handholds for easy transportation, stay-on weighing pan and shipping lock to protect the load cell, 3 Window, backlit readings, Parts counting from 5, 10, 20 or 50 sample pieces,
LCD screen, Fast display update under 2 seconds, Large, dedicated tare and sample keys, Accumulation function for weights Plus/minus weighing, Overload warning display “EEEE”, Auto
and parts count, User-programmable parts checking made with high/low settings and audible buzzer, Auto-optimisation power off after 40 seconds of no activity, Low battery warning,
recalculates the average parts weight constantly for enhanced counting accuracy, 120 hours battery life with low battery Battery powered or by 50mA AC/DC power adaptor Supplied with
indicator, AC/DC adaptor and internal rechargeable battery with auto timed shut-off. weighing bowl, pan cover 2 x 200g calibration weights, power
adaptor and batteries.
Supplied with full instructions, protective cover, rechargeable battery and AC/DC power adaptor.
Product Code 807-4003 807-4006 807-4015 807-4030 Product Code Description Price
Price £281.85 £281.85 £281.85 £281.85
807-6100 1000g Compact Scale £49.50
Capacity 3kg 6kg 15kg 30kg
807-600CAL Calibration Certificate £65.00
Resolution 0.1g 0.2g 0.5g 0.5g Range 1000g
Accuracy ±0.1g ±0.2g ±0.5g ±0.5g Resolution 0.1g
Min rec pts wt 0.01g 0.02g 0.05g 0.10g Accuracy ±0.02g
Power Internal rechargeable battery with AC adaptor Power 4 x 1.5V AAA batteries or 50mA
Pan Size 300 x 230mm AC/DC power adaptor
Dimensions 310 x 115 x 340mm Dimensions 180 x 140 x 40mm (130mm Ø pan)
Weight 4.2kg Weight 507g

Roll Dispensers II
II Single Roll Rack Dispensers/Cutters
provide years of maintenance-free operation. Dispenses light to heavy papers and films smoothly, and cuts easily, using either
side of the double edged, spring-loaded smooth blade. Comes equipped with a wooden dowel, dowel holders and knife arms
which lock into open position for easy roll changes. Rugged, all steel units have grey baked enamel finish. Rubber feet protect
surfaces. Mounts on wall, counter top or under counter. Holds up to 227mm diameter roll. Ship assembled.
Price each.
Product Code Description Width wt Price

959-A52036 Single Roll Rack 36” (915mm) 3.00kg £78.75
959-A52048 Single Roll Rack 48” (1219mm) 4.32kg £100.25
II Wall Rack Dispensers/Cutters

are designed to be convenient space savers. Available in both three and four tiers, these units provide maximum flexibility and
convenience in roll loading, dispensing and cutting. Constructed of heavy duty materials to assure a long, useful life, each unit
assembles and mounts easily. Each rack occupies just 305mm of depth from wall surface to the leading edge of a 227mm
diameter paper roll. They incorporate regular, spring-loaded smooth blades with locking devices for easy roll changes. Attractive
baked grey enamel finish. Ship in two cartons. Assembly required. Price each.
Product Code Description Height Width wt Price

959-T29230 3 Tier Wall Tower 39” (990mm) 30” (762mm) 8.32kg £192.45
II Tower Racks
Tower Racks are sturdily constructed of tubular steel with a strong steel base. The two tier, free standing unit is for use on counter
top, while the three and four tier versions are designed primarily for free standing use. Tower Racks occupy a minimum of
space while providing convenience in roll loading, dispensing and cutting. Paper and film rolls (maximum of 227mm diameter) in
various widths, weights, and thicknesses can be dispensed. Hub adapters (available separately) allow varying roll widths to be
mounted on a single dowel. Two rolls of material can be fed through a single blade. Heavy duty casters can be added to provide
complete mobility. Grey baked enamel finish. Ship in one carton. Assembly required. Price each.
For added strength Product Code Description Width wt Price

and stability, replace 959-T367R48 2 Tier Tower 48” (1219mm) 12.27kg £225.70
wooden dowels with 959-T368R36 3 Tier Tower 36” (915mm) 12.50kg £214.55
metal dowels listed 959-T368R48 3 Tier Tower 48” (1219mm) 13.64kg £312.90
below. We strongly 959-T369R36 4 Tier Tower 36” (915mm) 14.09kg £299.50
advise you use metal 959-T369R48 4 Tier Tower 48” (1219mm) 15.45kg £412.000
dowels. 959-397 set of four casters - 1.59kg £73.85
959-1156 pair of hub adapters - 0.23kg £22.95
Product Code Description Width wt Price

959-MD30 Metal Dowel 30” (762mm) 545g £10.75
Grey Baked Enamel Finish
II Roll Storage Trolley

This roll storage trolley is a safe and convenient mobile storage system which holds up to 12 rolls of materials.
It fits through standard doors 36” (914mm) houlds up to 363 kilos and will take cores of 2” and 3” (51mm and 76mm).
Conservators will find the trolley useful for keeping conservation materials organised and handy.

959-0012 Roll Storage Trolley £205.00

II Conservation Products
II Plastic Syringes
For both manual and pneumatic usage. The kit contains one
6cc and one 35cc syringe and 6 tips, which are also available
in packs of 10 tips of a style/size. These dispensing syringes
are ideal for small or large applications of adhesives, pastes,
resins and many other materials. The barrels are translucent
for visibility of material level, all the components are chemical
resistant.

870-1000 complete kit £13.95
Product Code inside dia. style pack qty Price

870-1001 0.160mm blunt tip pack of 10 £16.25
870-1002 0.254mm blunt tip pack of 10 £6.70
870-1003 0.137mm flex tip pack of 10 £25.65
870-1004 0.033mm flex tip pack of 10 £30.85
870-1005 0.041mm clear taper pack of 10 £13.50
870-1006 0.041mm max. flow pack of 10 £6.70
1001
1004 1003
1005
1002
1006
No Spills No Fumes
A.
One-Touch Pure Touch

Standard Pump Pump
II Solvent Dispensers
These top quality solvent dispensers are an economical and
convenient means of complying with COSHH and Health &
Safety regulations. The pump/seal mechanism ensures that
the contents are not contaminated by the dispensed solvent
dripping back into the bottle. Designed to ensure the minimum B.
evaporation of dangerous solvent fumes. A precision valve
keeps the solvent sealed from the atmosphere. Depressing
the dish-dispenser delivers a measured dose for use with a
swab, yet keeps the bottle contents sealed should the bottle
be knocked over. II A. Foam Covered Cotton Swabs
Foam head moulded around a cotton bud core on a long
Product Code Price handle, these are best used where the cotton linting causes a II Kuramata (Dahlia Sprayer)
984-0612 120ml Bottle £10.60 problem. The polyurethane foam encapsulates the cotton bud This classic Japanese Sprayer creates a consistent fine mist
984-0150 180ml Bottle £10.97 and makes a high absorbing swab. from a variety of liquids. Manufactured from chrome plated
984-0200 240ml Bottle £11.35 solid brass, this rugged unit won’t rust or pit. Simply fill the
Product Code qty Price sprayer with liquid of choice and pressurise manually with the
870-7006 pack of 50 £17.95 hand pump. The simple but effective technology produces a
II Pure Touch fine, even mist without drops or spatters. Once pressurised,
Protects against cross-contamination by preventing fluid, II B. Cotton Swabs the unit can dispense up to 100ml of liquid with the push of
once pumped into the stainless steel dish, from returning a lever. You will wonder how you ever got along without the
These swabs derive their high absorbency from the wrapped
into the dispenser, all-the-while, reducing fumes, odour and indispensable conservation tool.
100% cotton bud. The long wood handle makes them ideal for
evaporation. cleaning delicate items, absorbing and applying various Price each.
solutions.
Product Code Price Product Code wt capacity Price
984-3512 120ml Bottle £11.95 Product Code qty Price 996-7000 427g 400cc £122.00
984-3514 180ml Bottle £11.95 870-7005 pack of 200 £7.95 996-7100 800g 1000cc £174.00

Weights Conservation II
II Weight Bags from PEL

PEL weight bags are a much improved product designed and researched by PEL with added features:
Product Code approx size approx wt Price
• Loose washable/replaceable calico bag covers using Velcro to secure the internal weight bag.
969-0022 55mm x 80mm 225g (0.5lb) £5.95
• Internal waterproof weight bag can be used without the loose calico cover. Ideal when weighing
969-0044 55mm x 140mm 450g (1lb) £6.95
down wet repairs.
969-0088 55mm x 260mm 900g (2lb) £8.95
When the weight bag becomes soiled/dirty simply wash the cover or replace with a new one. The filling is
galvanized steel balls that are double sealed inside polyethylene tubing and finally covered with a calico bag. Spare outer loose calico covers with velcro fastening
They have the feel of a heavy beanbag being soft and weighty giving surface protection while holding down Product Code size Price
curling charts, maps, posters and prints. 969-0020 55mm x 80mm £1.95
Paper Conservators are using them to hold down papers during Conservation especially when digitising and 969-0040 55mm x 140mm £2.20
camera work. No doubt other uses will be found for the PEL weight bags. 969-0080 55mm x 260mm £2.40
II Glass Weights II Snake Weights II Glass Weights

Made from laminated safety 6.4mm glass. Paper Weighted fabric snake weights allow the pages of books to These glass paper weights have been recommended
Conservators find these weights useful during conservation be held open for display and research. The snakes can be to PEL by a leading paper conservator who uses them
repairs and paper infill. The edges are polished smooth pro- used to hold down curled charts and single sheets of paper. on wet repairs. Other advantages are that they are less
tecting the user and paper under the extremely flat even Can be used with our Norfolk Sofa, Book Pillows & Book expensive, clear and are of good quality.
surface. The weights can also be used on charts that have Cradles. Available in 3 lengths in pairs for small, medium and Price per pack of 4.
been rolled to hold down curled edges, allows research with large books. Easily cut down to exact size for a special display
full visibility. No doubt other uses will be found for these Product Code Description Thickness Wt Price
glass weights, please let us know how you use them. Product Code length wt Price 426-0090 90mm dia. 20mm 254g £14.95
426-5000 500mm 200g £5.95 per pair 426-0070 70mm dia. 20mm 155g £13.25
Product Code size Price 426-5100 1000mm 400g £8.95 per pair
426-3030 300mm x 300mm x 6.4mm £11.95 426-5150 1500mm 600g £11.95 per pair

II Conservation Gloves
II Purple Nitrile Gloves

The unique purple colour provides quick visual differentiation
from natural rubber latex and other synthetic gloves. Textured
fingertips increases wet and dry grip, the design enhances
comfort and fit. These natural rubber latex-free gloves have a II PEL Finger Grip Gloves II Sure Grip Inspection Gloves
primary material acrylonitrile-butadiene reducing the potential These gloves are used for fine delicate manipulation as well Handle objects with the confidence provided by Sure Grip
for glove associated type 1 allergic reactions to natural rubber as handling valuable works of art with confidence. It is like Inspection Gloves. Thousands of tiny nodules cover the palms
latex proteins. Powder-free minimizing the potential for powder having a finger grip on each finger and thumb and providing and digits of these heavy duty cotton gloves for a firm grasp,
related complications such as irritant contact dermatitis. Better protection for finger ends. Record offices find the gloves ideal while protecting the object from the damaging chemicals in
chemical resistance than latex also stronger and suitable for for sorting papers and book pages, protecting the documents body oils. Gloves are available in small, medium, large.
persons with latex allergy. The extra small could well be used from body oils and fingerprints. The gloves are made from Price per dozen pair.
for visits by schoolchildren. white nylon and the fingertips are polyurethane. Each glove is
ambidextrous and available in four sizes. Price per 10 pairs.
Product Code Description Pack Price
837-5200 X Small 100 gloves £14.80 Product Code Description Price Product Code Description wt Price
837-5201 Small 100 gloves £14.80 837-100S small £16.95 948-101S small 364g £16.95
837-5202 Medium 100 gloves £14.80 837-100M medium £16.95 948-101M medium 364g £16.95
837-5203 Large 100 gloves £14.80 837-100L large £16.95 948-101L large 410g £16.95
837-5204 Extra Large 100 gloves £14.80 837-100XL extra large £16.95 948-101XL extra large 455g £16.95
II A. White Cotton Gloves

Much of the damage to photographs and negatives is caused
during handling by the chemical reactions of the body oils in
fingerprints with the image during the handling process.
These pure, lightweight white washable cotton gloves will
protect your photographs, negatives, microfiche, microfilm
and artwork from fingerprint oils, dirt and chemicals.
Available in
medium and large size. Price per dozen pair.

837-717M Medium White £8.75
837-717L Large White £8.75
837-717XL Extra Large White £8.75
II B. Disposable Gloves
These disposable, copolymer gloves safeguard both your A.
hands and the materials you are handling. Gloves fit either
hand, require no powder and come packed in a 100-glove
dispenser. Price per 1000 gloves

837-2000 10 x 100 packs £7.95
II Latex Gloves (not shown)

These high quality powder free latex gloves are ambidextrous
and have the high sensitivity required when handling items
that require feel. They are also ideal for handling wet items in
conservation procedures. Price per package of 100 gloves.

837-0001 small £10.95
837-0002 medium £10.95
837-0003 large £10.95 B.
154
Products Cleaning II
II Absorene B
II Sponge Eraser Paper and book cleaner, Absorene is a unique approach to
This foam sponge can be cut into small pieces and shapes cleaning prints, maps, books, manuscripts, paintings and
for effective, economical use. Dampen with clean water and tapestries. This dry cleaner works like an eraser. Simply wipe II A. Renaissance Wax
rub gently against the surface to be cleaned. Remember this the surface in one direction. Absorbs dirt, dust or smoke film All Purpose Cleaner/Polish
is an eraser (not a sponge). The water is essential to the from most papers while it cleans. Easy to use instructions The finest cleaner/polish wax available, specified by muse-
cleaning action as it helps the eraser to stick to the surface. included. Absorene is the original dry cleaner that works like ums, art galleries and conservators throughout the world. It
The sponge weighs 2 grams and it is as light as a feather. an eraser by drawing dust and dirt from surfaces will gently lift the grime of antiquity and murky deposits of
other polishes, leaving surfaces delightful to see and touch.
Wash under a running tap (do not squeeze) and let it dry out Product Code Wt Price Renaissance Wax may be used on any solid surface includ-
ready for the next time. As is customary with professional 001-1500 11oz (312g) £3.95 ing wood, metal, marble/onyx, shell, stone, ivory, plastics,
conservators a discreet test is advised to ensure the sponge leather and even paper. Its translucency allows unlimited
is suitable for the project. Price per pack of 5 sponges. applications and polish never stains or discolours. The hard-
ness of the matured wax coating gives excellent protection
Product Code Approx. Size Weight Price against normal spillages, finger marks, etc. The special
961-3000 110 x 70 x 40mm 10g £4.75 seamless aluminum 200ml. container insures wax will remain
in perfect condition long after other polishes hardened and
become useless. Price each.

638-0001 200ml £8.95
II Smoke Sponges 638-0025 3 litre £50.10
These dry cleaning sponges are made from vulcanised
natural rubber. The sponge lifts away dust, dirt, soot and lint
from any dry surface. The open cells absorb the soot into the
II B. Leather Preservative/Restorer
Fredelka Formula
sponge.
University Products’ Leather Preserver/Restorer is a unique
To clean the sponges you can wash them in cold water with product which has been thoroughly tested and proven to give
a little soap. Let them air dry well before reuse. Widely used outstanding results on fine leather bindings. Easily applied
for clean-up following fire damage, the cleaning applications rich cream penetrates deeply into leather to produce a scuff
for these versatile sponges continue to grow. They are a must resistant surface with a rich patina to rejuvenate, restore and
for your "Disaster Plan Kit". Price each. preserve. A compound of animal and other nondrying oils,
it contains no flammable or volatile components. Chemically
Product Code Size Wt Price neutral with defensive buffers to guard against external
961-1000 76 x 152 x 45mm 182g £2.95 pollutants. Fredelka Formula will not leave an oily or sticky
961-1002 76 x 152 x 22mm 91g £1.95 finish on books. Price each.

532-0875 225g 273g £19.55
II PEL Document Cleaning Powder

PEL Document Cleaning Powder is manufactured to a high
II Pre-lim Surface Cleaner
conservation standard set by years of experience in conser- A gentle abrasive paste for non-scratch cleaning of metals
vation supplies. The consistent white colour and particle size and many sensitive fine art surfaces. Pre-lim is widely used
is designed and specially produced for sensitive cleaning of in the professional restoration of arms, armour, sculpture, II Foam Eraser
surface dirt and dust from historical paper. The soft powder brass, copper exhibition cookware, ceramics and other Smooth touch foam eraser suitable for even the thinnest of
lifts and absorbs the dirt, you will notice it working by the conservation methods. To ensure cleaned surfaces especially papers. Paper Conservators are also grinding these erasers
colour change as the dirt is absorbed. Once the area is clean metals remain clean and bright, protect them with down into small particles to make draft cleaning powder.
simply brush the residue away. Comes in a container 180mm Renaissance wax polish for a long lasting and visually
enhancing finish. We recommend a discreet test is done to The new Foam formula provides great clean erasing power
high x 70mm diameter with fine sprinkle holes, pouring slot with minimal pressure. Eraser dust sticks together making
and removable top. ensure that Pre-lim is suitable for your specific project.
clean up easy. Price pack 10 erasers
Product Code Weight Price Product Code Weight Price Product Code size Price
782-4000 150g £4.95 638-0030 200ml £7.50 961-7000 45mm x 20mm x 5mm £6.40

II Conservation Tools
P-2
CM
II Utility Pliers
No conservators' tool box should be without utility pliers. Handle small, delicate items with ease
Cutting Mat and confidence. Lap joint construction assures consistent alignment during use. High polished
tempered steel assures durability while the insulated handles provide comfort and control. The
extra long needle nose pliers have flat jaws to prevent marking objects.
MC-45
729-7511 extra long needle nose 45g £5.95
II Snap-Off Blade Utility Knife

This sturdy and small utility knife features the unique snap-off blade system. Their
superior safety, economy, and razor-sharp cutting performance make them ideal tools for
thousands of applications. With the sharp, instantly renewable edge, they will quickly become
CMP-1 your favourite instruments for cutting papers, films, leathers, tapes, etc.

688-9651 688-9071 small utility knife 45g £3.40
RTY2/DX 688-9031 688-9281 replacement blades, 10 pack 45g £2.70
688-AK1
II Pointed Tweezers
Needle sharp points provide accurate control for sorting, probing and holding small items.
Light tension facilitates delicate work. 125mm long, nickel-plated steel. Price each.
II OLFA Products
Cutting Mats have a semi-hard surface which gives protection to knife blades. The mat Product Code description wt Price
surface heals completely after each cut. Best quality available - beware of cheap imitations. 729-7336 pointed tweezers 45g £2.95

688-9823 Green A3 (450mm x 320mm x 3mm thick) £16.80
688-9876 No Grid. Green Extra Large (1000mm x 1500mm) £165.50
688-9879 No Grid. Green Extra Large (1000mm x 2000mm) £218.00 II Self Closing Tweezers
Self-closing, flat tips provide sufficient tension to hold larger materials firmly for positioning.
Product Code description Price 165mm long, nickel-plated steel. Price each.
688-CMP-2 Circle Cutter cuts 70mm to 300mm diameter in plywood, £26.95
mountboard, leather, corrugated boards thick or thin. Product Code description wt Price
688-9052 Spare Blades for OLF CMP-2 (pack of 10 snap off strips). £4.24 729-7338 self closing tweezers 45g £3.50
688-CMP-1 Compass Cutter for circles of 10mm to 150mm diameter £6.35
in paper, films or leather.
688-COB-1 Spare Blades for OLF CMP-1 (pack of 15 blades). £2.70
688-MC-45 Mat Cutter for perfect 45º bevels on mounting board. £15.60
688-MCB-1 Spare Blades for OLF MC-45 (pack of 5 blades). £10.20
688-9031 Heavy duty cutter with rubber grip. £6.27
688-9052 Spare Blades for 688-90 (pack of 10 snap off blades). £4.24 II Bent Nose Tweezers
688-9651 Rotary cutter for cutting paper, board, cloth or leather in £12.95 Curved flat pointed tip provides better view of work in sorting, assembling and positioning small
any direction: backward, forward, straight or curved lines. parts. 152mm long, nickel plated steel. Price each.
688-9452 Spare Blades for 688-9651. 45mm circular. £3.80
688-AK1 Art-Knife complete with 5 spare blades £4.25 Product Code description wt Price
688-KB Spare blades for 688-AK1 (pack of 25 blades) £3.40 729-7343 bent nose tweezers 45g £3.50

Products Conservation II
II Spatula Minarette
II Genuine Bone Folders Extra fine steel retouching tool used in both objects and paper
conservation treatments. The minarette is small, light and
These real bone quality tools are extremely useful for making flexible enough to allow conservators to move small flakes of
a strong crease in paper, Mylar or other materials and as paint, push tiny fills or adhesive into small places, consolidate
burnisher for tapes, press-on letters, etc. A must for book- pigments, manipulate fine fibres and mix very small amounts
binding and repair. Smooth bone, available in three styles.
of paint for in painting. Price each.
Price each.
Product Code Price
Product Code style wt Price
092-2221 £4.50
870-900B one end pointed 40g £2.65
the other rounded
6” x 0.75” (152 x 19mm)
870-901B large, one end 50g £4.25
pointed, the other II Bookbinder’s Awl
rounded 8” x 1” (204 x 22mm) Simple sharp tool has an extra sharp point to punch holes in
870-902B two rounded ends 50g £4.25 signatures before sewing to assure all the holes will line up.
8” x 1” (204 x 22mm)
Price each.

II Book Sewing Needles 870-884 50g £3.50
Package of 25 English needles of the finest grade steel.

870-886 35g £6.95
II PTFE/Teflon Spatula
A new alternative to traditional bone folders. The non-stick
PTFE makes them ideal for conservation, a tool everyone’s
asking for. Used for separating paper layers, burnishing,
creasing and book binding.

870-9100 large (160 x 20 x 8mm) £11.20
870-9101 medium (150 x 15 x 6mm) £9.95
A II Japanese Strainers
Beautifully made from natural materials in Japan a high
quality traditional item. Available in horsehair, 240mm (9.45”)
diameter. They are used to strain paste, after cooking and
B especially after storage and recooking. This removes any
lumps and makes a very smooth paste.
II A. Small Spatula
The ideal tool for lifting or slitting paper, applying paste Product Code Price
to small areas and numerous other tasks, Metal: one end 996-7024 Horsehair £79.00
tapered, one rounded. Flexible, springy ends. Overall length
8-1/4". Price each.
II B. Heavy Duty Spatula II Student Tool Roll
Students starting a conservation training course are instruct-
Our heavy duty stainless steel spatula proves to be an indis-
ed to have a basic tool kit. This tool roll has been designed
pensable tool in book repair and conservation work. You’ll find
for a variety of small tools. No doubt conservators will find it
a number of uses for this 7"L tool including paste or adhesive
application, corner lifting or burnishing (when applying repair II Teflon Delaminating Tool useful for site visits, or simply keeping tools tidy in the studio.
We could not find an existing tool roll - so we have had them
tissues or tape). One end is smoothly tapered while the other Looks just like a bone folder with the traditional thin pointed especially made at a price students can afford. Various size
is a 3/8" flat spade tip. A handy tool you won’t want to be end. It is perfect for separating papers because the surface compartments, zip pocket and roll tying tape.
without. Price each. is the non-stick PTFE/Teflon. You will never use a bone Tools shown are not included, but you can
folder again once you try this one! find them in this catalogue.
Product Code length wt Price
A. 617-003 210mm 45g £3.10 Product Code size Price Product Code: 609-7000 Price
B. 936-0028 178mm 55g £3.50 870-9103 160 x 20 x 8mm thin point end £11.50 Dimensions 540mm x 235mm £9.95

II Magnifiers
2x magnification
10x magnification
II A. Rectangle Magnifier
This Rectangular Magnifier is an efficiently shaped large area magnifier which effectively
provides the viewing area of a 4" round magnifier; yet it is lighter and more compact. The 2"
x 4" rectangular lens is made of optical glass and is shaped to conform to normal reading pat-
terns. The handle design and balance make it easy to hold, even for extended periods of use.
Price each.
Product Code power lens size wt Price

610-N8850 2x 2” x 4” (50 x 103mm) 228g £22.70
II B. Illuminating Coddington Magnifier

A problem often encountered in using a high power magnifier is lack of sufficient light on the
object. The Illuminating Coddington Magnifier eliminates this. A flashlight bulb is inserted into
the groove of the Coddington lens and light is sent through the lens. In effect, the optical glass
II Pocket Microscope lens itself illuminates the object being examined. Uses two AA penlight batteries (not included).
Price each.
The majority of conventional fountain pen type simplified microscopes lack optical precision and
because of their dark images are not practical. Our company has continued research and devel- Product Code power diopters lens size focal distance wt Price
opment for a small size, high performance and durable microscope that could be easily carried 610-N8436 10x 40D 0.8” x 19.8mm 1” (25.4mm) 45g £38.78
in the pocket for use at all times. The outstanding features of this Pocket Microscope are very
sharp resolving power throughout its field of view, unbelievably bright and light in weight.
To focus the microscope, hold it so that the notch at the tip of the acryl cylinder of the
microscope will face towards you, place the center of the object lens right above the specimen
II C. Aspheric Magnifier (see page 159)
and, while tilting the cylinder forward and backward with your eye on the eye-piece lens, fix the The 5X power aspheric lenses used in this magnifier differ from conventional lenses of the
cylinder and observe at an angle which can give the sharpest image. same power. They are especially made to provide users with a widened field of view and an
undistorted edge-to-edge clarity and sharpness not possible with conventional lenses.
This pocket microscope has completely changed the concept of pocket microscopes which were Price each.
previously more or less regarded as toys. It is a practical and convenient pocket microscope for
the professional in paper and textiles with amazing results. Conservators find the microscope Product Code power diopters lens size focal distance wt Price
ideal for looking at fibres. The 25x and 50x unit weight is only 12 grams, the 100x weighs 16 610-N9126 5x 20D 1.375” x 35mm 2” (50mm) 45g £16.68
grams, 12.4mm diameter, 127mm long. There are three models: one with 25x magnification
and 3.3mm field of view, one with 50x magnification and 2mm field of view, one with 100x
magnification and 0.84mm field of view.
II D. Watchmaker’s Loupes (see page 159)
Product Code Description Dimension Price Lenses are made of optical glass. Rests comfortably in the eye socket.
968-2001-025 25x Microscope 12.4ø x 127mm £53.45
968-2001-050 50x Microscope 12.4ø x 127mm £74.85 Product Code power diopters lens size focal distance wt Price
968-2001-100 100x Microscope 12.4ø x 127mm £110.10 610-N8630 10x 40D 1” 1” (25.4mm) 45g £28.75

C E
Lamps & Magnifiers II
D
II E. Hastings Triplet Magnifiers

The Hastings Triplet Magnifiers are highly corrected magnifiers that are Bausch & Lomb’s
E
finest. Three separate optical glass lenses, bonded together to form a compound lens, provide A
sharp, very distinct magnified images - even under 10 power magnification. Lens sides are
coated black to block out all glare. The next step up in image quality to the Hastings Magnifier
is a microscope. A swing-away nickel-plated case protects the lens and serves as a handle.
Please note 610-N8784P is a chrome pocket magnifier, not shown.
Product Code power diopters lens size focal distance wt Price

610-N8784 10x 40D 0.63” (15.8mm) 1” (25.4mm) 45g £56.99
610-N8784P 10x – 0.63” (15.8mm) 1” (25.4mm) – £23.36
C
B
II A. 30x Hand-Held Illuminated Lightscope

Features two ABS plastic tubes that are pivotally connected at the snap joint near the bottom.
One tube contains the illumination system while the other houses optics. A spring loaded on/off
switch activates the illuminator as the tubes are moved apart. Rack and pinion focus is adjust-
ed by means of a thumb wheel. The magnifier provides a 4mm. field of view and requires two
1.5 volt size batteries (not included). Each magnifier has an adjustable focus and built-in light
source. Overall dimensions are 50mm x 22mm x 140mm high and comes with carrying case.
Price each.
II Binocular Magnifier Product Code magnification wt Price

The precision binocular magnifier that leaves both hands free. Lightweight and comfortable in use 968-6385 30x 0.91kg £33.50
designed for conservators who require to see minute detail clearly.
The high quality glass lenses are ground and polished to exacting standards. Three easily
interchangeable lens plates with magnification from 2x to 3.5x are available and can be purchased
separately. They can be worn over normal spectacles and tilt upwards when not in use. The
II B. 10x Loupe
binoculars come with 2x magnification lens. The 2.75 and 3.5 lens are purchased seperately. Two separate plastic lenses are built into this economical, yet efficient, all purpose magnifying
loupe with 10X magnification.
Product Code
873-7744
Description
2x Binoculars
Working Distance
10” (250mm)
wt
142g
Price
£39.75
II C. 8x Loupe
873-7775 2.75x Lens only 6” (150mm) 35g £23.00 Specifically designed for viewing an entire 35mm slide or negative frame, this 8X loupe has a
clear base for shadowless illumination.
873-7735 3.5x Lens only 4” (100mm) 35g £23.00
II D. 8x Loupe with Holder/Puncher Accessory
The same high quality 8X Loupe described above is also available with a convenient hold-
er/puncher accessory. Attach the holder/puncher to the bottom of the loupe to check 35mm
II Micro Film Viewer film and colour slides, then use the built in puncher to mark the negatives or slides you wish
A convenient handy viewer for reading aperture with a “V” shape cut to the film’s perforation. Price each.
card, microfiche and X-ray film. Magnification 8x
with a 24mm field of view.
Product Code description weight Price
B. 886-2032 10x Loupe 18g £10.50
Product Code Dimensions Wt Price
C. 886-2018 8x Loupe 52g £48.25
886-2026 138 x 46 x 53mm 92g £71.50
D. 886-2018WPH Holder/Puncher 13g £16.75
II Light Loupe II E. Linen Tester

A 10x loupe with light source for inspection This convenient, fold away linen tester features a strong 7X single lens for superior inspection
where illumination is insufficient. Magnification capabilities of all types of materials. Linen Tester has a 1" base and is constructed of black
10x. Batteries not supplied (requires 2 x R14C). aluminum. Price each.
Product Code Dimensions Wt Price Product Code wt Price

886-1966 35 x 41 x 175mm 81g £31.50 886-1006 45g £19.95

II Lamps
II “Superglide” Trolley
Suitable for all our luminaires, robust construction for long,
trouble free life. The heavy zinc weighted base and long reach
II High Output Twin Lamp feet provide impressive stability and has been safety tested
not to over-balance when tilted up to an angle of 10 degrees.
Gives a light output equivalent to that of an ordinary 150 watt bulb. This luminaire casts an even shadow-free light over a large
Height is 1030mm from floor to top of pole, colour: white.
area. The lamp can be aimed in any direction. A table clamp is supplied as standard.
Product Code: 609-PT25-C £142.00 609-5013
609-PSGT 8kg £209.10
power supply 220/240v. 2 x 15w Table clamp
light colour 4000K £14.95
power cable length 1.80m
arm length 1050mm
colour light grey
II High Brightness Luminaire

The unit utilises the new compact colour 95 fluorescent tubes
which are specially manufactured for accurate colour rendi-
tion and high brightness. This allows a small, lighter luminaire
head with integral control gear. Colour corrected the new
Colour 95 tubes comply with BS950 part 2 and are the best
for conservation work and have negligible UV and IR, makes
the luminaire ideal for paintings, textile and any conservator
requiring natural light. The easyglide trolley with high fre-
II Desk Top Lamp quency ballasts give zero flicker and ensures all day working
Fully adjustable spring balanced arms with parallel-motion, has a unique neck-joint, which allows the lamp head to be aimed in any comfort.
direction. The fitting is supplied with 11 watt energy-saving fluorescent lamp with a light output equivalent to 75 watt bulb. Available with
desk top 2.75kg weight or desk clamp. Please note desk weight is a a separate item. The lamp is supplied with a desk clamp. Product Code: 609-5000 £997.00
power supply 220/240 and 110 voltage
Product Code: 609-PTW desk weight only £16.25 power 110voltage +15% surcharge
Product Code: 609-PT88C with desk clamp £55.85 tubes 4 x 55w up to 3250 lux at 1 metre
power supply 220/240voltage 11 watts colour 5300 kelvin scale
dimensions 330mm long & 350mm high dimensions luminaire: 636 x 410 x 65mm
power cable length 2m trolley adjustable to 2.75m height
colour light grey wt 10kg

Lamps II
II Magnifier Luminaire (above)

This magnifier has a 22 watt circular tube, and is perfect when
viewing conditions require good light and magnification. The
magnifying head is moveable, in both horizontal and vertical
planes. The spring-balanced arm with parallel motion ensures
easy positioning of the magnifying head at the correct focal
length. The basic 3 diopter lens provides 1.75 times true mag-
nification, optional clip-on 4 and 8 diopter lenses are available.
Accessories: Colour Correction Tubes with high colour rendering
to meet the needs of conservators and restorers.
Product Code: 609-101C £175.95

power supply 220/240 voltage
lamp circular fluorescent 22w
Clamp for bench mounting
arm length 1200mm to centre of lens
colour light grey
II Twin Flourescent Task Light II Magnifier Task Light Product Code Price
All metal twin fluorescent daylight (6000k) tubes spreading We have included this competitively priced task light for 609-1054 Circular Tube daylight £15.95
5400k rendering index
clear even light over a large area the customer with limited budgets. However, we are sure 98 complies BS950 Part 2
the quality will surprise you at the price we are able to 609-1004 Clip-on Lens 4 diopter £44.95
Product Code 609-3500 £92.70 offer this task light. This magnifier comes with a 22 watt provides total 2.75 times
power supply 220/240 voltage daylight (6000k) circular fluorescent tube. Two 13cm glass magnification 140mm WD
clamp bench type lenses (3 diopter 1.75x magnification and 5 diopter 2.25x 609-1008 Clip-on Lens 8 diopter £47.50
magnification ) which can easily be interchanged. provides total 3.75 times
magnification 90mm WD
Product Code: 609-2510 £125.00
power supply: 220/240 voltage. Bench type clamp

II UV Lamps
609-5012
Bracket for
horizontal
surface
£12.95
II UV 250w Blacklight Flood Lamp

This high intensity UV Hand Held Lamp gives a large illuminated
area which enables conservators to reveal evidence of
imperfections, previous restoration and repair, to works of art
such as paintings, paper, books and ceramics which are
not easily visible under normal lighting. Other applications
include detection of forgeries, mould and enhancement of
difficult to read print on paper and parchment.
Blackout conditions are not required due to the excellent
brightness of indications against a large background. This
II UV Wide Angle Magnifier (for UV and/or white light) high intensity UV blacklight reveals evidence which can
We can now offer 9 watt UV lamps to replace the standard fluorescent tubes. You can fit one side with a normal be difficult to determine using medium or low intensity UV
standard light tube and the other with a UV tube, giving dual purpose of white light and UV light. Alternatively fit both lighting. The UV flood lamp unit is compact and lightweight.
sides with UV for stronger UV light. Each side is independently switched for your choice of lighting. Both types of tubes Constructed in aluminium to provide robustness and
are easily replaced. The magnifier is supplied with standard tubes. For UV use you will need to add the UV tubes to durability. It is simple to operate and can be used hand held,
your purchase order. This magnifier is a heavy, long reach (2 x 400mm sections) and we suggest you purchase a screw angle poised or fix mounted. An integral cooling system is
down surface bracket 609-5012 for added safety. incorporated to ensure low casing temperature and optimal
UV bulb operating conditions. The equipment is CE approved
and is supplied complete with comprehensive operating
instructions detailing safe operation in accordance with
609-5001 Wide Angle Magnifier £369.65
Health and Safety guidelines. Accessories are available such
609-5010 Standard 7 watt fluorescent light tubes £3.50
as carry bag, various brackets and stands.
609-5012 Bracket for horizontal surface £12.95
609-5017 UV 9 Watt Fluorescent Tubes £25.95
Product Code: 946-5000 £732.95
Power Supply 230v/50Hz
Product Code: 946-5000-110 £837.90
Power Supply 115v/50/60Hz
Power Consumption 250watt
Wavelength Transmission 300-405nm range
Dimensions Lamp unit with handle
179 x 217 x 236mmH
Weight UV lamp unit 1.5kg
Weight Packed UV lamp unit +
power pack 9kg
II UV Revealing Security Marker Pen

This pen is designed for marking security codes, catalogue
numbers and postcodes on valuable property, providing
an effective form of hidden identification. The mark will be
permanent and invisible, the revealing blue ink is exposed
under UV blacklight.

946-5007 Blue UV Ink Pen 9g £1.50

Products Ultraviolet II
C.
A.
II A. Ultraviolet Torch
The 12 LED Ultraviolet Torch is a compact and attractive design
and small enough to fit in your pocket. Ideal for security code
identification and UV inspection of a small illumination area.
Will also detect faded inks, forgeries and previous repairs
to ceramics. The 12 LED UV torch is powered by 3 x AAA
batteries which are included in the price.
Dimensions: length 95mm, diameter 29mm and weighs just
67 grams. On/off button at the end of the torch.
II B. UV Lantern with Torch II C. UV Rechargeable Lantern
This small very portable UV 4 watt lamp is useful when Product Code Description Price This ultraviolet hand held 12 watt rechargeable lamp
travelling. Ideal for security code identification and UV inspec- 946-0160 UV Torch £9.95 provides visual UV fluorescent light. The UV lamp is used for
tion of a small illumination area. Includes foldaway stand, 1 inspecting documents with faded inks and it is also used for
x 4 watt, 6 inch blacklight blue tube with a white light torch. detecting forgeries, previous repairs to ceramics and under-
The aluminium reflector ensures maximum UV light output. paintings. The bright reflector ensures optimum UV light output
Comes complete with batteries. and is switchable from single or twin fluorescent UV lamps. The
UV rechargeable lantern also has a single fixed white spotlight.
Product Code 946-5050 £9.60 It has a rechargeable 6V 2.8Ah sealed lead acid battery and an
Power Supply 4 x AA batteries alternative battery source of 4 x D size (not included).The twin
Power Consumption 4 watt 6 watt 9 inch blacklight blue UV tubes will give 3 to 4 hours of
Dimensions 160 x 55 x 25mm continuous use when the battery is full charged.
Weight 120g + Batteries
946-5020 UV Rechargeable Lantern £28.80
260H x 80W x 120D mm
946-5024 Spare UV Tube 6 Watt £8.55
II Ultraviolet Safety Spectacles

PEL are now supplying a fully CE marked ultraviolet safety-
wear. The cover spectacles are lightweight, comfortable and
B. unobtrusive design which is specially produced by the leading
European eye safety wear manufacturer. Guaranteed to
completely block ultraviolet radiation below 400mm and
conforms to international requirements for ultraviolet protection.

946-0400 UV safety spectacles £3.95
163
II UV-Ultra Violet & Lux-Visible Light Monitoring
It is recognised that a major cause of damage to museum works of art can be light, with the most damaging being the UV content. To enable curators and conservators to monitor these levels
we offer a proven range of instruments. These meters measure proportion of UV present (µW/Lumen), the total amount of UV (µW/M2) and the amount of visible light present (Lux). The amount
of UV should be as little as possible and in general should not exceed 20µW/M 2 or 75µW/Lumen. Normal museum light levels should be limited to 150-250 Lux. Once measurements have been
observed action can be taken, light levels altered, if necessary UV filters fitted to display cases, windows and fluorescent tubes. (See page 165 for UV filtering products).
II Environmental Monitor
(RH Temp UV & LUX). This single instrument measures humidity (RH) Temperature (ºC, ºF) Ultra Violet (UV)
and Visible Light (LUX).
The appropriate button is pushed depending on the measurement required and the reading taken. The metre
automatically turns off 10 seconds after the last reading unless a button is held down for over 5 seconds, this
allows continuous monitoring until another button is pressed. The large 8 line display enables an easy
to use menu system to select the more advanced functions. Data Logging functions enable over
10,000 readings of all four parameters to be automatically taken at selectable intervals (every
10 seconds to 1 hour). The saved data can be transferred to a computer by a wireless infa-
red link (IRDA compatible). Modern computers have infa-red interface built in, for those that
do not adapters are available.
Software is provided to save the logged data in a CSV format that can be accessed
and displayed by many applications (e.g. Microsoft Excel). Maximum and minimum
values and their time measurement are displayed for each parameter. A calibration
kit is available for user calibration of the RH sensor using saturated salt solutions.

684-764 environmental monitor £547.00
684-764C 684-764 with data logger £667.00
684-7647 RH calibration kit £85.00
visible wavelength 400-700nM

visible power 0.1 - 200,000 Lux
UV wavelength 300-400nM
2
UV power 2-50,000 µW/M
UV proportion 0 -10,000 uW/Lumen
RH range 0 - 100%
display resolution LUX: 0.1 up to 100 then 1. footcandles: 0.1 up to 100 then 1. UV: 0.1 up to 100 then 1.
proportion of UV: 1 uW/Lumen. temperature: 0.1ºC or ºF. RH: 0.1%
accuracy light & UV: 5% +/- 1 displayed digit. Temperature: +/- 0.5ºC (+/- 0.9ºF).
RH: +/-2.5% 0-90% otherwise +/-5%
data logging intervals 10 sec (30 hours). 1 min (7.5 days). 10 mins (75 days). 1 hour (454 days)
data logging capacity 10,900 readings of all 4 parameters
batteries 2 x alkaline AA type
Dimensions 150 x 65 x 25mm (including probe)
weight 165g
II UV Light Monitor 7640

The 7640 will measure UV present (µM/Lumen) the total amount of UV (µM/M2) and the amount of visible light present (Lux or
Foot-candles) similar to the 684-764 but without humidity and temperature sensors.
Product Code 952-7640 £470.00

Visible wavelength range 400-700nM
Visible power range 0.1 – 200,000 Lux (0.1 – 20,000 foot-candles)
UV wavelength range 300-400nM
UV power range 2-50,000 mW/M2
UV proportion range 0-10,000 µW/Lumen
Display resolution Lux: 0.1 to 100 then 1
Foot-candles: 0.1 up to 100 then 1
UV: 0.1 up to 100 then 1
Proportion of UV: 1 µW/Lumen
Accuracy Visible: 5% ± 1 displayed digit
UV: 15% ± 1 displayed digit
Angular response light & UV Cosine
Batteries 2 x alkaline AA type
Weight 165g with batteries

UV Meters Ultraviolet Filters II
II UV Fluorescent Light Filters II Blue Scales (Textile Fading Cards)

Protect your displays and storage area from the fading, bleaching and deterioration caused by the ultraviolet light from Test for effects of light on paintings, documents, and textiles
fluorescent lighting. Our fluorescent bulb jackets have virtually the same light transmission in the visible light spectrum as with Blue Scales Fading Cards. Each card features pieces
ordinary window glass; however, they transmit practically none of the harmful ultraviolet light. Engineered to fit the standard of wool cloth dyed with blue dyes of different degrees of
48-inch, fluorescent bulb, the 24-inch bulb requires only 1/2 of a unit and the 96-inch bulb will require 2 units. Easily installed fastness which are used as light fastness standards. They
over existing or new fluorescent bulbs, these jackets will last indefinitely. Price per package of 10 units. allow you to monitor the net exposure to light given to objects
on display, and to alert conservators to adjust intensity of
illumination. Price each.
Product Code wt length Price
413-T-10 0.64kg 1200mm £66.80 Product Code wt Price
986-1000 40g £14.95
II Ultraviolet Filter Polyester Film
Safeguard your framed artwork, protect your displays, make your own clear cover binders and
sheet protectors or use for lining your display cases and windows. Can easily be applied to
surfaces with double-coated polyester tape. This
processed polyester film has an impregnated UV
inhibitor which absorbs light transmissions up to 400
nm and therefore screens or absorbs 97% of the
ultraviolet spectrum. A strong, 50 micron, clear film
that will last indefinitely. Resists mildew, rot, reagents,
solvents and impregnants.
Product Code roll size wt Price

479-0010 1219mm x 10m 1kg £93.75
479-0030 1219mm x 30m 3kg £245.00
II Light Meter
A truly professional Lux Meter which gives instant readings of light levels in Lux or Footcandles.
Data hold function enables you to lock the reading in order to make notes. Min/Max memory
allows you to leave the meter and record the minimum and maximum light levels and average
recall (since power on). Low battery indicator and auto power off (10 minutes non-activity). The
auto power off can be disabled to facilitate period monitoring. A zero adjustment function can
be applied prior to measurements being taken, particularly useful for measuring light intensity
levels above an already recorded measurement. The sensor is a silicon photo diode equipped
with a colour correction filter incorporating a spectrum and cosine corrected lens connected to
the instrument by a 1 metre coiled cable. Manual Range Selection, the low 40 and 400 Lux
ranges are most suitable for low light levels in Museum displays.
Product Code: 684-1335 £119.00 Supplied with

Range Lux 40, 400, 4000, 40,000, 400,000 battery and
Range Footcandles 40, 400, 4000, 40,000, 400,000 comprehensive
Resolution 0.01Lux 0.01fc instructions.
Accuracy +/- 3% of reading +/- 5 digits Ready for use.
Power 1 x 9VPP3 Battery (200 hrs)
Weight 220g
Product Code: 805-107CAL £65.00
NCAL-LX Calibration Certificate Tested at 4 points

II Thermohygrometers
II Thermohygrometer
The Thermohygrometer sensors are positioned in the void of
a protective grill making the handheld instrument mobile and
suitable for taking temperature and humidity measurements
in various locations.
A compact design for ease of use with an integrated vented
sensor grill, which enables measurements to be taken within
an air stream. Sensing is by a precision thermistor for tem-
perature, and a resistive polymer sensor for humidity, giving
fast and repeatable readings.
• Dual reading backlit display temperature and % RH
• Measures ºC or ºF
• Data hold freezes displayed measurements
• Max hold
• Low battery indication
• Auto power off
• Supplied with carry case, batteries & complete instructions
• 952-CAL Cal Certificate Issued at 2 Temp points: 20ºC
& 40ºC & 2 RH Points: 35% & 75%

952-3210 Thermohygrometer £55.00 ea.
952-CAL Calibration Certificate £70.00 ea.
Specifications
Humidity 5 to 100% RH
Resolution 0.1% RH
Accuracy ±3.5% RH @ 25ºC
Temperature -20º to 60ºC
Resolution 0.1ºC
Accuracy ±2ºC
Power 1 x 9V PP3 battery II Digital Memory Thermo-Hygrometer
Dimensions 225 x 45 x 34mm This low cost combined RH humidity and temperature meter with 2 separate 23 mm hi-contrast
Weight 200g LCD displays, one for temperature and one for humidity. It is ideal for environmental monitoring of
showcases, museums, galleries and store rooms. The case construction incorporates a key way
for wall mounting and a flip out desk stand. A min/max memory is continually updated for both
temperature and humidity values since the last memory reset. Each instrument is supplied with
II Hygrothermograph instructions and 1 x 1.5 volt AAA battery ready for use.
The first piece of equipment you need in any successful environmental monitoring program
is a hygrothermograph. This model records humidity levels (0 - 100% R.H., +/-3% mid-range) Product Code: 805-2000 £16.00
and temperature (-15°C to 40ºC), simultaneously with a human hair humidity sensor and Range 25 to 98% RH -15ºC to +50ºC
bimetallic temperature sensor. Battery powered quartz drive lets you select either 7-day Accuracy +/- 1ºC (0-40ºC) +/- 5% (25% to 95%)
or 31-day rotation. Two long life felt tip Power 1 x 1.5V AAA Battery (supplied)
pens included. New blue finish Dimensions 110 x 70 x 20mm
and complementing smoked Weight 143 grams
acrylic plexiglass window
design makes this unit as
attractive as it is dependable.
The lockable hinged top
includes a carrying handle.
Comes complete with 100
charts (7 day centigrade).
Overall dimensions: 267mmH x
387mmL x 137mm.
Uses one AA battery, included.
II Display Case Thermo/Hygrometer

A discreet method to constantly monitor relative humidity and temperature in your display case.
Product Code description wt Price This compact, easy to read meter has excellent relative humidity response characteristics as
438-0003 Hygrothermograph 3.6kg £545.00 well as an accurate temperature gauge. The two independent methods of measuring relative
438-0004 7 day fahrenheit charts (100/pkg) 0.91kg £28.50 humidity assure accuracy. Calibration is simple when required. Calibration kit sold separately.
438-0004C 7 day centigrade charts (100/pkg) 0.91kg £28.50 Overall size is 1-7/8" L x 1" H 1/2"D. Price each.
438-0006 31 day fahrenheit charts (100/pkg) 0.91kg £28.50
438-0006C 31 day centigrade charts (100/pkg) 0.91kg £28.50 Product Code description size wt Price
438-0005 Black Replacement Pens (2) 410g £10.30 684-0001 thermo/hygrometer 48 x 25 x 13mm 45g £63.00
438-0005R Red Replacement Pens (2) 410g £10.30 684-0002 calibration kit - 45g £28.75

Art Protection II
II A. Wallprotect
Wallprotect accurately records moisture content in concealed areas/materials. It is commonly
used to confirm the drying out of buildings and materials saving insurance companies time after
A. a flood/leak. Can be used on solid floors.
Ideal for use with:
Internal brickwork, block work, timber, plasterwork, concrete floors and cavities/dry lining. In fact
any concealed where dampness could be a problem
D. We have set wall protect at 75% RH, if after 24 hours following installation it has not reacted
the wall/material is dry and redecoration can take place. It can also be combined with damp
protect, both easy to read and install.
The humidity state of a material can be expressed in many different ways including:
I Moisture content (kg/m3)
I Moisture ratio (kg water/kg material) usually expressed as %
I Relative humidity (%)
I Water activity (a number between 0 and 1.0)
However they are all related and if you know the material characteristics you can always
convert from one unit to another.
We are commonly asked what is the actual moisture ratio? Which is quite common in the
building trade. In almost all imaginable situations relative humidity is what is actually relevant.
For example mould requires the relative humidity to be above a certain value (generally 75%)
to grow. We have successfully verified the functionality of 75% RH wall-protect sensors for
measurements in three different materials (wood, brick and porous concrete) all having
a humidity content corresponding to 78% RH. According to reference literature 75% RH
corresponds to approx. 17% moisture ratio for wood and approx. 7 kg/m3 for brick.

931-6088 Pack 6 Sensors £36.75
C.
II B. Dry Rot Sensors
Early recognition of active dry rot. The sensor allows you to tell if dry rot is present at its earliest
stages in timber or masonry, giving early warning that action is required to prevent further damage.
They are simple to install by drilling a 7mm diameter hole to a depth of 100mm in the “at risk” tim-
ber or masonry. The sensor changes colour from blue to yellow in the presence of incipient dry rot.
It works with a blue dye that is vacuum impregnated into the wooden dowel of the sensor that reacts
to the chemical that dry rot produces oxalic acid at very low levels, turning the dye to yellow.
During the biological decomposition of wood by destructive fungi including the dry rot fungus
serpula lacrymans to which the sensor reacts giving the indication that dry rot exists.

931-5008 Pack 8 Sensors £23.75
B. II C. Artprotect
Accurately detecting changes over 58% relative humidity. Artprotect Detectors are based on a
patented method to detect humidity. The indicator strip turns blue if moisture levels exceed 58% RH
for at least 6 hours. Hydroscopic materials are of organic origin with fibrous or cellular structure
such as paper, parchment, papyrus, fabrics, leather, natural adhesives and pigments all of which
are at great risk from changes in relative humidity.
II D. Dampprotect High humidity over 58% encourages mould growth on any natural material that provides a
Detects Damp and Condensation Problems. nutriment and also accelerates acid deterioration. The indication is irreversible and shows accumu-
There are many ways to get an on the spot account of the relative atmospheric humidity however lative exposure to changes in humidity showing the period of time that has exceeded 58% RH. Ideal
there are few ways of easily measuring the RH over a period of time i.e. how long something has for shipping on loan works of art, uncontrolled environments, storage areas, display cases etc.
been exposed to humidity above a certain level. Simply remove the backing sheet from the paper label with the detector attached.
Dampprotect sensors are based on a physical chemical principle and show how long the RH has Write the appropriate date, sign and stick (the label and the detector) to the back of a picture or
exceeded a pre-determined level. The reading on the indicator is non-reversible. This means that in close proximity to the artefact. The adhesive is low tack and will not permanently stick to the
even if the relative humidity temporarily falls below the humidity level the maximum humidity artefact and can easily be removed.
reading remains unchanged. The way it works is when the detector is exposed to changes in relative humidity that exceeds
With the help of Dampprotect it is possible to detect humidity and moisture problems before they 58% for longer than 6 hours, the detector turns blue. The colour will not disappear but continue
cause any damage. The indicators provide early warning signals enabling the problem to be changing as the relative humidity changes. Supplied in packs of 6 detectors complete with full
tackled at source as soon as it is discovered. instructions. The sensors are calibrated at 23ºC and 69% RH and have an accuracy of ± 3% RH.
Product Code Description Price Product Code Description Price

931-6006 Pack 6 indicators £19.95 931-7006 Pack 6 Detectors £19.95
931-6050 Pack 50 indicators £145.30 931-7050 Bulk Pack 50 Detectors £145.30
II PEL Thermohygrometer
II Exclusive PEL Thermohygrometer/Data Logger

All in one meter and data logger compatible with the Tinytag range of loggers.
• Measures ambient temperature (ºC or ºF) and relative humidity
• Designed for museums, archives and libraries
• Replaceable probe
• Spot measurements with optional logging
• Displays actual temp/RH while recording changing valves
• Logging capacity 16000 readings
• Logging interval 1 second to 10 days
PEL has researched together with leading conservators, curators and librarians to design and
produce this thermohygrometer. The manufacturer is a worldwide respected company in the field
of temperature and humidity measurement with strong research and development experience.
After many years supplying various thermohygrometers to museums, libraries and archives we at
PEL are proud of this latest product which is of a very high quality and standard. We would not put
the PEL logo on the meter unless we were completely satisfied. The meter can be switched off to
save battery life with the level displayed, data logging mode is also shown. The actual RH and
Temperature are displayed, changing from one to the other every 5 seconds.
Customers already using Tinytag data loggers can use the same software and cable to activate the
meter’s data logging. Alternatively if you are new to Tinytag you can add the data loggers to your
meter using the same software and cable.

9903-7150 Thermohygrometer £195.00
9903-0009 Tinytag Explorer Software £49.00
9903-0007 PC Download Cable £5.00
9903-0010 Tinytag Explorer Windows £55.00
Software & USB Cable
9903-USBC USB Cable £25.00
9901-9004 Service Calibration £65.00
Specification
Temperature Range -20ºC to +50ºC
Humidity Range 0 to 100% RH
Accuracy ±0.5ºC ±3% RH
We are frquently offered other manufacturers Display Resolution 0.1ºC and 0.5% RH
Logger Capacity 16000 Readings
Thermohygrometers. They don not come up to
Logging Interval 1 second to 10 days
the high standard of the PEL Tinytag Power Supply 2 x 1.5V AA Alkaline Batteries
Dimensions 195mm x 65mm x 23mm
Weight 175g (including batteries)
What is dew point?

At a given temperature, air can only absorb a certain amount of water vapour. The higher
the temperature the more water vapour it can absorb. The water in air condenses when it is
saturated (corresponding to 100% RH). The temperature at which water vapour condenses to
liquid water is known as the dew point (temperature). Example: 20ºC and 50% RH >9.3ºC
dewpoint (if the air is cooled to 9.3ºC liquid water will develop).

Instruments II
II Whirling Hygrometer
The Whirling Hygrometer offers the maximum level of accuracy due to the nature of measurement.
One of the most economic methods of monitoring relative humidity that utilises the wet and dry
principle, thermometers manufactured to BS2842 allows accurate readings to be taken. Housed
in a robust yellow plastic frame and black folding handle, the instrument incorporates a water
cistern linked to the “wet” bulb by means of a cotton sleeve. The Whirling Hygrometer is whirled
rapidly for thirty seconds, after which time a reading of the two thermometers is taken, with the
wet bulb thermometer normally read first. This is repeated until two consecutive readings are
obtained which are comparable. The relative humidity can then be determined by correlating the
readings with those on the hygrometric tables supplied with each instrument. The Whirling
Hygrometer comes complete with hygrometric tables and carrying case.
Product Code: 952-2520 £49.95

Range -5ºC to +50ºC
Accuracy +/- 0.2ºC
Dimensions 230mm x 50mm
Weight 200g
Product Code: 952-2525 £5.30
25 pack of spare wicks
Product Code: 952-2521 £8.75
spare thermometer mercury tube
Product Code: 952-2529 £8.75
spare thermometer tube red spirit
II Auto Self Calibration II Masons Hygrometer

This scientific grade meter has been independently tested and shown to be superior in terms The “Masons” and the whirling hygrometers have been sold in vast numbers and are in use in
of accuracy, reproducibility and low drift, its unrivalled specification makes it a top class virtually every country in the world. Housed in a yellow plastic case with lid and bulb protectors,
product. Measurement is carried out automatically in cycles of 2 seconds as is minimum and the instrument has twin thermometers fitted over polished aluminium scale. A detachable water
maximum stored measured values. Additional interface available for further processing of the cistern fitted to the lower case links the “wet bulb” to the water cistern thus providing both the
data using a PC, for example for statistics or graphics within a databank. “Dry” and “Wet” bulb readings. Hygrometric tables, supplied together with a spare wick and full
instructions are contained within the outer carton providing the user with all the necessities to
What is dew point? accurately measure the relative humidity and temperature. We are pleased to be able to offer
At a given temperature, air can only absorb a certain amount of water vapour. The higher this traditional instrument at such a low price, they are a museum piece in themselves and are
the temperature the more water vapour it can absorb. The water in air condenses when it is a proven way to measure humidity and temperature.
saturated (corresponding to 100% RH). The temperature at which water vapour condenses to
liquid water is known as the dew point (temperature). Example: 20ºC and 50% RH >9.3ºC
Product Code: 952-2501 £13.50
dewpoint (if the air is cooled to 9.3ºC liquid water will develop).
Range -5ºC to +50ºC & 20ºF to 120ºF
Dimensions 380mm x 80mm
Product Code 952-MS1 £650.00
Weight 300g
Range 6% to 98% RH -20ºC to +80ºC
Product Code: 952-2503 £2.95
Accuracy ⫾1% RH (20-90%), ⫾0.3ºC
10 pack of spare wicks
Power supply 9v battery or mains adapter
Weight 279g

II Data Loggers & Accessories
Tinytag, Tinyview, Tinytalk Accessories Price II Tinytag
9903-0007 PC Download Tinytag/view cable (not USB) £5.00 Preservation Equipment Ltd is proud to be the official distributor appointed by Gemini to supply these very
9903-0009 Tinytag Explorer Software £49.00 successful data loggers to Museums, Archives and Libraries. We can supply from stock at a price no other data
9903-USBC USB cable £25.00 loggers can offer in terms of size (so tiny) or price (so small). The range includes (RH) Humidity, Temperature,
9903-0010 Tinytag software & USB cable £55.00 Shock, and vibration in single an dual channel. These data loggers are the perfect solution to monitoring the
9901-1000 Batteries lithium for Tinytag, View, Talk £5.00 enviroment in Museums, Archives and Libraries in repositories, display cases, shipping and storage. Units have
9901-9000 Initial calibration, single channel £35.00 been used for a number of years, proving that they are reliable and easy to use.
9901-9001 Service calibration, single channel £45.00 The software is a superior quality and will run all the loggers in the range. You can program the units to log in
9901-9002 Initial calibration, dual channel £55.00 seconds, minutes, hours or days. Delay start or trigger start. Facility to add grid lines and “fine tick marks”. Ability
9901-9004 Service calibration, dual channel £65.00 to overlay up to 9 graphs (great for looking at number of loggers in a single graph). User title and notes field,
9903-9550 Tinyview service kit £5.00 independent axis zoom and zoom step option. Alarm facilities (two) can be set high or low. Each data logger
comes with instructions and battery fitted. Battery life expectancy is 2 years, Tinyview and Tinyshock the battery
life will be less.
II Tinyview Plus Data Logger

Offering a clear, easy to read display, together with all the features of our Tinytag dataloggers.
Small neat, off-white colour that blends into a museum, library or archive environment. This dual
channel data logger measures temperature and humidity giving a constant display of current
readings, the LCD display also shows the alarm state. Logging intervals are 1 second to 10
days, giving a battery life of up to 3 years. The RH (humidity) sensor has excellent long-term
performance and can be wetted without damage. The RH sensor accuracy is +/- 3% RH at
25°C, logging and display resolution is 0.5% RH with a range from 0 to 100%.
The temperature range is -25°C to + 50°C with sensor accuracy of +/- 0.2°C from 0°C to
50°C. Other features are 32k memory giving 15000 readings, the ability to offload data whilst
logging, and a weight of just 85 grams. The soft-
ware is, in our opinion and our customers, the
best available. It’s powerful, simple to use, and is
standard with all our dataloggers. Windows
II Tinytag Plus 2 based, it guides users through the available fea-
Small, powerful, easy to use and offering many advanced features, these loggers, which can tures. All data can be copied to other Windows
offload whilst logging, are the ideal choice for most professional logging applications. based applications allowing speedy preparation
of reports. Offers a launch confirmation screen a
Tinytag Plus 2 Loggers feature rugged IP 68 casing, are able to store more than 32k data
unique ID number each time loggers are started.
readings, giving over 5 months data at 15minute intervals. With trigger start, 2 programmable
Allows graph overlay together with the ability to
alarms, and the ability to offload data while continuing to log all offered as standard - Tinytag
‘step’ through the data in equal time segments
Plus offers customers the professional yet quick and easy answer to their needs.
along with tabulated and statistical data.
Product Code range accuracy type Price
9903-1550 0 to 100% RH +/-3% RH Temp & RH £150.00 Product Code Description Dimensions Price
-40 to +85ºC +/-2ºC (0-50ºC) (Dual Channel) 9906-1501 Tinyview Temp/RH Dia. 60mm depth 35mm £165.00
9903-0009 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software £49.00
9903-0007 Tinyview PC Cable 1 metre long (not USB) £5.00
9903-0010 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB cable £55.00
II Tinytag Ultra 2 (Dual Channel)

The latest data logger to the range available in two channel. TinyTag Ultra offers all the features
expected from a TinyTag - at a lower cost and in a case specifically designed to meet the cus-
tomer requirements, simply stand it in position or hang on the wall. The 7900 data readings
mean that the data logger can offer almost 3 months logging at 15 minute intervals. With
offload whilst logging, 2 alarms and min/max/actual readings as standard. Alarm active indica-
tion (red LED) and data logger active (green LED) user replaceable battery, delayed start and 2
“stop” options.

9903-1500 -40 to +85ºC +/-0.2ºC Temp & RH £99.00
0 to 95% RH +/-3% RH (Dual Channel)
9903-0007 PC download cable: 1 metre long (not USB) £5.00
9903-0009 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software £49.00
9903-0010 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB cable £55.00

Accessories & Data Loggers II
II Tinyview Plus with external probe
With an external dual channel probe for both temperature and relative humidity this logger is ideally suited to applications where
access is limited or where the logger needs to be unobtrusive. Museum display cases that have climate control need not be
opened to download the data thereby allowing the conditions inside the display case to remain undisturbed. It is also most
useful where the storage environment has to remain undisturbed such as containers with the probe fitted inside and the logger
on view externally. This makes convenient access to downloading data.
In addition to logging up to 32000 readings, current values of temperature and humidity are shown on the LCD display.
The complete assembly is manufactured from food grade materials and is splash proof.
The applications for Tinyview are many and varied such as historical houses, museums, archives, repository and cavity wall
monitoring. The logger has 2 user programmable alarms, delayed and trigger start options (up to 45 days). Logging interval one
second to ten days, off load data while stopped or when logging, reading types actual, minimum and maximum.
Software compatible with all Tinytag and Tinyview data loggers.
II Tiny Data Logger Audible Alarm
Product Code Range Accuracy Weight Price We have frequently requested to provide an audible alarm
9903-1506 -30 to +50ºC 0% to 100% RH +/- 3% at 25ºC 150g £180.00 for Tinytag and Tinyview data loggers. When the RH or
9903-0007 PC download cable 1 metre long (not USB) £5.00 temperature goes over or below the preset alarms the unit is
9903-0009 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software £49.00 activated. Ideal when loggers are placed out of sight or locat-
9903-0010 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB Cable £55.00 ed in Archives within the storage area. Especially useful for
works of art that have to be protected from high or low levels
of humidity. The audible alarm can also be linked into another
II Dimensions location or connected to other systems since it will trigger
Case millivolt (20mA) to activate other suitable alarms. comes
60mm Diameter x 84mm Long complete with instructions, software and 1.5 metre cable to
76mm Wide x 35mm Depth connect to the data logger. Simply activate the data logger
setting the high and low alarms required then connect via the
Probe cable supplied to the audible alarm. Should the RH or
8mm Diameter x 55mm Long
temperature go over or below the preset alarms the audible
Cable alarm will be activated.
1.5m Long
9903-5000 Use with Tinytag/Tinyview only £49.00
II Tinytag Shock/Vibration
This logger is primarily aimed at the transportation market. Works of art being transported can now be
continually monitored for impact, shock, or excessive vibration which could cause damage. So if
damage does occur you know exactly the time it happened and where to find the cause. The unit
measures 32 x 66 x 80mm, has two bolt down points, is water proof and easily concealed inside
shipping cases. Over 16,000 readings 2 programmable alarms, trigger start, will offload data whilst
logging. Rugged IP68 casing, user replaceable battery. Fully compatible with tinytag range of units, CE
approved and has a 6 month battery life.

9903-0610 0-100g +/-5% shock £235.00
9903-0605 0-5g +/-5% shock £235.00
9903-0650 0-50mm/s +/-10% vibration £235.00
9903-0009 Tinytag Explorer windows software £49.00
9903-0007 PC download cable (1 metre long) (not USB) £5.00
Examples of Explorer Windows Software 9903-0010 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB Cable £55.00

II Applicators & Pens
II Iron Gall Ink Test Paper

This test paper has been developed by the Conservation Research Department at the
Netherlands Institute for Cultural Heritage/Instituut Collectie Nederland (ICN), in the context of their
extensive research into iron gall ink corrosion. Preservation Equipment Ltd is proud to be asked
to exclusively market the test paper on behalf of the ICN.
This non-bleeding iron test paper has been developed as a simple and quick method to detect
iron (II) ions in hydrophylic substrates. These ions are harmful to organic substrates, such
as paper, because they catalyse the oxidative degradation of cellulose and other organic
materials. The test paper is non-bleeding, therefore it can be applied to originals. The test paper
has been extensively tested in paper conservation. In general a positive reaction of the iron (II) test
is a distinct identification of the presence of an iron-gall ink. However, it has to be realised that
other inks and colourants, e.g. bistre, may be iron based or contaminated with iron.
Iron (II) ions are water soluble and will migrate into a dampened test paper in contact with the ink.
The indicator (bathophenanthroline) forms an intensely red-coloured complex with irons (ii) ions.
II pH Indicator Strips
Product Code pH range wt Price Non-bleeding pH indicator strips are
Instructions are provided with the test papers. Further information can be obtained by contacting: easy to use. For surface pH on paper
539-2500 0-14 45g £13.95
Netherlands Institute for Cultural Heritage, Conservation Research Department, and textiles, use deionised water. In
539-2501 4.0-7.0 45g £13.95
Dr. Han Neevel or Ms Birgit Reissland, PO Box 76709, 1070KA Amsterdam, The Netherlands. contrast to conventional indicator
539-2502 2.0-9.0 45g £13.95
Tel: +31 20 305 4771, Fax: +31 20 305 4700 papers, the indicator dyes of the pH
539-2503 5.0-10 45g £13.95
Email: han.neevel@icn.nl or Birgit.reissland@icn.nl strips are chemically bonded to
The ink corrosion website: www.knaw.nl/ecpa/ink cellulose fibres. As a result, the possibility of colour bleeding, even in strongly basic
solutions, is avoided. Measurement of pH values is possible even in unbuffered or very weakly
Price for 100 strips buffered solutions, since the strips can be left in the solution until the final colour change is
completed. Colours of the individual colour fields cannot run into each other. This allows a more
Product Code Size Price precise comparison with the colour scale, the special dyes guarantee a sharp differentiation between
539-3000 75mm x 10mm £19.85 the individual pH values. Price per box of 100 strips
II Lineco’s pH Testing Pen

With a simple swipe of Lineco's pH Testing Pen, you can determine whether the paper and
board you are using is acidic. This easy, convenient method allows you to distinguish the
difference between safe (neutral or alkaline) paper and board and acidic materials. Easy to use;
simply draw a small line on the material you wish to test. The Chlorophenol red indicator
solution in the pen will turn purple on any paper with a pH of 6.8 and above. A clear or yellow
colour indicates the material is probably unsuitable for conservation purposes.
Paper can be respectably long-lived if its pH is as low as 6.0, especially if it is well made and
carefully used and stored. In order to last for centuries in today's polluted air, it must have an
alkaline reserve and this usually means a pH of 7.0 or greater. Please note: unreliable results
may occur on coloured or coated papers.
Price each.

533-0023 40g £4.40

Pelsorb is a moisture sensitive silica gel capable of both absorbing and desorbing
moisture, making it ideal for stabilizing relative humidty within an enclosed space
(Such as museum display cases or storage cabinets).
Pelsorb can be used to maintain a 45 - 55 % RH (Relative Humidity) level and can
operate effectively for 5 years or more.
Pelsorb is available in beads and as sachets of beads which should be placed around
the perimeter of the case, or in a drawer. Use 1 sachet or 500g of beads per cubic
metre (multiply cubic feet by 0.02832 to get cubic metres).
Pelsorb is shipped in aluminium containers that are both moisture and airtight to
ensure it arrives in perfect condition for use.
Pelsorb is a suitable alternative to ArtSorb.
Product Code pH range Price

857-7500 Pelsorb 500g sachet (50%RH) £15.95 each
857-7555 Pelsorb 500g sachets (55%RH) £69.00 pack of 4
857-7545 Pelsorb 500g sachets (45%RH) £69.00 pack of 4
857-7501 Pelsorb beads (50%RH) £125.00 5kg drum
857-7502 Pelsorb beads (55%RH) £125.00 5kg drum
857-7503 Pelsorb beads(45%RH) £125.00 5kg drum
II Art-Sorb®
cassettes II Art-Sorb® Sheets

Art-Sorb is a moisture-sensitive silica material which adsorbs and desorbs moisture in
order to offset changes in external relative humidity. It provides over 5 times the moisture buffering
capacity of regular density silica gel, and is even more efficient at higher relative humidities.
Art-Sorb is available in two versions, each preconditioned at 50% R.H.
Sheet Type: A non-woven sheet of archival polyethylene/polypropylene fibres is impregnated with fine particles of Art-Sorb.
It can be used to line the sides, bottom or top of a display case, or placed in a frame. Sheets can be cut to size. About 5-10
sheets should be used for each cubic metre.
Cassettes: Art-Sorb beads are encased in a convenient, non-woven polyethylene/polypropylene package that is supported by
a fibre cassette. One cassette is sufficient for humidity control of one cubic metre of space.
Product Code type size (approx) wt Price

857-1919 sheets 19.7” x 19.7” x 0.07” (500mm x 500mm x 2mm) 100g £18.70
857-1919/20 pack of 20 sheets19.7” x 19.7” x 0.07” (500mm x 500mm x 2mm) 2kg £318.00
857-1134 full cassette 13”L x 4.3”W x 1.625”D (330mm x 110mm x 40mm) 750g £49.50
857-1454 half cassette 13”L x 4.3”W x 0.875”D (330mm x 110mm x 20mm) 400g £38.00
857-1000 Art-Sorb Technical Information Brochure free
II Humidity Indicator Card

Humidity indicator cards provide a quick and inexpensive
means of checking relative humidity levels of your storage or
display area. As humidity changes, the chemically impregnated
spots change from blue (dry) to lavender (normal) to pink
(humid). The standard card indicates the current humidity
level, measures 4-1/2" x 1-1/2". Each of these cards are
accurate to ±5% relative humidity (RH) at 24ºC (75ºF).
Price per package.
II Silica Gel Desiccant Packets

Prevent rust, corrosion, mold and mildew in closed containers
with these easy to use packets. One kg. of this water
absorbent chemical will dry approximately 2 cu. meters in an
air tight container. Each contains 3 grams.
Product Code size wt Price Product Code description size qty wt Price
886-1000 50 x 57mm 14g £1.30 931-3100 standard humidity card 114mm x 38mm 5 45g £5.35
II Silica Gel & Orange Indicating Silica Gel

Silica Gel Silica Gel is a porous, granular, chemically inert amorphous silica with a high absorbent capacity. As a desiccant, standard grades of
silica can absorb 40% of their own weight of water. Because no visible physical change occurs when standard silica gel becomes
saturated, we also offer orange silica gel which changes to pale yellow when saturated. Use alone or add a 10% mix to standard
gel. Both can be reconditioned by heating for 3 hours at 150° F. the 10 gram sachets are fabric suitable for regenerations
Caution: Do not inhale. Price each. Quantity guide 5g per cubic foot, 170g per cubic metre.
Product Code description size qty/wt Price

404-3100 standard white 2-5mm beads 10g/10 sachets £3.20
404-3500 standard white 2-5mm beads 500g £6.50
404-3300 standard white 2-5mm beads 3kg £20.90
404-3250 standard white 2-5mm beads 25kg £111.90
404-5010 orange indicating 1-3mm granular 10g/10 sachets £3.70
404-5100 orange indicating 1-3mm granular 500g £7.95
404-5300 orange indicating 1-3mm granular 3kg £28.99
404-5250 orange indicating 1-3mm granular 25kg £164.00
Orange Indicating Silica Gel Activated Carbon Materials

We have a new range of naterials to absorb off gassing, pollutants and oduors. Send for technical literature and samples. See P182.

Dehumidifiers II
II Dehumidifier & Convector Heater
The integral 800 watt convector heater improves extraction at
lower room temperatures. Ideal for basements and unheated
properties. Operates down to 5ºC with an intelligent defrost
system, of course the heater operation means there is little
chance of icing up. Dehumidifies, cleans and purifies the air
with an activated carbon and easy to remove washable dust
filter to give a cleaner, fresher, healthier environment. Suitable
for up to 220 square metres with adjustable humidistat
control, two speed turbo fan for ultra quiet operation.
Removes up to 15 litres per day at 30ºC, 70% RH. Large 7
litre easily removable water tank will full warning light and
auto shut off. Continuous drainage kit available. Highly
manoeuvrable with large rear wheels and handle.
Product Code 810-0320 £197.95

Power Supply 220/240
II Dehumidifier Energy Use 370 watts
The dehumidifier is light and compact enough to be lifted and Heater 800 watts
carried with ease. They require no installation, just position the Water Capacity 7 litres
unit where its needed, plug in, switch on and leave it to get on Colour White
with the job. Because they use energy efficient heat pump Dimensions 345 W x 722 H x 325mm D
technology, costing no more than a TV to run. The product Weight 22kg
should be part of disaster planning, and can extract up to 10 810-0035/1 Permanent Drainage Kit £7.40
litres of water per day. Unlike imported models, it is designed 810-00325 Pack of 3 Carbon Filters £9.50
to operate more effectively at lower temperatures and is suit-
able for up to 80 square metres. The humidistat control is set
to the level of humidity required, automatically switches the
machine on when humidity rises, and off when the selected
level of dryness has been achieved. Automatically switches
itself off when the water container is full - so preventing over-
flowing. Fitted with rear dust filter and easy to move castors
and carry handle.
Product Code 810-0035 £340.70

Power Supply 220/240 volt 5 amp fuse
Energy Use 250w @ 10ºC 55%
relative humidity
Water Capacity 5 Litre
Water Extraction Up to 10 litres per day
Dimensions 345mmW x 350mmD x 550mmH
Weight 26kg
3
Airflow 150m /hr
Min. Working Temp. 3ºC
Product Code 810-0035/1 £7.40
Permanent Drainage Kit
II Dehumidifier with Pump to drain II Humidity Cassettes (above)

This model does not house a water collection bucket it simply These humidity control cassettes are constructed from perfo-
pumps the collected water through the hose into a drain. Will rated stainless steel. Designed to hold Pelsorb and various
pump out of a cellar or through a window to a height of brands of Silica gel beads. Keeps beads away from works of
4.3 metres. The dehumidifier eliminates the need to empty art and provides easy access for reconditioning.
the bucket making it ideal for unattended locations and
permanent installation. The high quality humidity cassettes are compact, reusable
and ideal for display cases, boxes, drawers or anywhere mois-
Running costs are approximately 2.5p per hour maximum ture or humidity may be a problem.
extraction is 10.2 litres per day. Nominal effective volume
100 cubic metres suitable for storage areas and cellars. The The small size 165 x 64 x 25mm containing Pelsorb beads
variable humidistat allows you to adjust the humidity levels. would be suitable for approximately 0.25 cubic metre. The
larger size 330 x 114 x 38mm approximately 1.25 cubic
metres. Naturally the amount of Pelsorb or Silica gel used can
Product Code 810-0030 £444.50
be varied to suit the control levels required.
Power Supply 220/240 volt 5 amp fuse
Energy Use 250w @ 10ºC 55% relative humidity
Dimensions 304mmW x 550mmD x 300mmH
Weight 23kg Product Code Description Price
Airflow 150m_/hr 078-1345 Lge Cass 330x114x38mm £56.20
Min. Work. Temp 3ºC 078-6525 Smll Cass 165x64x25mm £36.65

II Conservation Cleaning Machines
More recent photograph online.

Visit www.preservationequipment.com
Product Code: 105-9010 £3997.00 II PEL Conservators Cleaning Machine

Power Supply 220/240 & 110 Voltage The downflow work station is manufactured for PEL. According to research some 136 types of
Power Consumption 500 watts fungi are harmful to people and archives. Of these, 18 are thought to cause a range of irritations
Volume Air Filtered 0.12m3/second and diseases including disorders of the respiratory tract, the mucous membrane, even tuberculosis,
Dimensions 973mm w x 668mm d x 1005mm h and can possibly cause disorders of the liver, mycoses and abscesses. The machine gives
Work Area 911mm x 611mm protection from mildew-spores, fungi and irritant or toxic sub micron particulates. Made from cold
rolled sturdy steel structure epoxy powder coated for corrosion resistance in RAL: 9003 white.
Product Code: 105-9014 £265.00 80mm diameter nylon castors with brakes and an impact resistant handle included. Fitted with a
Main HEPA Filter 99.998% = 0.3 micon size ‘B’ Normal Life 2 years particulate pre-filter 92% efficient @ 5 micron and a HEPA filter 99.999% efficient @ 0.3 micron
for full protection.
Product Code: 105-9012 £65.00
Replacement Filterate pre-filter size ‘B’. Pack of 6 Standard Model - The machine has proved invaluable when cleaning books that have been
subjected to poor storage, which frequently contain mildew spores that should be disposed
of safely to reduce spreading, or affecting the health of the conservator, who has the task of
cleaning them before they are placed into archival storage. Air is extracted from around the work
more photographs available online at:
surface. These air paths provide a containment airflow that will entrain any particles present
www.preservationequipment.com during conservation procedures. Larger debris falls into a removable dust tray which is easily
removeable for regular cleaning. The machine is completely mobile and can be wheeled to the
required locationto perform the cleaning. Comes complete with operating and maintenance
instructions.

PEL Filtration Cupboard II
II PEL Fume Filtration Cupboard

PEL re-circulating fume cabinet complete with "OS" filtration system. This cabinet meets BS7989 the British Standard that
defines the specification and operation of ductless fume cabinets. The cabinet is for use with organic solvents and is designed
to operate with a face velocity of 0.5 m/s (metres per second). Manufactured from polyester coated steel, aluminium uprights
are anodised for added protection offering exceptional structural strength to support the 8mm thick transparent panels which
are highly corrosion resistant and easy to clean in the event of accidental spillage.
Front floor flaps are hinged to enable easy access for larger items, the rear of the cabinet is a clear panel. The base tray
is manufactured from high density polypropylene. No ducting is required therefore, installation is not necessary. Fully portable
enables positioning in the most suitable location.
Quiet operation less than 50d (B) A and low power consumption. Comes with low air flow alarm.
We recommend you change the pre-filters regularly to protect the main filters, this will
reduce running costs.
105-900C supplied with pre-filter and carbon filter.

105-900H supplied with pre-filter, carbon filter and HEPA filter.
The Hepa filter model is for particulates, this model is also suitable for removing
mildew spores. We supply a base tray with each fume cupboard for table top
use, trolley is extra and should be ordered seperately.
Specification Product Code Description Price

Power Supply 230 & 110 voltage 105-900C Carbon Filter Model + Base Tray £1974.00
Power Consumption 0.5 Amps/100 watts 105-900H HEPA & Carbon Model + Base Tray £2275.00
Face Velocity 0.5 m/s 105-9008 Replacement carbon filter for both models £476.00
Dimensions Internal 770W x 450D x 810mmH 105-9013 Replacement HEPA filter for 105-900H £259.00
Dimensions External 800W x 570D x 1145mmH 105-9016 Replacement Pre-filters for both models £33.50
Weight 65kg 105-9017 Trolley Locking wheels & shelf £559.00
Delivery to UK mainland. installation and
commissioning: £240.00. Export delivery at cost
II PEL Conservation & Book Cleaning Cabinet

Horizontal clean air operator protection.
This laminar flow cabinet is made especially for conservation work when using cleaning substances
or contaminated works of art, with excellent working access. The Conservation Cleaning Cabinet is
designed to protect the work of art and operating staff by maintaining a particle free ultra clean
zone. It can be used whenever a Class II cabinet is deemed unnecessary.
PEL together with the manufacturer have ensured the operator is protected and provided with a
well lit diffused hidden lighting (as standard) and efficient sound insulation (sound levels less than
55dB(A)) which ensures the cabinet can be used for long periods without discomfort.
Gives a consistent performance, complying to ISO 14644-1:1999 Class 5. The air is delivered to
the work surface at better than Class 100 quality, guaranteeing a totally sterile working environ-
ment. Constructed from mild steel sheet, finished in chemical resistant epoxy coating, the removable
side panels (for long objects) are made from 8mm clear acrylic. LED airflow indicators and audible
alarms for incorrect airflow condition. Variable fan speed control (factory set) fans run at low speed to
give long filter and low sound levels. Comes complete with operating and maintenance instructions.
Product Code 105-7010 HEPA FILTRATION MODEL £3242.00

Product Code 105-7010C CARBON & HEPA FILTRATION MODEL £4844.00
Power Supply 220/140v 50/60Hz single phase
Power Consumption Lighting 2 x 36 watt fluorescent tubes
Super silent fan 600 watt
Volume Air Filtered 0.4M/S
Dimensions (mm) External 1000W x 762D x 1160H
Internal 960W x 600D x 665H
Delivery to UK mainland. installation and commissioning: £260.00. Export delivery at cost

105-7012 Replacement HEPA Filter £540.00
105-7013 Replacement Pre-Filters £39.75
105-7014 Cabinet Stand (850mm high with adjustable feet) £495.00
105-7015 PVC Base Tray £140.00

II Respiratory Protection
II Selection Criteria Example

name of contaminant graphite
The five forms of Hazard that are likely to be encountered in the workplace are:
form of contaminant dust
Dusts formed by the breaking down of solid materials, In general the smaller the dust particle the greater the hazard
effects respiratory sensitivity
that it presents. Fibres of material should also be treated as dusts. 3
concentration 85mg/m
Mists formed by processes that involve atomisation (such as spraying) and consist of tiny liquid droplets. OES 4mg/m
3
Fumes formed by the vapourisation of a solid material by the application of extreme heat. Extremely fine particles are exposure time 5 hours
created as the vapour cools and condenses. Therefore
3 3
Vapours - A gaseous state formed by the evaporation from substances that are normally either solid or liquid at room 8 hr time weighted average (85mg/m x5)/8 = 53.125mg/m
temperature. A fume may form as vapour condenses. divide TWA by OES 53.125/4 = 13.28
Gases - An air-like substance at room temperature. Gases can travel far, very quickly. result 13.28 x OES
In this case a 214-6321 Disposable Dust Mask or 214-0209TP P3 Filter

Cartridge should be used as they provide protection up to 20 x OES
TWA = The 8 hour Time Weighted Average. OES = Occupational Exposure Standard.
II Tyvek
Proven Protection Against Dangerous Hazards. Test results show Tyvek stopped or filtered out
99.9% of particles 0.5-0.7 micron. The relatively slick surface is a further barrier against particle II Maximask Respirators
entrapment. There is just no place for particles to attach themselves. All in all, whether particles The premium half mask, offering maximum protection and comfort. A unique, extra wide seal-
are radioactive or bacteriological, organic or inorganic, carcinogenic or just plain dust, Tyvek pro- ing surface offers unparalleled comfort and fit. This twin filter mask is made to medical grade
tects. Liquid hold-out tests give Tyvek the same high ratings being non-absorbent and essentially silicone for user comfort prevents sticking to your skin. Four adjustable point cradle suspen-
inert. Tyvek has high tensile/tear strength in all directions because its constituent fibres are spun- sion. Comes complete with speech diaphragm. The Maximask has balanced low profile angle
bonded in all directions. It keeps this strength, wet or dry, water has virtually no effect on it. mounted filters for better weight distribution and minimal visual impairment. The full range of
gas and particle filters are colour coded to European norms in three versions and conforms to
II Tyvek Hooded Coverall EN141.
Lightweight comfortable to wear hooded coverall with elasticated hood, ankles and cuffs. Ideal Pre-Filter Kit P2 and P3 consists of two filter covers and 6 pre-filters are used in conjunction
for disaster clean-up work to protect the wearer with maximum comfort and protection. with a vapour/gas cartridge to protect against both vapour/gas and a particular hazard at the
same time. Pre-Filter Kits must not be fitted to the type P2 and P3 (white) filters.
035-1412S small 5 £29.75 Product Code Description Price
035-1412M medium 5 £29.75 214-0110 Twin Maximask Respirator £25.50 each
035-1412L large 5 £29.75 214-0209A Twin A1 Brown Filter Organic Vapour and Gases £6.75 pair
214-0209P Twin P2 White Dust/Particle Filter £6.75 pair
214-2309 Pre-Filter Kit P2 Pair £13.50 pair
II Dust Masks (Pre-Moulded Shape)

The masks are available in two traditional designs with or without valve. The new shape 214-6321 mask
design offers a maximum surface area. This minimises breathing resistance and maximises the dust carrying
capacity. The 214-6321 mask is shaped without the use of malleable nose clips. In addition, it has a 4 point
suspension with integral elastic adjustment.
214-6321 Wide range of masks to protect against a variety of dusts, fumes and mists. Hygienic and hypo-
allergenic for excellent protective performance. Lightweight and comfortable to wear. Highly efficient
and completely reliable. Produced from premium quality materials. Elasticated head straps for
perfect personal fit. Extremely low breathing resistance for reduced wearer fatigue. Compatible with
other facial protection equipment. Approved EN 149. International packaging with user instructions
in seven languages. Valve to enable easier breathing when worn for long periods.
Product Code Pk Price

214-5211 no valve fine toxic dusts, fibres & aqueous mists APF4 x OES, FFP1-111 20 £18.95
214-5221 valved fine toxic dusts, fibres & aqueous mists APF10 x OES, FFP2-122 10 £18.95
214-6321 valved fine toxic dusts, fibres & liquid based aerosols APF20 x OES, FFP3-132 5 £20.95
178 Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Conservation Products II
C A
II Crepe Rubber Eraser

This product is the best material for picking up the adhesive left
behind when removing pressure sensitive tapes (a must for B
paper conservators). It can also be used for easily removing
excess rubber cement and other adhesives. Simply cut into
shape for getting into those small areas. Price each.
II A. Conservation Work Trays
Quality, heavy weight, high impact polyethylene plastic trays for a variety of conservation uses. Excellent for bleaching or
682-2030 Crepe rubber 50 x 50 x 10 £1.95
de-acidification by immersion. These trays are solid white, seamless, and possess a corrosion resistant surface. The handy
pouring corner is useful for reuse of chemical solutions. Price each.
Product Code approx. overall size top ext size wt Price

618-1418 14.5” x 18” x 2.75” 454mm x 372mm x 89mm 0.60kg £11.50
618-2024 20” x 24” x 3” deep 610mm x 508mm x 89mm 1.14kg £23.20
II B. One-Wipe® Dust Cloth

Specially treated pure-cotton flannel cloth attracts and holds dust, yet
won’t leave a residue. Won’t scatter dust. May be laundered up to 20
881-116 One-Wipes 273g £23.17
times without losing its effectiveness. Price per package of 6 cloths.
II C. The Dust Buff

Washable tanned natural wool “Dust Buffs” collect dirt
easily within their fibres. Extra long 48" model can be
542-3612 12” long (305mm) 100g £12.25
used without extension handle. Price each.
542-3648 48” long (1219mm) 148g £18.70
Product Code Description Dimensions Price

961-2000 Conservators 73 x 48 x 30mm £2.95
Sponge (2 Pk)
II Dust Bunny™ 961-2002 Conservators 96 x 74 x 30mm £2.95
Sponge (Each)
The Dust Bunny™ dusting cloth combines hi-tech Tyvek®
and nylon fibres which are chemical free, lint free, soft, non-
abrasive, washable and reusable! With nearly 50,000 fibres
per square inch, Dust Bunny™ generates an electrostatic,
“magnetic” effect which causes surface particles to adhere
to the fabric as it is used. Renew your Dust Bunny™ by
washing by hand or machine using mild detergent and drying
at less than 140°F. It is a super absorber of oils and grease
and can be used safely with solvents, yet will not absorb II PEL Conservators Sponge™
water. Dimensions: approx. 17" x 17". Price each/pack of 10. The closed-cell structure is hydrophilic and can be used for various conservation procedures such as:
Product Code size wt Price • Wet repairs to remove residual water, as the repair tissue does not attach to the sponge.
947-1000 432mm x 432mm 50g £3.57 • Small disasters - takes in a large amount of water rapidly.
947-1000/10 432mm x 432mm 500g £28.89 • Painting Conservators are using the sponge with solvents to clean and remove varnish.
• In leafcasting to remove excess water without lifting off the pulp repair.
• Can also be used in conjunction with draft cleaning powder.
See page 155 • No doubt conservators will find other uses for the Conservators Sponge TM.
for Conservation The sponge can be shaped to suit special needs by allowing it to dry out. It then becomes hard and can be cut to the
desired shape with a sharp knife. Simply immerse in water for a few minutes, it then becomes soft and is ready to use
Cleaning Products again. During our research with conservators we supplied a small sample size, however, many commented that the
sample was such a handy size we have included it in the range.

II PEL Cloth™
II PEL Cloth™
MicroFibre Cleaning without chemicals (just use water). Until recently it has not been possible to clean surfaces without the use
of chemicals. Technology has changed this, with the PEL-Cloth you can clean either with or without water. Excellent results are
achieved on all surfaces, without the need for cleaning agents and chemicals, and you protect yourself and the environment.
The secret is in the fibres
PEL-Cloths are manufactured from tiny ultra micro fibres. These micro fibres have such a good, natural cleaning action
compared to normal fibres - breaking down, trapping and absorbing dirt particles so well, that only water is necessary as a
solvent. Our cloths are made from polyester/polyamide ultra micro fibres, which contain no chemicals and give such a good
cleaning effect that only water is needed as a solvent. The fibre mix gives the cloth enormous absorption. When used damp,
the cloths clean all surfaces, especially glass, plastics, stainless steel, chrome, brass and wood. When used dry the cloths have
a natural “positive” charge which attracts “negative” dust. If correctly maintained, in normal use, our products will last for
several years and pay for themselves many times over.
II How to use your PEL-Cloth MicroFibre Cleaning System. It is important to follow these instructions.
Using the PEL-Cloth… DRY
The static effect when using the cloth dry gives it an extremely good accumulation ability for dust and micro particles. Drag the
cloth lightly over the surface to be cleaned and the particles will stick to the cloth. Do not rub hard on plexi glass. Dirt in the cloth
947-3232 Standard could stratch the surface.
Using the PEL-Cloth… DAMP
Wet thoroughly with pure water only, (no soap) completely wring out and fold, then wipe impurities from all dirty surfaces such
as glass, mirrors, aluminium, stainless steel, plastics, treated and untreated woods, tiles, brass etc.
Using the PEL-Cloth… WET
Wet thoroughly with pure water only, (no soap) completely wring out and fold, then use as you would a wet sponge.
Maintenance of the PEL-Cloth
For the cloth to perform correctly, it is necessary to keep the cloth clean with regular washing. The cloth should be hot washed
at 95ºC. It can be machine washed at least 300 times. For small quantities you may choose to boil the cloths in a saucepan for
15 minutes. Use 1/3 of the normal dose of ordinary washing powder. Always wash the cloths separately from other items to
avoid adding fluff to the cloth.
N.B. Do not use fabric softener or bleach. The fabric softener removes the static effect for dry use and bleach breaks down the
micro fibres. Either tumble dry or hang dry. If too much washing powder is used, the fibres become blocked and the performance
of the cloth is reduced. Wash the cloth a few times without any washing powder to remove excess soap.
Product Code description dimensions Price

947-3232/5 standard 320mm x 320mm £10.95 pack 5
947-3232/50 standard 320mm x 320mm £89.00 pack 50
947-5040/5 glass 400mm x 400mm £10.95 pack 5
947-5040 Glass
947-5040/50 glass 400mm x 400mm £89.00 pack 50
II Battery Eraser
This is one of our best selling products. Battery operated electric eraser which weighs only 68
grams (including the batteries). It’s an indispensable tool for anyone involved in book repair and
paper conservation. The soft non-abrasive vinyl eraser cleans pencil marks without damage to
your papers. Unit includes 2 “AAA” batteries, 10 white vinyl erasers (for pencil marks), 10 blue II Rub Gum Eraser
solvent erasers (for drafting ink) and 2 spare eraser chucks. This unique formula eraser doubles as a nonabrasive eraser and a drycleaner. Using gentle
pressure, a fine deep-cleaning powder is produced which will absorb and remove dirt, graphite,
Product Code description Price etc., from both mat board and drawing paper. Extra large size - 2" x 1" x 7/8". Price per dozen.
642-2000 battery eraser £56.11
642-500 pack of 70 white eraser refills £7.73 Product Code size wt Price
642-SE10 pack of 70 blue (ink) refills £11.18 479-211 51 x 25 x 22mm 409gms £7.90

Wishab® II
II Akapad®
PEL is the UK appointed distributor for Akachemie Products. This dry cleaning system has
proven its reliability for over 20 years by conservators who use Wishab for a number of
specific cleaning problems. Akapad is available as a dry sponge in powder-form and as a
spray powder. The usage depends on the type and sensitivity of the artwork being cleaned.
Akapad Sponge is used to carry out convenient and safe dry cleaning of surfaces on paper, walls,
ceilings, pictures, frescos, mural paintings, wallpaper, tapestries, textiles and other surfaces. The
sponge consists of a blue handle with the yellow cleaning layer moulded into it, this layer
restores itself constantly due to the crumb formation process. The soft sponge is used for
sensitive surfaces, the hard sponge for less sensitive base surfaces and the extra hard sponge
for non-sensitive surfaces such as stone. The surfaces to be cleaned must be absolutely dry.
Akapad Powder has been specially developed for dry cleaning of paper documents, it can also
be used on other items. Simply spread the powder over the surface of the object to be cleaned.
Rub the powder over the surface by hand using cotton wool or wearing our cotton gloves. For
tougher applications the powder can be used with soft felt disks on rotating tools. Caution must
prevail with any cleaning method and we advise this is done by a professional conservator.
Akapad soft powder is used for sensitive surfaces such as paper and textiles, the hard powder
for less sensitive surfaces such as sturdy heavy papers, wood etc. The surfaces to be cleaned
must be absolutely dry and not powdery.
Product Code description qty Price
Akapad Spray Powder is a special development for dry cleaning using the spraying method. The 782-4101 soft sponge each £3.85
spray powder method is used to penetrate in depressions and hollow spaces where access is 782-4101/30 soft sponge 30 £104.50
difficult, such as masonry (Sandstone), sculptures or objects that have extremely rough 782-4121 hard sponge each £4.65
surfaces. When using the spray method, the correct adjustment of the air pressure is very
782-4121/30 hard sponge 30 £127.00
important, however the air pressure is easy to determine by conducting trials. Recovery of the
782-4141 extra hard sponge each £5.50
sprayed-on material is possible since the powder can be used several times (10 times or
782-4141/30 extra hard sponge 30 £149.80
more). Akapad spray powder is coarse, (particle size approximately 0.5-1.5mm) the sprayer
782-4151 white sponge each £5.95
piping and nozzle must have large diameters. Nozzle size 5-10mm diameter with air volume of
782-4151/30 white sponge 30 £162.65
1000 litres/minute, working pressure of 5-10 bar with a distance of about 0.5-1 metre.
782-4301 soft powder 500g £12.15
782-4301/8 soft powder 4kg £88.30
II Akapad® White Sponge 782-4261 Extra fine spray powder 5kg £103.40
The Akapad White Sponge has been designed for the cleaning of sensitive surfaces. the
composition of the Akapad White Sponge has been especially formulated to provide excellent
results regarding ageing properties of the cleaned surfaces, of works of art on paper.
Product Code Description Quantity Price

782-4151 white sponge each £5.95
782-4151/30 white sponge 30 £162.65
Product Code: 782-5120 £1080.75

Container content 0.7 litres
L x W x H (mm) 240 x 200 x 340
Working pressure Maximum 6 bar
Air consumption 110 l/min with 1.8mm nozzle
Weight 5.8kg (without pedal)
Precautionary measures Protection glasses/mask
Product Code: 782-4261 £103.40
Powder 5kg Akablast Extra fine
II Akatec Micro Blaster
Akatec Micro Blaster is a pressure blasting machine with low air consumption for precise by an adjustable pressure regulator. Included is a pressure release valve cuts off the air stream
spraying. There is no need for any other source of energy but pressurized air. Akatec Micro immediately after switching off the Micro Blaster. Unwanted spraying is avoided. The Akablast
Blaster can either be connected to the pressurized air system of a spraying cabinet or can be extra fine powder (product code 782-4261) is the most suitable for the Micro Blaster. You will
connected to any other pressurized air pipe. It has to be ensured that only clean and dry air is require air pressure to operate the system. Should you not already have compressed air
filled into the Micro Blaster. The small dimension and the low weight enables the easy transport available we recommend a compressor with a minimum 110 litres per minute. We will be
and versatile use of the Micro Blaster. The spraying pressure of Akatec Micro Blaster is steered pleased to quote should you have difficulty in obtaining a compressor.
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 181

II Conservation Supplies
II Carbon Cloth
Developed in conjunction with conservators and
Preservation Equipment Ltd, UK, this unique breathable
activated carbon cloth offers the best practical
protection for artefacts and artworks against damaging
atmospheric pollution. As well as offering protection for
single material items such as coins, PEL's activated
carbon cloth also offers protection for all artefacts and
artworks - effectively neutralising acids, bases, volatile
organics, decomposition products, odours etc.
Activated Carbon Cloth is composed of 100% activated

carbon presented in a textile form and as such, can be
cut, sewn and bonded to other materials to allow its
integration within display and storage systems. Activated
Carbon Cloth will absorb vapours, including odours and
certain inorganic molecules in the atmosphere. These
pollutants are attributed to a combined problem of
air pollution in the environment and emissions of conta-
minants from both display and storage materials and the
objects themselves. II Kleenmaster® Brillianize®
Cleaner & Polisher
Activated Carbon Cloth is most commonly used in preventive conservation to retard the corrosion of metals by absorbing Kleenmaster® Brillianize® is an anti-static cleaner which
contaminants such as acetic acids. It can also be used to remove odours from deteriorating organic objects and to retard the does not attract dust and reduces scratching of plexiglas
deterioration of books, paper, drawings and sketches. In addition to the absorption of potentially harmful contaminants, Activated exhibit cases and display cases. Cleans and shines all types
Carbon Cloth will also absorb water vapour and therfore can reduce humidity in a similar way to other desiccants such as silica of plastics, glass, and any other hard, shiny, non-absorbent
gel. At the same time, overall performance will not be affected by high humidity. surface. Also helps resist finger marking. Non-toxic. Avoid
freezing. Price per 8 oz. bottle.
The cloth is manufactured in a 1525mm (approximately 60 inches) wide roll and can be readily cut to fit into storage and
display systems. Create bags for storage of one or more items, or line backboards of paintings, drawers and textiles. Also an Product Code wt Price
ideal drawer, box or shipping crate liner. Activated Carbon Cloth is cut to each customer's specific length requirement. Pricing is 962-0008 318g £8.20
per linear metre.
Product Code Dimensions Price

492-7000 1500mm x 1m £54.00 per metre
492-7000/10 1500mm x 10m £447.00 per roll
II Qwicksilver®
The internationally patented Quicksilver® method is the most
advanced system available for cleaning sterling and silver
plate. A 305mm x 305mm perforated electrolytic alloy metal
grid creates a very controlled, low intensity magnetic field
which is just strong enough to draw off the soft sulphur ions
of tarnish without removing or harming the harder metal ions
of the items being cleaned. Large quantities of tarnished items
will emerge sparkling and tarnish free in seconds. The
activator solution is completely non-toxic and environmentally
safe. The Qwicksilver® method requires no polishing,
buffing, pads, sponges, harmful chemicals, or caustic dips.
II Pacific Silvercloth® Silvercloth® also protects against dust and scratches. Cloth Use one cup of activator for every 8 gallons of water.
is 38” wide and comes with instructions on how to make
Saves Work and Keeps Your Silver Bright
custom bags, pouches, rolls and how to line drawers and Product Code description wt Price
Pacific Silvercloth® tarnish-preventing material keeps your cabinets. Note: Laundering reduces effectiveness. 958-10001 cleaning plate 1.36kg £180.80
silver and silver plated articles clean, bright and shining- 958-10002 activator solution 11.36kg £107.30
without polishing! Thousands of silver particles embedded Product Code Description Price (approx: 19 cups)
in the rich brown, velvety cloth absorb tarnish producing 929-0003 3 yd roll (965mm x 2.7m) £71.00 958-10008 activator solution 0.59kg £5.90
atmospheric gases before they reach the silver. Pacific 929-0015 15 yd roll (965mm x 13.5m) £297.70 (approx: 1 cup)
182 Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Costume Figures Conservation II
217-0019 217-0017 & 217-0018 217-0016 217-0015
II Conservation Costume Figures

These figures are designed to be versatile with adjustable heights, arm lengths and flexible elbows.they are easy to dress and undress.
Sizes are small, narrow across the shoulders and are designed with padding to fit most costumes within a particular size range.
Male torsos are available with "standard shoulders". Shoes on figures with legs require a hole drilled into the left heel so that the
base plate spiggot can fit through to support the figure.
Figures should be ordered at least 2" (50mm) smaller than costume sizes to allow them to fit. They can always be padded out as
required with polyester wadding.
The figures are conservation quality and have been approved and used by a number of major institutions.
Conversion Formulae
To Convert Multiply by
Inches to Centimetres 2.540
Centimetres to Inches 0.03937
Feet to Metres 0.3048
Metres to Feet 3.281
12” (inches) = 1’ (feet)
Product Code Description Size Price

217-0015 Male Figure with legs Height 168cm to 180cm. Chest 83cm £1,325.00
Waist 62cm. Hips 81cm
217-0016 Male Figure on stand Height 165cm to 185cm. Chest 83cm £1,120.00
217-0017 Female Figure with legs Height 147cm to 163cm £1,325.00
Chest 74cm to 79cm
217-0018 Female Figure with legs Height 163cm to 183cm. Chest 74cm to 79cm £1,325.00
217-0019 Female Figure on stand Height 147cm to 173cm. Chest 74cm to 79cm £1,120.00

II Display Cases
II General Specification
These attractive high specification display cases are designed to meet modern
II Model 1 conservation standards with UV filtering laminated glass, inert materials and a
high level of dust sealing. A silica gel facility can also be incorporated into the
cases to provide a humidity buffer for sensitive objects.
A robust aluminium construction, laminated glass to BS 6206A and Abloy™ high
security locks ensure a well protected environment for artifacts on display. Cases
can also be supplied with other glass specifications such as anti-bandit glass to
BS 5544, Optiwhite glass and non reflective glass - prices are available upon
request.
All cases have a hard wearing powdercoated finish in either grey (BS 00 A 05),
black (EN 204 E) or cream (RAL 1013) as standard, other colours are available
upon request. Delivery is not included but for budget purposes an allowance of
12.5% of the costs should be made - please call for specific quotation.
Please remember to specify colour when ordering.
II Model 1 - Display Case with Integral

Light Hood (Full Height)
Full height display case with integral light hood. This case has 10.8mm laminated
glass and an aluminium egg crate diffuser with a sealed UV filtering layer. The case
can be fitted with fully adjustable shelving and can be fitted with a range of lighting
options including fibre optics.
A silica gel facility can be incorporated within the lower case framework.
Dimensions of exterior: 2000mm high x 750mm wide x 750mm depth.
Model 1 - Display Case with Integral Light Hood (Full Height)

599-1000 Display Case £4784.00
599-1002 Glass Shelf & Supports £360.00
599-1003 Fluorescent Lighting £295.30
599-1004 Low Voltage Lighting £313.50
599-1005 Fibre Optic Lighting £1918.50
599-1006 Silica Gel & Pelsorb Facility £331.70
II Model 2 - Display Case with Integral

Light Hood & Cupboard Storage
Display case with integral light hood and cupboard storage. This case has 10.8mm
laminated glass and an aluminium egg crate diffuser with sealed UV filtering layer.
The case can be fitted with fully adjustable shelving and can be fitted with a range
of lighting options including fibre optics.
The lower storage area is lockable and can incorporate a silica gel facility
Model 2 - Display Case, Integral Light Hood & Cupboard Storage

599-2000 Display Case £5511.60
599-2003 Fluorescent Lighting £330.65
599-2004 Low Voltage Lighting £313.50
599-2006 Silica Gel & Pelsorb Facility £331.70
See Page 170 & 171

for Data Loggers
and Accessories
II Model 2

Display Cases II
II Model 3 - Display Case with Glass Top

(Full Height)
Full height display case with glass top. This case has 10.8mm laminated glass and
a slimline top channel.
The case can be filled with fully adjustable shelving and are normally lit externally.
Model 3 - Display Case with Glass Top (Full Height)

599-3000 Display Case £3710.00
599-3006 Pelsorb Facility £331.70
II Model 4 - All Glass Table Top Display Case

All glass table top display case with 8.8mm laminated glass and high quality UV
bonded joints. These cases can be supplied with steel support legs or slab and
plinth supports. These cases are generally lit externally but can also incorporate
swan neck fibre optic lights.
Display area: 1200mm wide x 600mm depth x 300mm high.
Model 4 - All Glass Table Top Display Case

599-4000 Display Case £3196.00
599-4006 Pelsorb Facility £331.70
II Model 3
II Model 5 - Wall Mounted Display Case
Wall mounted display case for thin items such as medals, textiles, documents and
other small size artifacts. This case has 8.8mm laminated glass to BS 6206A and
can be easily fixed to most types of walls or display panels.
Model 5 - Wall Mounted Display Case

599-5000 Display Case £1563.00
II Model 4
II Model 5

II Display & Accessories
B.
A.
II Flat Open Book Stand

This stand will let a book rest on its spine while holding the left and right sides up slightly.
Price Each
Product Code Size (H x W x D) Wt Price

077-SG52 3.5” x 20” x 12” (89 x 508 x 304mm) 318g £47.54
II A. Clear Book Display

Very sturdy, flexible easels. For display of books, documents, etc. Lucite is 1/8"thick and has
been sanded and polished to a crystal clear finish. Price each.
Product Code Size (W x H x D) Wt Price

488-2531 3” x 2.75” x 4.5” (76 x 70 x 114mm) 90g £6.95
488-2532 3.5” x 3.75” x 5.25” (89 x 95 x 133mm) 90g £9.95
488-2533 5” x 5.5” x 7.25” (127 x 140 x 184mm) 182g £11.25
II B. PlexiGlas® Display Cube

Beautifully handcrafted 3mm thick PlexiGlas® cubes to display special items.
Price each.
Product Code Size Wt Price

488-1451 6” square (152mm) 727g £25.60
488-1454 12” square (305mm) 227g £72.02
II Book Display Pillows

The idea for this simple, yet safe and effective method of providing full support for rare books
on display came to us from the Department of Special Collections at the University of Florida.
Each pillow contains inert polyfoam crystals encased in a heat-sealed tyvek cover for
durability. Simply mould the pillow to the desired shape and rest the book in place. May be used
again and again. Originally designed for rare books, but great for nearly any delicate item you
wish to display. Price each.
II Clear Polyester Strips Product Code Size Weight Price

Clear 50 micron polyester plastic strips will keep books being held for binding in order, while 327-0012 12” square (305mm square) 364g £8.95
at the same time allowing them to be shelved. This clear, non-adhesive strip can also be used 327-0018 18” square (457mm square) 410g £11.95
to hold rare books open for exhibition while allowing patrons to read the type beneath. Simply 327-0024 24” square (610mm square) 700g £12.95
cut the strips to the desired length, wrap around the pages of the open or damaged book and
attach using tape or Velcro® fasteners as shown. Price per roll.
II Soft Polypropylene Book Strips
Product Code Size Wt Price We have frequently been requested to supply an alternative to polyester strips which are stiff
415-0010 1” x 500ft (25mm x 152m) 364g £6.50 with sharp edges. These polypropylene strips are the answer because they are soft, much more
415-0150 1.5” x 500ft (38mm x 152m) 555g £9.50 drapeable and less likely to damage the open pages. the 50 micron strips are clear, inert and
415-0200 2” x 500ft (51mm x 152m) 670g £12.50 can be used for long term display. Simply cut the strips to the desired length, wrap around the
Velcro® Brand Velcoins pages and secure using Velcro® fasteners or archival tape. Price per roll.
Product Code size description wt Price
483-0016 0.62” (16mm) circles 16 pairs 45g £1.28 Product Code Size Price
483-0020 0.78” (20mm) squares 24 pairs 45g £1.93 415-25100 25mm x 250m (1” x 273.5yds) £6.50

Book Supports & Displays II
A.
C.
A.
D.
B.
B.
II D. Snake Weights
Weighted fabric snake weights allow the pages of books to be held open for display and
research. The snakes can be used to hold down curled charts and single sheets of paper.
Can be used with our Norfolk Sofa, Book Pillows & Book Cradles. Available in 3 lengths in
pairs for small, medium and large books. Easily cut down to exact size for a special display
C.
Product Code length wt Price
426-5000 500mm 200g £5.95 per pair
426-5100 1000mm 400g £8.95 per pair
426-5150 1500mm 600g £11.95 per pair
II A. Cover Display Cradle

These cradles were specially designed with a gentle slope and front lip to protect your rare and
valuable books from damage while displaying the cover. Made of 5mm crystal clear acrylic.
Wt.182g. Price each.

898-3472 0.75” x 7” x 4” x 2” (19 x 178 x 102 x 51mm) £17.80
II B. Book Exhibition Cradles

Improper display of books can cause irreparable damage. By their very nature, the objects
exhibited are often the ones which can least afford the exposure. These clear book cradles
were developed with the assistance of a conservator to provide displays which do not put
unnecessary stress on the bindings of displayed books. Beautifully constructed of seamless
bent 5mm acrylic. We offer four cradles, with two spine lengths and two widths, which will
accommodate books of different sizes and stiffnesses. For larger books, you may want to use
two cradles of the same dimension. Once the book is on the cradle, use our clear Polyester
Strips (see opposite page) to hold pages open.Weight 182g. Price each.
Product Code size (H x W x D) angle Price

898-153 1” x 3” x 5” (25 x 76 x 127mm) 140º £18.25 II Norfolk Book Sofa
898-154 1” x 4” x 5” (25 x 102 x 127mm) 150º £18.25 This book support system is a registered design of the Norfolk Record Office and is marketed
898-173 1” x 3” x 7” (25 x 76 x 178mm) 140º £18.25 exclusively by PEL. The design allows books of a large variety of sizes and thicknesses to be
supported correctly during handling by researchers. The shape adjusts gradually as reading
898-174 1” x 4” x 7” (25 x 102 x 178mm) 150º £18.25
progresses to cradle volumes exactly where needed, but without allowing them to open too far,
II C. Book Support Wedges thus limiting strain on the spines.
One of the best arrangements for book display is to use a set of wedges of varying sizes and The removable outer cover is made from a 100% cotton fabric, which is approved as a display
angles. This allows you to select the appropriate ones to fit the lay of the book. The wedges material by major museums. It is also machine washable, which ensures that the support can
have a one piece bent construction of 5mm acrylic. The independent wedge design allows you be kept clean and presentable. The neutral grey colour should not conflict with existing search
to move each wedge to achieve different angles of support. For tall books, you may use two sets room decor and resists showing dust and book deposits. The unbleached calico inner contains
of wedges of the same dimensions. Smaller wedges may also be used to prop up individual lightweight, flame retardant polystyrene beads.
photographs on display. Wedges may be assorted for quantity pricing. Wt. 91g Price per pair. The Norfolk Book Sofa is a durable user friendly design; with no loose foam wedges and no
complex folding sections… simplicity itself!
Product Code size (H x W x D) angle Price Available in two sizes; Standard for volumes of up to approx. 28 x 40cm (closed dimensions),
898-244 2” x 4” x 4” (51 x 102 x 102mm) 30º £24.00 and Large for bound newspapers and bigger volumes.
898-144 1” x 4” x 4” (25 x 102 x 102mm) 14º £24.00
898-1244 0.5” x 4” x 4” (13 x 102 x 102mm) 7º £24.00 Product Code Description Price
898-1525 0.5” x 2” x 2.5” (13 x 51 x 64mm) 7º £24.00 327-2000 Norfolk Book Sofa Standard Size £43.75 each
898-1225 1” x 2” x 2.5” (25 x 51 x 64mm) 10º £24.00 327-1000 Norfolk Book Sofa Large Size £55.75 each

II Shipping & Packing
Shipping & Packing
We are frequently asked to supply various materials for shipping works of art. We have now included many products for use in transporting museum collections. Although this page features
products used for packing and protecting you will find other products within this catalogue.
Data Loggers Shock/Vibration, Temperature and Humidity. Tyvek, Cotton and Finger Grip Gloves, Silica Gel, Art-Sorb, Humidity Meters, Zip Lock Bags, Bubble Wrap, Tyvek Tags and Labels, Be Still
My Art, Insect Traps, PEL-Softwrap, Acid-Free Tissue, Polyester Pockets and Wallets, Roll Storage Tubes, Cotton Tying Tape, Acid-Free Folders and Envelopes, Map and Banner Bags, Packing Tapes,
Fragile Tapes, Lift Off Tape, Plastazote and other foams. Thermocutter Hot Cutting Knife, Cotton Twine, Corrugated Boards, Paper and Corroplast, PEL-Seal Archival Microclimate, Low Melt Glue
Gun, Tote Baskets, Polyester Batting, Polyfelt, Ethafoam Crystals, Balances and Scales, Acid-Free Boxes, PermBag.
II PEL-Protection Tape (non-archival)

This low tack clear tape lifts off without leaving adhesive
residue behind. Ideal for shipping glass and protecting pic-
ture frames in transit. Attaches to most surfaces including
paper and can be removed easily leaving no sticky adhesive
II Corner Protectors behind.
We use these corners for shipping various packs of board and
paper flat packs to protect the vulnerable corners. Shipping Product Code size Price
damage is significantly reduced. Our customers have requested 425-0700 50mm x 66m £3.40 each
we offer them in our catalogue.
II Handheld Tape Dispenser
Designed for use with most self adhesive tapes (not suitable Expanding corner protectors are a simple method to protect
for gummed tapes). The dispenser has a special built in corners and eliminate damage to picture frames, table tops,
brake, which adjust easily for various tapes unwinding books, mounting boards and most flat packs. Available in two A.
speeds. Particularly suitable for use with packing tapes with sizes from 14mm to 70mm thickness. Price per pack.
widths of 50mm wound on 75mm diameter cores.
Product Code Expanding Size Quantity Price
Product Code Price 425-0013 14mm-40mm 48 £4.35
425-0709 £6.95 425-0014 40mm-70mm 48 £9.95
C. B.
II Clear or Buff Polypropylene

Packing Tape (non-archival)
This general use tape is pressure sensitive and is used for
packing cases and parcels. Should not come in contact with
valuable works of art and is difficult to remove. Pack of 6 rolls.

A. 425-0200 Buff 50mm x 66m £3.95 6 rolls
B. 425-0210 Clear 50mm x 66m £3.95 6 rolls
II Cotton Twine II Bubble Film Rolls
This acid-free unbleached cotton twine is suitable for tying The air-filled shock absorber with high performance properties,
our Tyvek tags and doesn’t fray or unravel. It is soft and soft cushioning for tough protection. The bubble Film is flexible, II Fragile Warning Tape
drapable and can also be used on other labels, bundling, strong, tear and moisture resistant. Manufactured from virgin (non-archival)
attaching identification tags and other applications. low density polyethylene used to protect artifacts during transit
and interim storage. Artifacts should be placed away from the Made from polypropylene the tape is pressure sensitive and
bubble side. helps to protect cases and parcels from transit hazards.
Product Code 460-1002 £4.95
Printed red on white.
thickness 2mm Product Code bubble size Price
length approx. 240m 425-1482/1 10mm sml 500mm x 100m £14.95 Product Code size Price
Breaking Strain 18kg 425-1482/3 30mm lge 1500mm x 50m £35.95 C. 425-0643 50mm x 66m £1.69 each

Preparation Disaster II
II Smoke Sponges II Disaster Planning
For Clean-up In Fire Restoration.Made of vulcanized natural When natural or man-made disasters happen they can wipe
rubber, our dry cleaning sponges will effectively remove out libraries and archives that have taken generations to
soot and smoke damage from wallpaper, painted metal and build. Having a “Disaster Plan” with a suitable kit of materials
wood surfaces, fabrics, and a variety of additional surfaces. on hand can make all the difference in your ability to come
Widely used for clean-up following fire damage, the cleaning to the immediate aid to best deal with the disaster. To effec-
applications for these versatile sponges continue to grow. tively cope with such disasters collections should be surveyed,
3"W x 6"L x 1.75"H. Price each. inventoried, staff should have adequate equipment and
supplies on hand to handle the collection during an
Product Code size wt Price emergency, and the know-how to use it. We have included a
961-1000 76 x 152 x 45mm 182g £2.95 number of products for your “Disaster Plan Kit” no doubt other
961-1002 76 x 152 x 22mm 91g £1.95 items will be added to our suggestions. All the items listed are
featured in this catalogue.
II Barricade Tape Wet and Dry Vacuums, Dehumidifiers, Fire Cabinets,

Tyvek Rolls, Wool felts, Capillary Matting, Tyvek Label,
This barricade tape allows protection for staff and visitors by
Dust Bunnys, Cotton Gloves, Drying Rack/Trays, Insect
highlighting danger areas. Thick polyethylene tape, durable and
Traps, Cleaning Sponges, Respirators, Silica Gel,
lightweight. Wrap round poles, fittings or staple to wood stakes
Art-Sorb, Humidity Meters, Steam Cleaners, Erasers,
to block off areas of disaster quickly. Supplied on easy-to-use
Water Alert, Blotting Paper, Zip lock Plastic Bags,
spools, the tape can be used time and time again. Available over
Newsprint Paper, Books: Disaster Planning,
printed with DANGER, or plain red and white tape.
Disposable Gloves, PEL-Cloth.
Product Code: 961-1076 £29.95

Danger Red/White Tape
II Tyvek Width: 3” x 1640ft (76mm x 500m)
Proven Protection Against Dangerous Hazards. Test results Product Code: 961-1070 £11.80
show Tyvek stopped or filtered out 99.9% of particles 0.5-0.7
Plain Red/White Tape
micron. The relatively slick surface is a further barrier against
Width: 2.75” x 1640ft (70mm x 500m)
particle entrapment. There is just no place for particles to
attach themselves. All in all, whether particles are radioactive
or bacteriological, organic or inorganic, carcinogenic or just
plain dust, Tyvek protects. Liquid hold-out tests give Tyvek the
same high ratings being non-absorbent and essentially inert.
Tyvek has high tensile/tear strength in all directions because
its constituent fibres are spun-bonded in all directions. It keeps
this strength, wet or dry, water has virtually no effect on it.
II Minibooms Sorbents
II Tyvek Hooded Coverall & Apron Ideal for immediate containment of non-aggressive spills and
Lightweight comfortable to wear hooded coverall with water. Light-weight and versatile, they are simple to use and
elasticated hood, ankles and cuffs. Ideal for disaster clean- dispose of, with high liquid holding capacity. They will hold
up work to protect the wearer with maximum comfort and back low levels of water creeping across a floor while other
protection. Apron, loop at neck, tie sides. action can be taken. Price per pack of 12
Product Code: 035-2000 £52.50
035-1412S small 5 £29.95
dimensions 750mm wide x 1.2m long
035-1412M medium 5 £29.95
absorbency 3.75 litres (45 litres per pack)
035-1412L large 5 £29.95
035-1215 Apron one size 10 £23.95 II Multi-Format Sorbents
With a high fluid holding capacity the versatile design is four II Tyvek Tags & Labels
sorbents all rolled into one. They can be used closed as a Identity tags for artifacts and specimens, very strong, tear-
boom, unfold once it is a pillow, or open it right out to use as proof, waterproof, can be used outside since the wet will not
a pad or roll to absorb fluids swiftly and efficiently. Ideal for affect them. Tyvek is acid-free, lightweight, resistant to harsh
the Disaster Kit with its own dispenser and simple graphic chemicals and can be easily over printed (contact our sales
instructions. office for over printiing). Tag has eyelet reinforced hole, supplied
without ties.
Product Code: 035-2002 £35.95 We suggest our acid-
dimensions 120mm wide x 14m & 50mm thick free cord (463-1003)
absorbency 110 litres is used for ties, so you
can cut to necessary
II Plastic Sheeting II Tyvek Rolls
length. Special sizes
available, contact our
Clear strong polythene centre-fold sheeting for protection in A proven protective cover for soft furnishings, textiles, tapestries, customer service
storage against dust, moisture, is ideal for draping over library artifacts, etc, providing a necessary barrier to dust & mildew department. Used in
shelves protecting from leaks and water in a disaster situation. spores. It cannot support the growth of fungi or bacteria. museums, archives for
Thickness: 76 micron. Price per roll. labelling works of art.
Product Code dimensions Price 212-1422 1524mm x 25m roll £49.50 Product Code size Price
425-0312 2m folding to 4m x 50m £49.95 212-1422100 1524mm x 100m roll £183.40 613-7550 75mm x 50mm £37.95 per 1000
Weight: 14kg 212-1422300 3000mm x 50m roll £206.40 613-7510 150mm x 100mm £55.00 per 500

II Disaster Preparedness D.
A.
B.
C.
II PEL-WaterCushion
When a water disaster strikes the PEL-Water Absorbing
Cushion will be of real assistance in removing water and other
liquids. The absorbing capacity is 10-12 litres in 60 seconds
and amazing 20 litres in 5 minutes. The dimensions are
780mm x 640mm x 5mm, and the cushion is easily handled
and put into place quickly. It requires little storage space, is
lightweight environmentally friendly and are easily disposed of.
Although it only weighs 400 grams, the cushion can absorb
liquids of up to several times its own weight. The tear-resis-
tant outer cover contains a super absorbent material, which II B. Respirators
absorbs 20 litres, ie. 50 times it’s own weight of 400 grams. With HEPA Filter. The soft, lightweight face piece makes this
respirator extremely comfortable and the easy to adjust head
It absorbs flood water, fire fighting water, weak acids, alkalis,
straps add to worker comfort. The initial cost of this respirator
diluted solvents and mud-sand-water mixtures.
is just a little more than a disposable respirator, but the
Thanks to its high degree of heat resistance, the PEL-Water savings grow through reuse of the face piece. The HEPA filter
Cushion can be used close to any fire. system removes even the smallest particles from the air you
breathe, including mould and fungi. Filters sold separately.
Application possibilities because the cushion instantly absorbs
Price each.
water falling from above while protecting the surface below it
from moisture. If placed on furniture, carpets for example, the Product Code description wt Price
bottom of the cushion remains dry and protects objects
035-6200 medium mask 50g £18.60
underneath the cushion, especially useful in museums and
035-6300 large mask 50g £18.60
stately homes.
035-2040 hepa filters (2 ea.) 50g £10.30
This product is a must for any “Disaster Plan Kit”.
Product Code Description qty Price II C. Tyvek® Coverall Suit

035-2003 WaterCushion each £19.80 Protect your clothing from dirt and dust, solvent and other
II Emergency Response
780 x 640 x 5mm chemical spills, various art media, and anything else that can
035-2003/10 WaterCushion Pk of 10 £179.95 cause staining problems with disposable Tyvek® Coveralls.
780 x 640 x 5mm Each suit is highly tear resistant, repels water, features a & Salvage Wheel
zipper front, and can be used over and over again (depending Much of our cultural heritage is held in collections like yours
upon the application). Generally, medium fits average build but when a natural disaster or other emergency strikes many
II A. 3M Powersorb™ under 1.8m large fits over 1.8m in height or larger frames. irreplaceable items can be lost. Water damage is the most
Universal Sorbents. Protect books, artwork and artifacts Price pack of 5. common threat to collections. The wheel will help you to
from accidental spillage of solvents, chemicals, beverages, safeguard artefacts and records damaged by water whether
and other hazardous or aggressive spills. Powersorb Universal Product Code description qty Price from flooding, fire, earthquakes or severe storms.
Sorbents work quickly to minimize exposure of valuable mate- 035-1412S small 5 £29.95
Available in English or Spanish languages the wheel has
rials. Each Sorbent is chemically inert, absorbs acids, acid 035-1412M medium 5 £29.95
essential information to help you cope quickly and effectively
based chemicals and most hazardous liquids. No conservation 035-1412L large 5 £29.95
when disaster strikes.
lab should be without them. Available in either 280mm x
330mm pads or 750mm x 1.2m mini-booms. Side One Action Steps outlines critical stages of disaster
Price per package. II Disposable Aprons response such as stabilizing the environment and assessing
White Polythene disposable aprons, 100 to a dispenser pack. damage.
Product Code description wt Price They are used extensively in food processing and other
Side Two Salvage Steps provides practical tips for nine
035-P110 50 pads in dispenser 1.6kg £43.50 related industries. The aprons are fluid and bacteria resistant.
types of collections, books, documents, photographs,
035-2000 12 mini-booms 6.8kg £52.50 Ideal for studio use for washing and wet repairs. It is a good electronic records, paintings and more.
idea to put a pack in your disaster kit.
Price per 100 aprons 27" x 42" (686 x 1067mm) The wheel is produced by Heritage Preservation in the USA.
Buy on-line at Product Code description Price
Product Code quantity Price
www.preservationequipment.com 611-P450 100 pack dispenser £5.95 476-2020 English Language £9.50

Preparedness Disaster II
A.
B.
II A. Water Alarm
Works like a smoke detector guarding against water leakage.
Simply place the water sensor in areas where water may
potentially be a danger. The 1.8 metre length cable allows the
alarm to be positioned away from the water sensor ready to
sound. Ideal for remote areas such as cellars, packed storage
areas, hard to reach positions, unstaffed locations and
potential trouble spots. As you do with a smoke detector
periodically check the alarm by pressing the test button. The
85 dB buzzer sounds for 3 days.
Product Code 476-1007 £14.95

Power Supply 9 Volt Battery
Weight 144g including battery
II B. Just Incase Case

This new Disaster Preparedness Kit is not ready at the time
of going to print. Unfortunately, the ReactPak is no longer
available. We are working on the replacement which will be
known as the “Just in case case”.
We expect it to be available in June 2009. Contact customer
services for details or look on our website www.pel.eu

II Disaster Supplies
II Helpful Hint
What You Should Know…
Disasters can result from an act of nature or an
act of man. To effectively cope with such disasters,
collections should be surveyed, inventoried and
reviewed by appropriate staff. Staff should have
adequate equipment and supplies on hand to
handle the collection during an emergency, and II Pest Management
the know-how to use it. Finally, emergency handling “Pest Management in Museums, Archives & Historic Houses”
guidelines should be discussed in expectation of a
By David Pinninger.
disaster, procedures written, and copies provided Everyone working in a Museum, Library or Archive should
familiarize themselves with the pests that can attack their col-
to key staff members both on and off the premises.
lections. This book incorporates much of the material con-
Put aside a supply of emergency supplies. They tained in Insect Pests in Museums but it has been expanded
should include flashlights, plastic sheeting, rolls to include as much up-to-date information as possible. It is
intended to be a working guide to help people recognise pests
of paper, and blotters. These and other emergency
and take practical steps to prevent and control damage to
tools should be kept together in a readily accessible, collections. It includes information on trapping and detection
designated area and be easily transportable to the of pests and evaluates the advantages and disadvantages of
disaster site. physical and chemical control measures.
II Yellow Sticky Traps
Product Code wt Price Monitor flying insects with these yellow plastic sheets
975-1873 300g £19.50
(100mm x 245mm) coated on both sides with non-drying
adhesive. Mount them near windows and other light sources.
Early detection of infestations, easy handling, no chemical
pesticides. Since the traps emit no chemical and rely on
colour to attract pests, they may be left in place for as long as
necessary.
Product Code dimensions qty Price

975-0005 100mm x 245mm 10pk £3.75
II Silverfish Traps
Silverfish eat paper and glue with great gusto. Damage inflict-
II Newsprint Paper ed by silverfish ranges from sight abrasion to actually eating
Newsprint Paper is an inexpensive, absorbent material ideal through pages of books and other paper based artifacts. They
for mopping up spills and for drawing water away from satu- also eat rayon and cellophane. Unlike messy powders, These
rated documents. If disaster strikes, you can’t have enough of silverfish traps are clean, and won’t leave residue on your
this economical wipe-up at your disposal. Not acid-free. hands or locations where they are placed. By infusing boric
Price per roll. acid, paper pack and glue with an attractant that is irrestible
to these damaging insects, the silverfish will crawl inside the
Product Code size Price corrugated package to eat, and are quickly killed.
668-3400 800mm x 200m £14.50 Price per package of 24 traps.

368-6047 136g £10.15
II Water Alert®
Water Alert® guards year round against undetected water
leakage. A small amount of water seeping under Water Alert®
activates its electronic sensor producing a loud high pitched
“on-off” alarm. The self-contained, dome shaped unit is
rugged, non-corrosive and safe. Sensor adjusts easily to allow
activation from 0.4mm to 3mm above surface. Will not II Insect Detector Traps
activate due to high humidity. The battery operated sealed Collections can be devastated by an insect population, yet un-
solid state circuitry will provide approximately 3-day on/off necessary use of insecticides can damage your collection.
audible alarm when activated (9 volt battery not included). These traps allow you to monitor exhibits and storage areas,
Can easily be heard throughout a two-storey home for full for insects so that the correct action is taken for the type of
day/night surveillance. Price each. infestation. Insects likely to be trapped: woodborers, moths,
beetles, silver-fish, booklice, cockroaches, flies etc.
Product Code wt Price Product Code description Price

476-1000 318g £169.00 975-1163 pack of 30 traps & lures £7.40

Insect & Pest Traps II
II Lo-Line (Cockroach Trap)

These large traps will catch a large number of insects, giving a lot
of information on the population in the immediate locality. Easy to assemble
and safe to handle, use in cafeterias and collection storage areas. Whilst a large variety
of insects will be caught in these traps, they are primarily used to monitor cockroaches. The lures
contain a mimic of the aggregation pheromone used by these pests, to enhance attraction. Lures for crawling insects, whether they
contain aggregation pheromone, sex pheromone, or food attractants, operate over a much shorter distance, often no more than 1.5
II Webbing Clothes Moth Trap Kit metres. Establishing a grid of traps is therefore not a realistic proposition, so it is more important to concentrate on key positions
The number one museum insect pest worldwide is the webbing where insects are more likely to congregate, or at entry points to vulnerable areas.
clothes moth (Tineola bisselliella). Clothes moth larvae feed on Comes with instructions, 10 traps, and 10 blister packed 11mm tablet attractant lures.
wool, hair, feathers, fur, upholstered furniture, bristles, dried
hair and leather. This effective trap is for the monitoring and Product Code: 975-0050 £6.25 per 10
trapping of moths and other flying insect pests. The trap is cut
dimensions 210mm x 100mm x 22mm
and creased to shape for on-site assembly, coated with a very
tacky non-drying adhesive, suitable for capturing large and
small moth species. Pheromone lures are placed in the centre
of the sticky insert before location in the trap, and catch inspec-
tion is possible without the need for dismantling of the trap. The
moths are unable to escape from the strong adhesive and are
retained for identification and counting. For monitoring insect
populations use a maximum density of one trap per 100m2 of
floor area. In large open buildings the density may be reduced
to one trap per 800m2.
The kit comes with instructions, 10 traps and lures.
Product Code: 975-0030 £34.80
II SP-Locator (Warehouse Moths)

II Window (Tribolium) Trap A low profile, disposable trap for localised detection of sources of warehouse moth infestations in sensitive and inaccessible areas,
The window trap is a general purpose trap for small crawling such as beneath shelving or display cabinets, inside stored collections in the repository. The cardboard locator is supplied folded flat.
insects. It can be used without lures, relying on the attraction of It folds quickly and easily into an open-ended box shape, with adhesive covered floor. This non-drying adhesive catches and retains
a harbourage to entice the insects to enter, or it can be used warehouse moths, which are attracted into the trap by the pheromone lure provided with the locator. Effective for monitoring the
with specific lures. Once inside, insects are captured on the effect of cleaning, fumigation or insecticide treatments. May be used horizontally or vertically, allow at least 5 metres between
sticky surface. Use in inconspicuous areas of your exhibits and locators. Most positions of use will be dusty and the adhesive loses the ability to retain insects once covered in dust.
storage areas. Comes with instructions, 20 traps and 20 lures.
The kit comes with instructions, 10 traps and 10 lures.
Product Code: 975-1313 £14.20
Product Code: 975-0010 £35.20 dimensions: 100mm x 70mm floor area. 20mm high

II Cabinets Fire Record Protection
II Fire Record Protection Cabinets

For the best in secure storage of documents against the destruction of fire, pilferage and other damage - PEL Record Protection
Cabinet Range has been designed for generous storage of personal records, certification and other vital documentation.
Steel filing cabinets offer very little protection against fire and transmit heat rather than dissipating it. The Record Protection
Cabinet Range has been expertly designed & manufactured to protect vital documents from exposure to such hazards.
Tested to the highest standards
Available in five sizes, each cabinet has gained the NT 017 5120 Standard fire test label which affords 2 hours protection
against fire for documents and paper.
I Monolithic construction of fire testing resisting barrier material affords maximum protection.
I Internal temperatures limited to 170ºC after 2 hours of exposure to severe fire.
Quality locks and fittings
Cabinets are available with a wide capacity, cost effective fittings including shelves, pullout platform, pullout file frame.
I Available in five sizes.
I Wide range of fittings to allow effective methods of paper storage.
I Slam shut action providing peace of mind that the cabinet is sealed when closed.
I High capacity storage.
I Keylocking as standard.
I Alternative locking available.
I All cabinets are finished in a light textured finish to suit all working environments.
Product Code 521-1820 £1468.00 Product Code 521-2340 £1741.00

External Size (mm) 880H x 780W x 620D External Size (mm) 1230H x 780W x 620D
Handle Projection 50mm Handle Projection 50mm
Internal Size (mm) 700H x 600W x 440D Internal Size (mm) 1050H x 600W x 440D
Capacity 185 litres Capacity 277 litres
Product Code 521-3720 £2133.00 Product Code 521-8320 £3748.00

External Size (mm) 1580H x 780W x 620D External Size (mm) 1930H x 1260W x 620D
Handle Projection 50mm Handle Projection 50mm
Internal Size (mm) 1400H x 600W x 440D Internal Size (mm) 1750H x 1080W x 440D
Capacity 370 litres Capacity 832 litres
Product Code 521-4620 £2478.00 Delivery is to ground floor first door only.
External Size (mm) 1930H x 780W x 620D For installation beyond this point you must
Handle Projection 50mm
contact our customer service department.
Internal Size (mm) 1750H x 600W x 440D
Capacity 462 litres
Weight 445kg
A. II Fittings For Record Protection Cabinet

A. Shelving for Record Protection Cabinets
Cabinet 521-1820 521-3720 521-4620 521-2340 521-8320
Product Code 521-1821 521-3721 521-4621 521-2341 521-8321
Description Shelf Shelf Shelf Shelf Shelf
Size H x W x D (mm) 17 x 594 x 432 17 x 594 x 432 17 x 594 x 432 17 x 594 x 432 17 x 1074 x 432
Price £19.80 £19.80 £19.80 £19.80 £37.40
B. Pull Out Platforms for Record Protection Cabinets

B. Cabinet 521-1820 521-3720 521-4620 521-2340 521-8320
Product Code 521-1822 521-3722 521-4622 521-2342 521-8322
Description P/O Platform P/O Platform P/O Platform P/O Platform P/O Platform
Price £52.80 £52.80 £52.80 £52.80 £78.00
C. Pull Out A4 File Frames for Record Protection Cabinets

Cabinet 521-1820 521-3720 521-4620 521-2340 521-8320
Product Code 521-1823 521-3723 521-4623 521-2343 521-8323
Description P/O File Frame P/O File Frame P/O File Frame P/O File Frame P/O File Frame
C. Price £84.70 £84.70 £84.70 £84.70 £124.30

Fire Record Protection Cabinets II
II Fire Filing Cabinet

Proven Fire Performance.
2 hour protection for documents.
In addition to the manufacturers own stringent fire testing. Fire file cabinets are independently tested to NT 017 5120 paper
standard for 2 hour fire protection.
I Furnace exposure to over 1000ºC.
I Slow cooling to simulate being buried in hot rubble.
I A 9.1m drop test duplicates conditions of a floor collapsing in a fire, (a test that the Fire File passes due to
the high integral strength of its design). At no stage during the test did the internal temperature of the cabinet
exceed the safe storage temperature for paper: 170ºC.
Construction for the purpose
Available in two, three or four drawer sizes, three robust filing cabinets contain a minimum of 38mm of fire proofing all round,
with intumescent seals around drawer to close up tolerances in the event of fire. Fire resistant bulkheads between each
drawer ensure that they are individually insulated. A shock absorbing plinth provides maximum impact absorbtion in the
case of floor collapse. Heavy duty drawer slides are fully ‘life tested’ and a day catch fitted to each drawer ensures that they
stay shut even if the cabinet is unlocked during a fire. Drawers are designed to ensure smooth operation.
Protection built-in
Each drawer is individually protected from fire. Even if one of the drawers is accidentally left open, the other closed drawers
are still protected by the built-in, fire resistant partitions. The drawers are fitted with sturdy suspension files adjustable to
accommodate foolscap or A4 filing wallets. Comes with unique locking action.
Quality locking
The standard version of the cabinet has a Chubb Ava key lock, fitted to the top drawer for securing all the drawers.
Key lock as standard. The Fire File is available in a choice of two, three or four drawer sizes.
Product Code 521-2406 £1995.00 Product Code 521-2203 £1430.00 Product Code 521-2303 £1769.00
No. of drawers 4 No. of drawers 2 No. of drawers 3
External Size (mm) 1408H x 544W x 776D External Size (mm) 734H x 544W x 776D External Size (mm) 1071H x 544W x 776D
Int. Drawer Size (mm) 291H x 387W x 619D Int. Drawer Size (mm) 291H x 387W x 619D Int. Drawer Size (mm) 291H x 387W x 619D
Capacity 278 litres Capacity 139 litres Capacity 208 litres
Weight 287kg Weight 172kg Weight 291kg
II Secure Professional Safe

The Secure Professional Safe offers affordable theft and fire protection for important docu-
ments and other treasures. This high quality burglary and fire resistance box has a double
walled construction that provides extra security. Manufactured to the European Standard EN
14450. Cash rating £4000.00. Thermal insulation protects valuables and documents from fire.
Supplied with anchoring kit for securing at the base and the rear to the floor and/or wall. Every
safe comes complete with installation instructions and fixing kit available in six sizes.
Removeable shelf with all models except 3010.
Product Code 501-3010 £161.00

External (HxWxD) 180mm x 310mm x 205mm
Internal (HxWxD) 100mm x 230mm x 110mm
Weight 18kg
Product Code 501-3020 £213.00
Weight 34kg
Product Code 501-3030 £279.00
Weight 48kg
Product Code 501-3035 £279.00
Weight 48kg
Product Code 501-3040 £316.00
Weight 58kg
Product Code 501-3050 £389.00
Weight 77kg

II Storage Cabinets
II Multi-Media Archival Cabinets
Glass Negatives, Photographs, VHS Cartridges,
Music & Video Cassettes, Floppy Disks, Compact Discs
A highly versatile lockable cabinet with simple drawer fittings which can be easily adjusted to
suit a variety of formats as listed above. Archives and Libraries can store more than one form
of media, allocating a drawer, or part of a drawer.
The unique feature of the PEL cabinets is the drawers can be opened fully to the back of the
drawer, making it so easy to remove the last item at the back. The easy-action drawers have
a safety interlock which permits only one drawer to be opened at a time. Six different size cab-
inets available. We have endeavoured to offer a guide to cabinet capacity because of various
thicknesses of material, or if stored with protective covers, sleeves or case, these figures can
only be approximate.
Drawer size:155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm Front to back.
Colour: Two-tone coffee/cream.
Cabinet No. of Drawers Height Width Front to back

501-4000 4 785mm 575mm 635mm
501-5000 5 955mm 575mm 635mm
501-6000 6 1125mm 575mm 635mm
501-7007 7 1295mm 575mm 635mm
501-8008 8 1465mm 575mm 635mm
501-9009 9 1635mm 575mm 635mm
Cabinet No. of Drawers Glass Negatives Photographs VHS Cartridges Video Cassettes Floppy Discs CDs Price
501-4000 4 3000 7000 168 430 3000 600 £616.00
501-5000 5 3750 8750 210 530 3750 750 £708.00
501-6000 6 4500 10,500 250 640 4500 900 £778.00
501-7007 7 5250 12,250 290 750 5250 1050 £853.00
501-8008 8 6000 14,000 330 850 6000 1200 £975.00
501-9009 9 6750 15,750 370 960 6750 1350 £1097.00
Product Code: 501-5007 £2.80 each

Spare Metal Drawer Dividers
Caution: Manufacturer’s filing cases can vary, please ensure

drawer dimensions are adequate. Delivery is to ground floor
first door only. For installation beyond this point you should
contact our customer service department.
Buy on-line at:

II Microfilm Storage Cabinets

Metal Construction with full anti-tilt facility. The drawer can be configured to take 16mm roll, cartridge, ANSI/C clip, 35mm roll,
jacket or fiche. Media is divided using special metal drawer dividers to enable three rows of cartridge/roll or two rows of
fiche/jackets to beheld in each drawer. Our unique follower blocks are used to hold the media in place. They fit between the
dividers and can be moved to any position in the drawer. Internal Drawer Dimensions: 110mmH x 327mmW x 576mm front
to back, comes with two dividers. Colour: two tone grey.
Product Code 501-BMH5 5 Drawer 501-BMH7 7 Drawer 501-BMH10 10 Drawer

Price £494.00 £662.00 £864.00
Height 730mm 980mm 1355mm
Width 430mm 430mm 430mm
Depth 630mm 630mm 630mm
Weight 19lb (54Kg) 172lb (78Kg) 220lb (100Kg)
Capacities:
Drawer Size 110mm H x 327mm W x 576mm front to back
Fiche 25,000 35,000 50,000
Jacket 18,250 25,550 36,500
16mm Roll/Cart 330 16mm Roll/Cart 462 16mm Roll/Cart 660
35mm Roll 195 35mm Roll 273 35mm Roll 390

Postcard Storage II
II Postcard Storage Cabinet
This archival quality cabinet has been especially produced for PEL who worked with archivists
to design a cabinet that would house various sizes of postcards. The drawers have metal
dividers to provide storage channels of widths to suit an assortment of sizes. Available in either
4 or 6 drawers, the internal drawer width is 442mm. The channel width can be adjusted to
various sizes by inserting the metal drawer divider into the appropriate slot at the front and back
of each drawer. The unique feature of the PEL cabinet is the drawers open fully to the back
of the drawer to avoid damage when removing even the last postcard from the back of the
drawer. For safety reasons only one drawer can be opened at one time to prevent the
cabinet tipping forward. The drawer and channel sizes have been designed to take postcards
with or without sleeve protectors, we recommend our archival ones are used.
Product Code: 501-4000 (Four Drawer) £616.00

Colour Two-tone Coffee/Cream
Dimensions 785mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to back
Weight 53kg
Product Code: 501-6000 (Six Drawer) £778.00

Colour Two-tone Coffee/Cream
Dimensions 1126mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to back
Weight 73kg
II Postcard Protectors II Economical Polyethylene

Postcard Sleeve protectors, sealed on two Postcard sleeve protectors 50 micron polyethylene providing inexpensive protection for your
sides, will protect your postcard collection collection. Archival quality polyethylene is free from damaging plasticizers found in other cheap
from damage caused by handling. Made plastics. Open on one short side and is also ideal for photographic storage.
from 50 micron archival polyester which
is glass clear, giving complete visibility Product Code: Size Price
during research. 500-3756 6” x 3.75” (152mm x 95mm) £5.55 pack 100
These products are made in-house and 500-4256 4.25” x 6.25” (108mm x 158mm) £5.30 pack 100
can be produced in any size, minimum
of 250 sleeves for special sizes, contact
our customer service department for a
quotation.
Product Code: size Price

780-4070 5.75” x 3.62” (146mm x 95mm) £6.75 pack 25
780-4060 6” x 4.12” (152mm x 102mm) £7.00 pack 25
780-6141 6.25” x 4.5” (158mm x 115mm) £7.00 pack 25
780-7050 7.38” x 5.38” (183mm x 132mm) £8.00 pack 25
II Postcard Storage Boxes

II Divider Guides Strong Perma/Dur® board for durability and lasting archival storage.
Full cut or half cut for easy division of postcards to enable Blue/grey outside and white inside, buffered to prevent acid migration.
collection groups to be catalogued. Made from our acid-free These acid-free archival boxes are just one of our range of archival boxes
tan colour card. Overall size 43/4" (121mm) H x 6" (152mm) W. used by museums worldwide.
Product Code description Price Product Code: Internal Size: L x W x H Price

228-5400 Half-cut £16.00 pack 50 780-4618 8” x 6.125” x 4.5” (204mm x 156mm x 114mm) £5.10 each
228-5500 Full-cut £13.20 pack 50 780-4612 12” x 6.125” x 4.5” (305mm x 156mm x 114mm) £6.40 each

II Storage Map & Poster Cabinet
Cabinet Types Hole Dimensions Width
5F2
5F4
ONLY AVAILABLE IN STRIPS

5F1189
5FD2
5FD4
5F300
5F305
5F402
5FHT
Rolls 100m lengths
5F5560
MULTIFILE
ONLY AVAILABLE IN ROLLS

5F135
5F165
5FA170
PEL MAP & POSTER
5FG170 PEL-FILE
II PEL Map & Poster Cabinets 5F305
The PEL Cabinet is based on a proven system which will give years of trouble-free service, the 5F200
security lid is fully lockable. The two position opening system eliminates the possibility of maps
falling into the cabinet, the first position allows you to move the maps so that you can remove Elite Style Tape 66m length
just one map, by moving to the second position simply lift out the map. Extending 502-6225
feet keep the cabinet upright and stable even with all the weight on the open door, which is
counter-balanced and easy to open and close whatever the weight. 170mm prong centres. 8
prongs in portrait. 12 prongs in landscape. II Polyester File Suspension Tapes
Product Code: tape length Price
Rolls & Pre-cut lengths: 100 pack.
Product Code height int. size width depth orientation Price These suspension tapes will fit
501-4060 1200mm 680mm 790mm 430mm portrait £986.00 5F____-594 594mm £26.80
most vertical cabinets on the market
501-4084 1380mm 910mm 1020mm 430mm portrait £1035.00 5F____-762 762mm £34.65
and are ideal for attaching to our
501-4120 1200mm 1290mm 1400mm 430mm landscape £1228.00 5F____-841 841mm £38.50
polyester wallets and pockets. They
502-6227 Suspension Tape: 100m Roll £49.95 5F____-1189 1189mm £56.95
are so strong the holes will not split
colours: light grey, dark grey, white & beige. Light grey will be sent if no colour is requested. 502-6225 66m (Elite) £24.25
and are permanent. When using
502-6226 100m (Multifile) £49.95
suspension tapes with wallets we
502-6227
II Archival Suspension Wallets
100m (PEL) £49.95
suggest the wallet is open on the
vertical side so that the tape is not just attached to one single side of the open top wallet
These polyester glass clear acid-free wallets have prong holes punched to fit the PEL Map &
material. The precut lengths are available in sizes 594mm (A1), 762mm (DE), 841mm (A0) and
Poster cabinet. Our unique system with pre-punched hanging holes prevents the need for
come in packs of 100. To order, take the product code number of the hole dimension
suspension tapes being attached directly to the map. Large rare maps, posters and charts are
configuration you require for your cabinet e.g. for 594mm length 5F2 would become
stored freely in glass clear archival quality polyester wallets easily removed from the storage
5F2-594; if in doubt, contact our customer service department.
cabinet and still protected for research and reference (see page 43 for complete range of
archival Polyester products). Wallets are also available plain (no holes) for use with suspension
tapes to fit your existing cabinets. II Multifile
Multifile vertical cabinet to file A0 to A4 papers, charts etc. in
Product Code plain no holes cabinet qty Price
one single cabinet. Fitted with anti-tilt legs and gas struts to
565-5137 1320 x 955mm open side 501-4120 10 £69.00
the lid for complete safety. It is compatible with all cabinets
565-4733/1 841 x 1200mm open side 501-4084 10 £55.00
using similar 60mm prong centres. The security lid is fully
565-3724/1 625 x 955mm open side 501-4060 10 £36.00
lockable and its low height makes access easy - even for the
Product Code punched with holes cabinet qty Price smallest member of staff. The capacity is in excess of 900
on open side
papers of mixed sized from A0 1189 x 841mm down to A4,
565-5137H 1320 open x 955mm 501-4120 10 £77.00
297mm x 210mm.
565-4733H 841 open x 1200mm 501-4084 10 £59.50
565-3724H 625 open x 955mm 501-4060 10 £40.75
Product Code: size (mm) orientation Price
Suspension Tape
501-4150 1200H x 1500W x 430D landscape £1509.00
502-6227 For PEL Map & Poster Cabinet 100m £49.95
501-4102 1380H x 1060W x 430D portrait £1182.00
Allow 50mm for area with prongholes (i.e. 1320 will take paper size 1270 x 955mm) with no 501-4079 1200H x 790W x 430D portrait £1101.00
holes the full wallet size can be used. We suggest if you use wallets which are not punched, standard colours as horizontal cabinets
then suspension tape is attached to a closed top and the opening is on vertical side. Special suspension tape size Price
sizes available, prices on application, minimum 200 wallets of a size for specials. 502-6226 55m x 100m roll £49.95

Vertical Cabinet PEL-File II
II PEL-File Vertical Cabinet

Preserving and archiving original and rare drawings, posters, maps and prints
with easy access is exactly why we introduced the PEL-File. Archivists,
Librarians, Curators and Conservators have requested PEL to provide this
system. Hanging is an effective way to archivally store large paper items in a
conservation condition, whilst obtaining optimum storage space and good
security. Using our 75 micron archival film pockets allows removal and
research without having to remove the document from the pocket. Damage
frequently occurs when papers are removed and re-inserted, this system
prevents such damage.
The operation of the cabinet is simple:

1. Open cabinet to automatic stop position
2. Locate drawing/print required.
3. Place selector bar in position to isolate required print.
4. Release lock and open cabinet fully.
5. Extract required print through cabinet side opening.
6. For security, close and lock cabinet if required.
Designed for maximum safety, with efficiency and high volume archival capacity.
Vertical side opening for ease of drawing removal. Overlapping lid and cabinet
seal store contents clean and safe. with simple easy access. Solid hanging
bar and prong 170mm centres configuration for use with 502-6227 (5FG170)
suspension tape.
Operation of Cabinet: Stage 1 Operation of Cabinet: Stage 2
Product Code: 501-8A1P 501-8A0P 501-8A0L 501-A0LX 501-A0PF

Price £1133.00 £1226.00 £1407.00 £1788.00 £2306.00
height 1200mm 1390mm 1200mm 1000mm 1390mm
width 870mm 1070mm 1355mm 1610mm 1070mm
depth (front to back) 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm
weight 140kg 160kg 160kg 180kg -
format portrait portrait landscape landscape portrait
colours light grey, dark grey, white, beige, brown, other colours on request.
Please specify colour on purchase order, if no colour specified standard light grey will be delivered.
Polyester Hanging Pockets (for use with Suspension Tape))

Product Code: 565-6086 565-9011 565-11786 565-14586
Price pack 10 £31.00 £55.00 £58.00 £69.00
size (mm) 600 x 860 open 900 x 1100 open 1170 x 860 open 1450 x 860 open
fits cabinets 501-8A1P 501-A0PF & 501-8A0P 501-8A0L 501-A0LX
Suspension Tape (for PEL-File Cabinets)

Product Code: Description Price
501-8FD4 170mm hole centres 55mm 100m roll £49.95
For other polyester pockets see page 43 for full range. Delivery is to ground floor (no steps) first door only. Each cabinet will hold 500 plus maps inside polyester
The hanging pockets have one vertical open side. For installation beyond this point you must contact hanging pockets. This is a workable quantity you may
Fire Resistant model available product code 501-AOPF our customer service department for a quotation. get more especially maps without pockets.

II Cabinets Plan Files
II Horizontal Plan File Cabinets

The steel roller drawer action gives smooth drawer operation, and the drawer weights are in excess of 50kg per drawer. Full
width drawer handles for ease of use, and available in 4,5,6, and 8 drawer units. The 50mm deep drawers are fully lockable and
fitted with anti-tilt mechanism. All steel construction allowing units to be stacked without brackets. Content identification is made
simple by label holders positioned on the drawer fronts.
Product Code: 501-0041 501-0051 501-0061 501-0071 501-0081

Price £634.00 £766.00 £891.00 £1018.00 £1157.00
No. of drawers 4 5 6 7 8
internal drawer size is 50mm x 900mm x 1225mm for all variations.
height 359mm 434mm 509mm 584mm 659mm
width 1326mm 1326mm 1326mm 1326mm 1326mm
depth (front to back) 920mm 920mm 920mm 920mm 920mm
weight 120kg 135kg 150kg 165kg 180kg
colours light grey, dark grey, mid grey, blue, white, beige and brown.
501-00PL plinth 2” (50mm) to act as base on the bottom of cabinet £118.00
2 x 5 (50mm) drawer Please note: mid grey will be delivered if colour is not specified on the purchase order.
units shown stacked
II Horizontal Plan File Cabinets

We have been supplying these consevation quality cabinets for a number of years to Libraries,
Museums and Archives who require archival quality storage, for larger papers, textiles, charts, maps,
posters and drawings. Our “Rollerglide” drawer system is only available for 50mm deep drawers,
steel rollers give optimum smooth drawer operation. The “Sureglide” range is available in 25mm, the
shallow drawer is especially useful when only a small amount of rare paper or single textile are placed
in one drawer. Retaining channel at back of each drawer prevents charts, maps etc from curling
upwards avoiding damage when opening drawers. Cabinets can be stacked on top of each other.
Legs 250mm high for raising the cabinet to a working height.
Plinth 102mm high allows the cabinet to be raised to allow the bottom drawer to be higher from the floor.
Security Locks lock all drawers on the cabinet.
Colours can be mix and match for panels, frame and drawers. Available in light grey, dark grey, mid grey,
white, beige, brown, blue and red. Please note: mid grey will be delivered if colour is not specified on
the purchase order.
Paintwork is conservation quality powder coated which does not off gas making the cabinet archivally safe.

501-00PL plinth 2” (50mm) to act as a floor base on the bottom of cabinet £118.00
2 x 12 (25mm) drawer 501-00LG legs 250mm high for horizontal cabinets £107.00
units shown stacked 501-00LK security lock for horizontal cabinets £49.00
Product Code sureglide No. of depth Product Code rollerglide No. of depth drawer size (mm) cabinet dimensions (mm)
Price drawers (mm) Price drawers (mm) FTB x LTR Height x Width x Depth
501-A110 £893.00 10 25 501-A105 £839.00 5 50 670 x 900 488 x 1016 x 730
501-A112 £1067.00 12 25 501-A106 £1049.00 6 50 670 x 900 560 x 1016 x 730
501-A114 £1272.00 14 25 501-A107 £1216.00 7 50 670 x 900 630 x 1016 x 730
501-A116 £1421.00 16 25 501-A108 £1400.00 8 50 670 x 900 720 x 1016 x 730
501-OS10 £1067.00 10 25 501-OS05 £894.00 5 50 900 x 1010 488 x 1126 x 960
501-OS12 £1203.00 12 25 501-OS06 £1076.00 6 50 900 x 1010 560 x 1126 x 960
501-OS14 £1502.00 14 25 501-OS07 £1257.00 7 50 900 x 1010 630 x 1126 x 960
501-OS16 £1720.00 16 25 501-OS08 £1421.00 8 50 900 x 1010 720 x 1126 x 960
501-AO10 £1067.00 10 25 501-AO05 £894.00 5 50 900 x 1240 488 x 1350 x 960
501-AO12 £1203.00 12 25 501-AO06 £1076.00 6 50 900 x 1240 560 x 1350 x 960
501-AO14 £1502.00 14 25 501-AO07 £1257.00 7 50 900 x 1240 630 x 1350 x 960
501-AO16 £1720.00 16 25 501-AO08 £1421.00 8 50 900 x 1240 720 x 1350 x 960
501-AQ10 £1067.00 10 25 501-AQ05 £986.00 5 50 900 x 1390 488 x 1506 x 960
501-AQ12 £1203.00 12 25 501-AQ06 £1178.00 6 50 900 x 1390 560 x 1506 x 960
501-AQ14 £1502.00 14 25 501-AQ07 £1382.00 7 50 900 x 1390 630 x 1506 x 960
501-AQ16 £1720.00 16 25 501-AQ08 £1587.00 8 50 900 x 1390 720 x 1506 x 960
501-AQ04 £1200.00 4 70 1290 x 1610 560 x 1750 x 1400
501-AQ03 £942.00 3 70 1290 x 1610 475 x 1750 x 1400

Plan Files Cabinets II
II Map & Poster Cabinets

These continental styled cabinets are British made especially
for PEL to our conservation quality specification. The paintwork
is powder coated which does not off gas making the cabinet
archivally safe. All steel construction the drawers are 50mm
internal depth and will take a weight of 50kg per drawer. Our
superb steel roller mechanism gives the smoothest of drawr
operations, the action is quiet and feather light. Traditional
drawer handles for ease of use, the drawers are fully lockable
and are fitted with an anti-tilt device.
Colours, light grey, dark grey, mid grey, white, beige, brown,
blue, red & jet black. Please note: mid grey will be delivered if
Please note that you will colour is not specified on the purchase order.
require a plinth base and top panel
for each stack of drawers. For example if Product Code: No. of Drawers Drawer size (mm) Cabinet Dimensions (mm) Price
you require 10 drawers you need to order: FTB x LTR Height x Width x Depth
501-1015 5 x 50mm 730 x 1030 550 x 1130 x 795 £828.00
2 x 501-1015 5 drawer cabinets
501-1017 7 x 50mm 730 x 1030 705 x 1130 x 795 £1115.00
1 x 501-10PL 100mm high plinth
501-1005 5 x 50mm 920 x 1300 550 x 1400 x 965 £853.00
1 x 501-00TP Top panel 501-1007 7 x 50mm 920 x 1300 705 x 1400 x 965 £1169.00
If in doubt contact our customer service 501-10PL Plint Base, 100mm high, Required for each stack £118.00
department for assistance. 501-00TP Top Panel, required for top of each stack £115.00
Product Code No. of Height of Drawer Size (mm) Price II Extra Large Museum Drawers
Drawers Drawers (mm) FTB x LTR
British made to PEL conservation specification. Full drawer extension slides
597-7913 7 70mm 900 x 1300 £2810.00
597-10913 6 100mm 900 x 1300 £2639.00
with steel roller bearings and dust shields. We can supply the drawers with
597-15913 4 150mm 900 x 1300 £1920.00 drop down fronts for heavy items to slide in or out of the drawers without
597-7710 7 70mm 700 x 1000 £2673.00 lifting them over the drawer front. Laminated Safety Glass drawer tops are
597-10710 6 100mm 700 x 1000 £2502.00 also available for secure visible storage display.
597-15710 4 150mm 700 x 1000 £1823.00
597-71216 5 70mm 1290 x 1610 £2639.00 Please specify colour when ordering. Special sizes available please contact
597-101216 5 100mm 1290 x 1610 £2890.00 Customer Services.
597-71510 5 70mm 1500 x 1050 £2356.00
597-79147 7 70mm 900 x 1400 £3078.00
597-791411 11 70mm 900 x 1400 £4836.00
597-79149 9 70mm 900 x 1400 £3958.00
597-110154 4 100mm 1000 x 1500 £1930.00
597-110155 5 100mm 1000 x 1500 £2412.00
597-117694 4 100mm 1776 x 690 £1930.00
597-113187 7 100mm 1380 x 1840 £4407.00
597-1517692 2 150mm 1776 x 690 £1382.00
597-1588105 5 150mm 880 x 1040 £2613.00
597-158615 5 150mm 865 x 1500 £2261.00
597-258615 5 250mm 865 x 1500 £2450.00
597-101521 5 100mm 1500 x 2133 £3454.00

II Shelving Clip-On
# Self Assembly
II Clip-On Shelves
Faster Installations, Ease of Adjustability, Combines Strength with Stability, shelf capacity 70kg,
No need to move bays in alcoves to adjust height of shelves, Suitable for Rare Books, Shelves
can still be fitted with Nuts and Bolts, if required - JustAsk!, New shelving in Light Grey Colour,
Dividers available for small collections, Simple to extend for new acquisitions.
Bay width 1850mm High x 1000mm Wide 1850mm High x 1000mm Wide
Starter Extension
Bay Depth Product Code Price Product Code Price
Cross Braced Cross Braced Cross Braced
300mm 502-0313 £119.77 502-0319 £97.48
370mm 502-0314 £135.84 502-0320 £110.07
450mm 502-0315 £149.90 502-0321 £121.61
Fully Clad Fully Clad Fully Clad
300mm 502-0316 £156.43 502-0322 £134.13
370mm 502-0317 £172.49 502-0323 £146.73
450mm 502-0318 £186.56 502-0324 £158.28
Extra Shelves
packed singularly with 4 shelf clips
Extra Shelves Extra Shelves Extra Shelves

1000 x 300mm 1000 x 370mm 1000 x 450mm
Product Code Product Code Product Code
502-0337 502-0338 502-0339
Price £10.09 Price £11.61 Price £13.11
Close up of Starter (left)

Shelving Clip Extension (right)
Finished in light grey they come complete with all necessary fixings. The bays are supplied with 6
shelves and the relevant rear bracing or cladding. Bays are 36” wide with a choice of heights and
depths.Shelf load capacity is 200lb UDL
Bay load 500kg
II Reference Shelf
This handy pull out shelf is ideal for file reference.

502-0340 1000mm x 370mm £120.00
502-0341 1000mm x 450mm £126.42
BioCote
BioCote is a new, patent-protected powder coating which inhibits the growth of patentially lethal
bacteria and fungi. This reduces the risk of cross-contamination from surfaces with high
contact frequency. Although this is no substitute for correct cleaning practices, the incorpora-
tion of BioCote into the manufacturing process provides users of our products with the peace
of mind that every effort is being made to maintain a hygienic working environment.

Hazardous Storage Cupboards II
II Hazardous Storage
Hazardous substance storage cupboards provide
a secure facility for materials which are required to
be stored when not in use. Supplied with appropriate
safety labelling, the highly visible yellow colour
also ensures awareness of the potential danger of
the materials stored and makes location easy.
Hazardous cupboards are manufactured throughout
from steel, available in full or half height. The secure
storage cupboards are epoxy powder coated in RAL
1003 yellow, supplied with safety labelling accor-
dance with BS 5378 perforated adjustable shelves
allow drainage to the sump which has handles for
easy removal.
Product Code Dimensions Style Price

502-0421 1000mmH x 500mmW x 500mmD 2 shelf, narrow small £217.57
502-0422 1800mmH x 500mmW x 500mmD 3 shelf, narrow tall £308.15
502-0431 1000mmH x 1000mmW x 500mmD 2 shelf, wide small £317.42
502-0432 1800mmH x 1000mmW x 500mmD 3 shelf, wide tall £433.73
II Locking (Wide Shelf) Storage Cabinet

Easily adjustable interior 50 kilo maximum weight shelving, heavy gauge steel construction,
and an attractive appearance are what makes these storage cabinets a welcome addition
to any library work area. Each cabinet features a 3 point door locking mechanism, raised
bottom and integrated shelf support tabs. The 72" high unit provides five openings with
four adjustable shelves. Supplied with 4 shelves Extra shelves are available. Colour light Grey.
supplied assembled Price each.
Product Code item size (H x W x D) size (mm) Price

589-7525 cabinet 72” x 36” x 18.5” 1829h x 915w x 470d £345.00
589-0600 extra shelf 36” x 18.5” x 0.75” 915 x 470 x 19 £16.90

II Museum Longspan Shelving
heavy duty shelving.

ideal for heavier museum collections.
unrestricted access from both front and back.
easy to install and adjust.
beams simply clip into frame upright.
choice of shelf materials to suit different collections.
Museum
Longspan
Easy Step by Step Assembly & Adjustment
Shelving

Product Code Load Weight (kg) Dimensions Price
LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH 18mm CHIPBOARD SHELVES 1800mm HIGH Longspan Shelving II
504-0001 397kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £294.04
504-0003
504-0011
464kg
397kg
1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels
1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels
£344.32
£233.55
II Shelving
504-0012 463kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £262.32 Starter bay contains 2 up right frames, 3 pairs of beams
504-0013 464kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £283.85 and your choice of 3 shelves. Extensions bay contains 1 up
504-0004 145kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £316.40 right frame, 3 pairs of beams and your choice of 3 shelves.
504-0014 145kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £251.12
504-0015 169kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £282.78 25mm
504-0016 193kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £304.37 chipboard
LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH 18mm CHIPBOARD SHELVES 2100mm HIGH
504-0026 169kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £367.70 18mm
chipboard
LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH STEEL PANEL SHELVES 1800mm HIGH
Steel
504-0034 408kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £478.17 Panel
LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH STEEL PANEL SHELVES 2100mm HIGH
504-0041 525kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £438.66 Supplied as a complete kit. Contains beams, locking clips,
504-0042 596kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £495.37 cladding material and where applicable wire beam ties are
504-0043 469kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £530.73 finished in light grey. All panels are galvanised.
504-0441 525kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £366.83 note: chipboard is non-archival, we suggest using
504-0442 496kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £423.55 steel shelves for conservation quality.
504-0045 476kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £571.26 II Frames & Beams
504-0046 469kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £612.82 Finished in graphite grey with light grey ties.
504-0444 408kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £425.40 Frames come complete with footplates.
LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH 25mm CHIPBOARD SHELVES 1800mm HIGH II Frames & Beams
504-0051 914kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £338.26 (2xbeams and 1xshelf)
504-0053 872kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £401.92 Product Code Shelf Type Size Price
504-0551 345kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £277.77 504-1186 18mm Chip 1800 x 600mm £59.13
504-0054 914kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £364.33 504-2186 18mm Chip 1800 x 900mm £61.74
504-0555 403kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £333.43 Product Code Shelf Type Size Price
LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH 25mm CHIPBOARD SHELVES 2100mm HIGH 504-3216 25mm Chip 2100 x 600mm £84.62
504-0663 460kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £352.77 Product Code Shelf Type Size Price
504-0064 914kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £389.38 504-5186 Steel Panel 1800 x 600mm £50.47
504-0664 345kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £389.38 504-6186 Steel Panel 1800 x 900mm £67.99

II Trolleys & Steps
II Kik-Step Stools
These stools roll on non-marking casters while bumpers pro-
tect fittings and walls. Step up, and the instant you apply
weight to the platform, the spring loaded casters retract and
the rubber base ring locks to the floor. Step off, and the instant
the user’s weight is completely removed, the casters extend
and the Kik-Step is ready to roll. Made of heavy gauge metal.
Colour: grey only.
Product Code: Colour Price

406-0098 Grey £39.50
Dimensions 420mm (16 1/2”) High,
286mm (11.25”) Top Dia.
Weight 5 kg
II Iron Horse™ Book Trolleys

Quite simply the toughest trolleys money can buy! Our
all-welded, ready assembled steel look trolleys are built
for years of use and are available at a price that is hard
to ignore. Just look at these features.
Exceptionally strong and safe:
• 1-piece, seamless 16 gauge flat panels with 25mm
round tubular steel frames
• Shelves made from 16 gauge or 20 gauge steel
• Rolled shelf edges and smooth rounded frames for safety
Exceptional manoeuvrability:
• Curved handles for better steering
• 102mm ball bearing swivel castors with non-marking
rubber wheels
Versatility:
• Shelf clearances typically 292mm top and 368mm
bottom - capacity for books of all sizes
• Choose from four shelf variations
403-3121 - 3 large flat shelves
403-3122 - 4 sloping and 1 flat shelf
403-3123 - 2 large flat shelves
403-3124 - 4 sloping shelves
Serving
Museums,
Product Code: Description H x W x D (mm) Shelf Length Shelf Depth Book Capacity Price
403-3121 3 flat shelves 984 x 857 x 381 768mm 355mm 150 £297.00 Libraries
403-3122 4 sloping, 997 x 857 x 431 768mm 158mm top 290 £340.00
1 flat shelf 406mm bottom & Archives
403-3123 2 flat shelves 914 x 762 x 406 675mm 381mm 85 £265.00
403-3124 4 sloping shelves 914 x 762 x 431 679mm 165mm 85 £296.00 Worldwide
Glossary II
Acid plants. Also, the chief constituent of many paper and board is believed to contribute used in adhesives, which are themselves also
In chemistry, a substance capable of forming fibrous plant products, including paper and to chemical degradation. It can be, to a referred to as PVA or PVA adhesive. There are
hydrogen ions when disolved in water. Acids some cloth. large extent, removed during manufacture. dozens of PVA adhesives, some are “internally
can weaken cellulose in paper, board, and No standards exist for the term “lignin-free’’ plasticized’’ and are suitable for use in
Chemical Stability and additional research is needed to conservation, due to greater chemical
cloth, leading to embrittlement. Acids may
Not easily decomposed or otherwise modified determine the precise role of lignin in the stability among other qualities.
be introduced in the manufacture of library chemically. This is a desirable characteristic
materials and may be left in intentionally durability and permanence of paper.
(as in certain sizings) or incidentally.
for materials used in preservation, since Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
it suggests an ability to resist chemical Micron A plastic, often abbreviated as PVC. It is not
Acids may also be introduced by migration degradation (such as the embrittlement Unit of thickness one mm is equal to as chemically stable as some other plastics,
from other materials or from atmospheric of paper), over time and/or upon exposure 1000 micron. since it can emit hydrochloric acid (which in
pollution. See also pH and Acid migration. to various conditions during use or storage. turn can damage library materials) as it
Acid-free Other terms used loosely as synonyms: inert, Mylar® & Melinex® deteriorates, and therefore has limited
stable, chemically inert. See Polyester. application in the preservation of books
In chemistry, materials that have a pH of
7.0 or higher. Some-times used incorrectly Neutral and paper. Some plastics called vinyl may
Conservation be polyvinyl chloride.
as a synonym for alkaline or buffered. Such The treatment of library or archive materials, Having a pH of 7; neither acid nor alkaline.
materials may be produced from virtually
any cellulose fiber source (cotton and wood,
works of art, or museum objects to stabilize
pH Preservation
them chemically or strengthen them physic- Activities associated with maintaining library,
among others), if measures are taken during ally, sustaining their survival as long as In chemistry, pH is a measure of the
manufacture to eliminate active acid from concentration of hydrogen ions in a solution, archival, or museum materials for use, either
possible in their original form. See also in their original physical form or in some
the pulp. However free of acid a paper or Preservation. which is a measure of acidity or alkalinity.
board may be immediately after manufac- The pH scale runs from 0 to 14, and each other format. Preservation is considered
ture, over time the presence of residual Deacidification number indicates a ten-fold increase. Seven a broader term than Conservation.
chlorine from bleaching, aluminum sulfate is pH neutral; numbers below 7 indicate See Conservation.
A common term for a chemical treatment
from sizing, or pollutants in the atmosphere that neutralizes acid in a material such as increasing acidity, with 1 being most Pressboard
may lead to the formation of acid unless the paper and deposits an alkaline buffer to acid. Numbers above 7 indicate increasing A tough, dense, highly glazed paperboard,
paper or board has been buffered with an counteract future acid attack. Deacidification alkalinity, with 14 being most alkaline. used where strength and stiffness are
alkaline substance. technically refers only to the neutralization Paper with a pH below 5 is considered highly required of a relatively thin (e.g. .030")
of acids present at the time of treatment, acidic. Buffered storage materials typically
Acid Migration board. It is almost as hard as a sheet of
not to the deposit of a buffer. For this reason, have a pH between 7 and 9. See also Acid;
The transfer of acid from an acidic material fiberboard, and is commonly used for the
the term is being slowly replaced with the Alkaline.
to a less acidic or pH neutral material. This covers of notebooks. See also Solid board,
more accurate phrase “neutralization and Fibreboard.
may occur directly, when the two materials alkalization’’. While deacidification increases Permanence
are in intimate contact. For instance, acid the chemical stability of paper, it does not Ability of a material to resist chemical Reversibility
may migrate from boards, endpapers, and restore strength or flexibility to brittle deterioration, but not a quantifiable
Ability to undo a process or treatment with
protective tissues, as well as the paper covers materials. See also pH. term. Permanent paper usually refers to a
no change to the object. Reversibility is an
of books and pamphlets, to the less acidic durable alkaline paper that is manufactured
important goal of conservation treatment,
paper of the text. Encapsulation according to ANSI Standard Z39.48-1984
but it must be balanced with other treatment
A form of protective enclosure for papers and Permanence of Paper for Printed Library
Acrylic other flat objects; involves placing the item Materials. Even so called permanent
goals and options.
A plastic noted for transparency, light be-tween two sheets of transparent polyester materials depend for their longevity
weight, weather resistance, color fastness
Sizings
film that are subsequently sealed around all upon proper storage conditions. Chemicals added to paper that make it less
and rigidity. In addition to these qualities, edges. The object is thus physically supported See also Chemical Stability. absorbent, so that inks applied will not bleed.
acrylics are important in preservation because and protected from the atmosphere, although
PlexiGlas® Acidic sizings can be harmful and can cause
of their stability, or resistance to chemical it may continue to deteriorate in the capsule. paper to deteriorate, but some are not acidic
change over time, a characteristic not Because the object is not adhered to the Trade name for acrylic sheet material made
and are expected to be more chemically stable.
common to all plastics. Acrylics are available polyester, it can be removed simply by by Rohm and Haas. See Acrylic for other
in sheets, films, and resin adhesives. Some cutting one or more edges of the polyester. trade names. Solid Board
common trade names for the sheet form are: A paperboard made of the same material
Perspex®, Lucite® and PlexiGlas®. Fibre content Point
throughout. Distinct from a combination
A statement of the types and percentages A unit of thickness of paper or board; one
Alkaline thousandth of an inch. For example, .060" board where two or more types of fiber
of fibers used in the manufacture of a
Alkaline substances have a pH over 7.0. They equals sixty points. See also Micron. stock are used, in layers.
paper, board, or cloth. Important because
may be added to a material to neutralize See also Fibreboard, Pressboard.
the quality of the fiber significantly affects
acids or as an alkaline reserve or buffer for Polyester
both the durability and chemical stability
A common name for the plastic polyethylene
Stability
the purpose of counteracting acids that may of the material. See Chemical stability.
form in the future. A buffer may be added terephthalate. Its characteristics include
during manufacture or during the process Fibreboard transparency, colorlessness, and high UV Filter
of deacidification. While a number of Paperboard made of laminated sheets tensile strength. In addition, it is useful A material used to filter the ultraviolet (UV)
chemicals may be used as buffers, the most of heavily pressed fiber. in preservation because it is very chemically rays out of visible light. Ultraviolet radiation
common are magnesium carbonate and stable. Commonly used in sheet or film form is potentially damaging to library, archival,
calcium carbonate. Inert to make folders, encapsulations and book
and museum objects and more is present
See Chemical Stability. jackets. Its thickness is often measured in
in sunlight and fluorescent light than in
Alpha cellulose mils. Common trade names are Mylar®
A form of cellulose derived from cotton. The Lamination by DuPont and Melinex® .
incandescent light. Removing UV radiation
A process of reinforcing fragile paper, usually from storage, use, and exhibition spaces
presence of alpha cellulose in paper or board
with thin, translucent or transparent sheets. Polyethylene can reduce the rate of deterioration of
is one indication of its stability or longevity.
Some forms of lamination are considered A chemically stable, highly flexible, library materials stored there. Usually a UV
Non-cellulosic components of wood are
unacceptable as conservation methods transparent or translucent plastic. filtering material is placed over windows or
believed to contribute to the degradation
because of potential damage from high heat Used in preservation to make sleeves for fluorescent light tubes, or over glass used in
of paper and board.
and pressure during application, instability photographic materials, among other uses. framing, or in exhibition cases. Certain acrylic
Buffer of the lamination materials, or difficulty sheet materials have UV filtering properties
See Alkaline. in removing the laminated item, especially Polypropylene built in.
long after the treatment was performed. A stiff, heat resistant, chemically stable
Calcium Carbonate plastic. Common uses in preservation: Vinyl
An alkaline chemical used as a buffer in Lignin sleeves for 35mm slides or films, containers. The word vinyl is imprecisely used to refer to
papers and boards. A component of the cell walls of plants any of a number of plastics, many of which
that occurs naturally, along with cellulose. Polyvinyl Acetate (PVA) are not appropriate for use in preservation.
Cellulose Lignin is largely responsible for the strength A plastic usually abbreviated as PVA. A For specific safe plastics, see Polyester,
The chief constituent of the cell walls of all and rigidity of plants, but its presence in colourless transparent solid, it is usually Polypropylene, Polyvinyl acetate, Acrylic.

II Index
A Bags - Entomology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Box - Bulk Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .9,12 Cards - Textile Fading . . . . . . .116,165 Cover Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
A4 - Archival Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Bags - Mylar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Box - Card File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Cartons - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .8,9,12 Coverall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
Absorene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Bags - Polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Box - Clamshell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7,12 Case - Carrying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Covers, Genus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Accession Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Bags - Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Box - Clear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Case - Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 Cradles - Book Display . . . . . . . . . .187
Activated Carbon Cloth . . . . . . . . . .182 Bags - Zipper . . . . . . . . . . . .46,71,106 Box - Comic Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Case - Document . . . . . . . . . .5,7,8,12 Crepe Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
A-D Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Box - Compact Disc . . . . . . . . . . .13,22 Case - Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Crossweld Sealing Machine . . . .44,131
Adapters, Ring Binder . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Barricade Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 Box - Coroplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Case - Microfilm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Cube - Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
Adhesive - Acryloid B-72 . . . . . . . . .96 Barrier Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Box - Corrugated . . . . . . . . . .7,8,10,12 Case - Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15 Cubelite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Adhesive - Anchor Wax . . . . . . . . . .191 Barrier Film . . . . . . . . . . . .93,117,119 Box - Costume/Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Case - Slide File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Currency Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Adhesive - Archival Quality Liquid . . .91 Barrier Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Box - Document . . . . . . . . . . .5,7,8,12 Case - Solander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Cutters - Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Adhesive - Belgian Rice Starch . .96,100 Bars - Hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,59 Box - Drop Front . . . . . . . . . .6,8,16,73 Cases - Specimen . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Cutters - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . .104,105
Adhesive - Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Basket, Tote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Box - Film Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Cassette Storage - Audio . . . . . . . . .23 Cutters/Dispensers - Roll . . . . . . . .151
Adhesive - Cellulose . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Batting, Polyester . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Box - Flat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 CD Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Cutting Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105,156
Adhesive - Cloth Tape . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Beva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Box - Gallery Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 CD ID Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Adhesive - Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Bi-Corr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Box - Hat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 CD Spacer Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 D, E
Adhesive - Dispenser Pump . . . . . . .95 Binder - Drama/Playbook . . . . . . . . .41 Box - Herbarium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 CD Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-24,196 Dahlia Sprayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Adhesive - Double Sided Tape . . . . . .48 Binder - Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38,41 Box - Hinged Document . . . . . . . . . .7,8 Cellugel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Damp Protect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Adhesive - Dry Mounting . . . . . . . . .90 Binder - Perma-Saf . . . . . . . . . . .51,59 Box - Hinged Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Cellulose (SCMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Dartek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117,143
Adhesive - Ethulose . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Binder - Photo . . . . . . . . . . . .30,31,61 Box - Insect Pinning . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Cellulose Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . .170,171
Adhesive - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Binder - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Box - Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35,64 Cerex Heat Set Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Davey Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Adhesive - Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Binder - Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 Box - Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Chart Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 Daylight Simulation Bulbs . . . . . . . .161
Adhesive - Glue Gun . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Binder - Wide Spine . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Box - Media Storage . . . . . . . . . .22-24 Checktemp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 Deaccession Registers . . . . . . . . . . .70
Adhesive - Glue Stick . . . . . . . . . . .132 Binder/Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Box - Microfiche/Microfilm . . . . . .20-21 Clamshell Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .7,12,15 Deacidification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Binding Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Box - Negative Storage . . . . . . . . . . .18 Clean Air Cupboard . . . . . . . . . . . .177 Dehumidification . . . . . . . . . . . .56,175
Adhesive - Jade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Binocular Magnifier . . . . . . . . . . . .159 Box - Negative/Print . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Cleaner - Book and Print . . . . . . . .181 Deionisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Adhesive - Jin Shofu . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Blades, Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Box - Newspaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Cleaner - Document . . . . . . . . .99,181 Derotor Steam Cleaner . . . . . . . . . .137
Adhesive - Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Blender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Box - Pamphlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Cleaner - Dry Cleaning Sponge . . . .192 Desiccants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54,174
Adhesive - Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . .101
Blotter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Box - Phonograph Record . . . . . . . . .25 Cleaner - Dust Cloth . . . . .154,179,180 Disaster Supplies . . . . . . . . . .189-191
Adhesive - Neutral pH . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Blotters, Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Box - Photo Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Cleaner - Duster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 Disinfestation System . . . . . . . . . . .148
Adhesive - Polyvinyl Alcohol . . . . . . .95
Blotting Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Box - Photo Organizer . . . . . . . . . . .50 Cleaner - Dusting Brush . .103,123,181 Dispenser - Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Adhesive - Remover . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Blue Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Box - Photo Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Cleaner - Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Dispenser - Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Adhesive - Rice Starch . . . . . . .96,100
Board Chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Box - Pinning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Cleaner - Goo Gone . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Dispenser - Solvent . . . . . . . . .116,152
Adhesive - SCMC Cellulose . . . . . . . .95
Board - Backer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Box - Portfolio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15 Cleaner - Groom/Stick . . . . . . . . . .103 Display - Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Adhesive - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Board - Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79,83 Box - Postcard Storage . . . . . . .27,197 Cleaner - Kleenmaster . . . . . . . . . .182 Display - Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
Adhesive - Wheat/Rice Starch . .96,100
Board - Bi-Corr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Box - Rare Book . . . . . . . . . . . .41,109 Cleaner - Leather . . . . . . . . . .107,182 Display - Cradles . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Adjustable Book Storage Boxes . . . . .41
Board - Bristol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Box - Really Useful Box . . . . . . . . . . .52 Cleaner - Orvus WA Paste . . . . . . .116 Display - Cube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
Aerosol Generating System . . . . . . .139
Board - Conservation . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Box - Record Album . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Cleaner - PEL Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . .180 Display - Document . . . . . . . . . . . .186
Airbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Board - Coroplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Box - Rescube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 Cleaner - Platen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Display - Easels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
Airdryers - Dehumidification . . . . . .175
Board - Corrugated . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Box - Riveter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 Cleaner - Renaissance Wax . . . . . .182 Display - Foam Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Airspray Spray Bottle . . . . . . . . . . .115
Board - Davey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Box - Roll Storage . . . . . . . . . .8,11,13 Cleaner - Silver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Display - Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Akatec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Board - Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Box - Slide Storage . . . . . . . . . . .52,53 Cleaner - Sorbents . . . . . . . . .189,190 Display - Honeycomb Panels . . . . . . .82
Akapad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Board - Exhibition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Box - Telescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Cleaner - Triton X-100 . . . . . . . . . .116 Display - Mounting Corners . . . .62,100
Alarm - Water Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
Board - Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Box - Textile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Cleaner - Vacuums . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 Display - Pillow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
Album - Box, Preservation . . . . .34, 54
Board - Framers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Box - Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Cleaning Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Divider Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25,26
Album - Boxbinders . . . . . . . . . . .30,31 Boxbinders, Photo . . . . . . . . .31,34,59
Board - Grey Mounting . . . . . . . . . . .82 Cleaning Machine - Conservation . .176 Divider Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25,33
Album - Collectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Brass Paper Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Board - Honeycomb Panels . . . . . . . .82 Cleaning Materials . .103,155,179-181 Divider Guides, Microfiche . . . . .20,197
Album - Divider Guides . . . . . . . . . . .33 Bristol Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Board - Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Cleaning Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Dividers Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Album - Heritage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Brochure Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Board - Mounting . . . . . . . . . .78,79,81 Cleaning Products . . . . . . . . . .103,155 Document - Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Album - Infinity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Brush - Anti-Static . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Board - Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Clearview Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Document - Case Spacer . . . . . . . . . .4
Album - Oversize . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29 Brush - Conservation . . . . . . . . . . .122
Board - Scoring Machine . . . . . . . .109 Clips - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Document - Cases . . . . . . . . .5,7,8,12
Album - Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32,34 Brush - Dusting . . . . . . . . . . . .103,123
Board - Self Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Cloth - Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Document - Cleaning Powder .103,155
Album - Pages, Black . . . . . . . . .31,34 Brush - Glue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Board - Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cloth - Dusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 Document - Pads/Powder . . . . . . . .103
Album - Pages, Photographic .58,60,61 Brush - Hake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Board - Swatchbook . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Cloth - Silver Protection . . . . . . . . .182 Document - Display Holders . . .186,187
Album - Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Brush - Japanese . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Board and Paper Chopper . . . . . . . .104 Cloth - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . .98,110,116 Document - Preservation Folders . . .41
Album - Scrapbook . . . . . . . . . . .28,29 Brush - Museum Vac . . . . . . . . . . .122
Bond Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Coin Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Document - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Album - Sheet Protectors . . . . . . . . .33 Brush - Natural Hair . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Bondina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Colibri Book Covers . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Document - Repair Tape . . . . . . . . . .99
Album - Slipcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Brush - Silicone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Bone Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103,157 Cold Suction Table . . . . . . . . . .140,147 Document - Storage . . .4,7,8,12,36,37
Album - Stamp Collectors . . . . . . . . .28 Brush - Windsor & Newton . . . . . . .123
Book - Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Collectors Album . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Dots - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Amerivacs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Bubble Wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Book - Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 181 Comic Book Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Double Sided Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Anchor Wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Book Covering System . . . . . . . . . .136 Cone and Seed Envelopes . . . . . . . .71 Drama/Playbook Binders . . . . . . . . . .41
Annotation Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Book - Cradles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Bulk Storage Boxes . . . . . . . . .9,12,50 Conservation - Boards . . . . . . . . .80,83 Drill Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Anoxia System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 Book - Display Easels . . . . . . . . . . .186 Conservation - Books . . . . . . .206-208 Drop Front Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,16
Anti Static Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Anti Static Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Book - Displays . . . . . . . . . . . .186,188 C Conservation - Brushes . . . . . . . . .122 Drop Front Gallery Box . . . . . . . . . .8,16
Book - Maintenance . . . . . . . .110,114 Cabinet - CD Storage . . . . . . . . . . .196 Conservation - Clean Air Cupboard .176 Drop Front Print Boxes . . . . . . . . . . .16
Anti Static Record Sleeves . . . . . . . .25 Book - Measuring Machine . . . . . . .109 Conservation - Cleaning Machine . .176
Cabinet - Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 Dry Cleaning Sponge . . . . . . . . . . .189
Applicators - Miniature Fibre Tipped 172 Book - Pillow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Conservation - Labels . . . . . . . . . . .102
Cabinet - Entomology . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Dry Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Apron - Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Book - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Conservation - Mounting Board . .78,79
Cabinet - Fire Protection . . . . .194,195 Dry Rot Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Archibond Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Book - Storage Boxes, Adjustable . . .41 Conservation - Papers . . . . . . . . .86,87
Cabinet - Flat Files . . . . . . . . . . . . .199 Drying Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112,144
Archival Organizer Pages . . . . . . . . .34 Book - Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Conservation - Trays . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Cabinet - Geology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200 Dust Bunny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Area Bonded Fibre . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Book - Suction Device . . . . . . .142,144 Cabinet - Horizontal Plan File . . . . .199 Conservators Sponge . . . . . . . . . . .179 Dust Cloths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Art - Sorb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174 Book - Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Cabinet - Locking Storage . . . . . . .203 Cook ‘N’ Stir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Dust Masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
Art Gum Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Book - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110,111 Cabinet - Map and Poster . . . . . . . .198 Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111,188 Dusting Brush . . . . . . . . .103,123,181
Artifact ID Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65,74 Book Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206 Cabinet - Microfilm . . . . . . . . .194,196 Cores - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Easels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
Artifact Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66,67 Book - Wedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Cabinet - Multifile . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198 Cornerounder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Econospace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Artprotect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 Bookkeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Cabinet - Multimedia . . . . . . . . . . .196 Corner Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Edgemaster System . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Audio Tape Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . .23,24 Books - Blank/Journals . . . . . . . . . . .35 Cabinet - Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . .201 Corners - Mounting . . . . . . . . . .62,100 Electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Audio/Visual Labels . . . . . . . . . . .23,64 Books - Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Cabinet - PEL-File Vertical . . . . . . .199 Corrogated Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Emulsifier, Triton X-100 . . . . . . . . . .116
Audio/Visual Storage . . . . . . . . . .22-24 Books - Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Cabinet - Postcard Storage . . . . . . .197 Corrugated Boxes . . . . . . . . .3,8,10,12 Encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44,131
Awl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Books - Picture Framing . . . . . . . . .103 Cabinet - Poster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198 Corrugated Plastic Sheets . . . . . . . . .80 Enclosures - Clear . . . . . . . . . . . .43,46
Bottle - Spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Cabinet - Slide Storage . . . . . . . .52,53 Corrugated Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . .70 Enclosures - Four Flap . . . . . . . . . . .18
B Box- A Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Cans - Movie Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Costume/Fabric Storage . . . . . . . . . .10 Enclosures - Fragment Folders . . . . .75
Backing Paper, Frame . . . . . . . . . . .102 Box - Audio Cassette Storage . . . . . .23 Canister - Desiccant . . . . . . . . . . . .174 Costume Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 Enclosures - Genus Covers . . . . . . . .72
Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Box - Audio Tape Reel . . . . . . . . . . .24 Capillary Matting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Cotton Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Enclosures - L-Velopes . . . . . .42,48,71
Bags - Anti-Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . .183 Box - Audio/Visual Storage . . . . .22-24 Carbon Filter Materials . . . . . . . . . .182 Cotton Swabs . . . . . . . . . . . . .103,152 Enclosures - Negative Print . . . . . . . .38
Bags - Clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Box - Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15,31 Cards - File-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cotton Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106,110 Enclosures - Print/Negative . . . . .45,47
Bags - Comic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Box Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Cards - Humidity Indicator . . . . . . .174 Cotton Twine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Entomology . . . . . . . . .70,71,72,74,75

Index II
Entomology Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Flymesh Netting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Guide, IPI Film Storage . . . . . . . . . . .24 Kits - Pest Control . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 Mat - Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Entomology Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Foam - Adhesive Backed . . . . . . . .118 Guides, Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25,33 Kits - Photo Organizer . . . . . . . . . . .50 Mat - Self Healing . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Envelope - Button & String . . . . . . . .39 Foam - Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77,81 Guillotines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Kits - Print Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Matting Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Envelope - Coin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Foam - Crystals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Gum Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Kits - Tissue Mending . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Matting Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Envelope - Comic Book . . . . . . . . . . .26 Foam - Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . .103,155 Gun, Glue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Kleenmaster Brillianize . . . . . . . . . .182 Matting Tool Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Envelope - Compact Disc . . . . . . . . .23 Foam - Ethafoam . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Hake Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Knife - Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Maximask Respirators . . . . . . . . . .178
Envelope - Cone & Seed . . . . . . . . . .71 Foam - Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Hammer - Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Knife - Scalpel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 MEASUREpHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Envelope - Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Foam - Planks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68,119 Handbook, Mat Makers . . . . . . . . . .103 Knife - Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Measuring Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Envelope - Glassine . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Foam - Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Handles, Scalpel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Knife - X-Acto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Media Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Envelope - Lantern Slide . . . . . . . . . .18 Foam - Polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Handmade Papers . . . . . . . . . . . .88,89 Kuramata Sprayer . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Melinex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Envelope - L-Velopes . . . . . . .42,48,71 Foam - Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Hanger Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Mellotex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Envelope - Map & Print . . . . . . . .43,48 Foam - Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Hanging File Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Mending Kit, Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Envelope - Microfiche . . . . . . . . . . . .20
L Mending Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Foam - Volara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Hanging Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Lab Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Envelope - Mylar . . . . . . . . . .42,43,45 Foam - Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Hardbed Presses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Metallic Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Label Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Envelope - Negative . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Foil-Backed Labels . . . . . . . . . . .35,64 Hat Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Meter, Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Envelope - Negative Strip . . . . . . . . .51 Labeling Tape, textile . . . . . . . . .10,116 Meter, pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Folder Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Hazardous Cupboard . . . . . . . . . . .203 Labels - Audio Cassette . . . . . . . . . .26
Envelope - Perma/Dur . . . . . . . . . . .39 Folder Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Hayaku . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Methyl Cellulose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Envelope - Phonograph Record . . . . .25 Labels - Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64,107 Microblaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Folders - Bone . . . . . . . . . . . .103,157 Heat Set Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91,98 Labels - Box & File . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Envelope - Polyester . . . . . . . .42,43,45 Heat Sealer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44,131 Microchamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Folders - Clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43,49 Labels - Compact Disc ID Labels . . . .23
Envelope - Print/Negative . . . .26,45,47 Herbarium Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Microchamber® Foam Board . . . . . .77
Folders - Clear Front . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Labels - File Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Envelope - Side Opening . . . . . . . . . .39 Microchamber Silversafe Paper . . . . .85
Folders - Document Preservation . . .41 Herbarium Supplies . . . . . . . . . . .70,72 Labels - Foil Backed . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Envelope - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . .45,57 Microfiche - Divider Guides . . . .20,197
Folders - Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Heritage Albums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Labels - Laser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Envelope - Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Microfiche - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . .20
Folders - File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36,37 Heritage Scrapbooks . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Labels - Perma/Dur Laser . . . . . .65,75
Envelope - Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,39 Microfiche - Indexing Box . . . . . . . . .20
Folders - Fragment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Hinging - Blotters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Labels - Pin-Fed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Environmental Testing . . . . . . .164-173 Microfilm - Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Folders - Genus Covers . . . . . . . . . .72 Hinging - Paper . . . . . . . . . .89,98,100 Labels - Roll Storage . . . . . . . . .64,111
Equipment - Disaster Recovery . . . .191 Microfilm - Reel Boxes . . . . . . . . . . .21
Folders - Hanging File . . . . . . . . . . .36 Hinging - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Labels - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Equipment - Humidity Indicators 174-175 Microfilm - Storage . . . . . . . . . . .20,21
Folders - Juris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Hinging - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Labels Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64,189
Equipment - Light Sheet . . . . . . . . .126 Microform Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .20,21
Folders - Large Print . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Holder - Document . . . . . . . . .186,187 Labwater Deionisers . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Erasers . . . . . . . . . . .103,155,179,180 Micrometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Ethafoam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Folders - Manuscript . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Holder - Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Lamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90,91 Micromounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Ethulose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Folders - Map and Print . . . . . . . . . .49 Holder - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Lamp - Magnifying . . . . . . . . .161-163 Microscope Accessories . . . . . . . . .129
Exhibition Cradles, Book . . . . . . . . .187 Folders - Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Hollytex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Lamp - Ultravoilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Microscope Slide Covers . . . . . .21,129
Exhibition Film - Over Laminating . . .90 Folders - Negative/Print . . . . . . . . . .18 Honeycomb Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160-163 Microscopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127-129
Exhibition Foam Board . . . . . . . . . . .81 Folders - Open Wide . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Hot Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Lantern Slide Envelopes . . . . . . . . . .18 Mini Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Exhibition Mounting Machine . . . . . .91 Folders - Oversize . . . . . . . . . . . .17,45 Hot Lining Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Laser Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Mini-Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Expansion Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Folders - Palm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Hot Melt Gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Laserdisc Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Minarette Spatula . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Expansion Pages, Scrapbook . . . .28,29 Folders - Perma/Dur . . . . . . . .36,37,40 Hot Vacuum Glass Presses . . . . . . .143 Latex Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Moisture Control . . . . . . . . .94,171,174
Extractor, Staple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Folders - Polyester . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 How To, Matting Handbook . . . . . . .103 Leadshot Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153 Moistop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
E-Flute Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Folders - Species . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Humidifier Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 Leafcasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144-146 Monarch Welding Machine . . . . .44,131
E-Flute Corrugated Book Storage . .109 Folders - Storage/Display . . . . . . .40,49 Humidity Cassettes . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Leather Preservative . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Monitor, UV Light . . . . . . . . . . .164,165
Forbon Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Humidity Control . . . . . . . . . . .174-175 Ledger Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Mortar and Pestle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Four Flap Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Humidity Dome . . . . . . . . . . . .139,146 Moth Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
F Light - Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Frames/Framing - Accessories . . . .101 Humidity Indicators . . . . . . . . .118,173 Light - Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 Mounting - Accessories . . . . . . . . .101
Fabric Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Frames/Framing - Backing Paper . .102 Humidity Tester . . . . . . . . . . . .166-175 Light - Damage Slide Rule . . . . . . .165 Mounting - Board . . . . . . . . . .78,79,80
Fading Cards, Textile . . . . . . . .116,165
Frames/Framing - Barrier Paper . . .102 Hygrometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 Light - Examination . . . . . . . . . . . .162 Mounting - Board Self Adhesive . . . .90
Fasteners, Velcro . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Frames/Framing - Books . . . . . . . .103 Hygrothermographs . . . . . . . . .166-170 Light - Fibre Optic . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Mounting - Corners . . . . . . . . . .62,100
Felt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92,118
Fibre Optic Illuminators . . . . . . . . . .129 Frames/Framing - Conser. Labels . .102 Light - Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Mounting - Coroplast . . . . . . . . . .80,83
Fibre Optic Light Sheet . . . . . . . . . .126 Frames/Framing - Coroplast Shs. .80,83 I, J Light Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 Mounting - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 Frames/Framing - Desiccant . . . . . .174 ID Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21,65,76 Light - Handheld UV . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Mounting - Foam Board . . . . . . . . . .81
File - Boxes, Corrugated . . . . . .9,12,66 Frames/Framing - Tissue . . . . . . . . .98 Indexing, Microfiche . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Light - Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Mounting - Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Frames/Framing - Mount. Cor. . .62,100 Indicator Strips, pH . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Light - Monitor, UV . . . . . . . . .164,165 Mounting - Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
File - Document Cases . . . . . . . . . .5,7
Frames/Framing - Mounting Strips .101 Indicators, Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . .174 Light - Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 Mounting - Paper, Herbarium . . . . . .72
File - Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
Frames/Framing - Sealing Tape . . . .102 Infilling Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 Light - Viewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Mounting - Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
File - Folders & Accessories . . . . . . .36
Frames/Framing - Spacer . . . . . . . .101 Infinity - Album Pages . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Lighting Accessories . . . . . . . .160,165 Mounting - Pressboard . . . . . . . . . . .82
File - Folders, Hanging . . . . . . . . . . .36
Frames/Framing - Tape . . . . . . . . .102 Infinity - Box Binder . . . . . . . . . . .30,31 Lightsheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Mounting - Print Positioner . . . . . . .108
File - Folders, Photographic . . . . . . .40
Framers Mountboard . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Infinity - Mounting Pages . . . . . . . . .31 Linen Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Mounting - Sleeves, Photo . . . . . . . .62
File - Infinity Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Fredelka Leather Preservative . . . . .155 Ink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Linen Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 Mounting - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
File - Jackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Fume Filtration Cupboard . . . . . . . .177 Insect Control/Traps . . . . . . . . . . . .193 Mounting - Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
File - Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Liner, Polyfelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Mounting - Swatchbooks . . . . . . . . .87
File - Negative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,59 Insect Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Liner, Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Mounting - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . .85,90
File - Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,40 G, H Inserts, Album . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Liner, Volara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Mounts, Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
File - Portable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,59 Gallery Box, Drop Front . . . . .6,8,16,73 Inserts, File Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Lining Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Movie Film Cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
File - Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202-205 Gallery Print Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Inspection Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Loupes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Mulberry Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . .88,100
File - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51-53, 59 Garment Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Inspection Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Luminaires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160,161
Multisorb Blotting Paper . . . . . . . . . .87
File - Suspension Tape . . . . . . . . . .198 Gel, Silica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Insta-Mend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Lux Data Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Museum Boxbinder . . . . . . . . . . .31,58
File - Out Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Genus Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Interleaving - Reemay . . . . . . . . . . .117 Lux Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Museum Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Film - Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90,91 Geology Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Interleaving - Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 L-Velopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42,48,71
Museum Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Film - Barrier . . . . . . . . . . .93,117,119 Glass Plate Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Interleaving - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Museum Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Film - Cores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Glass Presses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Inventory Pages, Photo . . . . . . . . . . .33 M Museum Gel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Film - Exhibition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Glass Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153 IPI Storage Guide for Acetate Film . . . .24 Magnifiers . . . . . . . . . . . .126,158,159 Museum Mounting Board . . . .78,79,81
Film - Marking Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 GlassGard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Iron Gall Ink Test Paper . . . . . . . . . .172 Magnifying Lamp . . . . . . . . . . .161,162 Museum Mounting Wax . . . . . . . . .107
Film - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Glassine Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Iron - Tacking/Spatula . . . . . . . . . . .130 Mailers, Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Museum Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . .101
Film - Nylon . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117,143 Glassine Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Jade Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Mannequins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 Museum Vac . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133,135
Film - Polyester . . . . . . . . . .43,92,165 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209 Japanese Brushes . . . . . . . . . .122,124 Maintenance, Book . . . . . . . . .110,115 Museum Vac Accessories . . . . . . . .135
Film - Reel Storage . . . . . . . .24,28,56 Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Japanese Hinging Paper . .85,88,89,98 Manuscript Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Museum Wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Film - Sealing Machine . . . . . . .44,131 Glue - Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Japanese Papers . . . . . . . . .88,89,100 Map and Banner Bags . . . . . . . . . . .13 Music Sheet Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Film - Silicone Coated . . . .92,119,143 Glue - Gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Jiffy Steamer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 Map and Print Folders . . . . . . . . . . .40 Mylar - Boxbinder Pages . . . . . . . . . .31
Film - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Glue - Low Melt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Jin Shofu Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Markers, Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57,63 Mylar - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . .42,43,45
Film - Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Glue - Neutral pH . . . . . . . . . . .95,107 Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Markers, Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Mylar - L-Velopes . . . . . . . . . .42,48,71
Film - UV Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Glue - Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Juris Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Marking Pencil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Mylar - Map & Print Envelopes . . .43,48
Filmoplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Glue - White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95,99 Marker Pens, Film . . . . . . . . . . . .57,63 Mylar - Page Protectors . . . . . . .28,29
Filter Respirator . . . . . . . . . . . .178,190 Goldbeaters Skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 K Marking Pens, Metallic . . . . . . . . . . .32 Mylar - Photo Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Filter-Jet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 Gore-Tex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Kik-Step Stools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206 Marvelseal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Mylar - Protector Bags . . . . . . . . .26,46
Filters, Ultraviolet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Greaseproof Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Kits - Encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Masks, Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 Mylar - Sheet Protectors . . . . . . .33,34
Finger Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Grips, Rubber Finger . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Kits - Matting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Mat - Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78,79,81
Flat Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199 Groom Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Kits - Negative Storage . . . . . . . . . . .17 Mat - Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 N
Flat Storage Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . .9,50 Group Slide File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Kits - Organiser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Mat - Cutting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Natural History . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-78

II Index
Natural History Storage . . . . . . . .70-77 PEC - Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Record/Phonograph Storage . . . . . . .27 Slide - Mounting Accessories . . . . . . .57
Needles - Sewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 PEL - Caster Leafcasting Machine . .145 Pocket Magnifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158 Reel Boxes, Microfilm . . . . . . . . . .20-21 Slide - Preservers . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61
Negative - Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,19 PEL - Cleaning Machine . . . . . . . . .176 Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Reel ID Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Slide - Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,57
Negative - Enclosures, Four Flap . . . .18 PEL - Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 Polyester - Batting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Reemay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117,147 Slide - Sorters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Negative - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 PEL - File Vertical Cabinet . . . . . . . .199 Polyester - Double Sided Tape . . . . .102 Registers - Accession . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Slide - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .53, 58-61
Negative - Preservers . . . . . . . . . .60,61 PEL - Loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . .169,171 Polyester - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Registers - Deaccession . . . . . . . . . .35 Slide - Storage System . . . . . . . . . . .59
Negative - Sleeves . . . . . . . . .47,51,54 PEL - Racking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207 Polyester Felt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Reinforced File Folders . . . . . . . . . . .37 Slide - Storage, Labels . . . . . . . . . . .56
Negative - Storage . . . . . . . . .45,51,54 PEL - Sprayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Polyester - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Release Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Slide - Viewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Neumade Slide Cabinets . . . . . . . . . .53 PEL - Softwrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Polyester - Melinex . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Remover, Stain/Adhesive . . . . . . . . . .65 Slipcase, Photo Album . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Newspaper Storage Boxes . . . . . . . . . .6 PEL - Steamer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 Polyester - Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . .31,34 Remover, Staple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Smoke sponges . . . . . . . . . . . .155,189
Newsprint Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 PEL - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Polyester - Pockets . . . . . . . . . . .26,43 Renaissance Wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Snake Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . .153,187
Norfolk Book Sofa . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 PEL - Wet Strength Tissue . . . . . . . . .91 Polyester - Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Repair - Blotters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Solander Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15
Nori Wheat Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Pelsorb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Polyester - Sealing Machines . . .44,131 Repair - Document . . . . . . . . . . .97,130 Solvent Dispensers . . . . . . . . . .116,152
Notebooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Pen Set, Pigma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Polyester - Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Repair - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85,91 Sorbents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189,190
Notepaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Pencil, Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Polyester - Silicone . . . . . . . . . . .92,143 Rescube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 Sorters, Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Nylon Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Pencil, Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 Polyester - Spunbonded . . . . . . . . .117 Reservoir Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Spacer Board, Document . . . . . . . . . . .4
O, P Pens - Film Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Polyester - Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Resistall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Spacer, Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Olfa Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Pens - Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Polyester - Welding Machine . . . .44,131 Respirators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178,190 Spatula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113,157
Open Wide Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Pens - Metallic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Polyethylene Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 RH Display Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 Spatula, Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Opener, Slide Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Pens - Pec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Polyethylene Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Rice Starch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96,100 Species Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Organizer Kit, Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Pens - pH Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Polyethylene Foam Rod . . . . . .116,119 Ring Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Specimen Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Orvus WA Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Pens - Pigma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Polyfelt Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Riveter, Phase Box . . . . . . . . . .109,155 Specimen Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Oval Mat Cutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Pens - White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Polyvinyl Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Rod, Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116,119 Specimen Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Oversize Album . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29 Perma/Dur - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . .39 Portfolio Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15 Roll Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 Specimen Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66,68
Pacific Silvercloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Perma/Dur - Folder Stock . . . . . . . . .84 Positioner, Print Mounting . . . . . . . .108 Roll Storage Boxes . . . . . . . .6,11,12,13 Spider Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Packing Material . . . . . . . . .68,119,188 Perma/Dur - Labels . . . . . . . . . . .65,75 Postcard Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .27,197 Roll Storage Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . .11,13 Sponge - Conservators . . . . . . . . . .179
Packing Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Perma/Dur - Pages . . . . . . . . . . .31,34 Precision Temperature Iron . . . . . . .130 Roll Storage Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 Sponge, Dry Cleaning . . . . . . . .155,189
Padded Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Perma/Dur - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Prelim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Rotary Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Sponge Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Page Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29 Perma/Dur - Photo Folders . . . . . . . .40 Presentation Portfolio . . . . . . . . . .14,15 Rubber Finger Grips . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Spray Bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Pages - Album . . . . . . . . . . . .31,32,34 Perma/Dur - Storage Box . . . . . . . . . . .8 Preservation - Album . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Rubgum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Sprayer - Kuramata . . . . . . . . .115,152
Pages - Archival Organizer . . . . . . . . .34 Perma/Seal Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Preservation - Box . . . . . . . . . .34,59,61 Rulers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Spunbonded Polyester . . . . . . . . . . .117
Pages - Boxbinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Permalife Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Preservation - Folders . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Stacking Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Pages - Infinity Album . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Perma-Saf Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Preservation Pencil . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 S Stand, Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Pages - Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Perma-Saf Slide Storage . . . . . . . . . .59 Preservation, Leather . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Saatifil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Staple Extractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Pages - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Perma-Saf Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .51,59 Preservation, Print/Neg . . . . . . . . .60,61 Salvage Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Staples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Pages - Negative . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Pest Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193 Preservers, Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Starch Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . .96,100
Pages - Perma-Saf . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 pH Buffer Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Pressboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Scalpel Blades/Handles . . . . . . . . . .113 Starch, Rice/Wheat . . . . . . . . . . .96,100
Pages - Print/Neg . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 pH Indicator Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Print - Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15,19 Scissors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 StaticWisk Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Pages - Scrapbook . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29 pH Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 Print - Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,54 Scrapbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29,33 Steamers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Pages - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 pH Neutral Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Print - Drop Front . . . . . . . . . .6,8,16,73 Screws, Binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Steel Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Palm Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 pH Testing Pen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Print - Dry Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Sealing Machines . . . . . . . .132,44,131 Stereoscopic Storage . . . . . . . . . .22,47
Pamphlet Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Phase Box Accessories . . . . . . . . . .109 Print - File Preserves . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Sealing Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Stick/Groom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Paper - Acid-free Journal . . . . . . . . .35 Phase Box Riveter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 Print - Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Select Analyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Stiffening Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Paper - Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Phonograph Record Storage . . . . . . .25 Print - Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,40 Self Adhesive Mount Board . . . . . . . .90 Stools, Kik-Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
Paper - Blotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Photo - Album Divider Guides . . . . . .33 Print - Mounting Board . . . . . . . . . . .90 Self Healing Cutting Mat . . . . . . . . .156 Storage - Accessories . . . . . . .202-205
Paper - Bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Photo - Album Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Print - Mounting Corners . . . . . .62,100 Self Sealing L-Velopes . . . . . . . . .42,45 Storage - Audio/Visual . . . . . . . . .22-24
Paper - Cellulose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Photo - Album/Slipcase . . . . . . . . . . .28 Print - Mounting Positioner . . . . . . .108 Sewing Needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Storage - Bags . . . . . . . .46,71,106,136
Paper - Cleaning . . . . . . . . .87,103,155 Photo - Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31,34 Print - Mounting Strips . . . . . . . . . .101 Shears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Storage - Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Paper - Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Photo - Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Print - Pages . . . . . . . . . . .28,31,60,61 Sheet Protectors . . . . . . . . . . .28,34,60 Storage - Bulk . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9,12,50
Paper - Conservation . . . . . . . . . .86,87 Photo - Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . .45-47 Print - Preservers . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Sheeting, Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 Storage - Cabinets . . . . . . . . . .196-203
Paper - Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Photo - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . .43,45-47 Print - Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Sheets, Coroplast . . . . . . . . . . . . .80,83 Storage - Cartons . . . . . . . . . . .9,12,50
Pape r- Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . .104,105 Photo - File Folders . . . . . . . . . . .16,40 Print - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,45 Sheets, Interleaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Storage - Comic Book . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Paper - Folder Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Photo - Insert Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Print - Storage Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Sheets, Photo Insert . . . . . . . . . . .33,34 Storage - Compact Disc . . . . . . . .22,23
Paper - Frame Backing . . . . . . . . . .102 Photo - Inventory Pages . . . . . . . . . .33 Print - Storage Boxes . . . . . . .16,18,19 Shelf Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202-207 Storage - Cone & Seed . . . . . . . . . . .71
Paper - Glassine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Photo - Mounting Board . . . . . . . . . .90 Print - Storage, Oversized . . . . . . .17,45 Shelf Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Storage - Coroplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Paper - Greaseproof . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Photo - Mounting Corners . . . . . .62,100 Print File Range . . . . . . . . . . . .59,60,61 Shelf Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Storage - Costume . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Paper - Handmade . . . . . . . . . . .88,89 Photo - Mounting Sleeves . . . . . . . . .62 Print/Negative Enclosures . . . . . . .43,45 Shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53,202-205 Storage - Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Paper - Herbarium Mounting . . . . . . .72 Photo - Mylar Pages . . . . . . . . . . .31,34 Processing Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Shipping, Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . .68,119 Storage - Document . . . .4,7,8,12,36,37
Paper - Hinging . . . . . . . . . . . . .89,100 Photo - Organizer Kits . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Protection, Polyester Batting . . . . . .117 Shipping, Foam Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Storage - Drop Front Boxes . . . . . .6,16
Paper - Humidicator . . . . . . . . . . . .174 Photo - Pages . . . . . . . .28,31,34,60,61 Protectors - Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Shipping Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Storage - Entomology . . . . .71,72,74,75
Paper - Infilling Machine . . . . . . . . .146 Photo - Photo/Negative Sleeves . . . . .47 Protectors - Comic Book . . . . . . . . . .26 Side Opening Envelopes . . . . . . . . . .39 Storage - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Paper - Interleaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Photo - Photo/Slide Cleaner . . . . .17,54 Protectors - Currency . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Silica Gel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Storage - Ethafoam . . . . . . . . . .68,119
Paper - Japanese . . . . . . . . .88,89,100 Photo - Sheet Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . Protectors - L-Velopes . . . . . . .42,48,71 Silicone Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Storage - File Folders . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Paper - Ledger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 . . . . . . . . . . . . .33,34,16,31,34,45,59 Protectors - Mylar . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29 Silicone Coated Film . . . . . . . . . .93,119 Storage - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Paper - Mellotex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Photo - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .19,60,61 Protectors - Photo Page . . .28,29,60,61 Silicone Release Paper . . . . . . . . . . .93 Storage - Film Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Paper - Microchamber . . . . . . . . .77,85 Photo - Storage Binders . . . . . . . .31,34 Protectors - Postcard . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Silver Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Storage - Flat Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Paper - Mulberry . . . . . . . . . . . .88,100 Photo - Storage Display Folders . . . . .40 Protectors - Print . . . . .27,47,60,61,197 Silvercloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Storage - Flat Files . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
Paper - Newsprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 Photo - Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Protectors - Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Silverfish Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 Storage - Foam . . . . . . . . . . . .118,199
Paper - Note, Permanent . . . . . . . . . .86 Photography Books . . . . . . . . .206-208 Protectors - Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Silversafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Storage - Foam Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Paper - Notebooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 PhotoSafe Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Protectors - Slide Label . . . . . . . . . . .56 Sleeves - Anti-Static . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Storage - Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,49
Paper - Perma/Dur . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Photowipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,54 Protectors - Stock Certificate . . . . . . .48 Sleeves - Photo Mounting . . . . . . . . .53 Storage - Gallery Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Paper - Photo Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Pick Up Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . .155,179 PTFE Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Sleeves - Photo/Neg . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Storage - Glass Plate, Negative . . . . .18
Paper - Pulp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Picture Framing, Book . . . . . . . . . . .103 PTFE Bonefolders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Sleeves - Postcard . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Storage - Hat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Paper - Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Pigma Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36,63 Pulp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Sleeves - Record Storage . . . . . . . . .25 Storage - Herbarium . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Paper - Repair Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Pillow, Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Pulp Blender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Sleeves - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Storage - IPI Guide for Film . . . . . . . .24
Paper - Resistall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Pinning Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Pump Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Sleeves - Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Storage - Lantern Slide . . . . . . . . . . .18
Paper - Roll Dispensers . . . . . . . . . .151 Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Push Drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Slide - Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Storage - L-Velopes . . . . . . . .42,48,71
Paper - Silicone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Pins, Specimen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Slide - Desiccant Packets . . . . . . . .174 Storage - Maps & Timetables . . . . . . .48
Paper - Swatchbooks . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Plant Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Q, R Slide - Dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Storage - Microform . . . . . . . . . . .20,21
Paper - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98.188 Plastic Sheeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 Qwiksilver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Slide - Dots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Storage - Micromounts . . . . . . . . . . .72
Paper - Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Plastazote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Rabbet Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Slide - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,57 Storage - Movie Film . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Paper - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Plastic Sheets, Corrugated . . . . . .80,83 Rack, Carton . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202-205 Slide - File . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,52,53,59 Storage - Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Paper - Transparent . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Plastiklips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Rack, Drying . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112,144 Slide - File Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Storage - Mylar Envelopes . . . .42,43,45
Paper - Wrapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Platen Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Rare Book Display Pillow . . . . . . . . .186 Slide - Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Storage - Natural History . . . . . . .70-77
Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96,97,100 Playbook Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Rare Book Storage . . . . . . .41,107,109 Slide - Label Protectors . . . . . . . . . . .56 Storage - Negative/Print . . . . . . . .45,54
Paste, Orvus WA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Plexiglas Cubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Really Useful Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Slide - Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Storage - Oversized Print . . . . . . .17,45

Index II
Storage - Pamphlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Suction Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . .141,142 Teflon Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Tools - Thermohygrometer . . . .166-168 Vacuum Pick Up . . . . . . . . . . .134,179
Storage - Perma-Saf . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Superglide Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 Teflon Spatula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Tools - Vacuums . . . . . . . . . . .133-135 Vacuum Presses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Storage - Phonograph Record . . . . . .25 Support Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Temp Controlled Spatula . . . . . . . . .130 Tools - Viewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Vacuum Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Storage - Photo . . . .16,31,34,45,59-61 Supports, Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Temp Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168,173 Tote Basket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Vacuum Tweezer Unit . . . . . . . . . . .134
Storage - Playbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Supports, Foam Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Temp/Humidity Tools . . . . . . . .166-171 Tower Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 Velcro Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Storage - Polyester Batting . . . . . . .117 Sure Grip Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Tester, Linen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 Transparent Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Velcro Loop Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Storage - Polyfoam . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Suspension Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198 Tester, pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172-173 Traps, Insect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 Velcro Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Storage - Postcard . . . . . . . . . . .27,197 Suspension Wallets . . . . . . . . . . . .198 Test Papers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Trays - Conservation . . . . . . . .114,179 Velcro Velcoins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Storage - Radiographic . . . . . . . . . .183 Swabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Testing Pen, pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Trays - Giant Stacking . . . . . . . . . .112 Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Storage - Rare Book . . . . . . . . . .41,109 Swatchbook, Japanese Paper . . . . . .88 Text Paper, Buffered . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Trays - Specimen . . . . . . .16,67,68,69 Video Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Storage - Record Divider Boards . . . .25 Swatchbook, Paper & Boards . . . . . .87 Texitile - Fading Cards . . . . . . .116,165 Trays - Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . .114 Video Classification Labels . . . . . . . .23
Storage - Roll Storage . . . . . . .11,12,13 Sympatex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Textile - Labelling Tape . . . . . . . . . .116 Trays - Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Viewer, Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Storage - Shelf Markers . . . . . . . . . .70 Syringes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Textile - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Trimmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Viewing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Storage - Shelving . . . . . . . . . .202-205 Syringe Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Thermocutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 Vilene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Storage - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Systems, Mat Cutting . . . . . . .104,105 Thermohygrometers . . . . . . . .166-169 Tube Storage System . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Volara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Storage - Stacking Trays . . . . . . . . .200 Thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 Tubes, Roll Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Wadding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Storage - Stereoscopic . . . . . . . .27,47 T Thickness Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Tweezers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Wall Protect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Storage - Textile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Tabouret Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Thread, Binders . . . . . . . . . . . .109,111 Twine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111,188 Wall Rack Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . .151
Storage - Tissue Paper . . . . . . . . . . .85 Tacking Irons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Time Capsule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Two-Sided Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Water Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191,192
Storage - Tote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Tag Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 Tinytag Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . . .169 Tying Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Water Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Storage - Tube . . . . . . . . . . . .11,12,13 Tags - Artifact ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Tinyview Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . .167 Tying Tape Pink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Water Cushion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
Storage - Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Tags - Forbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Tissue - Dry Mounting . . . . . . . . . . .90 Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92,117,189
Water Purifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Storage - Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . .117,189 Tags - Reel ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Tissue - Filmoplast . . . . . . . . . . .97,99 Tyvek Aprons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189,19
Wax, Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Storage - Tyvek Envelopes . . . . . .18,39 Tags - Roll Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Tissue - Hinging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Tyvek Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Wax/Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Storage - Volara Foam . . . . . . . . . .118 Tags - Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64,189 Tissue - Laminating . . . . . . . . . . .90,91 Tyvek Coverall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
Wedges, Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Storage Boxes - Clamshell . . . . . . .7,12 Tape - Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Tissue - Mending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Tyvek Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Weighing Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Storage Boxes - Coroplast . . . . . . . . .9 Tape - Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Tissue - Mending Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Tyvek Garment Covers . . . . . . . . . .120
Weighing Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Storage Boxes - Corrugated . .7,8,10,12 Tape - Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . .98,110,111 Tissue - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . .90,98 Tyvek Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64,189
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Storage Boxes - Document . . .5,7,8,12 Tape - Cotton . . . . . . . . . . . . .111,116 Tissue - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Tyvek Roll Storage Sleeves . . . . . . . .13
Tyvek Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . .92,117,189 Weight Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Storage Boxes - Drop Side . . . . . . . .19 Tape - Cotton Tying . . . . . . . . . . . .111 Tissue - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Tyvek Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Welding Machines . . . . . . . . . . .44,131
Storage Boxes - Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Tape - Document Repair . . . . . . . . . .97 Tool Kit, Matting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Tyvek Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65,189 Wet & Dry Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Storage Boxes - Herbarium . . . . . . . .73 Tape - Double Coated . . . . . . . . . . .102 Tool Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Tyvek Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . .76,110,188 Wet Strength Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Storage Boxes - Negative Print . . . . .18 Tape - Filmoplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Tool Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Wheat Starch . . . . . . . . . . . .96,97,100
Storage Boxes - Newspaper . . . . . . .19 Tape - Frame Sealing . . . . . . . . . . .102 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Whirling Hygrometer . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Storage Boxes - Print . . . . . . . . . .6,16 Tape - Gummed Paper . . . . . . . . . . .98 Tools - Bone Folder . . . . . . . . .103,157 U, V, W Wipes, Dusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Storage Boxes - Roll . . . . . . . . .8,11,12 Tape - Hinging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Tools - Book Maintenance . . . .110,115 Ultrasonic Humidifier . . . . . . . . . . .138
Wipes, Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,54
Storage Boxes - Slide . . . . . . . . .52,53 Tape - Labelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Tools - Conserv. 112,113,130,134-142 Ultraviolet Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Wishab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Storage Boxes - Specimen . . .66-68,72 Tape - Linen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Tools - Encapsulation . . . . . . . . .44,131 Ultraviolet Inspection Lamps . . . . . .163
Storage Boxes - Telescoping . . . . . . . .8 Tools - Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162 Woolfelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Tape - Mending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Ultraviolet Safetywear . . . . . . . . . . .163
Storage Boxes - Textile . . . . . . . . . . .10 Tools - Light Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Work Apron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
Tape - Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Utility Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Storage Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Tape - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Tools - Linen Tester . . . . . . . . . . . .159 UV and Lux Meter Kit . . . . . . . . . . .164 Work Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Storage/Display Folders . . . . . . . . . .49 Tape - Polyester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Tools - Magnifiers . . . . . . . . . .158,159 UV Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171 Work Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Straightedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Tape - Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Tools - Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .108 UV Filtering Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Workroom Shelving . . . . . . . . .202-205
Strainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Tape - Self Adhesive Paper . . . . . . . .98 Tools - Measuring . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 UV Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Wrapping Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Strips - Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Tape - Transparent . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Tools - Paper Cutters . . . . . . . .104,105 UV Light Monitor . . . . . . . . . . .164,165
Strips - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Tape - Tying . . . . . . . . . . .107,110-111 Tools - Phase Box Riveter . . . . . . . .109 Security Marking Pen . . . . . . . . . . .163 X, Y, Z
Strips - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Tape - Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Tools - Rulers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Vacufoam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 X-Acto Knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Strips - pH Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Tape - Velcro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Tools - Temp Control . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Vacuum Cleaners . . . . . . . . . .133-135 Zen Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96,100
Suction Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 Task Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159,162 Tools - Testers . . . . . . . . . . . .166-171 Vacuum Generator System . . . . . . .140 Zipper Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . .46,71,106
Trade Mark Product Company
Melinex® Polyester Film Dupont Teijin Films

Museum Vac® Vacuum cleaners Preservation Equipment Ltd
Preservation Pencil® Hot Mist Tool Preservation Equipment Ltd
PEL® Brand Preservation Equipment Ltd
Microchamber® Paper & Board Conservation Resources
Print File® Photographic Storage Print File Inc.
Econospace® Art/Glass Separator Frametek Inc.
Perma Dur® Paper Enclosures University Products Inc.
Perma Seal® Labels University Products Inc.
Bi Corr® Corrugated Board University Products Inc.
Dura Clear® Plastic Enclosures University Products Inc.
L-Velopes® Plastic Enclosures University Products Inc.
Hayaku® Hinging Paper University Products Inc.
archivalware® Archival Storage University Products Inc.
Tyvek® Fabric Dupont
Arcare® Brand Arcare Ltd
Corrosion Intercept® Corrosion Technology Engineered Materials Inc.
Velcro® Fasteners Velcro Industries B.V. Originated & Printed by Micropress Printers, Suffolk, England
Preservation Equipment Ltd
Vinces Road Diss Norfolk

England IP22 4HQ
t +44 (0)1379 647400

f +44 (0)1379 650582
e iinfo@preservationequipment.com
w www.preservationequipment.com

Catalog PEL 2010

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Catalog PEL 2010

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

archival

SUITABILITY FOR USE

A word about paper conservation

A Few Simple Steps

Keep Away From Extremes

Choose the Right Enclosures

Benefits of Metal Edge Boxes

Box sizes are internal measurements.

Removes the stress in creasing and the frustration

File-Out Cards Document Case Spacer Board

4 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Standard Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 5

Drop Front Print Storage Boxes

Standard Blue-Grey Exterior, White Interior

Newspaper Storage Boxes

6 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Sturdy & easy to assemble

Ready to Assemble Document Cases (Blue/Grey Corrugated Design Cases)

Product Code Type size (L x W x H) wt Price

Clamshell Storage Box

Product Code size (W x L x H) wt Price

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 7

Archival Storage Cartons

Product Code size (mm) wt Price

Archival Clamshell Boxes

See page 50 & 51

8 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Corrugated Polypropylene Archival Box

Product Code Description Dimensions wt Price Locking

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 9

Archival Hat Box

Product Code size (mm) wt Price

Unbuffered Large Textile Storage Boxes

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price

Corrugated Textile Storage Boxes

Ship flat for

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price

10 Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Perma/Dur® Pamphlet Files

Product Code size (H x L x W) size (mm) wt Price

Hinged Lid Pamphlet Box

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price

Economical Acid-Free Shelf Files

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 11

Heavy Duty Roll Storage Tubes

Inside diameter 3”. Price per carton of 10 tubes

Inside diameter 6”. Price per carton of 2 tubes

12 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

A. Roll Storage Box

Product Code Size Price

B. Tyvek Map & Banner Sleeves

Product Code Size Diameter Price

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 13

Drop Front Storage Boxes - With Matt Black Exterior

Product Code holds actual size Price

White Interior is buffered for added

Perma/Dur® Sheet Music Folders Binder/Folders

14 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Lipped Clamshell Boxes

Product Code size (holds) wt Price

Special size are available in minimums of 10 boxes

See page 31 for 4 hole